Tektronix Landscape Lighting DPO4000 User Manual

xx  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series  
Digital Phosphor Oscilloscopes  
ZZZ  
Programmer Manual  
*P077024800*  
077-0248-00  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series  
Digital Phosphor Oscilloscopes  
xx  
ZZZ  
Programmer Manual  
www.tektronix.com  
077-0248-00  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Copyright © Tektronix. All rights reserved. Licensed software products are owned by Tektronix or its subsidiaries  
or suppliers, and are protected by national copyright laws and international treaty provisions.  
Tektronix products are covered by U.S. and foreign patents, issued and pending. Information in this publication  
supersedes that in all previously published material. Specications and price change privileges reserved.  
TEKTRONIX and TEK are registered trademarks of Tektronix, Inc.  
Contacting Tektronix  
Tektronix, Inc.  
14200 SW Karl Braun Drive  
P.O. Box 500  
Beaverton, OR 97077  
USA  
For product information, sales, service, and technical support:  
In North America, call 1-800-833-9200.  
Worldwide, visit www.tektronix.com to nd contacts in your area.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table of Contents  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
i
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Getting Started  
This manual explains the use of commands for remotely controlling your  
oscilloscope. With this information, you can write computer programs to  
perform functions, such as setting the front-panel controls, taking measurements,  
performing statistical calculations, and exporting data for use in other programs.  
Setting Up Remote Communications  
You can remotely communicate between your oscilloscope and PC via the  
Ethernet, USB, and, GPIB using the TEK-USB-488 Adapter.  
If you are using Ethernet, start by connecting an appropriate Ethernet cable to the  
Ethernet port (RJ-45 connector) on the rear panel of your oscilloscope. This  
connects the oscilloscope to a 10/100 Base-T local area network.  
Ethernet  
To change the Ethernet settings on your oscilloscope, do the following:  
1. On the front panel, push Utility.  
2. Push Utility Page.  
3. Select I/O with the Multipurpose knob.  
4. Push Ethernet Network Settings.  
5. On the side-bezel menu, if you are on a DHCP Ethernet network and using a  
through cable, set DHCP/BOOTP to On.  
6. If you are using a cross-over cable, set DHCP/BOOTP to Off, and set a hard  
coded TCPIP address.  
If you are using USB, start by connecting an appropriate USB cable to the USB  
2.0 high-speed device port on the rear panel of your oscilloscope.  
USB  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
1-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Getting Started  
With USB, the system automatically congures itself. To verify that the USB is  
enabled:  
1. On the front panel, push Utility.  
2. Push Utility Page.  
3. Select I/O with the Multipurpose knob.  
4. Push USB, and verify that USB is enabled.  
5. If USB is disabled, push Connect to computer on the side-bezel menu.  
After connection, the host, with appropriate software, can list the oscilloscope as a  
USB device with the following parameters. (See Table 1-1.)  
Table 1-1: USB Device Parameters  
Parameter  
Value  
Manufacturer ID  
Product ID  
0x0699 (decimal 1689)  
0x0401 (decimal 1025)  
Serial number  
Serial number  
Manufacturer description  
Interface description  
“Tektronix”  
“USBTMC-USB488”  
To use GPIB, start by connecting an appropriate USB cable to the USB 2.0 high  
speed device port on the rear panel of your oscilloscope. Connect the other end  
to the TEK-USB-488 Adapter host port. Then connect a GPIB cable from the  
TEK-USB-488 Adapter to your PC.  
GPIB  
Supply power to the Adapter in either of these two ways:  
1. Use the optional 5 VDC power adapter connected to the 5 VDC power input  
on the Adapter.  
2. Use an appropriate USB cable connected to a powered USB host port on your  
PC and the Device port on the TEK-USB-488 Adapter.  
1-2  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Getting Started  
The oscilloscope has a USB 2.0 High speed device port to control the oscilloscope  
through USBTMC or GPIB with a TEK-USB-488 Adapter. The USBTMC  
protocol allows USB devices to communicate using IEEE488 style messages.  
This lets you run your GPIB software applications on USB hardware.  
Before setting up the oscilloscope for remote communication using the electronic  
(physical) GPIB interface, you should familiarize yourself with the following  
GPIB requirements:  
A unique device address must be assigned to each device on the bus. No two  
devices can share the same device address.  
No than 15 devices can be connected to any one line.  
One device should be connected for every 6 feet (2 meters) of cable used.  
No than 65 feet (20 meters) of cable should be used to connect devices to a bus.  
At least two-thirds of the devices on the network should be powered on while  
using the network.  
Connect the devices on the network in a star or linear conguration. Do not  
use loop or parallel congurations.  
To function correctly, your oscilloscope must have a unique device address. The  
default setting for the GPIB conguration is GPIB Address 1.  
To change the GPIB address settings, do the following:  
1. On the front panel, push Utility.  
2. Push Utility Page.  
3. Select I/O with the Multipurpose knob.  
4. Push GPIB.  
5. Enter the GPIB address on the side-bezel menu, using the multipurpose knob.  
This will set the GPIB address on an attached TEK-USB-488 Adapter  
The oscilloscope is now set up for bidirectional communication with your  
controller.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
1-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Getting Started  
The following documents are available for download on the Manuals Finder  
Web site at www.tektronix.com:  
Documentation  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Digital Phosphor Oscilloscopes User Manual.  
Information about installing and operating the oscilloscope.  
Getting Started with OpenChoice ™ Solutions Manual. Options for getting data  
from your oscilloscope into any one of several available analysis tools.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Digital Phosphor Oscilloscopes Technical  
Reference. Oscilloscope specications and a performance verication procedure.  
TekVISA Programmer Manual. Description of TekVISA, the Tektronix  
implementation of the VISA Application Programming Interface (API). TekVISA  
is industry-compliant software for writing interoperable oscilloscope drivers in a  
variety of Application Development Environments (ADEs).  
1-4  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Command Syntax  
You can control the operations and functions of the oscilloscope through the  
Ethernet port or the USB 2.0 device port using commands and queries. The  
related topics listed below describe the syntax of these commands and queries.  
The topics also describe the conventions that the oscilloscope uses to process  
them. See the Command Groups topic in the table of contents for a listing of the  
commands by command group, or use the index to locate a specic command.  
This documentation describes the commands and queries using Backus-Naur  
Form (BNF) notation. Refer to the following table for the symbols that are used.  
Backus-Naur Form  
Notation  
Table 2-1: Symbols for Backus-Naur Form  
Symbol  
Meaning  
< >  
=
Dened element  
Is dened as  
|
Exclusive OR  
{ }  
[ ]  
. . .  
Group; one element is required  
Optional; can be omitted  
Previous element(s) may be repeated  
Comment  
( )  
Command and Query Structure  
Commands consist of set commands and query commands (usually called  
commands and queries). Commands modify oscilloscope settings or tell the  
oscilloscope to perform a specic action. Queries cause the oscilloscope to return  
data and status information.  
Most commands have both a set form and a query form. The query form of the  
command differs from the set form by its question mark at the end. For example,  
the set command ACQuire:MODe has a query form ACQuire:MODe?. Not all  
commands have both a set and a query form. Some commands have set only and  
some have query only.  
A command message is a command or query name followed by any information  
the oscilloscope needs to execute the command or query. Command messages  
may contain ve element types, dened in the following table.  
Messages  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Command Syntax  
Table 2-2: Command Message Elements  
Symbol  
Meaning  
<Header>  
This is the basic command name. If the header ends with a question  
mark, the command is a query. The header may begin with a colon  
(:) character. If the command is concatenated with other commands,  
the beginning colon is required. Never use the beginning colon with  
command headers beginning with a star (*).  
<Mnemonic>  
<Argument>  
This is a header subfunction. Some command headers have only one  
mnemonic. If a command header has multiple mnemonics, a colon (:)  
character always separates them from each other.  
This is a quantity, quality, restriction, or limit associated with the header.  
Some commands have no arguments while others have multiple  
arguments. A <space> separates arguments from the header. A  
<comma> separates arguments from each other.  
<Comma>  
<Space>  
A single comma is used between arguments of multiple-argument  
commands. Optionally, there may be white space characters before  
and after the comma.  
A white space character is used between a command header and the  
related argument. Optionally, a white space may consist of multiple  
white space characters.  
Commands cause the oscilloscope to perform a specic function or change one of  
the settings. Commands have the structure:  
Commands  
[:]<Header>[<Space><Argument>[<Comma> <Argument>]...]  
A command header consists of one or more mnemonics arranged in a hierarchical  
or tree structure. The rst mnemonic is the base or root of the tree and each  
subsequent mnemonic is a level or branch off the previous one. Commands at a  
higher level in the tree may affect those at a lower level. The leading colon (:)  
always returns you to the base of the command tree.  
2-2  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Command Syntax  
Queries cause the oscilloscope to return status or setting information. Queries  
have the structure:  
Queries  
[:]<Header>  
[:]<Header>[<Space><Argument> [<Comma><Argument>]...]  
You can specify a query command at any level within the command tree unless  
otherwise noted. These branch queries return information about all the mnemonics  
below the specied branch or level.  
Use the HEADer command to control whether the oscilloscope returns headers as  
part of the query response. If header is on, the query response returns command  
headers, then formats itself as a valid set command. When header is off, the  
response includes only the values. This may make it easier to parse and extract the  
information from the response. The table below shows the difference in responses.  
Headers  
Table 2-3: Comparison of Header Off and Header On Responses  
Query  
Header Off  
14:30:00  
100  
Header On  
TIME?  
:TIME “14:30:00”  
:ACQUIRE:NUMAVG 100  
ACQuire:NUMAVg?  
Clearing the oscilloscope  
You can clear the Output Queue and reset the oscilloscope to accept a new  
command or query by using the selected Device Clear (DCL) function.  
Command Entry  
The following rules apply when entering commands:  
You can enter commands in upper or lower case.  
You can precede any command with white space characters. White space  
characters include any combination of the ASCII control characters 00 through  
09 and 0B through 20 hexadecimal (0 through 9 and 11 through 32 decimal).  
The oscilloscope ignores commands consisting of any combination of white  
space characters and line feeds.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Command Syntax  
You can abbreviate many oscilloscope commands. Each command in this  
documentation shows the minimum acceptable abbreviations in capitals. For  
example, you can enter the command ACQuire:NUMAvg simply as ACQ:NUMA  
or acq:numa.  
Abbreviating  
Abbreviation rules may change over time as new oscilloscope models are  
introduced. Thus, for the most robust code, use the full spelling.  
If you use the HEADer command to have command headers included as part  
of query responses, you can further control whether the returned headers are  
abbreviated or are full-length with the VERBose command.  
You can concatenate any combination of set commands and queries using a  
semicolon (;). The oscilloscope executes concatenated commands in the order  
received.  
Concatenating  
When concatenating commands and queries, you must follow these rules:  
1. Separate completely different headers by a semicolon and by the beginning  
colon on all commands except the rst one. For example, the commands  
TRIGger:MODe NORMal and ACQuire:NUMAVg 8, can be concatenated  
into the following single command:  
TRIGger:MODe NORMal;:ACQuire:NUMAVg 8  
2. If concatenated commands have headers that differ by only the last mnemonic,  
you can abbreviate the second command and eliminate the beginning colon.  
For example, you can concatenate the commands ACQuire:MODe ENVelope  
and ACQuire:NUMAVg 8 into a single command:  
ACQuire:MODe ENVelope; NUMAVg 8  
The longer version works equally well:  
ACQuire:MODe ENVelope;:ACQuire:NUMAVg 8  
3. Never precede a star (*) command with a colon:  
ACQuire:STATE 1;*OPC  
Any commands that follow will be processed as if the star command was  
not there so the commands, ACQuire:MODe ENVelope;*OPC;NUMAVg 8  
will set the acquisition mode to envelope and set the number of acquisitions  
for averaging to 8.  
4. When you concatenate queries, the responses to all the queries are  
concatenated into a single response message. For example, if the display  
graticule is set to Full and the display style is set to dotsonly, the concatenated  
query DISplay:GRAticule?;STYle:DOTsonly? will return the following.  
If the header is on:  
DISPLAY:GRATICULE FULL;:DISPLAY:STYLE:DOTSONLY 1  
2-4  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Command Syntax  
If the header is off:  
FULL;1  
5. Set commands and queries may be concatenated in the same message. For  
example,  
ACQuire:MODe SAMple;NUMAVg?;STATE?  
is a valid message that sets the acquisition mode to sample. The message then  
queries the number of acquisitions for averaging and the acquisition state.  
Concatenated commands and queries are executed in the order received.  
Here are some invalid concatenations:  
DISPlay:STYle:NORMal;ACQuire:NUMAVg 8 (no colon before ACQuire)  
DISPlay:GRAticule FULL;:DOTSONLY OFF (extra colon before  
DOTSonly. You could use DISPlay:DOTsonly OFF instead)  
DISPlay:GRAticule FULL;:*TRG (colon before a star (*) command)  
MATH:HORizontal:SCAle 1.0e-1;HORizontal:POSition 5.0el  
(levels of the mnemonics are different; either remove the second use of  
HORizontal: or place :MATH in front of HORizontal:POSition)  
This documentation uses <EOM> (End of Message) to represent a message  
terminator.  
Terminating  
Table 2-4: End of Message Terminator  
Symbol  
Meaning  
<EOM>  
Message terminator  
The end-of-message terminator must be the END message (EOI asserted  
concurrently with the last data byte). The last data byte may be an ASCII line  
feed (LF) character.  
This oscilloscope does not support ASCII LF only message termination. The  
oscilloscope always terminates outgoing messages with LF and EOI.  
Constructed Mnemonics  
Some header mnemonics specify one of a range of mnemonics. For example, a  
channel mnemonic can be CH1, CH2, CH3, or CH4. You use these mnemonics  
in the command just as you do any other mnemonic. For example, there is a  
CH1:POSition command, and there is also a CH2:POSition command. In the  
command descriptions, this list of choices is abbreviated as CH<x>.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Command Syntax  
When cursors are displayed, commands may specify which cursor of the pair to  
use.  
Cursor Position  
Mnemonics  
Table 2-5: Channel Mnemonics  
Symbol  
Meaning  
CH<x>  
A channel specier; <x> is 1 through 4.  
Table 2-6: Cursor Mnemonics  
Symbol  
Meaning  
CURSOR<x>  
POSITION<x>  
HPOS<x>  
A cursor selector; <x> is either 1 or 2.  
A cursor selector; <x> is either 1 or 2.  
A cursor selector; <x> is either 1 or 2.  
Commands can specify the mathematical waveform to use as a mnemonic in  
the header.  
Math Specier Mnemonics  
Table 2-7: Math Specier Mnemonics  
Symbol  
Meaning  
Math<x>  
A math waveform specier; <x> is 1.  
Commands can specify which measurement to set or query as a mnemonic in the  
header. Up to eight automated measurements may be displayed.  
Measurement Specier  
Mnemonics  
Table 2-8: Measurement Specier Mnemonics  
Symbol  
Meaning  
MEAS<x>  
A measurement specier; <x> is 1 through 4.  
Commands specify the channel to use as a mnemonic in the header.  
Channel Mnemonics  
Commands can specify the reference waveform to use as a mnemonic in the  
header.  
Reference Waveform  
Mnemonics  
Table 2-9: Reference Waveform Mnemonics  
Symbol  
Meaning  
REF<x>  
A reference waveform specier; <x> is 1, 2, 3, or 4 for 4-channel  
oscilloscopes and 1 or 2 for 2-channel oscilloscopes.  
2-6  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Command Syntax  
Argument Types  
Commands use arguments such as enumeration, numeric, quoted string and block.  
Each of these arguments are listed in detail below.  
Enter these arguments as unquoted text words. Like key words, enumeration  
arguments follow the same convention where the portion indicated in uppercase is  
required and that in lowercase is optional.  
Enumeration  
For example: SAVe:WAVEform:FILEFormat INTERNal  
Many oscilloscope commands require numeric arguments. The syntax shows  
the format that the oscilloscope returns in response to a query. This is also the  
preferred format when sending the command to the oscilloscope though any of  
the formats will be accepted. This documentation represents these arguments as  
described below.  
Numeric  
Table 2-10: Numeric Arguments  
Symbol  
<NR1>  
<NR2>  
<NR3>  
<bin>  
Meaning  
Signed integer value  
Floating point value without an exponent  
Floating point value with an exponent  
Digital data in binary format  
Most numeric arguments will be automatically forced to a valid setting, by either  
rounding or truncating,, when an invalid number is input, unless otherwise noted  
in the command description.  
Some commands accept or return data in the form of a quoted string, which is  
simply a group of ASCII characters enclosed by a single quote (’) or double quote  
("). The following is an example of a quoted string: "This is a quoted  
string". This documentation represents these arguments as follows:  
Quoted String  
Table 2-11: Quoted String Argument  
Symbol  
Meaning  
<QString>  
Quoted string of ASCII text  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Command Syntax  
A quoted string can include any character dened in the 7-bit ASCII character  
set. Follow these rules when you use quoted strings:  
1. Use the same type of quote character to open and close the string. For  
example: "this is a valid string".  
2. You can mix quotation marks within a string as long as you follow the  
previous rule. For example: "this is an ’acceptable’ string".  
3. You can include a quote character within a string by repeating the quote. For  
example: "here is a "" mark".  
4. Strings can have upper or lower case characters.  
5. If you use a GPIB network, you cannot terminate a quoted string with the  
END message before the closing delimiter.  
6. A carriage return or line feed embedded in a quoted string does not terminate  
the string. The return is treated as another character in the string.  
7. The maximum length of a quoted string returned from a query is 1000  
characters.  
Here are some invalid strings:  
"Invalid string argument’ (quotes are not of the same type)  
"test<EOI>" (termination character is embedded in the string)  
Several oscilloscope commands use a block argument form, as dened in the  
table below.  
Block  
Table 2-12: Block Argument  
Symbol  
<NZDig>  
<Dig>  
Meaning  
A nonzero digit character in the range of 1–9  
A digit character, in the range of 0–9  
<DChar>  
A character with the hexadecimal equivalent of 00 through FF (0  
through 255 decimal)  
<Block>  
A block of data bytes dened as: <Block> ::=  
{#<NZDig><Dig>[<Dig>...][<DChar>...] |#0[<DChar>...]<terminator>}  
<NZDig> species the number of <Dig> elements that follow. Taken together,  
the <NZDig> and <Dig> elements form a decimal integer that species how  
many <DChar> elements follow.  
2-8  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Command Syntax  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Command Syntax  
2-10  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Command Groups  
This manual lists the MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series IEEE488.2 commands  
in two ways. First, it presents them by functional groups. Then, it lists them  
alphabetically. The functional group list starts below. The alphabetical list  
provides detail on each command. (See page 2-69, Commands Listed in  
Acquisition Command Group  
Use the commands in the Acquisition Command Group to set up the modes and  
functions that control how the oscilloscope acquires signals input to the channels,  
and processes them into waveforms.  
Using the commands in this group, you can do the following:  
Start and stop acquisitions.  
Control whether each waveform is simply acquired, averaged, or enveloped  
over successive acquisitions of that waveform.  
Set the controls or conditions that start and stop acquisitions.  
Control acquisition of channel waveforms.  
Set acquisition parameters.  
Table 2-13: Acquisition Commands  
Command  
Description  
Returns acquisition parameters  
Sets or returns the MagniVu feature  
Returns the maximum real-time sample rate  
Sets or returns the acquisition mode  
Returns number of acquisitions that have  
occurred  
Sets or returns the number of acquisitions for  
an averaged waveform  
Starts or stops the acquisition system  
Sets or returns whether the acquisition is  
continuous or single sequence  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Command Groups  
Alias Command Group  
Use the Alias commands to dene new commands as a sequence of standard  
commands. You may nd this useful when repeatedly using the same commands  
to perform certain tasks like setting up measurements.  
Aliases are similar to macros but do not include the capability to substitute  
parameters into alias bodies. The alias mechanism obeys the following rules:  
The alias name must consist of a valid IEEE488.2 message unit, which may  
not appear in a message preceded by a colon, comma, or a command or query  
program header.  
The alias name may not appear in a message followed by a colon, comma,  
or question mark.  
An alias name must be distinct from any keyword or keyword short form.  
An alias name cannot be redened without rst being deleted using one of  
the alias deletion functions.  
Alias names do not appear in response messages.  
Table 2-14: Alias Commands  
Command  
Description  
Sets or returns the alias state  
Returns a list of the currently dened alias  
labels  
Assigns a sequence of program messages  
to an alias label  
Removes a specied alias  
Deletes all existing aliases  
Removes a specied alias  
Sets or returns the alias state  
2-12  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Command Groups  
Bus Command Group  
Use the Bus commands when working with serial or parallel bus measurements.  
Install the DPOEMBD application module when working with I2C or SPI  
bus signals.  
Install the DPO4COMP module when working with RS-232, RS-422,  
RS-485, or UART bus signals.  
Install the DPO4AUDIO module when working with I2S, Left Justied (LJ),  
Right Justied (RJ), or TDM bus signals.  
Install the DPO4AUTO or DPO4AUTOMAX module when working with  
CAN or LIN bus signals.  
Install the DPO4AUTOMAX module when working with FlexRay bus  
signals.  
NOTE. LIN and FlexRay work on DPO4000s with serial numbers greater than  
C020000 and on all MSO4000s.  
NOTE. The parallel bus commands work with MSO4000 Series oscilloscopes only.  
NOTE. The Search Command Group and the Trigger Command Group also  
contain bus-related commands.  
Table 2-15: Bus Commands  
Commands  
Description  
Returns the parameters for each bus  
Sets or returns the number of delay bits for  
the AUDIO bus  
Sets or returns the bit order for the AUDIO  
bus  
Sets or returns the number of bits per  
channel for the AUDIO bus  
Sets or returns the clock polarity for the  
AUDIO bus  
Sets or returns the clock source waveform  
for the AUDIO bus  
Sets or returns the data polarity for the  
AUDIO bus  
Sets or returns the number of bits per word  
for the AUDIO bus  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Command Groups  
Table 2-15: Bus Commands (cont.)  
Commands  
Description  
Sets or returns the data source waveform for  
the AUDIO bus  
Sets or returns the display format for the  
AUDIO bus  
Sets or returns the number of channels in  
each frame for the AUDIO bus  
Sets or returns the frame sync polarity for  
the AUDIO bus  
Sets or returns the frame sync source  
waveform for the AUDIO bus  
Sets or returns the audio format (type) for  
the AUDIO bus  
Sets or returns the word select polarity for  
the AUDIO bus  
Sets or returns the word select source  
waveform for the AUDIO bus  
Sets or returns the bit rate for the CAN bus  
Sets or returns the probing method used to  
probe the CAN bus  
Sets or returns the sample point (in %) to  
sample during each bit period  
Sets or returns the CAN data source  
Sets the display format for the numerical  
information in the specied bus waveform  
Sets the display type for the specied bus  
Sets or returns the bit rate for FLEXRAY  
Sets or returns the FLEXRAY ID format  
Sets or returns the FLEXRAY standard  
Sets or returns the FLEXRAY data source  
Sets and returns whether the read/write bit is  
included in the address  
Sets or returns the I2C SCLK source  
Sets or returns the I2C SDATA source  
Sets or returns the waveform label for the  
specied bus  
Sets or returns the bit rate for LIN  
Sets or returns the LIN ID format  
Sets or returns the LIN polarity  
Sets or returns the sample point (in %) at  
which to sample during each bit period  
2-14  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Command Groups  
Table 2-15: Bus Commands (cont.)  
Commands  
Description  
Sets or returns the LIN data source  
Sets or returns the LIN standard  
Sets or returns the Parallel bit source for the  
specied bus  
Sets or returns the Parallel clock edge for  
the specied bus  
Sets or returns the Parallel bus clock function  
for the specied bus  
Sets or returns the Parallel clock source for  
the specied bus  
Sets or returns the width of the Parallel bus  
Sets or returns the position of the specied  
bus waveform  
Sets or returns the RS-232 bit rate for the  
specied bus  
Sets or returns the number of bits for the  
data frame  
Sets or returns the RS-232 delimiting value  
for a packet on the specied bus  
Sets or returns the display mode for the  
specied bus display and event table  
Sets or returns parity for RS-232 data  
Sets or returns the RS-232C polarity for the  
specied bus  
Sets or returns the RS-232 RX source  
Sets or returns the RS-232 TX Source  
Sets or returns the bit order for the specied  
SPI bus  
Sets or returns the SPI SCLK polarity  
Sets or returns the SPI SCLK source  
Sets or returns the SPI MISO polarity  
Sets or returns the SPI MISO source  
Sets or returns the SPI MOSI polarity  
Sets or returns the SPI MOSI source  
Sets or returns the number of bits per word  
for the specied bus  
Sets or returns the SPI framing type  
Sets or returns the SPI bus idle time in  
seconds for the specied bus  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Command Groups  
Table 2-15: Bus Commands (cont.)  
Commands  
Description  
Sets or returns the SPI SS polarity  
Sets or returns the SPI SS source  
Turns the specied bus on and off  
Sets or returns the specied bus type  
Sets or returns the lower threshold for each  
channel  
Sets or returns the threshold for a channel  
Sets or returns the threshold for a digital  
channel  
Sets or returns the upper threshold for each  
channel  
2-16  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Command Groups  
Calibration and Diagnostic Command Group  
The Calibration and Diagnostic commands provide information about the current  
state of oscilloscope calibration. They also initiate internal signal path calibration  
(SPC) or execute diagnostic tests. Commands that are specic to factory  
calibration are not described in this manual. They are described in the Service  
manual, located on the DPO4000 Documentation CD-ROM in PDF format. You  
can also order a printed copy.  
Table 2-16: Calibration and Diagnostic Commands  
Command  
Description  
Instructs the oscilloscope to perform  
self-calibration and returns the oscilloscope  
self calibration status  
Returns the factory calibration status value  
saved in nonvolatile memory  
Starts a signal path compensation  
Starts the internal signal path calibration  
Returns the current status of the internal  
signal path calibration  
Returns the status of all calibration  
subsystems without performing an SPC  
operation  
Returns the status of internal and factory  
calibration  
Returns the results of the last SPC operation  
Sets the self-test loop option  
Sets the self-test loop option to run N times  
Stops the self-test at the end of the current  
loop  
Returns the pass/fail status from the last  
self-test sequence execution  
Returns the internal results log from the last  
self-test sequence execution  
Selects one of the available self-test areas  
Sets the oscilloscope operating state  
Runs self tests on the specied system  
subsystem  
Cursor Command Group  
Use the commands in the Cursor Command Group to control the cursor display  
and readout. You can use these commands to control the setups for cursor 1 and  
cursor 2, such as cursor position.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Command Groups  
You can also use the commands to select one of the following cursor functions:  
Off. Turns off the display of all cursors.  
Waveform Cursors. Consists of two cursors. Waveform cursors enable you to  
conveniently measure waveform amplitude and time.  
Screen Cursors. Consists of two pairs of independent horizontal and vertical  
cursors. You can use these cursors to indicate an arbitrary position within  
the waveform display area.  
Table 2-17: Cursor Commands  
Command  
Description  
Returns cursor settings  
Returns the cursor deltaY/deltaT (dY/dT)  
readout  
Sets or returns the cursor type  
Returns hbar cursor settings  
Returns hbars cursors vertical difference  
Sets or returns the hbar cursor<x> vertical  
position  
Returns hbar cursor units  
Sets the horizontal bar cursor measurement  
scale, for use with ratio cursors  
Sets or returns whether cursors move in  
unison or separately  
Sets or returns the position of vertical bar  
cursors  
Returns the alternate readout for the  
waveform (Vbar) cursors  
Returns the horizontal difference between  
vbar cursors  
Returns the vertical value of the specied  
vertical bar tick  
Sets or returns the vbar cursor<x> horizontal  
position  
Sets or returns the horizontal units for vbar  
cursors  
Sets the vertical bar cursor measurement  
scale  
Returns the vertical difference between the  
two vertical bar cursor ticks  
Returns the difference between the cursors  
X radius and the cursor Y radius  
2-18  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Command Groups  
Table 2-17: Cursor Commands (cont.)  
Command  
Description  
Returns the polar radius of the specied  
cursor  
Returns the polar radius units  
Returns the XY cursor polar coordinate delta  
Returns the cursor X or cursor Y polar  
coordinate  
Returns the cursor polar coordinate units  
Returns the difference between the cursors  
X position and cursor Y position  
Returns the position of the X or Y cursor used  
to calculate the X × Y cursor measurement  
Returns the XY cursor product units  
Returns the ratio of the difference between  
the cursor X position and cursor Y position  
Returns the X or Y position for the specied  
cursor  
Returns the X and Y cursor units for the ratio  
measurement  
Sets or returns the XY cursor readout  
selection.  
Returns the cursor X delta value in  
rectangular coordinates  
Sets or returns the cursor X rectangular  
coordinates  
Returns the Cursor X rectangular units  
Returns The cursor Y delta value in  
rectangular coordinates  
Sets or returns the cursor Y rectangular  
coordinate  
Returns the cursor Y rectangular units  
Display Command Group  
Use the commands in the Display Command Group to change the graticule style,  
the display intensities, and to set the characteristics of the waveform display.  
NOTE. Your settings globally affect all displayed waveforms.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Command Groups  
Table 2-18: Display Commands  
Command  
Description  
Returns current display settings  
Sets or returns the display of the date/time  
stamp  
Sets or returns the number of available digital  
waveform position slots  
Sets or returns the type of graticule that is  
displayed  
Sets or returns the display format  
Returns all display intensity settings  
Sets or returns the backlight intensity for the  
display  
Sets or returns the graticule intensity for the  
display  
Sets or returns the intensity of the waveforms  
Sets or returns display persistence setting  
Sets a dots-only display  
Sets or queries message box (screen  
annotation) parameters  
Sets or returns the coordinates of the  
message box  
Clears the contents of the message box.  
Sets or returns the contents of the message  
box  
Controls the display of the message box  
Ethernet Command Group  
Use the commands in the Ethernet Command Group to set up the Ethernet remote  
interface.  
Table 2-19: Ethernet Commands  
Command  
Description  
Sets or returns the network initialization  
search for a DHCP/BOOTP server  
Sets or returns the network Domain Name  
Server (Dns) IP address  
Sets or returns the network domain name  
Returns the Ethernet address value assigned  
to the oscilloscope  
2-20  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Command Groups  
Table 2-19: Ethernet Commands (cont.)  
Command  
Description  
Sets or returns the remote interface gateway  
IP address  
Sets or returns the remote interface HTTP  
port value  
Sets or returns the IP address assigned to  
the oscilloscope  
Sets or returns the network name assigned  
to the oscilloscope  
Sets or returns the Ethernet access password  
Causes the oscilloscope to ping the gateway  
IP address  
Returns the results from pinging the gateway  
IP address  
Sets or returns the remote interface subnet  
mask value  
File System Command Group  
Use the commands in the File System Command Group to help you use  
CompactFlash and USB media. You can use the commands to do the following:  
List the contents of a directory  
Create and delete directories  
Create, read, rename, or delete a le  
Format media  
When using these commands, keep the following points in mind:  
File arguments are always enclosed within double quotes:  
"D:/MYDIR/TEK00001.SET"  
File names follow the non-case sensitive, MSDOS format:  
[DRIVE:][\PATH\]lename  
Path separators may be either forward slashes (/) or back slashes (\)  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Command Groups  
NOTE. Using back slash as a path separator may produce some unexpected  
results, depending on how your application treats escaped characters. Many  
applications recognize the sequence of back slash followed by an alphabetic  
character as an escaped character, and, as such, interpret that alphabetic  
character as a control character. For example, the sequence "\n" may be  
interpreted as a newline character; "\t" may be interpreted as a tab character. To  
ensure that this interpretation does not occur, you can use double back slashes.  
For example, "D:\\testle.txt".  
Table 2-20: File System Commands  
Command  
Description  
Returns the le system state  
Sets or returns the current working directory  
for FILESystem commands  
Deletes a named le or directory  
Returns a list of directory contents  
Formats a named drive  
Returns the number of bytes of free space  
on the current drive  
Creates a new directory  
Writes the contents of the specied le to the  
specied interface  
Assigns a new name to an existing le  
Deletes a named directory  
Writes the specied block data to the  
oscilloscope current working directory  
Hard Copy Command Group  
Use the commands in the Hard Copy Command Group to make hard copies.  
PictBridge commands belong to a separate group. (See page 2-32, PictBridge  
Table 2-21: Hard Copy Commands  
Command  
Description  
Sends a copy of the screen display to the  
selected printer  
Sets or returns the currently active printer  
Changes hard copy output to print color  
traces and graticule on a white background  
2-22  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Command Groups  
Table 2-21: Hard Copy Commands (cont.)  
Command  
Description  
Sets or returns the page orientation for hard  
copy  
Previews the current screen contents with  
the InkSaver palette applied  
Adds a network printer to the list of available  
printers  
Removes a network printer from the list of  
available printers  
Returns the list of currently attached printers  
Renames a network printer in the list of  
available printers  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-23  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Command Groups  
Horizontal Command Group  
Use the commands in the Horizontal Command Group to control the oscilloscope  
horizontal parameters.  
Table 2-22: Horizontal Commands  
Command  
Description  
Returns settings for the horizontal commands  
Sets or returns the horizontal delay mode  
Sets or returns the horizontal delay time  
Returns the record length of the MagniVu  
digital acquisition  
Returns the record length of the main digital  
acquisition  
Returns the sample rate of the Magnivu  
digital acquisition  
Returns the sample rate of the main digital  
acquisition  
Sets or returns the horizontal position, in  
percent, that is used when delay is off  
Returns the display system preview state  
Sets or returns the record length  
Sets or returns the sample rate  
Sets or returns the horizontal scale  
Mark Command Group  
Use the commands in the Mark Command Group to identify areas of the acquired  
waveform that warrant further investigation.  
Table 2-23: Mark Commands  
Command  
Description  
Move to the next or previous mark on the  
waveform or returns all learnable settings  
from the mark commands  
Creates a mark on a particular waveform or  
all waveforms in a column  
Deletes a mark on a particular waveform, all  
waveforms in a column, or all marks  
Returns how many marks are free to be used  
Returns the end of the selected mark, in  
terms of 0 to 100% of the waveform  
2-24  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Command Groups  
Table 2-23: Mark Commands (cont.)  
Command  
Description  
Returns the focus of the selected mark, in  
terms of 0 to 100% of the waveform  
Returns how many marks are in the current  
zoom pixel column  
Returns the owner of the selected mark  
Returns the source waveform of the selected  
mark  
Returns the start of the selected mark, in  
terms of 0 to 100% of the waveform  
Returns the on or off state of the selected  
mark  
Returns the position of the selected mark, in  
terms of 0 to 100% of the upper window  
Returns how many marks are used  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-25  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Command Groups  
Math Command Group  
Use the commands in the Math Command Group to create and dene a math  
waveform. Use the available math functions to dene your math waveform.  
The math waveform you create depends on sources listed in the math expression.  
If you change these sources, the math waveform you previously dened will be  
affected.  
Math expressions can be simple, containing no mathematical computation, such  
as CH1, which species that a waveform shows the signal source of Channel 1.  
Math expressions can also be complex, consisting of up to 128 characters and  
comprising many sources, functions, and operands.  
When a live waveform is updated or a reference waveform is altered, math  
waveforms containing those waveforms as sources are also updated to reect the  
changes. Remember that sources must exist, but do not need to be displayed, to be  
used in and to update math waveforms.  
Table 2-24: Math Commands  
Command  
Description  
Returns the denition of the math waveform  
Sets or returns the current math function as  
a text string  
Sets or returns the math horizontal display  
scale for FFT or for Dual Math waveforms  
Returns the math waveform horizontal unit  
value  
Sets or queries the waveform label for the  
math waveform  
Sets or returns the units of spectral  
magnication in the math string  
Sets or returns the window function for math  
waveform spectral input data  
Sets or returns the vertical position of the  
currently selected math type  
Sets or returns the vertical scale of the  
currently selected math type  
Returns the math waveform vertical units  
Sets or returns the math horizontal display  
position for FFT or (non-live) math reference  
waveforms  
Sets or returns the math waveform mode  
type  
2-26  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Command Groups  
Table 2-24: Math Commands (cont.)  
Command  
Description  
Returns all numerical values used within  
math expressions  
Sets or returns numerical values you can use  
within math expressions  
Measurement Command Group  
Use the commands in the Measurement Command Group to control the automated  
measurement system.  
Up to four automated measurements can be displayed on the screen. In the  
commands, these measurement readouts are named MEAS<x>, where <x> is the  
measurement number.  
In addition to the four displayed measurements, the measurement commands let  
you specify an additional measurement, IMMed. The immediate measurement  
has no front-panel equivalent. Immediate measurements are never displayed.  
Because they are computed only when needed, immediate measurements slow the  
waveform update rate less than displayed measurements.  
Whether you use displayed or immediate measurements, use the VALue query to  
obtain measurement results.  
Measurement commands can set and query measurement parameters. You  
can assign some parameters, such as waveform sources, differently for each  
measurement. Other parameters, such as reference levels, have only one value,  
which applies to all measurements.  
Table 2-25: Measurement Commands  
Command  
Description  
Returns all measurement parameters  
Removes the measurement snapshot display  
Sets or returns the measurement gating  
Returns all immediate measurement setup  
parameters  
Returns information about the immediate  
delay measurement  
Sets or returns the search direction to use for  
immediate delay measurements  
Sets or returns the slope of the edge used for  
immediate delay “from” and “to” waveform  
measurements  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-27  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Command Groups  
Table 2-25: Measurement Commands (cont.)  
Command  
Description  
Sets or returns the “from” source for all single  
channel immediate measurements  
Sets or returns the source to measure “to” for  
phase or delay immediate measurements  
Sets or returns the type of the immediate  
measurement  
Returns the units of the immediate  
measurement  
Returns the value of the immediate  
measurement  
Returns all measurement indicator  
parameters  
Returns the position of the specied  
horizontal measurement indicator  
Returns the number of horizontal  
measurement indicators currently being  
displayed  
Returns the number of vertical measurement  
indicators currently being displayed  
Sets or returns the state of visible  
measurement indicators  
Returns the value of the specied vertical  
measurement indicator  
Returns all measurement parameters  
Returns the number of values accumulated  
since the last statistical reset  
Returns the delay measurement parameters  
for the specied measurement  
Sets or returns the search direction to use for  
delay measurements  
Sets or returns the slope of the edge to  
use for delay “from” and “to” waveform  
measurements  
Returns the maximum value found since the  
last statistical reset  
Returns the mean value accumulated since  
the last statistical reset  
Returns the minimum value found since the  
last statistical reset  
Sets or returns the channel from which  
measurements are taken  
2-28  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Command Groups  
Table 2-25: Measurement Commands (cont.)  
Command  
Description  
Sets or returns the channel to which  
measurements are sent  
Sets or returns whether the specied  
measurement slot is computed and  
displayed  
Returns the standard deviation of values  
accumulated since the last statistical reset  
Sets or returns the measurement<x> type  
Returns measurement<x> units  
Returns the value of measurement<x>  
Sets or returns the method used for  
calculating reference levels  
Returns the current reference level  
parameters  
Sets or returns the top reference level for  
rise time  
Sets or returns the low reference level for  
rise time  
Sets or returns the mid reference level for  
measurements  
Sets or returns the mid reference level in  
absolute units (e.g. volts)  
Sets or returns the mid reference level for  
delay "to" measurements  
Sets or returns the method for assigning high  
and low reference levels  
Sets or returns the top reference percent  
level for rise time  
Sets or returns the low reference percent  
level for rise time  
Sets or returns the mid reference percent  
level for waveform measurements  
Sets or returns the mid reference percent  
level for second waveform measurements  
Sets or returns the source for the current  
single channel measurement  
Sets or returns the source for the specied  
measurement.  
Sets or returns the mid reference level for  
the specied channel in absolute volts  
Sets or returns the mid reference level for  
the specied channel in percent  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-29  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Command Groups  
Table 2-25: Measurement Commands (cont.)  
Command  
Description  
Displays the measurement snapshot list  
Clears or returns all of the statistics  
accumulated for all period measurements  
(MEAS1 through MEAS4)  
Turns measurement statistics on or off  
Controls the responsiveness of the mean  
and standard deviation to waveform changes  
Miscellaneous Command Group  
Use the commands in the Miscellaneous Command Group to perform actions that  
do not t into other categories.  
Several commands and queries are common to all 488.2-1987 devices. The  
488.2-1987 standard denes these commands. The common commands begin  
with an asterisk (*) character.  
Table 2-26: Miscellaneous Commands  
Command  
Description  
Sets the vertical, horizontal and trigger  
controls to provide a stable display of the  
appropriate waveform. This is equivalent to  
pressing the front panel Autoset button  
Enables or disables the autoset feature  
Clears the current menu from the display  
Sets or returns the date displayed by the  
oscilloscope  
Sets or returns the commands that will be  
executed by the group execute trigger  
Causes the deskew values for all channels  
to be set to the recommended values  
Sets or returns the state of the deskew table  
display  
Simulates the action of pressing a specied  
front-panel button  
Duplicates the action of turning a specied  
front-panel control knob  
Returns the current GPIB address  
Returns the identication string of the  
connected adaptor module and rmware  
version  
2-30  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Command Groups  
Table 2-26: Miscellaneous Commands (cont.)  
Command  
Description  
Sets or returns the Response Header Enable  
State  
Returns identifying information about the  
oscilloscope and its rmware  
Returns the same information as the ID?  
command except the data is formatted  
according to Tektronix Codes & Formats  
Sets or returns the user interface display  
language  
Sets or returns the front panel lock state  
Returns a listing of oscilloscope settings  
Changes the password for user protected  
data  
Enables the *PUD and NEWpass set  
commands  
Species a comment, which is ignored by  
the oscilloscope  
Returns a listing of oscilloscope settings  
Initializes both waveform and setup  
memories  
Sets or returns the time displayed by the  
oscilloscope  
Returns the total number of hours that the  
oscilloscope has been turned on since the  
nonvolatile memory was last programmed  
Performs the group execute trigger (GET)  
Tests the interface and returns the status  
Unlocks front panel  
Returns the USBTMC information used by  
the USB hosts to determine the instrument  
interfaces  
Returns the USBTMC product ID  
Returns the USBTMC product ID  
Returns the instrument serial number  
Returns the USBTMC vendor ID  
Returns the USBTMC vendor ID  
Sets or returns the verbose state  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-31  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Command Groups  
PictBridge Command Group  
Use the commands in the PictBridge Command Group to store printer settings.  
Table 2-27: PictBridge Commands  
Command  
Description  
Enables or disables printing the date on the  
print output  
Sets the arguments for all PICTBridge  
commands to their default values  
Enables or disables printing the oscilloscope  
model and serial number on the print output  
Sets or returns the image print size  
Sets the output print paper size  
Sets or returns the paper type  
Sets or returns the output print quality  
Enables or disables the rear USB port for  
use with Pictbridge printers  
Power Command Group  
Use the commands in the Power Command Group for power analysis. The power  
measurements include:  
Power quality  
Switching loss  
Safe operating area  
Harmonics  
Ripple  
Modulation analysis  
This command group is available when the DPO4PWR application module is  
installed.  
Table 2-28: Power Commands  
Command  
Description  
Sets or returns the current source for the  
power application  
Sets or returns the display state for the  
power application  
Sets or returns the gate source for the power  
application  
2-32  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Command Groups  
Table 2-28: Power Commands (cont.)  
Command  
Description  
Sets or returns the power application gating  
Sets or returns the harmonics to be displayed  
when the harmonics standard is None  
Sets or returns the display type for harmonics  
tests  
Sets or returns the frequency reference  
waveform for harmonics tests  
Sets or returns the xed reference frequency  
value for harmonics measurements  
Sets or returns the ltering class for IEC  
harmonics  
Sets or returns the enabled state for ltering  
of IEC harmonics  
Sets or returns the fundamental current for  
IEC harmonics  
Sets or returns the enabled state for grouping  
of IEC harmonics  
Sets of returns the class D input power for  
IEC harmonics  
Sets or returns the line frequency for the IEC  
standard  
Sets or returns the IEC observation period  
Sets or returns the power factor for IEC  
harmonics  
Sets or returns the measurement method for  
the MIL harmonics fundamental frequency  
Sets or returns RMS amperes for User  
calculation method  
Sets or returns the line frequency for  
MIL-STD-1399 harmonics tests  
Sets or returns the power level for  
MIL-STD-1399 harmonics tests  
Sets of returns the number of harmonics (a  
value in the range of 20 to 400) when the  
harmonics standard is NONe  
Returns the frequency of the harmonic  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-33  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Command Groups  
Table 2-28: Power Commands (cont.)  
Command  
Description  
The IEC standard species harmonics  
measurements to be computed in windows of  
time, with each time window being nominally  
200 ms. This returns the maximum of the  
RMS magnitude of the harmonic, computed  
across successive 200 ms time windows  
within an observation period entered by the  
user  
The IEC and MIL standards specify a limit for  
each harmonic magnitude. Returns the limit  
in absolute units, or as a percentage of the  
fundamental as specied by the standard.  
IEC Class C (Table 2) and MIL standards  
specify the limit as a percentage of the  
fundamental  
Returns the phase of the harmonic in  
degrees. The phase is measured relative to  
the zero-crossing of the reference waveform.  
When there is no reference waveform,  
the phase is relative to the fundamental  
component  
Returns the RMS magnitude of the harmonic  
expressed in absolute units  
Returns the RMS magnitude of the  
harmonic expressed as a percentage of the  
fundamental  
Returns PASS, FAIL or NA. Species if  
the IEC Class A higher harmonic limit (and  
conditions) are met  
Returns PASS, FAIL or NA. Species if the  
Normal IEC harmonic limits are met  
Returns PASS, FAIL or NA. Species if the  
higher harmonic limit (and conditions) for the  
21st and higher order odd harmonics are met  
Returns the test result for the specied  
harmonic for the MIL-STD-1399 testing  
standard  
Returns the IEC fundamental frequency  
Returns the IEC harmonics test result for the  
3rd harmonic: PASS, FAIL or NA  
Returns the IEC harmonics test result for the  
5th harmonic: PASS, FAIL or NA  
Returns the IEC POHC measurement  
2-34  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Command Groups  
Table 2-28: Power Commands (cont.)  
Command  
Description  
Returns the IEC POHL measurement  
Returns the IEC input power measurement  
Returns the IEC power factor measurement  
Returns the overall harmonics test result:  
PASS, FAIL or NA  
Returns the root mean square value of the  
source waveform  
Saves the harmonic results to the specied  
le in CSV format  
Returns the Total Harmonic Distortion (THD)  
in percentage, measured as a ratio to the  
RMS value of the fundamental component of  
the source waveform  
Returns the Total Harmonic Distortion (THD)  
in percentage, measured as a ratio to the  
RMS value of the source waveform  
Sets or returns the source waveform for  
harmonics tests  
Sets or returns the standard for harmonics  
tests  
Sets or returns the state of the measurement  
indicators for the power application  
Sets or returns the source waveform for  
modulation tests  
Sets or returns the modulation type  
Returns the apparent power measurement  
Sets or returns the display state for the  
apparent power readout  
Sets or returns the display state for the  
frequency readout  
Sets or returns the display state for the  
current crest factor readout  
Sets or returns the display state for the rms  
current (IRMS) readout  
Sets or returns the display state for the  
phase angle readout  
Sets or returns the display state for the  
power factor readout  
Sets or returns the display state for the  
reactive power readout  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-35  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Command Groups  
Table 2-28: Power Commands (cont.)  
Command  
Description  
Sets or returns the display state for the true  
power readout  
Sets or returns the display state for the  
voltage crest factor readout  
Sets or returns the display state for the rms  
voltage (VRMS) readout  
Sets or returns the power quality frequency  
reference  
Returns the frequency measurement  
Returns the current crest factor measurement  
Returns the rms current measurement  
Returns the phase angle measurement  
Returns the power factor measurement  
Returns the reactive power measurement  
Returns the true power measurement  
Returns the rms voltage measurement  
Sets the reference levels to their default unit  
values  
Sets or returns the top reference level for  
rise time  
Sets or returns the low reference level for  
rise time  
Sets or returns the mid reference level for  
measurements  
Sets or returns the measurement reference  
level hysteresis value  
Sets or returns the method used to calculate  
the 0% and 100% reference level  
Sets the reference levels to the default  
percentage values  
Sets or returns the top reference percent  
level for rise time  
Sets or returns the low reference percent  
level for rise time  
Sets or returns the mid reference percent  
level for waveform measurements  
Sets the vertical offset of the source  
waveform  
Returns the peak-to-peak ripple  
measurement  
2-36  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Command Groups  
Table 2-28: Power Commands (cont.)  
Command  
Description  
Returns the maximum of the peak-to-peak  
ripple measurements  
Returns the mean of the peak-to-peak ripple  
measurements  
Returns the minimum of the peak-to-peak  
ripple measurement  
Returns the standard deviation of the  
peak-to-peak ripple measurements  
Sets or returns the source waveform for  
ripple tests  
Sets or returns the user XMAX value for use  
in linear SOA calculations  
Sets or returns the user XMIN value for use  
in linear SOA calculations  
Sets or returns the user YMAX value for use  
in linear SOA calculations  
Sets or returns the user YMIN value for use  
in linear SOA calculations  
Sets or returns the user XMAX value for use  
in log SOA calculations  
Sets or returns the user XMIN value for use  
in log SOA calculations  
Sets or returns the user YMAX value for use  
in log SOA calculations  
Sets or returns the user YMIN value for use  
in log SOA calculations  
Sets or returns the X (Volts) and Y (Amps)  
coordinates of the current SOA mask  
Sets or returns the maximum current applied  
to SOA mask testing  
Sets or returns the maximum voltage applied  
to SOA mask testing  
Sets or returns the maximum power applied  
to SOA mask testing  
Returns the number of mask points dened  
Sets or returns the state of the mask for SOA  
calculations  
Sets or returns the enabled state of the mask  
stop on violation condition  
Sets or returns the SOA plot type  
Returns the number of failures in the test  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-37  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Command Groups  
Table 2-28: Power Commands (cont.)  
Command  
Description  
Returns the number of acquisitions in the test  
Returns the pass/fail state of the SOA test  
Clears all the accumulated statistics of all  
measurements  
Enables or disables the display of the  
measurement statistics  
Sets the number of samples which are  
included for the statistics computations for  
mean and the standard deviation  
Sets or returns the power application  
switching loss conduction calculation method  
Returns the maximum conduction energy for  
the switching loss calculation  
Returns the mean conduction energy for the  
switching loss calculation  
Returns the minimum conduction energy for  
the switching loss calculation  
Returns the maximum conduction power for  
the switching loss calculation  
Returns the mean conduction power for the  
switching loss calculation  
Returns the minimum conduction power for  
the switching loss calculation  
Sets or returns the display selection for  
switching loss results  
Sets or returns the switching loss gate  
polarity  
Sets or returns the gate turn on level for  
switching loss power measurements  
Returns the number of cycles counted for the  
switching loss calculation  
Sets or returns RDSON value for use  
in switching loss calculations when the  
conduction calculation method is RDSON  
Sets or returns the mid voltage reference  
level used in switching loss power  
measurements in volts  
Sets or returns the low current reference level  
used in switching loss power measurements  
in amperes  
2-38  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Command Groups  
Table 2-28: Power Commands (cont.)  
Command  
Description  
Sets or returns the low voltage reference level  
used in switching loss power measurements  
in volts  
Sets or returns the mid voltage reference  
level used in switching loss power  
measurements in percentage  
Sets or returns the low current reference level  
used in switching loss power measurements  
in percentage  
Sets or returns the low voltage reference level  
used in switching loss power measurements  
in percentage  
Returns the maximum Toff energy switching  
loss calculation  
Returns the mean Toff energy switching loss  
calculation  
Returns the minimum Toff energy switching  
loss calculation  
Returns the maximum Toff power switching  
loss calculation  
Returns the mean Toff power switching loss  
calculation  
Returns the minimum Toff power switching  
loss calculation  
Returns the maximum Ton energy switching  
loss calculation  
Returns the mean Ton energy switching loss  
calculation  
Returns the minimum Ton energy switching  
loss calculation  
Returns the maximum Ton power switching  
loss calculation  
Returns the mean Ton power switching loss  
calculation  
Returns the minimum Ton power switching  
loss calculation  
Returns the maximum total energy switching  
loss calculation  
Returns the mean total energy switching loss  
calculation  
Returns the minimum total energy switching  
loss calculation  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-39  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Command Groups  
Table 2-28: Power Commands (cont.)  
Command  
Description  
Returns the maximum total power switching  
loss calculation  
Returns the mean total power switching loss  
calculation  
Returns the minimum total power switching  
loss calculation  
Sets or returns VCESAT value for use  
in switching loss calculations when the  
conduction calculation method is VCESAT  
Sets or returns the power application  
measurement type  
Sets or returns the voltage source for the  
power application  
Save and Recall Command Group  
Use the commands in the Save and Recall Command Group to store and retrieve  
waveforms and settings. When you save a setup, you save all the settings of the  
oscilloscope. When you recall a setup, the oscilloscope restores itself to the state  
it was in when you originally saved the setting.  
Table 2-29: Save and Recall Commands  
Command  
Description  
Resets the oscilloscope to factory default  
settings  
Recalls saved oscilloscope settings  
Recalls saved oscilloscope settings  
Recalls a stored waveform to a reference  
location  
Stores the state of the oscilloscope to a  
specied memory location  
Sets or returns the assignment of the save  
button  
Saves event table data from bus<x> to a  
specied le  
Saves a capture of the screen image to the  
specied le  
2-40  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Command Groups  
Table 2-29: Save and Recall Commands (cont.)  
Command  
Description  
Sets or returns the le format to use for  
saving screen images. The le format is not  
automatically determined by the le name  
extension. You need to choose a le name  
with an extension which is consistent with  
the selected le format  
Sets or returns the current inksaver setting  
for the SAVe:IMAGe command  
Sets or returns the layout to use for saved  
screen images  
Saves the state of the oscilloscope to a  
specied memory location or le  
Saves a waveform to one of the reference  
memory locations or a le  
Sets or returns the format for saved  
waveforms  
Species whether save waveform operations  
should save the entire waveform or a  
specied portion of the waveform  
Returns the date when the specied  
oscilloscope setup was saved  
Sets or returns the specied oscilloscope  
setup label  
Returns the time when the specied  
oscilloscope setup was saved  
Search Command Group  
Use the commands in the Search Commands Group to seek out information in  
waveform records.  
Search Commands  
Command  
Description  
Returns all search-related settings  
Copies the search criteria to the trigger, or  
the trigger criteria to the search.  
Sets the search state to on or off  
Returns the total number of matches for  
search <x>  
Returns the search trigger bus type  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-41  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Command Groups  
Search Commands (cont.)  
Command  
Description  
Sets or returns the search trigger condition  
for the AUDIO bus: Start of Frame or Data  
Sets or returns the search trigger data upper  
word for the AUDIO bus  
Sets or returns the search trigger data offset  
for the AUDIO bus  
Sets or returns the search trigger data  
qualier for the AUDIO bus  
Sets or returns the search trigger data lower  
word for the AUDIO bus  
Sets or returns the search trigger data  
alignment for the AUDIO bus  
Sets or returns the search condition for CAN  
search  
Sets or returns the CAN search condition to  
be valid on a READ, WRITE or either  
Sets or returns the CAN data qualier  
Sets or returns the length of the data string  
in bytes to be used for CAN search  
Sets or returns the binary data string to be  
used for CAN search  
Sets or returns the CAN Frame Type to be  
used  
Sets or returns the CAN addressing mode to  
standard or extended format  
Sets or returns the binary address string to  
be used for CAN search  
Sets or returns the trigger condition for  
FLEXRAY  
Sets or returns the binary data string to be  
used for FLEXRAY cycle count high value  
Sets or returns the FLEXRAY cycle count  
qualier  
Sets or returns the binary data string to be  
used for FLEXRAY cycle count low value  
Sets or returns the high binary data string  
Sets or returns the offset of the data string  
in bytes  
Sets or returns the FLEXRAY data qualier  
2-42  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Command Groups  
Search Commands (cont.)  
Command  
Description  
Sets or returns the length of the data string  
in bytes  
Sets or returns the low binary data string  
Sets or returns the end of frame type  
Sets or returns the error type  
Sets or returns the binary data string used  
for FLEXRAY frame ID high value  
Sets or returns the FLEXRAY frame ID  
qualier  
Sets or returns the binary data string to be  
used for FLEXRAY frame ID low value  
Sets or returns the frame type  
Sets or returns the CRC portion of the binary  
header string  
Sets or returns the cycle count portion of the  
binary header string  
Sets or returns the frame id portion of the  
binary header string  
Sets or returns the indicator bits portion of  
the binary header string  
Sets or returns the payload length portion of  
the binary header string  
Sets or returns the I2C address mode to 7  
or 10-Bit  
Sets or returns the I2C address type to I2C  
special addresses  
Sets or returns the binary address string to  
be used for I2C search  
Sets or returns the search condition for I2C  
search  
Sets or returns the I2C search condition to  
be valid on a READ, WRITE or either  
Sets or returns the length of the data string  
in bytes to be used for I2C search  
Sets or returns the binary data string to be  
used for I2C search  
Sets or returns the search condition for a LIN  
search  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-43  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Command Groups  
Search Commands (cont.)  
Command  
Description  
Sets or returns the binary data string  
Sets or returns the LIN data qualier  
Sets or returns the length of the data string  
in bytes  
Sets or returns the binary data string used  
for a LIN search  
Sets or returns the error type used for a LIN  
Search  
Sets or returns the binary address string  
used for LIN search  
Sets or returns the binary data string to be  
used for a Parallel search  
Sets or returns the trigger condition for an  
RS-232 trigger  
Sets or returns the length of the data string  
for an RS-232 trigger, if the trigger condition  
is RX  
Sets or returns the binary data string for an  
RS-232 trigger, if the condition involves RX  
Sets or returns the length of the data string to  
be used for an RS-232 Trigger, if the Trigger  
condition is TX  
Sets or returns the binary data string to be  
used for an RS-232 trigger, if the condition  
involves RX  
Sets or returns the search condition for SPI  
search  
Sets or returns the binary data string to be  
used for SPI search if the search condition is  
MISO or MISOMOSI  
Sets or returns the binary data string for an  
SPI search if the search condition is MISO or  
MISOMOSI  
Sets or returns the length of the data string  
in bytes to be used for SPI search  
Sets or returns the bus for a serial search  
Sets or returns the slope for an edge search  
Sets or returns the source waveform for an  
edge search  
2-44  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Command Groups  
Search Commands (cont.)  
Command  
Description  
Sets or returns the level for an edge search  
Sets or returns the level for an edge search  
of the specied channel  
Sets or returns the math waveform level for  
edge search  
Sets or returns the reference waveform level  
for edge search  
Sets or returns the logic operator for the logic  
search  
Sets or returns the Boolean logic criteria for  
the logic search  
Sets or returns whether the clock edge is rise  
or fall for a logic search  
Sets or returns the clock source denition for  
logic search  
Sets or returns the criteria for a logic search  
to determine where to place a mark for digital  
channel <x>  
Sets or returns the Boolean logic criteria for  
the logic search  
Sets or returns the Boolean logic criteria for  
the logic search  
Sets or returns the Boolean logic criteria for  
the logic search  
Sets or returns the criteria for a pattern  
search to determine where to place a mark  
for digital channel <x>  
Sets or returns the Boolean logic criteria for  
the logic search  
Sets or returns the Boolean logic criteria for  
the logic search  
Sets or returns the condition for generating a  
logic pattern search  
Sets or returns the maximum time that the  
selected pattern may be true  
Sets or returns the minimum time that the  
selected pattern may be true  
Sets or returns the channel threshold level  
for an logic search  
Sets or returns the math waveform threshold  
level for logic search  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-45  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Command Groups  
Search Commands (cont.)  
Command  
Description  
Sets or returns the reference waveform  
threshold level for logic search  
Sets or returns the lower waveform threshold  
level for all channel waveform searches  
Sets or returns the lower waveform threshold  
level for all math waveform searches  
Sets or returns the lower waveform threshold  
level for all reference waveform searches  
Sets or returns the polarity for a pulse search  
Sets or returns the source waveform for a  
pulse search  
Sets or returns the condition for generating  
a pulse width search  
Sets or returns the pulse width setting for a  
pulse width search  
Sets or returns the polarity setting for a runt  
search  
Sets or returns the source setting for a runt  
search  
sets or returns the condition setting for a runt  
search  
Sets or returns the width setting for a runt  
search  
Sets or returns the clock slope setting for a  
setup/hold search  
Sets or returns the clock source setting for  
an setup/hold search  
Sets or returns the clock threshold setting for  
an setup/hold search  
Sets or returns the data source setting for  
an setup/hold search  
Sets or returns the data threshold setting for  
an setup/hold search  
Sets or returns the hold time setting for an  
setup/hold search  
Sets or returns the setup time setting for an  
setup/hold search  
Sets or returns the trigger search setup and  
hold threshold for the selected channel  
Sets or returns the trigger search setup and  
hold threshold for the math waveform  
2-46  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Command Groups  
Search Commands (cont.)  
Command  
Description  
Sets or returns the trigger search setup and  
hold threshold for the selected reference  
waveform  
Sets or returns the transition time setting for  
an transition search  
Sets or returns the polarity setting for an  
transition search  
Sets or returns the source setting for an  
transition search  
Sets or returns the condition setting for an  
transition search  
Sets or returns the trigger type setting for a  
search  
Sets or returns the waveform upper threshold  
level for all channel waveform searches  
Sets or returns the waveform upper threshold  
level for all math waveform searches  
Sets or returns the waveform upper threshold  
level for all reference waveform searches  
Status and Error Command Group  
Use the commands in the Status and Error Command Group to determine the  
status of the oscilloscope and control events.  
Several commands and queries used with the oscilloscope are common to all  
IEEE488.2 compliant devices. The IEEE Std 488.2-1987 denes these commands  
and queries. The common commands begin with an asterisk (*) character.  
Table 2-30: Status and Error Commands  
Command  
Description  
Returns all events and their messages  
Returns oscilloscope status  
Clears status  
Sets or returns the bits in the Device Event  
Status Enable Register  
Sets or returns the bits in the Event Status  
Enable Register  
Returns the contents of the Standard Event  
Status Register  
Returns event code from the event queue  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-47  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Command Groups  
Table 2-30: Status and Error Commands (cont.)  
Command  
Description  
Returns event code, message from the event  
queue  
Return number of events in the event queue  
Generates the operation complete message  
in the standard event status register when all  
pending operations are nished  
Or returns "1" when all current operations  
are nished  
Sets or returns the power on status ag  
Sets or returns a string of protected user data  
Resets the oscilloscope to factory default  
settings  
Sets or returns the bits in the Service  
Request Enable Register  
Returns the contents of the Status Byte  
Register  
Prevents the oscilloscope from executing  
further commands until all pending  
operations nish  
Trigger Command Group  
Use the commands in the Trigger Command Group to control all aspects of  
triggering for the oscilloscope.  
There are two triggers: A and B. Where appropriate, this command set has parallel  
construction between triggers.  
You can set the A or B triggers to edge mode. Edge triggering lets you display  
a waveform at or near the point where the signal passes through a voltage level  
of your choosing.  
You can also set A triggers to pulse, logic, or video modes. With pulse triggering,  
the oscilloscope triggers whenever it detects a pulse of a certain width or height.  
Logic triggering lets you logically combine the signals on one or channels. The  
oscilloscope then triggers when it detects a certain combination of signal levels.  
Video triggering enables you to trigger on the most common Standard Denition  
video standards.  
Table 2-31: Trigger Commands  
Command  
Description  
Forces a trigger event to  
occur  
2-48  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Command Groups  
Table 2-31: Trigger Commands (cont.)  
Command  
Description  
Sets A trigger level to 50%  
or returns current A trigger  
parameters  
Sets or returns the serial  
trigger type  
Sets or returns the trigger  
condition for the AUDIO bus:  
Start of Frame or Data  
Sets or returns the trigger  
data upper word for the  
AUDIO bus  
Sets or returns the trigger  
data offset for the AUDIO  
bus  
Sets or returns the trigger  
data qualier for the AUDIO  
bus  
Sets or returns the trigger  
data lower word for the  
AUDIO bus  
Sets or returns the trigger  
data alignment for the  
AUDIO bus.  
Sets or returns the CAN  
condition  
Sets or returns the CAN  
trigger condition to be valid  
on a READ, WRITE, or either  
Sets or returns the CAN data  
qualier  
Sets or returns the length of  
the data string in bytes to be  
used for CAN trigger  
Sets or returns the binary  
data string to be used for  
CAN trigger  
Sets or returns the CAN  
trigger frame type  
Sets or returns the CAN  
addressing mode  
Sets or returns the binary  
address string used for the  
CAN trigger  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-49  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Command Groups  
Table 2-31: Trigger Commands (cont.)  
Command  
Description  
Sets or returns the trigger  
condition for FLEXRAY  
Sets or returns the binary  
data string to be used for  
FLEXRAY cycle count high  
value  
Sets or returns the FLEXRAY  
cycle count qualier  
Sets or returns the binary  
data string to be used for  
FLEXRAY cycle count low  
value  
Sets or returns the high  
binary data string to be used  
for FLEXRAY trigger  
Sets or returns the offset of  
the data string in bytes  
Sets or returns the FLEXRAY  
data qualier  
Sets or returns the length of  
the data string in bytes  
Sets or returns the low binary  
data string to be used for  
FLEXRAY trigger condition  
Sets or returns the end of le  
type  
Sets or returns the error type  
Sets or returns the binary  
data string to be used for  
FLEXRAY frame ID high  
value  
Sets or returns the FLEXRAY  
frame ID qualier  
Sets or returns the binary  
data string to be used for  
FLEXRAY frame ID low  
value  
Sets or returns the frame  
type  
Sets or returns the CRC  
portion of the binary header  
string  
2-50  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Command Groups  
Table 2-31: Trigger Commands (cont.)  
Command  
Description  
Sets or returns the cycle  
count portion of the binary  
header string  
Sets or returns the frame id  
portion of the binary header  
string  
Sets or returns the indicator  
bits portion of the binary  
header string  
Sets or returns the payload  
length portion of the binary  
header string  
Sets or returns the I2C  
address mode to 7 or 10-bit  
Sets or returns the I2C  
address type to USER  
Sets or returns the binary  
address string used for the  
I2C trigger  
Sets or returns the trigger  
condition for I2C trigger  
Sets or returns the I2C  
trigger condition valid on a  
READ, WRITE, or either  
Sets or returns the length of  
the data string in bytes to be  
used for I2C trigger  
Sets or returns the binary  
data string used for I2C  
triggering  
Sets or returns the trigger  
condition for LIN  
Sets or returns the binary  
data string to be used for LIN  
trigger  
Sets or returns the LIN data  
qualier  
Sets or returns the length of  
the data string in bytes to be  
used for LIN trigger  
Sets or returns the binary  
data string  
Sets or returns the error type  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-51  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Command Groups  
Table 2-31: Trigger Commands (cont.)  
Command  
Description  
Sets or returns the binary  
address string used for LIN  
trigger  
Sets or returns the binary  
data string to be used for a  
Parallel trigger  
Sets or returns the condition  
for an RS-232C trigger  
Sets or returns the length of  
the data string in Bytes for  
an RX RS-232 Trigger  
Sets or returns the binary  
data string for an RX RS-232  
trigger  
Sets or returns the length  
of the data string for a TX  
RS-232 trigger  
Sets or returns the binary  
data string for an RS-232  
trigger if the trigger condition  
involves TX  
Sets or returns the trigger  
condition for SPI triggering  
Sets or returns the binary  
data string to be used for SPI  
trigger  
Sets or returns the binary  
data string used for the SPI  
trigger  
Sets or returns the length of  
the data string in bytes to be  
used for SPI trigger  
Sets or returns the source  
for a bus trigger  
Returns the source, coupling  
and source for the A edge  
trigger  
Sets or returns the type  
of coupling for the A edge  
trigger  
Sets or returns the slope for  
the A edge trigger  
Sets or returns the source  
for the A edge trigger  
2-52  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Command Groups  
Table 2-31: Trigger Commands (cont.)  
Command  
Description  
Returns the A trigger holdoff  
parameters  
Sets or returns the A trigger  
holdoff time  
Sets or returns the trigger  
level for the A trigger  
Sets or returns the trigger  
level for the AUXIN port  
Species or returns the  
trigger level for the specied  
trigger channel  
Sets or returns the trigger  
level for the specied digital  
channel  
Returns all A trigger logic  
settings  
Sets or returns the type of A  
trigger logic  
Sets or returns the logical  
combination of the input  
channels for the A logic  
trigger  
Returns the logic input  
values for all channels  
Species or returns the  
logic setting for the specied  
channel  
Sets the polarity of the clock  
channel  
Sets or returns the channel  
to use as the clock source  
Sets or returns the logic  
pattern for a trigger on digital  
channel <x>  
Returns the conditions for  
generating an A logic pattern  
trigger  
Sets or returns the pattern  
trigger delta time value  
Sets or returns the A logic  
trigger pattern for a trigger  
on digital channel <x>  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-53  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Command Groups  
Table 2-31: Trigger Commands (cont.)  
Command  
Description  
Sets or returns the pattern  
logic condition on which to  
trigger the oscilloscope  
Sets or returns the maximum  
time that the selected pattern  
may be true and still generate  
an A logic pattern trigger  
Sets or returns the minimum  
time that the selected pattern  
may be true and still generate  
an A logic pattern trigger  
Sets or queries the trigger  
A logic threshold voltage for  
the specied channel  
Sets or returns the trigger A  
logic threshold level for the  
specied digital channel  
Sets or returns the lower  
threshold for the channel  
selected  
Sets the A trigger lower  
threshold for the digital  
channel selected  
Sets or returns the lower  
threshold for the Auxiliary  
input.  
Sets or returns the A trigger  
mode  
Returns the A pulse trigger  
parameters  
Sets or returns the type of  
pulse on which to trigger  
Returns the trigger A pulse  
width parameters  
Sets or returns the polarity  
for the A pulse width trigger  
Sets or returns the source  
for the pulse width trigger  
Sets or returns the criteria for  
width specication of pulse  
width trigger events  
Sets or returns the width  
setting for the pulse width  
trigger  
2-54  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Command Groups  
Table 2-31: Trigger Commands (cont.)  
Command  
Description  
Returns the current A  
runt pulse trigger logic  
parameters  
Sets or returns the polarity  
for the A pulse runt trigger  
Sets or returns the source  
for the A pulse trigger  
Sets or returns the type  
of pulse width the trigger  
checks for when it uncovers  
a runt  
Sets or returns the minimum  
width for A pulse runt trigger  
Returns settings for setup  
and hold violation triggering  
Returns clock edge polarity,  
voltage threshold and source  
input for setup/hold triggering  
Sets or returns the clock  
edge polarity for setup and  
hold triggering  
Sets or returns the clock  
source for the A logic trigger  
setup and hold input  
Sets or returns the clock  
voltage threshold for setup  
and hold trigger  
Returns the voltage  
threshold and data source  
for the setup/hold trigger  
Sets or returns the data  
source for the setup and hold  
trigger  
Sets or returns the data  
voltage threshold for setup  
and hold trigger  
Sets or returns the hold  
time for the setup and hold  
violation triggering  
Sets or returns the setup  
time for setup and hold  
violation triggering  
Sets or queries the threshold  
for the channel  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-55  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Command Groups  
Table 2-31: Trigger Commands (cont.)  
Command  
Description  
Sets the A trigger setup  
and hold threshold for the  
selected digital channel  
Sets the upper threshold for  
the channel selected  
Returns the delta time,  
polarity, and both upper and  
lower threshold limits for the  
transition time trigger  
Sets or returns the delta  
time used in calculating the  
transition value  
Sets or returns the polarity  
for the A pulse transition  
trigger  
Sets or returns the source  
for transition trigger  
Sets or returns the  
relationship of delta time  
to transitioning signal  
Sets or returns the type of A  
trigger  
Returns the video  
parameters for the A trigger  
Sets or returns the video  
trigger format  
Sets or queries the line  
period  
Sets or returns the horizontal  
line scan rate of the A video  
trigger  
Sets or queries the sync  
interval  
Sets or returns the HDTV  
video signal format on which  
to trigger  
Sets or returns the video  
trigger holdoff  
Sets or returns the video  
line number on which the  
oscilloscope triggers  
Sets or returns the polarity of  
the A video trigger  
2-56  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Command Groups  
Table 2-31: Trigger Commands (cont.)  
Command  
Description  
Sets or returns the polarity of  
the video trigger  
Sets or returns the video  
standard  
Sets or returns the video  
eld trigger  
Sets the B trigger level to  
50% or returns the B trigger  
parameters  
Sets or returns B trigger time  
or event qualiers  
Returns B trigger edge type  
parameters  
Sets or returns the type of B  
trigger coupling  
Sets or returns the B edge  
trigger slope  
Sets or returns the B edge  
trigger source  
Returns the current B trigger  
events parameter  
Sets or returns the number  
of events that must occur  
before the B trigger occurs  
Sets or returns the level for  
the B trigger  
Sets or returns the level for  
the B trigger for a specic  
channel  
Sets or returns the B trigger  
level for digital channel <x>  
Sets or returns the B trigger  
lower threshold for the  
channel selected  
Sets or queries the B trigger  
lower threshold for the digital  
channel selected  
Returns the current state of  
the B trigger  
Sets or returns the B trigger  
delay time  
Sets or returns the type of B  
trigger  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-57  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Command Groups  
Table 2-31: Trigger Commands (cont.)  
Command  
Description  
Sets or returns the B trigger  
upper threshold for the  
channel selected  
Returns external trigger  
parameters  
Sets or returns the  
attenuation factor value of  
the external probe connector  
Returns the external trigger  
vertical (Y) units value  
Returns the trigger frequency  
in hertz, if available  
Returns the current state of  
the triggering system  
Vertical Command Group  
Use the commands in the Vertical Command Group to control the vertical setup of  
all live (channel) waveforms for acquisition and display of channel, reference,  
and math waveforms.  
Table 2-32: Vertical Commands  
Command  
Description  
Returns auxiliary input parameters  
Returns all information concerning the probe  
attached to auxilary input  
Sets the TekVPI probe attached to the  
auxiliary input to autozero  
Sets the state of the specied probe control  
Starts a degauss/autozero cycle on a TekVPI  
current probe attached to the auxiliary input  
Returns the degauss state of the TekVPI  
current probe attached to the auxiliary input  
Sets or returns the range of the TekVPI probe  
attached to the auxiliary input  
Sets or returns the gain factor of the probe  
that is attached to the auxiliary input  
Returns the serial number of the probe that  
is attached to the auxiliary input  
Returns the type of probe that is attached to  
the auxiliary input  
2-58  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Command Groups  
Table 2-32: Vertical Commands (cont.)  
Command  
Description  
Returns the resistance of the probe that is  
attached to the Auxiliary input  
Sets or returns the input bypass setting on  
VPI probes that support input bypass  
Returns the units of measure of the probe  
that is attached to the auxiliary input  
Returns vertical parameters for the specied  
channel  
Sets or returns the state of the amps via volts  
feature for the specied channel  
Sets or returns the amps via volts factor for  
the specied channel  
Sets or returns the bandwidth of the specied  
channel  
Sets or returns the coupling setting for the  
specied channel  
Sets or returns the deskew time for the  
specied channel  
Sets or returns the invert function for the  
specied channel  
Sets or returns the waveform label for  
channel <x>  
Sets or returns the channel offset  
Sets or returns the channel vertical position  
Returns the gain, resistance, units, and ID  
of the probe that is attached to the specied  
channel  
Sets the TekVPI probe attached to the  
specied channel input to autozero  
Sets the state of the specied probe control  
Starts a degauss/autozero cycle on a TekVPI  
current probe attached to the specied  
channel input  
Returns the state of the probe degauss  
Sets or returns the range on a TekVPI probe  
attached to the specied channel  
Sets or returns the gain factor of the probe  
that is attached to the specied channel  
Returns the type and serial number of  
the probe that is attached to the specied  
channel  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-59  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Command Groups  
Table 2-32: Vertical Commands (cont.)  
Command  
Description  
Returns the serial number of the probe that  
is attached to the specied channel  
Returns the type of probe that is attached to  
the specied channel  
Sets or returns the probe model for the  
specied channel  
Sets or returns the propagation delay for the  
probe connected to the specied channel  
Returns the recommended deskew for the  
probe connected to the specied channel  
Returns the resistance of the probe that is  
attached to the specied channel  
Sets or returns the input bypass setting of  
channel <x>TekVPI probe  
Returns the units of measure of the probe  
that is attached to the specied channel  
Sets or returns the vertical scale of the  
specied channel  
Sets or returns channel input termination  
Sets or returns the units for the specied  
channel  
Returns parameters for digital channel <x>  
Sets or returns the waveform label for digital  
channel<x>  
Sets or returns the logical threshold for digital  
channel <x>  
Sets or returns the vertical position for digital  
channel <x>  
Causes the deskew values for all channels  
to be set to the recommended values  
Sets or returns the state of the deskew table  
display  
Returns reference waveform data for channel  
<x>  
Returns the date that a reference waveform  
was stored  
Sets or returns the horizontal position of the  
specied reference waveform in percent of  
the waveform that is displayed to the right of  
the center vertical graticule  
Sets or returns the horizontal scale for a  
reference waveform  
2-60  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Command Groups  
Table 2-32: Vertical Commands (cont.)  
Command  
Description  
Sets or returns the specied reference  
waveform label  
Sets or returns the vertical position for  
reference channel <x>  
Returns the time that a reference waveform  
was stored  
Sets or returns the vertical position of the  
specied reference waveform  
Sets or returns the reference waveform  
vertical scale in vertical units/div  
Returns information on which waveforms are  
on or off and which waveform is selected.  
Turns on or off the specied bus waveform  
or returns whether the specied bus channel  
is on or off  
Turns on or off the specied waveform or  
returns whether the specied channel is on  
or off  
Sets or returns the waveform that is selected  
as the implied recipient of channel-related  
commands  
Turns on the display of digital channel <x>  
and resets the acquisition  
Turns on or off the math waveform or returns  
whether the math waveform is on or off  
Turns on or off the specied reference  
waveform or returns whether the specied  
reference waveform is on or off  
Waveform Transfer Command Group  
Use the commands in the Waveform Transfer Command Group to transfer  
waveform data points to and from the oscilloscope. Waveform data points are a  
collection of values that dene a waveform. One data value usually represents  
one data point in the waveform record. When working with envelope waveforms,  
each data value is either the minimum or maximum of a min/max pair.  
Before you transfer waveform data, you must specify the data format, record  
length, and waveform source or destination.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-61  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Command Groups  
All data points for DPO and MSO models are signed integer format only. Valid  
data widths for CH1-CH4, MATH, REF1-REF4 and D0-D15 are 1 and 2-byte  
widths. The valid data widths for the digital collection is either 4 or 8-byte widths.  
Data Formats  
The oscilloscope can transfer waveform data in either ASCII or binary format.  
You specify the format with the DATa:ENCdg command.  
ASCII Data. ASCII data is represented by signed integer values. The range of the  
values depends on the byte width specied. One byte wide data ranges from -128  
to 127. Two byte wide data ranges from -32768 to 32767.  
Each data value requires two to seven characters. This includes one to ve  
characters to represent the value, another character, if the value is negative, to  
represent a minus sign, and a comma to separate the data points.  
An example ASCII waveform data string may look like this:  
CURVE<space>-110,-109,-110,-110,-109,-107,-109,-107,-106,  
-105,-103,-100,-97,-90,-84,-80  
NOTE. You can use ASCII to obtain a readable and easier to format output than  
binary. However, the oscilloscope may require bytes to send the same values with  
ASCII than with binary, reducing transmission speed.  
The use of ASCII for waveform data transfer is inefcient. ASCII-formatted  
Waveform (WAVFRM?) and Curve (CURVE?) queries, exceeding 1 M points,  
are not supported.  
Binary Data. Binary data is represented by signed integer or positive integer  
values. The range of the values depends on the byte width specied. When the  
byte width is one, signed integer data ranges from -128 to 127, and positive  
integer values range from 0 to 255. When the byte width is two, the values range  
from -32768 to 32767. and positive integer values range from 0 to 65,535.  
Table 2-33: Binary data ranges  
Byte width  
Signed integer range  
-128 to 127  
Positive integer range  
0 to 255  
1
2
32,768 to 32,767  
0 to 65,535  
The dened binary formats also specify the order in which the bytes are  
transferred. The four binary formats are RIBinary, RPBinary, SRIbinary, and  
SRPbinary.  
RIBinary is signed integer where the most signicant byte is transferred rst, and  
RPBinary is positive integer where the most signicant byte is transferred rst.  
SRIbinary and SRPbinary correspond to RIBinary and RPBinary respectively but  
2-62  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Command Groups  
use a swapped byte order where the least signicant byte is transferred rst. The  
byte order is ignored when DATa:WIDth is set to 1.  
You can transfer multiple points for each waveform record. You can transfer a  
portion of the waveform or you can transfer the entire record. You can use the  
DATa:STARt and DATa:STOP commands to specify the rst and last data points  
of the waveform record.  
Waveform Data and Record  
Lengths  
When transferring data into the oscilloscope, you must rst specify the record  
length of the destination waveform record. You do this with the WFMInpre:NR_Pt  
command. Next, specify the rst data point within the waveform record. For  
example, when you set DATa:STARt to 1, data points will be stored starting  
with the rst point in the record. The oscilloscope will ignore the value set by  
DATa:STOP when reading in data. It will stop reading data when there is no data  
to read or when it has reached the specied record length.  
When transferring data from the oscilloscope, you must specify the rst and last  
data points in the waveform record. Setting DATa:STARt to 1 and DATa:STOP to  
the record length will always return the entire waveform.  
The DATa:SOUrce command species the waveform source when transferring a  
waveform from the oscilloscope. You can only transfer one waveform at a time.  
Waveforms sent to the oscilloscope are always stored in one of the reference  
memory locations. Use the DATa:DESTination command to specify a reference  
memory location.  
Waveform Data Locations  
and Memory Allocation  
Each waveform you transfer has an associated waveform preamble, which  
contains information such as horizontal scale, vertical scale, and the other settings  
in effect when the waveform was created. Refer to the individual WFMInpre and  
WFMOutpre commands for information.  
Waveform Preamble  
Once you transfer the waveform data to the controller, you can convert the data  
points into voltage values for analysis using information from the waveform  
preamble.  
Scaling Waveform Data  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-63  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Command Groups  
You can transfer waveforms from the oscilloscope to an external controller using  
the following sequence:  
Transferring Waveform  
Data from the Oscilloscope  
1. Select the waveform source(s) using DATa:SOUrce.  
2. Specify the waveform data format using DATa:ENCdg.  
3. Specify the number of bytes per data point using WFMOutpre:BYT_Nr.  
4. Specify the portion of the waveform that you want to transfer using  
DATa:STARt and DATa:STOP.  
5. Transfer waveform preamble information using the WFMOutpre? query.  
6. Transfer waveform data from the oscilloscope using the CURVe? query.  
You can transfer waveforms to the oscilloscope from an external controller using  
the following sequence:  
Transferring Waveform  
Data to the Oscilloscope  
1. Specify the reference waveform using DATa:DESTination.  
2. Specify the record length of the reference waveform using WFMPre:NR_Pt.  
3. Specify the waveform data format using WFMInpre:ENCdg.  
4. Specify the number of bytes per data point using WFMInpre:BYT_Nr.  
5. Specify rst data point in the waveform record using DATa:STARt.  
6. Transfer waveform preamble information using WFMInpre.  
7. Transfer waveform data to the oscilloscope using CURVe.  
Table 2-34: Waveform Transfer Commands  
Command  
Description  
The command format transfers waveform  
data to the oscilloscope (reference waveform  
specied by DATa:DESTination)  
The query format transfers waveform  
data from oscilloscope specied by the  
DATa:SOUrce command  
Sets the format and location of the waveform  
data that is transferred with the CURVe  
Command  
Or returns the format and location of the  
waveform data that is transferred with the  
CURVe? command  
Sets or returns the reference waveform  
for storing waveform data sent to the  
oscilloscope  
Sets or returns the format of outgoing  
waveform data  
2-64  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Command Groups  
Table 2-34: Waveform Transfer Commands (cont.)  
Command  
Description  
Sets or returns the location of waveform data  
transferred from the oscilloscope  
Sets or returns the starting point in waveform  
transfer  
Sets or returns the ending data point in  
waveform transfer  
Returns a branch query containing waveform  
data in either binary or ASCII format,  
waveform formatting data, and the location  
of the waveform data source  
Returns the waveform formatting  
specication to be applied to the next  
incoming CURVE command data  
Sets or returns the number of bits per binary  
waveform point for the incoming waveform  
Sets or returns the format of binary data for  
the incoming waveform  
Sets or returns the data width for the  
incoming waveform  
Sets or returns the byte order of waveform  
points for the incoming waveform  
Sets or returns the type of encoding for  
incoming waveform data  
Sets or returns the number of points in the  
incoming waveform record  
Sets or returns the point format of incoming  
waveform data  
This query always returns a 0  
Sets or returns the horizontal sampling  
interval between incoming waveform points  
Sets or returns the horizontal units of the  
incoming waveform  
Sets or returns the time of the rst point in  
the incoming waveform  
Sets or returns the vertical scale factor, per  
digitizing level, of the incoming waveform  
points  
Sets or returns the vertical position of the  
incoming waveform in digitizing levels  
Sets or returns the vertical units of the  
incoming waveform  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-65  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Command Groups  
Table 2-34: Waveform Transfer Commands (cont.)  
Command  
Description  
Sets or returns the vertical offset of the  
incoming waveform  
Returns the waveform formatting data for the  
waveform specied by the DATA:SOURCE  
command  
Sets or returns the number of bits per  
waveform point that outgoing waveforms  
contain  
Sets or returns the format of binary data for  
the outgoing waveform  
Sets or returns the data width for the  
outgoing waveform  
Sets or returns the byte order of waveform  
points for the outgoing waveform  
Sets or returns the type of encoding for  
outgoing waveforms  
This query always returns a 0 if the waveform  
specied by DATA:SOUrce is on or displayed  
Returns the number of points for the  
waveform transmitted in response to a  
CURVe? query  
Returns the point format for the outgoing  
waveform  
This query always returns a 0 if the waveform  
specied by DATA:SOUrce is on or displayed  
This query always returns LINEAR  
Returns a string describing the acquisition  
parameters for the outgoing waveform  
Returns the horizontal sampling interval for  
the outgoing waveform  
Returns the horizontal units for the outgoing  
waveform  
Returns the time of the rst point in the  
outgoing waveform  
Returns the vertical scale factor per digitizing  
level for the outgoing waveform  
Returns the vertical position in digitizing  
levels for the outgoing waveform  
Returns the vertical units for the outgoing  
waveform  
Returns the vertical offset for the outgoing  
waveform  
2-66  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Command Groups  
Zoom Command Group  
Use the commands in the Zoom Command Group to expand and position the  
waveform display horizontally, without changing the time base settings.  
Table 2-35: Zoom Commands  
Command  
Description  
Returns the horizontal positioning and  
scaling of the zoom display  
Sets or returns the zoom mode  
Returns the current horizontal positioning  
and scaling of the zoom display  
Returns the zoom factor of the zoom window.  
<x> can only be 1  
Sets or returns the horizontal position of the  
zoom window in terms of 0 to 100% of the  
overview window. <x> can only be 1  
Sets or returns the horizontal zoom scale of  
the zoom window. <x> can only be 1  
Species or returns a trace as zoomed, on or  
off. <x> can only be 1  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-67  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Command Groups  
2-68  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
ACQuire? (Query Only)  
Returns the following current acquisition parameters:  
Stop after  
Acquisition state  
Mode  
Number of averages  
Sampling mode  
Acquisition  
Group  
Syntax  
ACQuire?  
Related Commands  
ACQuire:MAGnivu  
Sets or returns the MagniVu feature, which provides up to 32 times signal detail  
for fast viewing of short events. This feature is not recommended for slow data  
formats such as RS-232.  
NOTE. MagniVu channel sampling is available on MSO oscilloscopes only.  
Acquisition  
Group  
Syntax  
ACQuire:MAGnivu {<NR1>|OFF|ON}  
ACQuire:MAGnivu?  
<NR1> = 0 disables the MagniVu feature; any other value turns this feature on.  
ON enables the MagniVu feature.  
Arguments  
OFF disables the MagniVu feature.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-69  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
ACQuire:MAXSamplerate? (Query Only)  
Returns the maximum real-time sample rate, which varies from model to model.  
Acquisition  
Group  
Syntax  
ACQuire:MAXSamplerate?  
ACQUIRE:MAXSAMPLERATE? might return 2.5000E+9 in a DPO4034 indicating  
the maximum real-time sample rate is 2.5GS/s.  
Examples  
ACQuire:MODe  
Sets or returns the acquisition mode of the oscilloscope for all live waveforms.  
Waveforms are the displayed data point values taken from acquisition intervals.  
Each acquisition interval represents a time duration set by the horizontal scale  
(time per division). The oscilloscope sampling system always samples at the  
maximum rate, so the acquisition interval may include than one sample.  
The acquisition mode (which you set using this ACQuire:MODe command)  
determines how the nal value of the acquisition interval is generated from the  
many data samples.  
Acquisition  
Group  
Syntax  
ACQuire:MODe {SAMple|PEAKdetect|HIRes|AVErage|ENVelope}  
ACQuire:MODe?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
SAMple species that the displayed data point value is the rst sampled value  
that is taken during the acquisition interval. In sample mode, all waveform data  
has 8 bits of precision. You can request 16 bit data with a CURVe query but the  
lower-order 8 bits of data will be zero. SAMple is the default mode.  
PEAKdetect species the display of high-low range of the samples taken from a  
single waveform acquisition. The high-low range is displayed as a vertical column  
that extends from the highest to the lowest value sampled during the acquisition  
interval. PEAKdetect mode can reveal the presence of aliasing or narrow spikes.  
HIRes species Hi Res mode where the displayed data point value is the  
average of all the samples taken during the acquisition interval. This is a form  
2-70  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
of averaging, where the average comes from a single waveform acquisition. The  
number of samples taken during the acquisition interval determines the number of  
data values that compose the average.  
AVErage species averaging mode, in which the resulting waveform shows an  
average of SAMple data points from several separate waveform acquisitions. The  
oscilloscope processes the number of waveforms you specify into the acquired  
waveform, creating a running exponential average of the input signal. The number  
of waveform acquisitions that go into making up the average waveform is set or  
queried using the ACQuire:NUMAVg command.  
ENVelope species envelope mode, where the resulting waveform shows the  
PEAKdetect range of data points from every waveform acquisition.  
ACQUIRE:MODE ENVELOPE sets the acquisition mode to display a waveform that  
is an envelope of many individual waveform acquisitions.  
Examples  
ACQUIRE:MODE? might return:ACQuire:MODe AVERAGE indicating that  
the displayed waveform is the average of the specied number of waveform  
acquisitions.  
ACQuire:NUMACq? (Query Only)  
Returns the number of waveform acquisitions that have occurred since starting  
acquisition with the ACQuire:STATE:RUN command. This value is reset to zero  
when any acquisition, horizontal, or vertical arguments that affect the waveform  
are changed. The maximum number of acquisitions that can be counted is 232 1.  
Acquisition  
Group  
Syntax  
ACQuire:NUMACq?  
Related Commands  
Returns  
ACQuire:NUMACq? might return :ACQUIRE:NUMACQ 350 indicating that 350  
acquisitions have occurred since executing an ACQuire:STATE RUN command.  
ACQuire:NUMAVg  
Sets or returns the number of waveform acquisitions that make up an averaged  
waveform. Use the ACQuire:MODe command to enable the Average mode.  
Sending this command is equivalent to turning a multipurpose knob to enter the  
number of waveform acquisitions to average.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-71  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
Acquisition  
Group  
Syntax  
ACQuire:NUMAVg <NR1>  
ACQuire:NUMAVg?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
<NR1> is the number of waveform acquisitions to average. The range of values is  
from 2 to 512 in powers of two.  
ACQUIRE:NUMAVG 16 species that 16 waveform averages will be performed  
before exponential averaging starts.  
Examples  
ACQUIRE:NUMAVG? might return :ACQUIRE:NUMAVG 64 indicating that there  
are 64 acquisitions specied for averaging.  
ACQuire:STATE  
Starts or stops acquisitions. When state is set to ON or RUN, a new acquisition  
will be started. If the last acquisition was a single acquisition sequence, a new  
single sequence acquisition will be started. If the last acquisition was continuous,  
a new continuous acquisition will be started.  
If RUN is issued in the middle of completing a single sequence acquisition (for  
example, averaging or enveloping), the acquisition sequence is restarted, and  
any accumulated data is discarded. Also, the oscilloscope resets the number of  
acquisitions. If the RUN argument is issued while in continuous mode, acquisition  
continues.  
Acquisition  
Group  
Syntax  
ACQuire:STATE {OFF|ON|RUN|STOP|<NR1>}  
ACQuire:STATE?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
OFF stops acquisitions.  
STOP stops acquisitions.  
ON starts acquisitions.  
RUN starts acquisitions.  
2-72  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
<NR1> = 0 stops acquisitions; any other value starts acquisitions.  
ACQUIRE:STATE RUN starts the acquisition of waveform data and resets the count  
of the number of acquisitions.  
Examples  
ACQUIRE:STATE? might return:ACQUIRE:STATE 0 indicating that the  
acquisition is stopped.  
ACQuire:STOPAfter  
Sets or returns whether the oscilloscope continually acquires acquisitions or  
acquires a single sequence.  
Acquisition  
Group  
Syntax  
ACQuire:STOPAfter {RUNSTop|SEQuence}  
ACQuire:STOPAfter?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
RUNSTop species that the oscilloscope will continually acquire data, if  
ACQuire:STATE is turned on.  
SEQuence species that the next acquisition will be a single-sequence acquisition.  
ACQUIRE:STOPAFTER RUnsTOP sets the oscilloscope to continually acquire data.  
Examples  
ACQUIRE:STOPAFTER? might return:ACQUIRE:STOPAFTER SEQUENCE  
indicating that the next acquisition the oscilloscope makes will be of the  
single-sequence type.  
ALIas  
Sets or returns the state of alias functionality. Use Alias commands to dene new  
commands as a sequence of standard commands. You may nd this useful when  
repeatedly using the same commands to perform certain tasks like setting up  
measurements. Aliases are similar to macros but do not include the capability to  
substitute parameters into alias bodies.  
To use Alias commands, rst dene the alias, then turn on the alias state.  
Alias  
Group  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-73  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
ALIas {OFF|ON|<NR1>}  
ALIas?  
Syntax  
Related Commands  
OFF turns alias expansion off. If a dened alias is sent when ALIas is off, a  
command error (110) will be generated.  
Arguments  
ON turns alias expansion on. When a dened alias is received, the specied  
command sequence is substituted for the alias and executed.  
<NR1> = 0 disables alias mode; any other value enables alias mode.  
ALIAS ON turns the alias feature on. When a dened alias is received, the specied  
command sequence is substituted for the alias and executed.  
Examples  
ALIAS? might return :ALIAS 1 indicating that the alias feature is on.  
ALIas:CATalog? (Query Only)  
Returns a list of the currently dened alias labels, separated by commas. If no  
aliases are dened, the query returns the string "".  
Alias  
Group  
Syntax  
ALIas:CATalog?  
ALIAS:CATALOG? might return the string :ALIAS:CATALOG  
"SETUP1","TESTMENU1","DEFAULT" showing that there are three aliases  
named SETUP1, TESTMENU1, and DEFAULT.  
Examples  
ALIas:DEFine  
Assigns a sequence of program messages to an alias label. These messages are  
then substituted for the alias whenever it is received as a command or query,  
provided that ALIas:STATE has been turned on. The query form of this command  
returns the denitions of a selected alias.  
NOTE. Attempting to give two aliases the same name causes an error. To give a  
new alias the name of an existing alias, the existing alias must rst be deleted.  
2-74  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
Alias  
Group  
Syntax  
ALIas:DEFine <QString><,>{<QString>|<Block>}  
ALIas:DEFine? <QString>  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
The rst <QString> is the alias label.  
This label cannot be a command name. Labels must start with a letter and can  
contain only letters, numbers, and underscores; other characters are not allowed.  
The label must be less than or equal to 12 characters.  
The second<QString> or <Block> is a complete sequence of program messages.  
The messages can contain only valid commands that must be separated by  
semicolons and must follow all rules for concatenating commands. The sequence  
must be less than or equal to 256 characters.  
ALIAS:DEFINE "ST1",":RECALL:SETUP 5;:AUTOSET  
EXECUTE;:SELECT:CH1 ON" denes an alias named "ST1" that sets  
up the oscilloscope.  
Examples  
ALIAS:DEFINE? "ST1" returns :ALIAS:DEFINE "ST1",#246  
:RECALL:SETUP 5;:AUTOSET EXECUTE;:SELECT:CH1 ON  
ALIas:DELEte (No Query Form)  
Removes a specied alias and is identical to ALIas:DELEte:NAMe. An error  
message is generated if the named alias does not exist.  
Alias  
Group  
Syntax  
ALIas:DELEte <QString>  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
<QString> is the name of the alias to be removed. Using ALIas:DELEte  
without specifying an alias causes an execution error. <QString> must be a  
previously dened value.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-75  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
ALIAS:DELETE "SETUP1" deletes the alias named SETUP1.  
Examples  
ALIas:DELEte:ALL (No Query Form)  
Deletes all existing aliases.  
Alias  
Group  
Syntax  
ALIas:DELEte:ALL  
Related Commands  
Examples  
ALIAS:DELETE:ALL deletes all existing aliases.  
ALIas:DELEte[:NAMe] (No Query Form)  
Removes a specied alias. This command is identical to ALIas:DELEte  
Alias  
Group  
Syntax  
ALIas:DELEte[:NAMe] <QString>  
<QString> is the name of the alias to remove. Using ALIas:DELEte[:NAMe]  
without specifying an alias causes an execution error. <QString> must be an  
existing alias.  
Arguments  
ALIAS:DELETE[:NAME] “STARTUP” deletes the alias named STARTUP.  
Examples  
ALIas[:STATE]  
Turns aliases on or off. This command is identical to the ALIas command.  
Alias  
Group  
Syntax  
ALIas[:STATE] {<NR1>|OFF|ON}  
ALIas[:STATE]?  
2-76  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
OFF or <NR1> = 0 turns alias expansion off. If a dened alias is sent when  
ALIas:STATE is OFF, a command error (102) is generated.  
Arguments  
ON or <NR1>0 turns alias expansion on. When a dened alias is received, the  
specied command sequence is substituted for the alias and executed.  
ALIAS[:STATE] OFF turns the command alias feature off.  
Examples  
ALIAS[:STATE]? returns 0 when the alias feature is off.  
ALLEv? (Query Only)  
Prompts the oscilloscope to return all events and their messages (delimited by  
commas), and removes the returned events from the Event Queue. Use the *ESR?  
query to enable the events to be returned. This command is similar to repeatedly  
sending *EVMsg? queries to the oscilloscope.  
Status and Error  
ALLEv?  
Group  
Syntax  
Related Commands  
Examples  
ALLEV? might return :ALLEV 2225,"Measurement error, No waveform  
to measure; "420,"Query UNTERMINATED;"  
AUTOSet (No Query Form)  
Sets the vertical, horizontal, and trigger controls of the oscilloscope to  
automatically acquire and display the selected waveform.  
Miscellaneous  
Group  
Syntax  
AUTOSet {EXECute|UNDo}  
EXECute autosets the displayed waveform.  
Arguments  
UNDo restores the oscilloscope settings to those present prior to the autoset  
execution.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-77  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
AUTOSET EXECUTE vertical, horizontal, and trigger controls of the oscilloscope to  
automatically acquire and display the selected waveform.  
Examples  
AUTOSet:ENAble  
Enables or disables the autoset feature. This is useful for classroom purposes  
where the instructor wants the students to achieve the desired instrument settings  
without the benet of the autoset feature. This setting is not saved in setup les or  
SET? or *LRN? queries. The default state is 1 (autoset enabled).  
Miscellaneous  
Group  
Syntax  
AUTOSet:ENAble {OFF|ON|0|1}  
AUTOSet:ENAble?  
OFF or 0 disables autoset.  
Arguments  
Examples  
ON or 1 enables autoset.  
AUTOSET:ENABLE 1 enables the front-panel Autoset button.  
AUTOSET:ENABLE? might return AUTOSET:ENABLE 0 indicating that the autoset  
feature is disabled.  
AUXin? (Query Only)  
Returns all auxiliary input parameters.  
Vertical  
Group  
Syntax  
AUXin?  
AUXin:PRObe  
Returns all information concerning the probe attached to auxilary input.  
Vertical  
Group  
Syntax  
AUXin:PRObe  
AUXin:PRObe?  
2-78  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
AUXIN:PROBE? might return AUXIN:PROBE:ID:TYPE "No Probe  
Detected";SERNUMBER "";:AUXIN:PROBE:UNITS "";RESISTANCE  
Examples  
1.0000E+6 giving information about the probe attached to the AUX In input.  
AUXin:PRObe:AUTOZero (No Query Form)  
Sets the TekVPI probe attached to the Aux In input to autozero. The oscilloscope  
will ignore this command if the Auxiliary input does not have a TekVPI probe  
connected to it.  
Vertical  
Group  
Syntax  
AUXin:PRObe:AUTOZero {EXECute}  
EXECute sets the probe to autozero.  
AUXin:PROBE:AUTOZERO EXECUTE  
Arguments  
Examples  
AUXin:PRObe:COMMAND (No Query Form)  
Sets the state of the probe control specied with the rst argument to the state  
specied with the second argument. The commands and states are unique to the  
attached probe type. Only certain VPI probes support this command. See the  
probe documentation for how to set these string arguments.  
Vertical  
Group  
Syntax  
AUXin:PRObe:COMMAND <QString>, <QString>  
<QString> are quoted strings specifying the probe command and value to set in  
the probe attached to the auxiliary input.  
Arguments  
AUXIN:PROBE:COMMAND “OUTPUT”, “ON” turns the output of a Tektronix  
VPI-DPG probe on.  
Examples  
AUXIN:PROBE:COMMAND “MODE”, “4–4V1MHz” sets a Tektronix VPI-DPG  
probe to the 4-4V1MHz mode.  
AUXIN:PROBE:COMMAND?“MODE” might return AUXIN:PROBE:COMMAND  
“MODE”,“4-4V1MHZ”.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-79  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
AUXin:PRObe:DEGAUss (No Query Form)  
Starts a degauss/autozero cycle on a TekVPI current probe attached to the Aux In  
input. If you send this command to a probe that does not support this function,  
it is ignored  
Vertical  
Group  
Syntax  
AUXin:PRObe:DEGAUss {EXECute}  
EXECute starts a probe degauss cycle.  
Arguments  
Examples  
AUXin:PROBE:DEGAUSS EXECUTE degausses the probe attached to the Aux  
In input.  
AUXin:PRObe:DEGAUss:STATE? (Query Only)  
Returns the state of the probe degauss (NEEDED, RECOMMENDED, PASSED,  
FAILED, RUNNING). The command will return PASSED for probes that do not  
support degauss operations.  
Vertical  
Group  
Syntax  
AUXin:PRObe:DEGAUss:STATE?  
AUXin:PROBE:DEGAUSS:STATE? might return:  
AUXin:PROBE:DEGAUSS:STATE PASSED indicating that the probe has been  
degaussed.  
Examples  
AUXin:PRObe:FORCEDRange  
Changes or returns the range on a TekVPI probe attached to the Aux In input.  
Vertical  
Group  
Syntax  
AUXin:PRObe:FORCEDRange <NR3>  
AUXin:PRObe:FORCEDRange?  
2-80  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
<NR3> is the probe range, which is probe dependent.  
Arguments  
AUXin:PRObe:GAIN  
Sets or returns the gain factor of a probe that is attached to the Aux In input.  
Vertical  
Group  
Syntax  
AUXin:PRObe:GAIN <NR3>  
AUXin:PRObe:GAIN?  
<NR3> is the probe gain, which is probe dependent.  
Arguments  
Examples  
AUXin:PROBE:GAIN? might return :AUXin:PROBE:GAIN 100.0000E-3  
indicating that the attached 10x probe delivers 0.1 V to the Aux In BNC for every  
1.0 V applied to the probe input.  
AUXin:PRObe:ID:SERnumber? (Query Only)  
Returns the serial number of the probe that is attached to the auxiliary input.  
Vertical  
Group  
Syntax  
AUXin:PRObe:ID:SERnumber?  
AUXin:PRObe:ID:TYPE? (Query Only)  
Returns the type of probe that is attached to the auxiliary input.  
Vertical  
Group  
Syntax  
AUXin:PRObe:ID:TYPE?  
AUXin:PRObe:RESistance? (Query Only)  
Returns the resistance of the probe attached to the front panel Aux In connector.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-81  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
               
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
Vertical  
Group  
Syntax  
AUXin:PRObe:RESistance?  
AUXin:PRObe:RESistance? might return :AUXin:PROBE:RESISTANCE  
1.0000E+6 indicating that the input resistance of the probe attached to the front  
panel Aux In connector is 1 M.  
Examples  
NOTE. This query will return 0.0 if no probe is attached or the attached probe  
does not report the input resistance.  
AUXin:PRObe:SIGnal  
This command changes the input bypass setting on VPI probes that support input  
bypass, for example the TCP0001. If sent to a probe that does not support input  
bypass, it is ignored.  
Vertical  
Group  
Syntax  
AUXin:PRObe:SIGnal {BYPass|PASS}  
AUXin:PRObe:SIGnal?  
ByPass sets the probe to Bypass mode.  
Arguments  
PASS sets the probe to Pass mode.  
AUXin:PRObe:UNIts? (Query Only)  
Returns a string describing the units of measure of the probe attached to the Aux  
In input.  
Vertical  
Group  
Syntax  
AUXin:PRObe:UNIts?  
AUXin:PROBE:UNITS? might return: :AUXin:PROBE:UNITS “V” indicating  
that the units of measure for the attached probe are volts.  
Examples  
2-82  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
BUS  
Sets or returns the parameters for each bus. These parameters affect either the  
Serial Trigger Setup or the Bus Display.  
This command requires a DPO4AUTO, DPO4EMBD, or DPO4COMP application  
module.  
Conditions  
Bus  
Group  
Syntax  
BUS  
BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:BITDelay  
Sets or returns the number of delay bits for the AUDIO bus.  
NOTE. This command is applicable only for TDM audio bus type  
(BUS:B<x>AUDio:TYPe TDM)  
This command requires DPO4AUDIO application module.  
Bus  
Conditions  
Group  
BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:BITDelay <NR1>  
BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:BITDelay?  
Syntax  
<NR1> species the number of delay bits.  
Arguments  
Examples  
BUS:B1:AUDIO:BITDELAY 2 sets the bit delay to 2.  
BUS:B1:AUDIO:BITDELAY? might return :BUS:B1:AUDIO:BITDELAY 1  
indicating that the number of delay bits is 1.  
BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:BITOrder  
Sets or returns the bit order for the AUDIO bus.  
This command requires DPO4AUDIO application module.  
Conditions  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-83  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
Bus  
Group  
Syntax  
BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:BITOrder {MSB|LSB}  
BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:BITOrder?  
MSB species that the most signicant bit will be expected rst in the order.  
Arguments  
Examples  
LSB species that the least signicant bit will be expected rst in the order.  
BUS:B1:AUDIO:BITORDER LSB sets the bit order to LSB.  
BUS:B1:AUDIO:BITORDER? might return :BUS:B1:AUDIO:BITORDER MSB  
indicating that the MSB is rst in the bit order.  
BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:CHANnel:SIZe  
Sets or returns the number of bits per channel for the AUDIO bus.  
NOTE. This command is applicable only for TDM audio bus type  
(BUS:B<x>AUDio:TYPe TDM)  
This command requires DPO4AUDIO application module.  
Bus  
Conditions  
Group  
BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:CHANnel:SIZe <NR1>  
BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:CHANnel:SIZe?  
Syntax  
<NR1> species the number of bits per channel.  
Arguments  
Examples  
BUS:B1:AUDIO:CHANNEL:SIZE 8 sets the number of bits per channel to 8.  
BUS:B1:AUDIO:CHANNEL:SIZE? might return  
:BUS:B1:AUDIO:CHANNEL:SIZe 24 indicating that the number of bits per  
channel is 24.  
BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:CLOCk:POLarity  
Sets or returns the clock polarity for the AUDIO bus.  
2-84  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
This command requires DPO4AUDIO application module.  
Conditions  
Group  
Bus  
BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:CLOCk:POLarity {FALL|RISe}  
BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:CLOCk:POLarity?  
Syntax  
FALL sets falling edge as the clock polarity.  
Arguments  
Examples  
RISe sets rising edge as the clock polarity.  
BUS:B1:AUDIO:CLOCK:POLARITY Fall sets the clock polarity to Fall.  
BUS:B1:AUDIO:CLOCK:POLARITY? might return  
:BUS:B1:AUDIO:CLOCK:POLARITY RISe indicating that the clock polarity  
is set to Rise.  
BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:CLOCk:SOUrce  
Sets or returns the clock source waveform for the AUDIO bus.  
This command requires DPO4AUDIO application module.  
Bus  
Conditions  
Group  
BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:CLOCk:SOUrce {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4|  
D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15}  
BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:CLOCk:SOUrce?  
Syntax  
CH1–Ch4 or D0–D15 species the clock source for the audio bus.  
Arguments  
Examples  
BUS:B1:AUDIO:CLOCK:SOURCE D1 sets D1 as the clock source for the audio  
bus.  
BUS:B1:AUDIO:CLOCK:SOURCE? might return  
:BUS:B1:AUDIO:CLOCK:SOURCE CH1 indicating that the clock source is  
set to CH1.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-85  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:DATa:POLarity  
Sets or returns the data polarity for the AUDIO bus.  
This command requires DPO4AUDIO application module.  
Bus  
Conditions  
Group  
BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:DATa:POLarity {NORMal|INVERTed}  
BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:DATa:POLarity?  
Syntax  
NORMal species positive data polarity for the audio bus.  
Arguments  
Examples  
INVERTed species negative data polarity for the audio bus.  
BUS:B1:AUDIO:DATA:POLARITY INVERTed sets the data polarity to Inverted.  
BUS:B1:AUDIO:DATA:POLARITY? might return  
:BUS:B1:AUDIO:DATA:POLARITY NORMAL indicating that the data polarity is  
set to Normal.  
BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:DATa:SIZe  
Sets or returns the number of bits per word for the AUDIO bus.  
NOTE. The number of bits specied for this command must be always less than or  
equal to the number of bits per channel (BUS:B<x>:AUDio:CHANnel:SIZe)  
This command requires DPO4AUDIO application module.  
Bus  
Conditions  
Group  
BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:DATa:SIZe <NR1>  
BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:DATa:SIZe?  
Syntax  
NR1 species the number of bits per word.  
Arguments  
2-86  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
BUS:B1:AUDIO:DATA:SIZE 8 sets the number of bits per word to 8.  
Examples  
BUS:B1:AUDIO:DATA:SIZE? might return :BUS:B1:AUDIO:DATA:SIZE 24  
indicating that the number of bits per word is set to 24.  
BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:DATa:SOUrce  
Sets or returns the data source waveform for the AUDIO bus.  
This command requires DPO4AUDIO application module.  
Bus  
Conditions  
Group  
BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:DATa:SOUrce {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4|  
D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15}  
BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:DATa:SOUrce?  
Syntax  
CH1–Ch4 or D0–D15 species the channel to use for data source for the audio  
bus.  
Arguments  
Examples  
BUS:B1:AUDIO:DATA:SOURCE D1 sets the data source to D1.  
BUS:B1:AUDIO:DATA:SOURCE? might return :BUS:B1:AUDIO:DATA:SOURCE  
CH3 indicating that the data source is set to CH3.  
BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:DISplay:FORMat  
Sets or returns the display format for the AUDIO bus.  
This command requires DPO4AUDIO application module.  
Bus  
Conditions  
Group  
BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:DISplay:FORMat  
{BINary|HEXadecimal|SIGNEDDECimal}  
BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:DISplay:FORMat?  
Syntax  
BINary species a binary data display.  
Arguments  
HEXadecimal species a hexadecimal data display.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-87  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
SIGNEDDECimal species a signed decimal data display.  
BUS:B1:AUDIO:DISPLAY:FORMAT BINARY sets the display format to Binary.  
Examples  
BUS:B1:AUDIO:DISPLAY:FORMAT? might return  
:BUS:B1:AUDIO:DISPLAY:FORMAT SIGNEDDECIMAL indicating that the  
display format is set to signed decimal.  
BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:FRAME:SIZe  
Sets or returns the number of channels in each frame for the AUDIO bus.  
NOTE. This command is applicable only for TDM audio bus type  
(BUS:B<x>AUDio:TYPe TDM)  
This command requires DPO4AUDIO application module.  
Bus  
Conditions  
Group  
BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:FRAME:SIZe <NR1>  
BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:FRAME:SIZe?  
Syntax  
<NR1> species the number of channels in each frame.  
Arguments  
Examples  
BUS:B1:AUDIO:FRAME:SIZE 2 sets the frame size to 2.  
BUS:B1:AUDIO:FRAME:SIZE? might return :BUS:B1:AUDIO:FRAME:SIZE 8  
indicating that the number of channels in each frame is set to 8.  
BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:FRAMESync:POLarity  
Sets or returns the frame sync polarity for the AUDIO bus.  
This command requires DPO4AUDIO application module.  
Bus  
Conditions  
Group  
BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:FRAMESync:POLarity {FALL|RISe}  
BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:FRAMESync:POLarity?  
Syntax  
2-88  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
FALL species the falling edge as the frame sync polarity.  
Arguments  
Examples  
RISe species the rising edge as the frame sync polarity.  
BUS:B1:AUDIO:FRAMESYNC:POLARITY FALL sets the falling edge for frame  
sync polarity.  
BUS:B1:AUDIO:FRAMESYNC:POLARITY? might return  
:BUS:B1:AUDIO:FRAMESYNC:POLARITY RISe indicating that the  
polarity is set to Rise.  
BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:FRAMESync:SOUrce  
Sets or returns the frame sync source waveform for the AUDIO bus.  
This command requires DPO4AUDIO application module.  
Bus  
Conditions  
Group  
BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:FRAMESync:SOUrce {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4|  
D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15}  
BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:FRAMESync:SOUrce?  
Syntax  
CH1–CH4 or D0–D15 species the channel to use as the frame sync source.  
Arguments  
Examples  
BUS:B1:AUDIO:FRAMESYNC:SOURCE CH1 sets CH1 as the frame sync source.  
BUS:B1:AUDIO:FRAMESYNC:SOURCE? might return  
:BUS:B1:AUDIO:FRAMESYNC:SOURCE Ch2 indicating that the source is set to  
Ch2.  
BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:TYPe  
Sets or returns the audio format (type) for the AUDIO bus.  
This command requires DPO4AUDIO application module.  
Bus  
Conditions  
Group  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-89  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:TYPe {I2S|LJ|RJ|TDM}  
BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:TYPe?  
Syntax  
I2S species I2S audio format.  
Arguments  
LJ species left-justied audio format.  
RJ species right justied audio format.  
TDM species time-division multiplexing audio format.  
BUS:B1:AUDIO:TYPE RJ sets right-justied as the audio format.  
Examples  
BUS:B1:AUDIO:TYPE? might return :BUS:B1:AUDIO:TYPE I2S indicating  
that the audio format is set to I2S.  
BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:WORDSel:POLarity  
Sets or returns the word select polarity for the AUDIO bus.  
This command requires DPO4AUDIO application module.  
Bus  
Conditions  
Group  
BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:WORDSel:POLarity {NORMal|INVERTed}  
BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:WORDSel:POLarity?  
Syntax  
NORMal species positive WORDSel polarity.  
Arguments  
Examples  
INVERTed species negative WORDSel polarity.  
BUS:B1:AUDIO:WORDSEL:POLARITY NORMal sets normal as the word select  
polarity.  
BUS:B1:AUDIO:WORDSEl:POLARITY? might return  
:BUS:B1:AUDIO:WORDSEL:POLARITY NORMAL indicating that the word select  
polarity is set to normal.  
BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:WORDSel:SOUrce  
Sets or returns the word select source waveform for the AUDIO bus.  
This command requires DPO4AUDIO application module.  
Conditions  
2-90  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
Bus  
Group  
Syntax  
BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:WORDSel:SOUrce {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4  
|D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15}  
BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:WORDSel:SOUrce?  
CH1–CH4 species the channel to use as the word select source.  
Arguments  
Examples  
D0-D15 species the digital channel to use as the word select source.  
BUS:B1:AUDIO:WORDSEL:SOURCE CH1 sets CH1 as the word select source.  
BUS:B1:AUDIO:WORDSEL:SOURCE? might return  
:BUS:B1:AUDIO:WORDSEL:SOURCE CH2 indicating that the word select source  
is set to CH2.  
BUS:B<x>:CAN:BITRate  
Sets or returns the bit rate for CAN bus <x>, where x is the bus number.  
This command requires a DPO4AUTO application module.  
Bus  
Conditions  
Group  
BUS:B<x>:CAN:BITRate  
Syntax  
<NR1>|{RATE10K|RATE20K|RATE33K|RATE37K|RATE50K|RATE62K|  
RATE83K|RATE92K|RATE100K|RATE125K|RATE250K|RATE500K|  
RATE800K|RATE1M}  
BUS:B<x>:CAN:BITRate?  
<NR1> is the bit rate. The instrument supports bit rates at 10 bps intervals. You  
can enter any positive integer, and the instrument will coerce the value to the  
closest supported bit rate.  
Arguments  
The query always returns the numerical bit rate value.  
Returns  
bus:b1:can:bitrate rate400k sets the CAN bit rate to 400K.  
Examples  
bus:b1:can:bitrate? might return :BUS:B1:CAN:BITRATE RATE800K  
indicating the bit rate is set to 800K.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-91  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
BUS:B<x>:CAN:PRObe  
Sets or returns the probing method to probe CAN bus <x>, where x is the bus  
number.  
This command requires a DPO4AUTO application module.  
Bus  
Conditions  
Group  
BUS:B<x>:CAN:PRObe {CANH|CANL|RX|TX|DIFFerential}  
BUS:B<x>:CAN:PRObe?  
Syntax  
CANH species the single-ended CANH signal, as specied by the CAN standard.  
CANL species the single-ended CANL signal, as specied by the CAN standard.  
RX species the receive signal on the bus side of the CAN transceiver.  
TX species the transmit signal.  
Arguments  
DIFFerential species the differential CAN signal.  
BUS:B<x>:CAN:SAMPLEpoint  
Sets or returns the sampling point during each bit period for bus <x>, where x  
is the bus number  
This command requires a DPO4AUTO application module.  
Bus  
Conditions  
Group  
BUS:B<x>:CAN:SAMPLEpoint <NR1>  
BUS:B<x>:CAN:SAMPLEpoint?  
Syntax  
<NR1> is the sample point in percent. Values are limited to 25, 30, ... 70, 75.  
Arguments  
BUS:B<x>:CAN:SOUrce  
Sets or returns the CAN bus data source for bus <x>, where x is the bus number.  
This command requires a DPO4AUTO application module.  
Conditions  
2-92  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
Bus  
Group  
Syntax  
BUS:B<x>:CAN:SOUrce {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4|  
D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15}  
BUS:B<x>:CAN:SOUrce?  
CH1–CH4 is the analog channel to use as the data source.  
Arguments  
D0–D15 is the digital channel to use as the data source.  
BUS:B<x>:DISplay:FORMAt  
Sets or returns the display format for the numerical information in the bus  
waveform <x>, where x is the bus number.  
This command requires a DPO4AUTO, DPO4EMBD, or DPO4COMP application  
module.  
Conditions  
Bus  
Group  
Syntax  
BUS:B<x>:DISplay:FORMAt {BINary|HEXadecimal|ASCII|MIXed}  
BUS:B<x>:DISplay:FORMAt?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
BINary species a binary data display.  
HEXadecimal species a hexadecimal data display.  
ASCII species an ASCII format for RS-232 only.  
MIXed species a mixed format for LIN and FlexRay only.  
BUS:B<x>:DISplay:TYPe  
Sets or returns the display type for bus <x>, where x is the bus number. You  
can set up the bus to display the protocol information, the logic waveforms that  
comprise the bus, or both.  
This command requires a DPO4AUTO, DPO4EMBD, or DPO4COMP application  
module.  
Conditions  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-93  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
Bus  
Group  
Syntax  
BUS:B<x>:DISplay:TYPe {BUS|BOTh}  
BUS:B<x>:DISplay:TYPe?  
BUS displays the bus waveforms only.  
Arguments  
BOTh displays both the bus and logic waveforms.  
BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:BITRate  
Sets or returns the bit rate for FLEXRAY.  
Bus  
Group  
Syntax  
BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:BITRate <NR1>  
BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:BITRate?  
<NR1> species the FLEXRAY bit rate. You can enter any positive integer, and  
the instrument will coerce the value to the closest supported bit rate.  
Arguments  
Examples  
BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:BITRATE 9600 sets the FLEXRAY bit rate to 9600 bits per  
second.  
BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:BITRATE? might return BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:BITRATE  
10000000 indicating the FLEXRAY bit rate is 10,000,000 bits per second.  
BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:CHannel  
Sets or returns the FLEXRAY ID format.  
Bus  
Group  
Syntax  
BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:CHannel {A|B}  
BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:CHannel?  
A sets the FLEXRAY id format to channel A.  
Arguments  
B sets the FLEXRAY id format to channel B.  
2-94  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:CHANNEL B sets the FLEXRAY id format to channel B.  
Examples  
BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:CHANNEL? might return BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:CHANNEL A  
indicating that FLEXRAY id format is channel A.  
BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:SIGnal  
Sets or returns the FLEXRAY standard.  
Bus  
Group  
Syntax  
BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:SIGnal {BDIFFBP|BM|TXRX}  
BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:SIGnal?  
BDIFFBP sets the FLEXRAY standard to BDIFFBP.  
BM sets the FLEXRAY standard to BM.  
Arguments  
Examples  
TXRX sets the FLEXRAY standard to TXRX.  
BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:SIGNAL BM sets the FLEXRAY standard is BM.  
BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:SIGNAL? might return BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:SIGNAL  
BDIFFBP indicating the FLEXRAY standard is BDIFFBP.  
BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:SOUrce  
Sets or returns the FLEXRAY data source.  
Bus  
Group  
Syntax  
BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:SOUrce  
{CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4|D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D1  
BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:SOUrce?  
CH<x> sets the FLEXRAY source to channel x, where x is 1 to 4.  
Arguments  
D<x> sets the FLEXRAY source to digital channel x, where x is 1 to 16.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-95  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:SOURCE CH4 sets the FLEXRAY source to channel 4.  
Examples  
BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:SOURCE? might return BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:SOURCE CH1  
indicating the FLEXRAY source is channel 1.  
BUS:B<x>:I2C:ADDRess:RWINClude  
Sets and returns whether the read/write bit is included in the address.  
Bus  
Group  
Syntax  
BUS:B<x>:I2C:ADDRess:RWINClude {<NR1>|OFF|ON}  
BUS:B<x>:I2C:ADDRess:RWINClude?  
<NR1> = 0 does not include the read/write bit in the addess; any other value  
includes the read/write bit in the address..  
Arguments  
OFF does not include the read/write bit in the address.  
ON includes the read/write bit in the address.  
BUS:B1:I2C:ADDRESS:RWINCLUDE ON includes the read/write bit in the  
address.  
Examples  
BUS:B1:I2C:ADDRESS:RWINCLUDE? might return  
BUS:B1:I2C:ADDRESS:RWINCLUDE 0 indicating the read/write bit is not  
included in the address.  
BUS:B<x>:I2C{:CLOCK|:SCLK}:SOUrce  
Sets or returns the I2C SCLK source for bus <x>, where x is the bus number.  
This command requires a DPO4EMBD or DPO4COMP application module.  
Bus  
Conditions  
Group  
BUS:B<x>:I2C{:CLOCK|:SCLK}:SOUrce {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4|  
D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15}  
BUS:B<x>:I2C{:CLOCK|:SCLK}:SOUrce?  
Syntax  
2-96  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
CH1–CH4 species the analog channel to use as the I2C SCLK source.  
D0–D15 species the digital channel to use as the I2C SCLK source.  
Arguments  
BUS:B<x>:I2C{:DATA|:SDATA}:SOUrce  
Sets or returns the I2C SDATA source for bus <x>, where x is the bus number.  
This command requires a DPO4EMBD application module.  
Bus  
Conditions  
Group  
BUS:B<x>:I2C{:DATA|:SDATA}:SOUrce {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4|  
D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15}  
BUS:B<x>:I2C{:DATA|:SDATA}:SOUrce?  
Syntax  
CH1–CH4 species the analog channel to use as the I2C SDATA source.  
Arguments  
D0–D15 species the digital channel to use as the I2C SCLK source.  
BUS:B<x>:LABel  
Sets or returns the waveform label for bus < x>, where x is the bus number  
1 through 4.  
Bus  
Group  
Syntax  
BUS:B<x>:LABel <Qstring>  
BUS:B<x>:LABel?  
<Qstring> is an alphanumeric string of text, enclosed in quotes, that contains the  
text label information for bus <x>. The text string is limited to 30 characters.  
Arguments  
BUS:B<x>:LIN:BITRate  
Sets or returns the bit rate for LIN.  
Bus  
Group  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-97  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
BUS:B<x>:LIN:BITRate <NR1>  
BUS:B<x>:LIN:BITRate?  
Syntax  
Arguments  
Examples  
<NR1> is the LIN bit rate. You can enter any positive integer, and the instrument  
will coerce the value to the closest supported bit rate.  
BUS:B1:LIN:BITRATE 9600 sets the bit rate 9600.  
BUS:B1:LIN:BITRATE? might return BUS:B1:LIN:BITRATE 2400 indicating  
the bit rate is set to 2400.  
BUS:B<x>:LIN:IDFORmat  
Sets or returns the LIN ID format.  
Bus  
Group  
Syntax  
BUS:B<x>:LIN:IDFORmat {NOPARity|PARity}  
BUS:B<x>:LIN:IDFORmat?  
NOPARity sets the LIN id format to no parity.  
Arguments  
Examples  
PARity sets the LIN id format to parity.  
BUS:B1:LIN:IDFORMAT PARITY sets the LIN id format to parity.  
BUS:B1:LIN:IDFORMAT? might return BUS:B1:LIN:IDFORMAT NOPARITY  
indicating the LIN id format is no parity.  
BUS:B<x>:LIN:POLARity  
Sets or returns the LIN polarity.  
Bus  
Group  
Syntax  
BUS:B<x>:LIN:POLARity {NORMal|INVerted}  
BUS:B<x>:LIN:POLARity?  
NORMal species normal LIN polarity.  
Arguments  
INVerted species inverted LIN polarity.  
2-98  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
BUS:B1:LIN:POLARITY INVERTED sets the LIN polarity to INVERTED..  
Examples  
BUS:B1:LIN:POLARITY? might return BUS:B1:LIN:POLARITY NORMAL  
indicating the LIN polarity is normal.  
BUS:B<x>:LIN:SAMPLEpoint  
Sets or returns the sample point (in %) at which to sample during each bit period.  
Bus  
Group  
Syntax  
BUS:B<x>:LIN:SAMPLEpoint <NR1>  
BUS:B<x>:LIN:SAMPLEpoint?  
<NR1> is the sample point (in %) at which to sample during each bit period.  
Arguments  
Examples  
BUS:B1:LIN:SAMPLEPOINT 10 sets the sample point is at 10% of the bit period  
BUS:B1:LIN:SAMPLEPOINT? might return BUS:B1:LIN:SAMPLEPOINT 50  
indicating that the sample point is at 50% of the bit period  
BUS:B<x>:LIN:SOUrce  
Sets or returns the LIN data source.  
Bus  
Group  
Syntax  
BUS:B<x>:LIN:SOUrce  
{CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4|D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D1  
BUS:B<x>:LIN:SOUrce?  
CH<x> species the LIN source channel where x is 1 to 4.  
Arguments  
Examples  
D<x> species the LIN source channel where x is 1 to 16.  
BUS:B1:LIN:SOURCE CH4 sets the LIN source to channel 4.  
BUS:B1:LIN:SOURCE? might return BUS:B1:LIN:SOURCE CH1 indicating  
the LIN source is channel 1.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-99  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
BUS:B<x>:LIN:STANDard  
Sets or returns the LIN standard.  
Bus  
Group  
Syntax  
BUS:B<x>:LIN:STANDard {V1X|V2X|MIXed}  
BUS:B<x>:LIN:STANDard?  
V1X sets the LIN standard to V1X.  
V2X sets the LIN standard to V2X  
MIXed sets the LIN standard to MIXED.  
Arguments  
Examples  
BUS:B1:LIN:STANDARD V1X sets the LIN standard is V1X.  
BUS:B1:LIN:STANDARD? might return BUS:B1:LIN:STANDARD V2X  
indicating the LIN standard is V2X.  
BUS:B<x>:PARallel:BIT<x>:SOUrce  
Sets or returns the parallel bit source for B<x>, where x is the bus number and  
Bit<x> is the bit number.  
Bus  
Group  
Syntax  
BUS:B<x>:PARallel:BIT<x>:SOUrce {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4|  
D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15}  
BUS:B<x>:PARallel:BIT<x>:SOUrce?  
CH1–CH4 or D0–D15 species the bit source B<x>. BIT<x> species the bit  
number.  
Arguments  
BUS:B<x>:PARallel:CLOCK:EDGE  
Sets or returns the parallel clock edge for bus <x>, where x is the bus number.  
Bus  
Group  
2-100  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
BUS:B<x>:PARallel:CLOCK:EDGE {EITher|RISing|FALling}  
BUS:B<x>:PARallel:CLOCK:EDGE?  
Syntax  
EIther species either edge as the clock edge.  
RISing species the rising edge as the clock edge.  
FALling species the falling edge as the clock edge.  
Arguments  
BUS:B<x>:PARallel:CLOCK:ISCLOCKed  
Sets or returns the parallel bus clock function for bus <x>, where x is the bus  
number.  
Bus  
Group  
Syntax  
BUS:B<x>:PARallel:CLOCK:ISCLOCKed {YES|NO}  
BUS:B<x>:PARallel:CLOCK:ISCLOCKed?  
YES specifes that the Parallel bus is clocked.  
Arguments  
NO specifes that the Parallel bus is not clocked.  
BUS:B<x>:PARallel:CLOCK:SOUrce  
Sets or returns the Parallel bus source <x>, where x is the bus number.  
Bus  
Group  
Syntax  
BUS:B<x>:PARallel:CLOCK:SOUrce {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4|  
D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15}  
BUS:B<x>:PARallel:CLOCK:SOUrce?  
CH1–CH4 or D0–D15 species the channel to use as the Parallel bit source.  
Arguments  
BUS:B<x>:PARallel:WIDth  
Sets or returns the number of bits used for the width of the Parallel bus <x>,  
where x is the bus number.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-101  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
Bus  
Group  
Syntax  
BUS:B<x>:PARallel:WIDth <NR1>  
BUS:B<x>:PARallel:WIDth?  
<NR1> is the number of bits.  
Arguments  
BUS:B<x>:POSition  
Sets or returns the position of the bus <x> waveform on the display, where x is  
the bus number 1 through 4.  
This command requires a DPO4AUTO, DPO4EMBD, or DPO4COMP application  
module.  
Conditions  
Bus  
Group  
Syntax  
BUS:B<x>:POSition <NR3>  
BUS:B<x>:POSition?  
<NR3> species the position.  
Arguments  
BUS:B<x>:RS232C:BITRate  
Sets or returns the RS-232 bit rate for bus <x>, where x is the bus number.  
This command requires a DPO4COMP application module.  
Bus  
Conditions  
Group  
BUS:B<x>:RS232C:BITRate <NR1>  
BUS:B<x>:RS232C:BITRate?  
Syntax  
<NR1> is the bit rate in bits-per-second. You can enter any positive integer, and  
the instrument will coerce the value to the closest supported bit rate.  
Arguments  
2-102  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
BUS:B<x>:RS232C:DATABits  
Sets or returns the number of RS-232 data bits for bus <x>, where x is the bus  
number.  
This command requires a DPO4COMP application module.  
Bus  
Conditions  
Group  
BUS:B<x>:RS232C:DATABits {7|8}  
BUS:B<x>:RS232C:DATABits?  
Syntax  
7 species seven bits in the RS-232 data frame.  
Arguments  
8 species eight bits in the RS-232 data frame.  
BUS:B<x>:RS232C:DELIMiter  
Sets or returns the RS-232 delimiting value for a packet on bus <x>, where x  
is the bus number.  
This command requires a DPO4COMP application module.  
Bus  
Conditions  
Group  
BUS:B<x>:RS232C:DELIMiter {NULl|LF|CR|SPace|XFF}  
BUS:B<x>:RS232C:DELIMiter?  
Syntax  
NULl species 0x00.  
LF species 0x0A.  
CR species 0x0D.  
XFF species 0xFF.  
Arguments  
BUS:B<x>:RS232C:DISplaymode  
Sets or returns the display mode for the bus <x> display and event table, where x  
is the bus number.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-103  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
This command requires a DPO4COMP application module.  
Conditions  
Group  
Bus  
BUS:B<x>:RS232C:DISplaymode {FRAme|PACKET}  
BUS:B<x>:RS232C:DISplaymode?  
Syntax  
FRAme displays each frame as a single entity.  
Arguments  
PACKET displays a group of frames terminated with a single frame dened by the  
BUS:B<x>:RS232C:DELImiter command or the front panel.  
BUS:B<x>:RS232C:PARity  
Sets or returns the RS-232C parity for bus <x>, where x is the bus number.  
This command requires a DPO4COMP application module.  
Bus  
Conditions  
Group  
BUS:B<x>:RS232C:PARity {NONe|EVEN|ODD}  
BUS:B<x>:RS232C:PARity?  
Syntax  
NONe species no parity.  
EVEN species even parity.  
ODD species odd parity.  
Arguments  
BUS:B<x>:RS232C:POLarity  
Sets or returns the RS-232C polarity for bus <x>, where x is the bus number.  
This command requires a DPO4COMP application module.  
Bus  
Conditions  
Group  
BUS:B<x>:RS232C:POLarity {NORMal|INVERTed}  
BUS:B<x>:RS232C:POLarity?  
Syntax  
2-104  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
NORMal sets the RS-232C bus polarity to positive.  
INVERTed sets the RS-232C bus polarity to negative.  
Arguments  
BUS:B<x>:RS232C:RX:SOUrce  
Sets or returns the RS-232 RX source for bus <x>, where x is the bus number.  
This command requires a DPO4COMP application module.  
Bus  
Conditions  
Group  
BUS:B<x>:RS232C:RX:SOUrce {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4|  
D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15|Off}  
BUS:B<x>:RS232C:RX:SOUrce?  
Syntax  
CH1–CH4 or D0–D15 species the channel to use for the RS-232 RX source.  
Arguments  
Off sets the specied bus input to off.  
BUS:B<x>:RS232C:TX:SOUrce  
Sets or returns the RS-232 TX Source for bus <x>, where x is the bus number.  
This command requires a DPO4COMP application module.  
Bus  
Conditions  
Group  
BUS:B<x>:RS232C:TX:SOUrce {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4|  
D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15|Off}  
BUS:B<x>:RS232C:TX:SOUrce?  
Syntax  
CH1–CH4 or D0–D15 species the channel to use as the RS-232 TX source.  
Arguments  
Off sets the specied bus input to off.  
BUS:B<x>:SPI:BITOrder  
Sets or returns the bit order for the specied SPI bus. LSB is least signicant bit  
rst; MSB is most signicant bit rst.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-105  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
Bus  
Group  
Syntax  
BUS:B<x>:SPI:BITOrder {LSB|MSB}  
BUS:B<x>:SPI:BITOrder?  
LSB sets the bit order to least signicant bit rst.  
Arguments  
Examples  
MSB sets the bit order to most signicant bit rst.  
BUS:B1:SPI:BITORDER LSB sets the bit order to least signicant bit rst.  
BUS:B1:SPI:BITORDER? might return BUS:B1:SPI:BITORDER MSB  
indicating the SPI bit order is set to most signicant bit rst.  
BUS:B<x>:SPI{:CLOCK|:SCLK}:POLARity  
Sets or returns the SPI SCLK polarity for bus <x>, where x is the bus number.  
This command requires a DPO4EMBD application module.  
Bus  
Conditions  
Group  
BUS:B<x>:SPI{:CLOCK|:SCLK}:POLARity {FALL|RISe}  
BUS:B<x>:SPI{:CLOCK|:SCLK}:POLARity?  
Syntax  
FALL species the falling edge.  
Arguments  
RISe species the rising edge.  
BUS:B<x>:SPI{:CLOCK|:SCLK}:SOUrce  
Sets or returns the SPI SCLK source for bus <x>, where x is the bus number.  
This command requires a DPO4EMBD application module.  
Bus  
Conditions  
Group  
BUS:B<x>:SPI{:CLOCK|:SCLK}:SOUrce {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4|  
D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15}  
BUS:B<x>:SPI{:CLOCK|:SCLK}:SOUrce?  
Syntax  
2-106  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
CH1-CH4 or D0-D15 is the channel to use as the SPI SCLK source.  
Arguments  
BUS:B<x>:SPI:DATA{:IN|:MISO}:POLARity  
Sets or returns the SPI MISO polarity for bus <x>, where x is the bus number.  
This command requires a DPO4EMBD application module.  
Bus  
Conditions  
Group  
BUS:B<x>:SPI:DATA{:IN|:MISO}:POLARity {LOW|HIGH}  
BUS:B<x>:SPI:DATA{:IN|:MISO}:POLARity?  
Syntax  
LOW species an active low polarity.  
Arguments  
HIGH species an active high polarity.  
BUS:B<x>:SPI:DATA{:IN|:MISO}:SOUrce  
Sets or returns the SPI MISO source for bus <x, where x is the bus number.  
This command requires a DPO4EMBD application module.  
Bus  
Conditions  
Group  
BUS:B<x>:SPI:DATA{:IN|:MISO}:SOUrce {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4|  
D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15}  
BUS:B<x>:SPI:DATA{:IN|:MISO}:SOUrce?  
Syntax  
CH1-CH4 or D0-D15 is the channel to use as the SPI MISO source.  
Arguments  
BUS:B<x>:SPI:DATA{:OUT|:MOSI}:POLARity  
Sets or returns the SPI MOSI polarity for bus <x>, where x is the bus number.  
This command requires a DPO4EMBD application module.  
Conditions  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-107  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
Bus  
Group  
Syntax  
BUS:B<x>:SPI:DATA{:OUT|:MOSI}:POLARity {LOW|HIGH}  
BUS:B<x>:SPI:DATA{:OUT|:MOSI}:POLARity?  
LOW species the active low polarity.  
Arguments  
HIGH species the active high polarity.  
BUS:B<x>:SPI:DATA{:OUT|:MOSI}:SOUrce  
Sets or returns the SPI MOSI source for bus <x, where x is the bus number>.  
This command requires a DPO4EMBD application module.  
Bus  
Conditions  
Group  
BUS:B<x>:SPI:DATA{:OUT|:MOSI}:SOUrce {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4|  
D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15}  
BUS:B<x>:SPI:DATA{:OUT|:MOSI}:SOUrce?  
Syntax  
CH1-CH4 or D0-D15 is the channel to use as the SPI MISO source.  
Arguments  
BUS:B<x>:SPI:DATA:SIZe  
Sets or returns the number of bits per word for the specied SPI bus.  
Bus  
Group  
Syntax  
BUS:B<x>:SPI:DATA:SIZe <NR1>  
BUS:B<x>:SPI:DATA:SIZe?  
NR1 is the data size of the specied bus.  
Arguments  
Examples  
BUS:B1:SPI:DATA:SIZE 8 sets the data size for the specied bus to 8 bits  
per word.  
BUS:B1:SPI:DATA:SIZE? might return BUS:B1:SPI:DATA:SIZE 8  
indicating the data size for the SPI B1 bus is 8 bits per word.  
2-108  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
BUS:B<x>:SPI:FRAMING  
Sets or returns the type of SPI framing.  
Bus  
Group  
Syntax  
BUS:B<x>:SPI:FRAMING {SS|IDLEtime}  
BUS:B<x>:SPI:FRAMING?  
SS species framing by SS (non 2-wire).  
Arguments  
Examples  
IDLEtime species framing by Idle Time (2-wire).  
BUS:B1:SPI:FRAMING SS sets the SPI framing type to SS.  
BUS:B1:SPI:FRAMING IDELTIME might return BUS:B1:SPI:FRAMING  
IDELTIME indicating the SPI framing type is set to IDLETIME.  
BUS:B<x>:SPI:IDLETime  
Sets or returns the SPI bus idle time in seconds for the specied bus.  
Bus  
Group  
Syntax  
BUS:B<x>:SPI:IDLETime <NR3>  
BUS:B<x>:SPI:IDLETime?  
NR3 is the SPI bus idle time in seconds.  
Arguments  
Examples  
BUS:B1:SPI:IDLETIME 100.0000E-9 sets the idle time to 100 ns.  
BUS:B1:SPI:IDLETIME? might return BUS:B1:SPI:IDLETIME  
100.0000E-9 indicating the idle time is set to 100 ns.  
BUS:B<x>:SPI{:SELect|:SS}:POLARity  
Sets or returns the SPI SS polarity for bus <x>, where x is the bus number.  
This command requires a DPO4EMBD application module.  
Conditions  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-109  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
Bus  
Group  
Syntax  
BUS:B<x>:SPI{:SELect|:SS}:POLARity {LOW|HIGH}  
BUS:B<x>:SPI{:SELect|:SS}:POLARity?  
LOW species an active low polarity.  
Arguments  
HIGH species an active high polarity.  
BUS:B<x>:SPI{:SELect|:SS}:SOUrce  
Sets or returns the SPI SS source for bus <x>, where x is the bus number.  
This command requires a DPO4EMBD application module.  
Bus  
Conditions  
Group  
BUS:B<x>:SPI{:SELect|:SS}:SOUrce {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4|  
D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15}  
BUS:B<x>:SPI{:SELect|:SS}:SOUrce?  
Syntax  
CH1–CH4 or D0-D15 is the channel to use as the SPI SS source.  
Arguments  
BUS:B<x>:STATE  
Sets or returns the on/off state of bus <x>, where x is the bus number.  
Bus  
Group  
Syntax  
BUS:B<x>:STATE {<NR1>|OFF|ON}  
BUS:B<x>:STATE?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
ON or <NR1> 0 turns on the bus.  
OFF or <NR1> = 0 turns off the bus.  
2-110  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
BUS:B<x>:TYPE  
Sets or returns the bus type for <x>, where x is the bus number. The supported bus  
types are dependent on the oscilloscope model and the installed application keys.  
Bus  
Group  
BUS:B<x>:TYPE {I2C|SPI|CAN|RS232C|PARallel}  
BUS:B<x>:TYPE?  
Syntax  
I2C species the Inter-IC bus.  
Arguments  
SPI species the Serial Peripheral Interface bus (not available on two-channel  
models).  
CAN species the Controller Area Network bus.  
RS232C species the RS-232C bus.  
PARallel species the Parallel bus.  
BUS:LOWerthreshold:CH<x>  
Sets the lower threshold for each channel. This applies to all search  
and trigger types that use the channel. This command supersedes the  
:BUS:THReshold:CH<x> above.  
Bus  
Group  
Syntax  
BUS:LOWerthreshold:CH<x> {<NR3>|ECL|TTL}  
BUS:LOWerthreshold:CH<x>?  
<NR3> species the threshold in volts.  
Arguments  
Examples  
ECL species a preset ECL high level of -1.3V.  
TTL species a preset TTL high level of 1.4V.  
BUS:LOWERTHRESHOLD:CH1 TTL sets the CH1 lower threshold to 800mV.  
BUS:LOWERTHRESHOLD:CH1? might return :BUS:LOWERTHRESHOLD:CH1  
-800.0000E-3 indicating the CH1 lower threshold is -800 mV.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-111  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
BUS:THReshold:CH<x>  
Sets or returns the threshold for analog channel <x>, where x is the channel  
number. This setting applies to all trigger types that use the channel.  
This command requires a DPO4AUTO, DPO4EMBD, or DPO4COMP application  
module.  
Conditions  
Bus  
Group  
Syntax  
BUS:THReshold:CH<x> {ECL|TTL|<NR3>}  
BUS:THReshold:CH<x>?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
ECL species a preset ECL high level of –1.3V.  
TTL species a TTL preset high level of 1.4V.  
<NR3> species the threshold level in volts.  
BUS:THReshold:D<x>  
Sets or returns the threshold for digital channel <x>, where x is the digital channel  
number. This will apply to all Search and Trigger Types that use the channel.  
This command requires a DPO4COMP application module or RS-232C.  
Bus  
Conditions  
Group  
BUS:THReshold:D<x> {<NR3>|ECL|TTL}  
BUS:THReshold:D<x>?  
Syntax  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
ECL species a preset ECL high level of -1.3V.  
TTL species a preset TTL high level of 1.4V.  
<NR3> species the threshold level in volts.  
2-112  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
BUS:UPPerthreshold:CH<x>  
Sets the upper threshold for each channel. This applies to all search and trigger  
types that use the channel.  
Bus  
Group  
Syntax  
BUS:UPPerthreshold:CH<x> {<NR3>|ECL|TTL}  
BUS:UPPerthreshold:CH<x>?  
<NR3> species the threshold in volts.  
Arguments  
Examples  
ECL species a preset ECL high level of -1.3V.  
TTL species a preset TTL high level of 1.4V.  
BUS:UPPERTHRESHOLD:CH1 800.0000E-3 sets the CH1 upper threshold to  
800 mV.  
BUS:UPPERTHRESHOLD:CH1? might return :BUS:UPPERTHRESHOLD:CH1  
-800.0000E-3 indicating that the CH1 upper threshold is set to -800 mV.  
BUSY? (Query Only)  
Returns the status of the oscilloscope. This command allows you to synchronize  
the operation of the oscilloscope with your application program.  
Status and Error  
BUSY?  
Group  
Syntax  
Related Commands  
Returns  
<NR1> = 0 means the oscilloscope is not busy processing a command whose  
execution time is extensive.  
<NR1> = 1 means the oscilloscope is busy processing one of the commands listed  
in the table below.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-113  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
Commands that affect BUSY? response  
Operation  
Command  
Single sequence  
acquisition  
(when ACQuire:STOPAfter is set to SEQuence)  
Hard copy operation  
Calibration step  
HARDCopy STArt  
Refer to the optional oscilloscope Service Manual.  
BUSY? might return :BUSY 1 indicating that the oscilloscope is currently busy.  
Examples  
*CAL? (Query Only)  
Performs an internal self-calibration and returns the oscilloscope calibration status.  
NOTE. Disconnect or otherwise remove all input signals prior to starting  
self-calibration. The self-calibration can take several minutes to complete.  
No other commands are executed until calibration is complete.  
Calibration and Diagnostic  
Group  
Syntax  
*CAL?  
<NR1> = 1 indicates the calibration did not complete successfully.  
Returns  
<NR1> = 0 indicates the calibration completed without errors.  
*CAL? starts the internal signal path calibration and might return 0 to indicate that  
the calibration was successful.  
Examples  
CALibrate:FACtory:STATus? (Query Only)  
Returns the factory calibration status value saved in nonvolatile memory.  
Calibration and Diagnostic  
Group  
Syntax  
CALibrate:FACtory:STATus?  
2-114  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
CALIBRATE:FACTORY:STATUS? might return CALIBRATE:FACTORY:STATUS  
PASS indicating that factory calibration passed.  
Examples  
CALibrate:INTERNal (No Query Form)  
This command starts a signal path compensation.  
Calibration and Diagnostic  
Group  
Syntax  
CALibrate:INTERNal  
None  
Arguments  
Examples  
CALIBRATE:INTERNAL starts a serial path compensation cycle.  
CALibrate:INTERNal:STARt (No Query Form)  
Starts the internal signal path calibration (SPC) of the oscilloscope. You can  
use the CALibrate:INTERNal:STATus? query to return the current status of the  
internal signal path calibration of the oscilloscope.  
Calibration and Diagnostic  
CALibrate:INTERNal:STARt  
Group  
Syntax  
Related Commands  
Examples  
CALIBRATE:INTERNAL:START initiates the internal signal path calibration of  
the oscilloscope.  
CALibrate:INTERNal:STATus? (Query Only)  
Returns the current status of the oscilloscope internal signal path calibration for  
the last SPC operation.  
Calibration and Diagnostic  
Group  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-115  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
CALibrate:INTERNal:STATus?  
Syntax  
Related Commands  
Returns  
This query will return one of the following:  
INIT indicates the oscilloscope has not had internal signal path calibration  
run.  
PASS indicates the signal path calibration completed successfully.  
FAIL indicates the signal path calibration did not complete successfully.  
RUNNING indicates the signal path calibration is currently running.  
CALIBRATE:INTERNAL:STATUS? might return  
Examples  
:CALIBRATE:INTERNAL:STATUS INIT indicating that the current status of the  
internal signal path calibration is that it has not been run.  
CALibrate:RESults? (Query Only)  
Returns the status of internal and factory calibrations, without performing any  
calibration operations. The results returned do not include the calibration status  
of attached probes. The CALibrate:RESults? query is intended to support  
GO/NoGO testing of the oscilloscope calibration readiness: all returned results  
should indicate PASS status if the oscilloscope is "t for duty". It is quite  
common, however, to use uncalibrated probes (particularly when the oscilloscope  
inputs are connected into a test system with coaxial cables).  
Calibration and Diagnostic  
CALibrate:RESults?  
Group  
Syntax  
Related Commands  
CALibrate:RESults:FACtory? (Query Only)  
Returns the status of internal and factory calibration, without performing any  
calibration operations.  
Calibration and Diagnostic  
Group  
2-116  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
CALibrate:RESults:FACtory?  
Syntax  
CALibrate:RESults:SPC? (Query Only)  
Returns the status of the SPC operation. This query does not initiate a SPC.  
Calibration and Diagnostic  
CALibrate:RESults:SPC?  
Group  
Syntax  
Related Commands  
Returns  
INIT indicates that SPC has never successfully completed.  
PASS indicates that the last SPC operation passed.  
FAIL indicates that the last SPC operation failed.  
RUNNING indicates that the SPC operation is running.  
CALIBRATE:RESULTS:SPC? returns the results of the last SPC operation: either  
PASS or FAIL.  
Examples  
CH<x>? (Query Only)  
Returns the vertical parameters for channel <x>, where x is the channel number.  
Vertical  
Group  
Syntax  
CH<x>?  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-117  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
CH<x>:AMPSVIAVOLTs:ENAble  
Sets or returns the state of the amps via volts feature for the specied channel.  
This feature supports measuring current via the voltage drop across a resistor.  
Vertical  
Group  
Syntax  
CH<x>:AMPSVIAVOLTs:ENAble {<NR1>|OFF|ON}  
CH<x>:AMPSVIAVOLTs:ENAble?  
OFF sets the amps via volts function for channel <x> to off.  
Arguments  
ON sets the amps via volts function for channel <x> to on.  
<NR1> = 0 sets the amps via volts function to off. Any other value sets the  
function to on.  
CH1:AMSVIAVOLTS:ENABLE ON turns on the amps via volts feature for channel  
1.  
Examples  
CH<x>:AMPSVIAVOLTs:FACtor  
Sets or returns the amps via volts factor for the specied channel.  
Vertical  
Group  
Syntax  
CH<x>:AMPSVIAVOLTs:FACtor <NR3>  
CH<x>:AMPSVIAVOLTs:FACtor?  
<NR3> is a double-precision ASCII string that represents the amps via volts factor.  
Arguments  
Examples  
CH1:AMPSVIAVOLTS:FACTOR 15.5 sets the amps via volts factor for channel 1  
to 15.5.  
CH<x>:BANdwidth  
Sets or returns the selectable low-pass bandwidth limit lter for channel <x>,  
where x is the channel number.  
Vertical  
Group  
2-118  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
CH<x>:BANdwidth {TWEnty|TWOfifty|FULl|<NR3>}  
CH<x>:BANdwidth?  
Syntax  
TWEnty sets the upper bandwidth limit of channel <x> to 20 MHz.  
Arguments  
TWOfifty sets the upper bandwidth limit of channel <x> to 250 MHz.  
FULl disables any optional bandwidth limiting. The specied channel operates  
at its maximum attainable bandwidth.  
<NR3> is a double-precision ASCII string. The oscilloscope rounds this value to  
an available bandwidth using geometric rounding, and then uses this value to  
set the upper bandwidth limit.  
NOTE. Other values may be possible depending on the attached probes.  
CH1:BANDWIDTH TWENTY sets the bandwidth of channel 1 to 20 MHz.  
Examples  
CH<x>:COUPling  
Sets or returns the input attenuator coupling setting for channel <x>, where x  
is the channel number.  
Vertical  
Group  
Syntax  
CH<x>:COUPling {AC|DC|GND}  
CH<x>:COUPling?  
AC sets channel <x> to AC coupling.  
Arguments  
DC sets channel <x> to DC coupling.  
GND sets channel<x> to ground. Only a at, ground-level waveform will be  
displayed.  
CH2:COUPLING GND sets channel 2 to ground.  
Examples  
CH3:COUPling? might return :CH3:COUPling DC indicating that channel 3  
is set to DC coupling.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-119  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
CH<x>:DESKew  
Sets or returns the deskew time for channel <x>, where x is the channel number.  
You can adjust the deskew time to add an independent, channel-based delay time  
to the delay (set by the horizontal position control and common to all channels)  
from the common trigger point to rst sample taken for each channel. This lets  
you compensate individual channels for different delays introduced by their  
individual input hook ups.  
Vertical  
Group  
Syntax  
CH<x>:DESKew <NR3>  
CH<x>:DESKew?  
<NR3> is the deskew time for channel <x>, ranging from -100 ns to +100 ns  
with a resolution of 1 ps.  
Arguments  
Examples  
CH4:DESKew 5.0E-9 sets the deskew time for channel 4 to 5 ns.  
CH2:DESKew? might return :CH2:DESKEW 2.0000E-09 indicating that the  
deskew time for channel 2 is set to 2 ns.  
CH<x>:INVert  
Sets or returns the invert function for channel <x>, where is the channel number.  
When on, the invert function inverts the waveform for the specied channel.  
NOTE. This command inverts the waveform for display purposes only. The  
oscilloscope does not use an inverted waveform for triggers or trigger logic inputs.  
Vertical  
Group  
Syntax  
CH<x>:INVert {ON|OFF}  
CH<x>:INVert?  
OFF sets the invert function for channel <x> to off.  
Arguments  
ON sets the invert function for channel <x> to on.  
2-120  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
CH4:INVert ON inverts the waveform on channel 4.  
Examples  
CH2:INVert? might return :CH2:INVERT 0 indicating that channel 2 is not  
inverted.  
CH<x>:LABel  
Sets or returns the waveform label for channel <x>, where x is the channel number.  
Vertical  
Group  
Syntax  
CH<x>:LABel <Qstring>  
CH<x>:LABel?  
<Qstring> is an alphanumeric string of text, enclosed in quotes, that contains the  
text label information for the channel <x> waveform. The text string is limited  
to 30 characters.  
Arguments  
CH<x>:OFFSet  
Sets or returns the vertical offset for channel <x>, where x is the channel number.  
This command offsets the vertical acquisition window (moves the level at the  
vertical center of the acquisition window) for the specied channel. Visualize  
offset as scrolling the acquisition window towards the top of a large signal for  
increased offset values, and scrolling towards the bottom for decreased offset  
values. The resolution of the vertical window sets the offset increment for this  
control.  
Offset adjusts only the vertical center of the acquisition window for channel  
waveforms to help determine what data is acquired. The oscilloscope always  
displays the input signal minus the offset value.  
The channel offset range depends on the vertical scale factor.  
Table 2-36: Channel Offset Range  
Offset range  
V/Div Setting  
1 MInput  
±1 V  
50 Input  
±1 V  
1 mV/div — 50 mV/div  
50.5 mV/div — 99.5 mV/div  
100 mV/div — 500 mV/div  
505 mV/div — 995 mV/div  
±0.5 V  
±10 V  
±0.5 V  
±5 V  
±5 V  
±5 V  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-121  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
Table 2-36: Channel Offset Range (cont.)  
Offset range  
1 MInput  
±100 V  
V/Div Setting  
50 Input  
1 V/div — 5 V/div  
±5 V  
5.05 V/div — 10 V/div  
±50 V  
N/A  
1
For 50 input, 1 V/div is the maximum setting.  
NOTE. The above table describes oscilloscope behavior only when no probe is  
attached, and when the external attenuation factor is 1.0.  
Vertical  
Group  
Syntax  
CH<x>:OFFSet <NR3>  
CH<x>:OFFSet?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
<NR3> is the offset value for the specied channel <x>.  
CH3:OFFSet 2.0E-3 sets the offset for channel 3 to 2 mV.  
Examples  
CH4:OFFSet? might return :CH4:OFFSET 1.0000E-03 indicating that the  
offset for channel 4 is set to 1 mV.  
CH<x>:POSition  
Sets or returns the vertical position of channel <x>, where x is the channel  
number. The position value is applied to the signal before it is digitized.  
Increasing the position value of a waveform causes the waveform to move up.  
Decreasing the position value causes the waveform to move down. The position  
value determines the vertical graticule coordinate at which input signal values,  
minus the present offset setting for that channel, are displayed. For example,  
if the position for Channel 3 is set to 2.0 and the offset is set to 3.0, then input  
signals equal to 3.0 units are displayed 2.0 divisions above the center of the screen  
(at 1 V/div).  
Vertical  
Group  
2-122  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
CH<x>:POSition <NR3>  
CH<x>:POSition?  
Syntax  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
<NR3> is the position value for channel <x>, in divisions, from the center  
graticule. The range is 8 to -8 divisions.  
CH2:POSition 1.3 positions the Channel 2 input signal 1.3 divisions above the  
center graticule.  
Examples  
CH1:POSition? might return :CH1:POSITION -1.3000 indicating that the  
current position of Channel 1 is 1.3 divisions below the center graticule.  
CH<x>:PRObe? (Query Only)  
Returns all information concerning the probe attached to channel <x>, where x  
is the channel number.  
Vertical  
Group  
Syntax  
CH<x>:PRObe?  
CH<x>:PRObe:AUTOZero (No Query Form)  
Sets the TekVPI probe attached to channel <x> to zero, where x is the channel  
number  
Vertical  
Group  
Syntax  
CH<x>:PRObe:AUTOZero EXECute  
Execute auto zeros the probe.  
Arguments  
CH<x>:PRObe:COMMAND (No Query Form)  
Sets the state of the probe control specied with the rst argument to the state  
specied with the second argument. The commands and states are unique to the  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-123  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
attached probe type. Only certain VPI probes support this command. See the  
probe documentation for how to set these string arguments.  
Vertical  
Group  
Syntax  
CH<x>:PRObe:COMMAND <QString>, <QString>  
<QString> are quoted strings specifying the probe command and value to set in  
the probe attached to the specied channel.  
Arguments  
CH1:PROBE:COMMAND “MODE”, “4–4V1MHz” sets a Tektronix VPI-DPG probe  
to the 4-4V1MHz mode.  
Examples  
CH1:PROBE:COMMAND “OUTPUT”, “ON” turns the output of a Tektronix  
VPI-DPG probe on.  
CH1:PROBE:COMMAND?“MODE” might return CH1:PROBE:COMMAND  
“MODE”,“4-4V1MHZ”.  
CH<x>:PRObe:DEGAUss (No Query Form)  
Starts a degauss auto-zero cycle on a TekVPI current probe attached to the input  
channel specied by <x>, where x is the channel number.  
Vertical  
Group  
Syntax  
CH<x>:PRObe:DEGAUss EXECute  
EXECute initiates the degauss operation.  
Arguments  
CH<x>:PRObe:DEGAUss:STATE? (Query Only)  
Returns the state of the probe degauss for the channel specied by <x>, where is x  
is the channel number.  
NOTE. This command will return PASSED for probes that do not support degauss  
operations.  
Vertical  
Group  
2-124  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
CH<x>:PRObe:DEGAUss:STATE?  
Syntax  
NEEDED indicates the probe should be degaussed before taking measurements.  
Returns  
RECOMMENDED indicates the measurement accuracy might be improved by  
degaussing the probe.  
PASSED indicates the probe is degaussed.  
FAILED indicates the degauss operation failed.  
RUNNING indicates the probe degauss operation is currently in progress.  
CH<x>:PRObe:FORCEDRange  
Sets or returns the range of a TekVPI probe attached to the channel specied by  
<x>, where x is the channel number.  
NOTE. This command will return PASSED for probes that do not support degauss  
operations.  
Vertical  
Group  
Syntax  
CH<x>:PRObe:FORCEDRange <NR3>  
CH<x>:PRObe:FORCEDRange?  
<NR3> species the range, which is probe specic.  
Arguments  
Returns  
This command returns 0.0 for probes that do no support forced range.  
CH<x>:PRObe:GAIN  
Sets or returns the gain factor for the probe attached to the channel specied by  
<x>, where x is the channel number. The "gain" of a probe is the output divided  
by the input transfer ratio. For example, a common 10x probe has a gain of 1V.  
Vertical  
Group  
Syntax  
CH<x>:PRObe:GAIN <NR3>  
CH<x>:PRObe:GAIN?  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-125  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
<NR3> is the probe gain. Allowed values depend on the specic probe.  
CH2:PROBE:GAIN? might return :CH2:PROBE:GAIN 0.1000E+00 indicating  
that the attached 10x probe delivers 1 V to the channel 2 BNC for every 10 V  
applied to the probe input.  
Examples  
CH<x>:PRObe:ID? (Query Only)  
Returns the type and serial number of the probe attached to channel <x>, where x  
is the channel number.  
Vertical  
Group  
Syntax  
CH<x>:PRObe:ID?  
CH2:PROBE:ID? might return :CH2:PROBE:ID:TYPE "10X";SERNUMBER  
"N/A" indicating that a passive 10x probe of unknown serial number is attached  
to channel 2.  
Examples  
CH<x>:PRObe:ID:SERnumber? (Query Only)  
Returns the serial number of the probe attached to channel <x>, where x is the  
channel number.  
NOTE. For Level 0 and 1 probes, the serial number will be "".  
Vertical  
Group  
Syntax  
CH<x>:PRObe:ID:SERnumber?  
CH1:PROBE:ID:SERNUMBER? might return :CH1:PROBE:ID:SERNUMBER  
"B010289" indicating that the serial number of the probe attached to channel 1  
is B010289.  
Examples  
2-126  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
CH<x>:PRObe:ID:TYPE? (Query Only)  
Returns the type of probe attached to the channel specied by <x>, where x  
is the channel number. Level 2 (or higher) probes supply their exact product  
nomenclature; for Level 0 or 1 probes, a generic “No Probe Detected message is  
returned.  
Vertical  
Group  
Syntax  
CH<x>:PRObe:ID:TYPE?  
CH1:PROBE:ID:TYPE? might return :CH1:PROBE:ID:TYPE "P6203"  
indicating that P6203-type probe is attached to channel 1.  
Examples  
CH<x>:PRObe:MODel  
Sets or returns the probe model for the specied channel. If a coded probe is  
attached or the specied model is not recognized, an error event is set. The  
argument must be a supported probe.  
To nd the list of supported probes, push the front-panel channel 1, 2, 3, or 4  
button, then push the lower-menu More item as many times as needed to select  
Deskew. Push Probe Model on the side menu and turn knob a to help you read  
from the resulting list. Alternatively, you can push Test > Analysis > Deskew >  
Congure > Probe Model and read from the resulting list.  
Vertical  
Group  
Syntax  
CH<x>:PRObe:MODel<String>  
CH<x>:PRObe:MODel?  
CH<x>:PRObe:PROPDELay  
Sets or returns the propagation delay for the probe connected to the specied  
channel.  
Vertical  
Group  
Syntax  
CH<x>:PRObe:PROPDELay<NR3>  
CH<x>:PRObe:PROPDELay?  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-127  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
<NR3> species the propagation time delay for the connected probe.  
Arguments  
Examples  
CH1:PROBE:PROPDELAY 100E-12 sets the CH1 propagation delay to 100 ps.  
CH1:PROBE:PROPDELAY? might return :CH1:PROBE:PROPDELAY 1.1E-9  
indicating that the CH1 propagation delay is set to 1.1 ns.  
CH<x>:PRObe:RECDESkew? (Query Only)  
Returns the recommended deskew for the probe connected to the specied  
channel.  
Vertical  
Group  
Syntax  
CH<x>:PRObe:RECDESkew?  
CH<x>:PRObe:RESistance? (Query Only)  
Returns the resistance factor of the probe attached to channel <x>, where x is the  
channel number.  
Vertical  
Group  
Syntax  
CH<x>:PRObe:RESistance?  
CH2:PRObe:RESistance? might return :CH2:PROBE:RESISTANCE  
10.0000E+6 indicating that the input resistance of the probe attached to Channel  
2 is 1 M.  
Examples  
NOTE. This query will return 0.0 if no probe is attached or the attached probe  
does not report the input resistance.  
CH<x>:PRObe:SIGnal  
Sets or returns the input bypass setting of a TekVPI probe attached to channel  
<x>, where x is the channel number. The probe must support input bypass, for  
example TCP0001. This command is ignored if sent to an unsupported probe.  
Vertical  
Group  
2-128  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
CH<x>:PRObe:SIGnal {BYPass|PASS}  
CH<x>:PRObe:SIGnal?  
Syntax  
BYPass sets the probe to Bypass mode.  
Arguments  
PASS sets the probe to Pass mode.  
CH<x>:PRObe:UNIts? (Query Only)  
Returns a string describing the units of measure for the probe attached to channel  
<x>, where x is the channel number.  
Vertical  
Group  
Syntax  
CH<x>:PRObe:UNIts?  
CH4:PROBE:UNITS? might return :CH4:PROBE:UNITS "V" indicating that the  
units of measure for the probe attached to channel 4 are volts.  
Examples  
CH<x>:SCAle  
Sets or returns the vertical scale for the channel specied by <x>, where x is the  
channel number.  
Each waveform has a vertical scale parameter. For a signal with constant  
amplitude, increasing the Scale causes the waveform to be displayed smaller.  
Decreasing the scale causes the waveform to be displayed larger.  
Scale affects all waveforms, but affects channel waveforms differently from  
other waveforms:  
For channel waveforms, this setting controls the vertical size of the acquisition  
window as well as the display scale. The range and resolution of scale  
values depends on the probe attached and any other external factors you have  
specied.  
For reference and math waveforms, this setting controls the display only,  
graphically scaling these waveforms and having no affect on the acquisition  
hardware.  
Vertical  
Group  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-129  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
CH<x>:SCAle <NR3>  
CH<x>:SCAle?  
Syntax  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
<NR3> is the vertical channel scale in units-per-division. The value entered here  
is truncated to three signicant digits.  
CH4:SCALE 100E-03 sets the channel 4 scale to 100 mV per division.  
Examples  
CH2:SCALE? might return :CH2:SCALE 1.0000 indicating that the current scale  
setting of channel 2 is 1 V per division.  
CH<x>:TERmination  
Sets the connected-disconnected status of a 50 resistor, which may be connected  
between the specied channel’s coupled input and oscilloscope ground. The  
channel is specied by <x>. There is also a corresponding query that requests  
the termination parameter and translates this enumeration into one of the two  
oat values.  
Vertical  
Group  
Syntax  
CH<x>:TERmination {FIFty|MEG|<NR3>}  
CH<x>:TERmination?  
FIFty sets the channel <x> input resistance to 50 .  
MEG sets the channel <x> input resistance to 1 M.  
<NR3> species the channel <x> input resistance numerically.  
Arguments  
Examples  
CH4:TERMINATION 50.0E+0 establishes 50 impedance on channel 1.  
CH2:TERMINATION? might return :CH2:TERMINATION 50.0E+0 indicating  
that channel 2 is set to 50 impedance.  
2-130  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
CH<x>:YUNits  
Sets or returns the units for the channel specied by <x>, where x is the channel  
number. String arguments are case insensitive and any unsupported units will  
generate an error.  
Supported units are:  
%, /Hz, A, A/A, A/V, A/W, A/dB, A/s, AA, AW, AdB, As, B, Hz, IRE, S/s, V,  
V/A, V/V, V/W, V/dB, V/s, VV, VW, VdB, Volts, Vs, W, W/A, W/V, W/W, W/dB,  
W/s, WA, WV, WW, WdB, Ws, dB, dB/A, dB/V, dB/W, dB/dB, dBA, dBV, dBW,  
dBdB, day, degrees, div, hr, min, ohms, percent, s  
Vertical  
Group  
Syntax  
CH<x>:YUNits <QString>  
CH<x>:YUNits?  
QString is a string of text surrounded by quotes, specifying the supported units.  
Arguments  
CLEARMenu (No Query Form)  
Clears the current menu from the display. This command is equivalent to pressing  
the front panel Menu off.  
Miscellaneous  
Group  
Syntax  
CLEARMenu  
*CLS (No Query Form)  
Clears the following:  
Event Queue  
Standard Event Status Register  
Status Byte Register (except the MAV bit)  
If the *CLS command immediately follows an <EOI>, the Output Queue and  
MAV bit (Status Byte Register bit 4) are also cleared. The MAV bit indicates that  
information is in the output queue. The device clear (DCL) GPIB control message  
will clear the output queue and thus MAV. *CLS does not clear the output queue  
or MAV.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-131  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
*CLS can suppress a Service Request that is to be generated by an *OPC. This  
will happen if a single sequence acquisition operation is still being processed  
when the *CLS command is executed.  
Status and Error  
Group  
Syntax  
*CLS  
*CLS clears the oscilloscope status data structures.  
Related Commands  
Examples  
CURSor?  
Returns all of the current cursor settings.  
Cursor  
Group  
Syntax  
CURSor?  
CURSOR? might return the following as the current cursor settings:  
:CURSOR:FUNCTION SCREEN;HBARS:POSITION1 0.0000;POSITION2  
0.0000;UNITS BASE;:CURSOR:MODE INDEPENDENT;VBARS:POSITION1  
-19.0006E-6;POSITION2 -18.9994E-6;UNITS SECONDS  
Examples  
CURSor:DDT? (Query Only)  
Returns the cursor deltaY/deltaT (dY/dT) readout.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Conditions  
Group  
Cursor  
CURSor:DDT?  
Syntax  
CURSOR:DDT? might return :CURSOR:DDT -166.6670 indicating that the  
cursor dV/dt read out is -166.6670  
Examples  
2-132  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
CURSor:FUNCtion  
Sets or returns the cursor type. Cursors are attached to the selected waveform in  
Waveform mode and are attached to the display area in Screen mode.  
Cursor  
Group  
CURSor:FUNCtion {OFF|SCREEN|WAVEform}  
CURSor:FUNCtion?  
Syntax  
OFF removes the cursors from the display but does not change the cursor type.  
Arguments  
SCREEN species both horizontal and vertical bar cursors, which measure the  
selected waveform in horizontal and vertical units. Use these cursors to measure  
anywhere in the waveform display area.  
WAVEform species paired cursors in YT display format for measuring waveform  
amplitude and time. In XY and XYZ format, these cursors indicate the amplitude  
positions of an XY pair (Ch1 vs Ch2 voltage, where Ch1 is the X axis and Ch2 is  
the Y axis) relative to the trigger.  
CURSOR:FUNCTION WAVEFORM selects the paired cursors for measuring waveform  
amplitude and time.  
Examples  
CURSOR:FUNCTION? might return :CURSor:FUNCtion SCREEN indicating that  
the screen cursors are currently selected.  
CURSor:HBArs? (Query Only)  
Returns the current settings for the horizontal bar cursors.  
Cursor  
Group  
Syntax  
CURSor:HBArs?  
CURSOR:HBARS? might return the horizontal  
bar setting as :CURSOR:HBARS:POSITION1  
320.0000E-03;POSITION2-320.0000E-03;UNITS BASE  
Examples  
CURSor:HBArs:DELTa? (Query Only)  
Returns the vertical difference between the two horizontal bar cursors.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-133  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
Cursor  
Group  
Syntax  
CURSor:HBArs:DELTa?  
A oating point value with an exponent.  
Related Commands  
Returns  
CURSOR:HBARS:DELTA? might return :CURSOR:HBARS:DELTA 5.0800E+00  
indicating that the difference between the two cursors is 5.08.  
Examples  
CURSor:HBArs:POSITION<x>  
Sets or returns the horizontal bar cursor position relative to ground, which is  
expressed in vertical units (usually volts). The cursor is specied by x, which  
can be 1 or 2.  
Cursor  
Group  
Syntax  
CURSor:HBArs:POSITION<x> <NR3>  
CURSor:HBArs:POSITION<x>?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
<NR3> species the cursor position relative to ground.  
CURSOR:HBARS:POSITION1 25.0E-3 positions Cursor 1 of the horizontal  
cursors at 25 mV.  
Examples  
CURSOR:HBARS:POSITION2? might return :CURSOR:HBARS:POSITION2  
-64.0000E-03 indicating that Cursor 2 of the horizontal bar cursors is at -64 mV.  
CURSor:HBArs:UNIts  
Sets or returns the units for the horizontal bar cursors.  
Cursor  
Group  
2-134  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
CURSor:HBArs:UNIts {BASE|PERcent}  
CURSor:HBArs:UNIts?  
Syntax  
BASE selects the vertical units for the selected waveform.  
Arguments  
PERcent selects ratio cursors.  
CURSOR:HBARS:UNITS might return :CURSOR:HBARS:UNITS BASE indicating  
that the units for the horizontal bar cursors are base.  
Examples  
CURSor:HBArs:USE (No Query Form)  
Sets the horizontal bar cursor measurement scale. This command is only  
applicable when ratio cursors are on.  
Cursor  
Group  
Syntax  
CURSor:HBArs:USE {CURrent|HALFgrat}  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
CURrent sets the H Bar measurement scale so that 0% is the current position of the  
lowest H Bar cursor and 100% is the current position of the highest H Bar cursor.  
HALFgrat sets H Bar measurement scale so that half the screen major divisions  
(ve on the MSO/DPO4000) is 100%, where 0% is -2.5 divisions and 100% is  
+2.5 divisions from the center horizontal graticule.  
CURSOR:HBARS:USE HALFGRAT sets the H Bar measurement scale so that  
ve screen major divisions equals 100%.  
Examples  
CURSor:MODe  
Sets or returns whether the two cursors move linked together in unison or  
separately. This applies to the Waveform cursors display mode.  
This command is only applicable when waveform cursors are displayed.  
Cursor  
Conditions  
Group  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-135  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
CURSor:MODe {TRACk|INDependent}  
CURSor:MODe?  
Syntax  
TRACk ties the navigational functionality of the two cursors together. For cursor 1  
adjustments, this ties the movement of the two cursors together; however, cursor 2  
continues to move independently of cursor 1.  
Arguments  
INDependent allows independent adjustment of the two cursors.  
CURSOR:MODE TRACK species that the cursor positions move in unison.  
Examples  
CURSOR:MODE? might return :CURSOR:MODE TRACK indicating that the two  
cursors move in unison.  
CURSor:VBArs? (Query Only)  
Returns the current settings for the vertical bar cursors.  
Cursor  
Group  
Syntax  
CURSor:VBArs?  
CURSOR:VBARS? might return the following vertical bar settings  
:CURSOR:VBARS:UNITS SECONDS;POSITION1 1.0000E-06;POSITION2  
9.0000E-06  
Examples  
CURSor:VBArs:ALTERNATE<x>? (Query Only)  
Returns the alternate readout for the waveform (Vbar) cursors specied by <x>.  
This alternate readout is in effect when the selected waveform is a bus or digital  
channel.  
Cursor  
Group  
Syntax  
CURSor:VBArs:ALTERNATE<x>?  
X = 1 species vertical bar cursor1.  
Arguments  
X = 2 species vertical bar cursor2.  
2-136  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
CURSor:VBArs:DELTa? (Query Only)  
Returns the horizontal difference between the two vertical bar cursors. The units  
are specied by the CURSor:VBArs:UNIts command.  
This is equivalent to watching the cursor readout in the display while using the  
appropriate cursor mode.  
Cursor  
Group  
Syntax  
CURSor:VBArs:DELTa?  
<NR3>  
Related Commands  
Returns  
CURSOR:VBARS:DELTA? might return :CURSOR:VBARS:DELTa 1.0640E+00  
indicating that the time between the vertical bar cursors is 1.064 s.  
Examples  
CURSor:VBArs:HPOS<x>? (Query Only)  
Returns the vertical value of the specied vertical bar ticks for cursor <x>.  
Cursor  
Group  
Syntax  
CURSor:VBArs:HPOS<x>?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
<x> species the cursor. Valid values are 1 and 2.  
<NR3> indicates the value of one of the ticks. The units are the same as the  
selected waveform.  
Returns  
CURSor:VBArs:HPOS2? might return CURSOR:VBARS:HPOS2 100E-3,  
indicating the waveform value where the cursor intersects it is 0.100.  
Examples  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-137  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
CURSor:VBArs:POSITION<x>  
Sets or returns the horizontal position for the specied vertical bar cursor. The  
cursor is specied by <x>, which can be 1 or 2. Values are with respect to trigger  
position or the zero reference point for the designated waveform (if horizontal  
units are not set to time). Use the CURSor:VBArs:UNIts command to specify  
units.  
Cursor  
Group  
Syntax  
CURSor:VBArs:POSITION<x> <NR3>  
CURSor:VBArs:POSITION<x>?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
Returns  
<NR3> species the cursor position.  
A oating point value with an exponent.  
CURSor:VBArs:POSITION2 9.00E-6 positions the cursor2 vertical bar cursor  
at 9 ms.  
Examples  
CURSor:VBArs:POSITION1? this command might return  
:CURSOR:VBARS:POSITION1 1.0000E-06 indicating that the  
cursor1 vertical bar is positioned at 1 μs.  
CURSor:VBArs:UNIts  
Sets or returns the units for the vertical bar cursors.  
Cursor  
Group  
Syntax  
CURSor:VBArs:UNIts {SEConds|HERtz|DEGrees|PERcent}  
CURSor:VBArs:UNIts?  
SEConds sets the units of the vertical bar cursors for the time domain (seconds).  
HERtz sets the units of the vertical bar cursors for the frequency domain (Hertz).  
DEGrees sets the units to degrees for measuring phase.  
Arguments  
PERcent sets the units to percent for use with ratio cursors.  
2-138  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
SECONDS, HERTZ, DEGREES, or PERCENT, depending on the current vertical bar  
cursor units.  
Returns  
CURSOR:VBARS:UNITS HERtz sets the units of the VBArs cursors to 1/seconds.  
Examples  
CURSOR:VBARS:UNITS? might return :CURSOR:VBARS:UNITS SECONDS  
indicating that the units for the vertical bar cursor are currently set to seconds.  
CURSor:VBArs:USE (No Query Form)  
Sets the vertical bar cursor measurement scale.  
This command is only applicable when ratio cursors are on.  
Cursor  
Conditions  
Group  
CURSor:VBArs:USE {CURrent|HALFgrat|FIVEdivs}  
Syntax  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
CURrent sets the V Bar measurement scale so that 0% is the current position of  
the left-most V Bar cursor and 100% is the current position of the right-most  
V Bar cursor.  
HALFgrat resets the ratio range to the default positions on the screen, half of the  
number of horizontal divisions (ve on the MSO/DPO4000), from 25% to 75%  
of the screen.  
FIVEdivs sets V Bar measurement scale so that 5 screen major divisions is  
100%, where 0% is -2.5 divisions and 100% is +2.5 divisions from the center  
vertical graticule.  
CURSOR:VBARS:USE CURRENT sets the V Bar measurement scale to use the  
current cursor positions as 0% and 100% of scale if units are set to %.  
Examples  
CURSor:VBArs:VDELTa? (Query Only)  
Returns the vertical difference between the two vertical bar cursor ticks.  
Cursor  
Group  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-139  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
CURSor:VBArs:VDELTa?  
Syntax  
Related Commands  
Returns  
<NR3> indicates the vertical difference between the two vertical bar cursors’ ticks.  
CURSOR:VBARS:VDELTA? might return CURSOR:VBARS:VDELTA 1.064E+0,  
indicating that the vertical difference between the vertical bar cursors ticks is  
1.064 units.  
Examples  
CURSor:XY:POLar:RADIUS:DELta? (Query Only)  
Returns the difference between the cursors X radius and the cursor Y radius (ΔY¸  
ΔX). The ratio is calculated as (cursor 2 Y - cursor 1 Y) ÷ (cursor 2 X - cursor 1 X).  
Cursor  
Group  
Syntax  
CURSor:XY:POLar:RADIUS:DELta?  
CURSor:XY:POLar:RADIUS:POSITION<x>? (Query Only)  
Returns the polar radius for the specied cursor, where x can be either 1 or 2.  
Cursor  
Group  
Syntax  
CURSor:XY:POLar:RADIUS:POSITION<x>?  
CURSor:XY:POLar:RADIUS:UNIts? (Query Only)  
Returns the polar radius units.  
Cursor  
Group  
Syntax  
CURSor:XY:POLar:RADIUS:UNIts?  
2-140  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
CURSor:XY:POLar:THETA:DELta? (Query Only)  
Returns the XY cursor polar angle delta.  
Cursor  
Group  
Syntax  
CURSor:XY:POLar:THETA:DELta?  
CURSor:XY:POLar:THETA:POSITION<x>? (Query Only)  
Returns the cursor X or cursor Y polar coordinate, where x is either 1 or 2.  
Cursor  
Group  
Syntax  
CURSor:XY:POLar:THETA:POSITION<x>?  
CURSor:XY:POLar:THETA:UNIts? (Query Only)  
Returns the cursor coordinate units.  
Cursor  
Group  
Syntax  
CURSor:XY:POLar:THETA:UNIts?  
CURSor:XY:PRODUCT:DELta? (Query Only)  
Returns the difference between the cursors X position and cursor Y position. The  
ΔX × ΔY value is calculated as (X2 - X1) × (Y2 - Y1).  
Cursor  
Group  
Syntax  
CURSor:XY:PRODUCT:DELta?  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-141  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
               
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
CURSor:XY:PRODUCT:POSITION<x>? (Query Only)  
Returns the position of the X or Y cursor used to calculate the X × Y cursor  
measurement, Position 1 = (X1 × Y1); Position 2 = (X2 × Y2). The cursor is  
specied by x, which can be 1 or 2.  
Cursor  
Group  
Syntax  
CURSor:XY:PRODUCT:POSITION<x>?  
CURSor:XY:PRODUCT:UNIts? (Query Only)  
Returns the XY cursor product units.  
Cursor  
Group  
Syntax  
CURSor:XY:PRODUCT:UNIts?  
CURSor:XY:RATIO:DELta? (Query Only)  
Returns the ratio of the difference between the cursors X position and cursor Y  
position (ΔΔX). The ratio is calculated as (Y2 - Y1) / (X2 - X1).  
Cursor  
Group  
Syntax  
CURSor:XY:RATIO:DELta?  
CURSor:XY:RATIO:POSITION<x>? (Query Only)  
Returns the X (horizontal) or Y (vertical) position for the specied cursor, which  
can be 1 (X) or 2 (Y). The ratio is calculated as Position 1 = (Y1/X1); Position  
2 = (Y2/X2).  
Cursor  
Group  
Syntax  
CURSor:XY:RATIO:POSITION<x>?  
2-142  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
               
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
CURSor:XY:RATIO:UNIts? (Query Only)  
Returns the cursor X and cursor Y units for the ratio measurement.  
Cursor  
Group  
Syntax  
CURSor:XY:RATIO:UNIts?  
CURSor:XY:READOUT  
Sets or returns the XY cursor readout selection. This command is useful for  
oscilloscope models with limited display room. Oscilloscopes with sufcient  
display, such as the MSO4000 and DPO4000 series, show all the readouts  
simultaneously.  
Cursor  
Group  
Syntax  
CURSor:XY:READOUT {RECTangular|POLARCord|PRODuct|RATio}  
CURSor:XY:READOUT?  
RECTangular species the XY readout as rectangular coordinates.  
POLARCord species the XY readout as polar coordinates.  
PRODuct species the XY readout in X*Y format.  
Arguments  
RATio species the XY readout in X:Y format.  
CURSor:XY:RECTangular:X:DELta? (Query Only)  
Returns the cursor X delta value in rectangular coordinates.  
Cursor  
Group  
Syntax  
CURSor:XY:RECTangular:X:DELta?  
CURSor:XY:RECTangular:X:POSITION<x>  
Sets or returns the X rectangular coordinate for cursor 1 or cursor 2. The cursor is  
specied by x and can be either 1 or 2.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-143  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
               
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
Cursor  
Group  
Syntax  
CURSor:XY:RECTangular:X:POSITION<x> <NR3>  
CURSor:XY:RECTangular:X:POSITION<x>?  
<NR3> is the coordinate in volts.  
Arguments  
CURSor:XY:RECTangular:X:UNIts? (Query Only)  
Returns the cursor X rectangular units.  
Cursor  
Group  
Syntax  
CURSor:XY:RECTangular:X:UNIts?  
CURSor:XY:RECTangular:Y:DELta? (Query Only)  
Returns The cursor Y delta value in rectangular coordinates.  
Cursor  
Group  
Syntax  
CURSor:XY:RECTangular:Y:DELta?  
CURSor:XY:RECTangular:Y:POSITION<x>  
Sets or returns the Y rectangular coordinate for cursor 1 or cursor 2. The cursor is  
specied by x and can be either 1 or 2.  
Cursor  
Group  
Syntax  
CURSor:XY:RECTangular:Y:POSITION<x> <NR3>  
CURSor:XY:RECTangular:Y:POSITION<x>?  
<NR3> is the coordinate in volts.  
Arguments  
2-144  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
CURSor:XY:RECTangular:Y:UNIts? (Query Only)  
Returns the cursor Y rectangular units.  
Cursor  
Group  
Syntax  
CURSor:XY:RECTangular:Y:UNIts?  
CURVe  
Transfers waveform data to and from the oscilloscope in binary or ASCII format.  
Each waveform transferred includes a waveform preamble which contains the  
data format, scale, and associated information.  
For analog waveforms, the CURVe? query transfers data from the oscilloscope.  
The data source is specied by the DATa:SOUrce command. The rst and last  
data points are specied by the DATa:STARt and DATa:STOP commands.  
The oscilloscope returns data from the last acquisition if the source is a channel  
waveform that is being previewed. The data does not reect the acquisition  
preview parameters. The user should always follow acquisition parameter changes  
with a single sequence OPC command prior to CURVe? to ensure the return data  
reects the new acquisition parameters.  
The CURVe command transfers waveform data to the oscilloscope. The data  
is stored in the reference memory location specied by DATa:DESTination,  
starting with the data point specied by DATa:STARt. Only one waveform can  
be transferred at a time. The waveform will only be displayed if the reference  
is displayed.  
NOTE. Transferring large volumes of data to or from the oscilloscope takes time.  
ASCII waveform transfer is very inefcient.  
Waveform Transfer  
Group  
Syntax  
CURVe {<Block>|<asc curve>|DIGtal}  
CURVe?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
<Block> is the waveform data in binary format. The waveform is formatted as:  
#<x><yyy><data><newline>, where:  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-145  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
<x> is the number of y bytes. For example, if <yyy>=500, then <x>=3)  
<yyy> is the number of bytes to transfer. If width is 1, then all bytes on the  
bus are single data points. If width is 2, then all bytes on the bus are 2-bytes  
wide. Use the WFMInpre:BYT_Nr command to set the width for waveforms  
transferred into the oscilloscope. Use WFMOutpre:BYT_Nr to set the width  
for waveforms transferred out from the oscilloscope.  
<data> is the curve data.  
<newline> is a single byte new line character at the end of the data.  
<asc curve> is the waveform data in ASCII format. The format for ASCII data  
is <NR1>[,<NR1>...], where each <NR1> represents a data point.  
DIGital Sends the data to the specied reference waveform slot, as specied  
by the DATA:DESTINATION command. If the data encoding is a binary  
format, then depending upon the setting of HEADER, the binary block header is  
prepended to the output data. (MSO models only)  
CURVE? with ASCII encoding, start and stop of 1 and 10 respectively, and a width  
set to 1 might return :CURVE 61,62,61,60,60,-59,-59,-58,-58,-59  
Examples  
NOTE. Curve data is transferred from the oscilloscope asynchronously, depending  
on the length of the curve record. Such transfers may require several seconds  
to complete. During this period, the oscilloscope will not respond to the user  
controls. You can interrupt these asynchronous data transfers by sending a device  
clear message to the oscilloscope or by interrupting the query with another  
command or query. In order to verify that curve data has been completely  
transferred, it is recommended that you follow such queries with an *ESR?  
query to verify there are no error bits set. You can also check the event queue to  
determine the cause of the error. If the error was caused by an interrupted query,  
then the asynchronous data transfer was not complete when the *ESR? query was  
sent. In such cases, it may be necessary to increase the programs time-out value  
to ensure that all data is transferred and read.  
DATa  
Sets or returns the format and location of waveform data transferred with the  
CURVe? query or CURVe command.  
Waveform Transfer  
Group  
Syntax  
DATa {INIT|SNAp}  
DATa?  
2-146  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
INIT initializes the waveform data parameters to their factory defaults except for  
DATa:STOP, which is set to the current acquisition record length.  
SNAp sets DATa:STARt and DATa:STOP to match the current waveform cursor  
positions.  
DATA? might return :DATA:DESTINATION REF1:ENCDG RIBINARY;SOURCE  
CH1;START 1;STOP 500;WIDTH 1  
Examples  
DATA INIT initializes the waveform data parameters to their factory defaults.  
DATa:DESTination  
Sets or returns the reference memory location for storing waveform data  
transferred into the oscilloscope by the CURVe command.  
Waveform Transfer  
Group  
Syntax  
DATa:DESTination REF<x>  
DATa:DESTination?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
REF<x> is the reference location where the waveform will be stored.  
DATA:DESTINATION? might return :DATA:DESTINATION REF3 indicating that  
reference 3 is the currently selected reference memory location for incoming  
waveform data. DATA:DESTINATION REF1 indicates that incoming waveform  
data be stored in reference 1.  
Examples  
DATa:ENCdg  
Sets or returns the format of outgoing waveform data. This command is equivalent  
Setting the DATa:ENGdg value causes the corresponding WFMOutpre values  
to be updated and conversley.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-147  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
NOTE. This command and query does not apply to incoming waveform data.  
Waveform Transfer  
Group  
Syntax  
DATa:ENCdg  
{ASCIi|FAStest|RIBinary|RPBinary|SRIbinary|SRPbinary}  
DATa:ENCdg?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
ASCIi species the ASCII representation for waveform data points. If ASCII is  
the value, then :BN_Fmt and :BYT_Or are ignored.  
FAStest species that the data be sent in the fastest possible manner consistent  
with maintaining accuracy and is interpreted with respect to the waveform  
specied by DATa:SOUrce.  
RIBINARY species signed integer data point representation with the most  
signicant byte transferred rst.  
When :BYT_Nr is 1, the range is from -128 through 127. When :BYT_Nr is 2,  
the range is from -32,768 through 32,767. Center screen is 0 (zero). The upper  
limit is the top of the screen and the lower limit is the bottom of the screen. This  
is the default argument.  
RPBinary species the positive integer data-point representation, with the most  
signicant byte transferred rst.  
When :BYT_Nr is 1, the range from 0 through 255. When :BYT_Nr is 2, the  
range is from 0 to 65,535. The center of the screen is 127. The upper limit is the  
top of the screen and the lower limit is the bottom of the screen.  
SRIbinary is the same as RIBinary except that the byte order is swapped,  
meaning that the least signicant byte is transferred rst. This format is useful  
when transferring data to IBM compatible PCs.  
SRPbinary is the same as RPBinary except that the byte order is swapped,  
meaning that the least signicant byte is transferred rst. This format is useful  
when transferring data to PCs.  
Table 2-37: DATa and WFMOutpre Parameter Settings  
WFMOutpre Settings  
DATa:ENCdg  
Setting  
:ENCdg  
:BN_Fmt  
:BYT_Or  
N/A  
:BYT_NR  
1,2  
ASCii  
ASC  
N/A  
RI  
FAStest  
RIBinary  
BIN  
MSB  
1,2  
BIN  
RI  
MSB  
1,2  
2-148  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
Table 2-37: DATa and WFMOutpre Parameter Settings (cont.)  
WFMOutpre Settings  
DATa:ENCdg  
Setting  
:ENCdg  
BIN  
:BN_Fmt  
:BYT_Or  
MSB  
:BYT_NR  
1,2  
RPBinary  
SRIbinary  
SRPbinary  
RP  
RI  
BIN  
LSB  
1,2  
BIN  
RP  
LSB  
1,2  
DATA:ENCDG? might return :DATa:ENCDG SRPBINARY for the format of the  
outgoing waveform data.  
Examples  
DATA:ENCDG RPBinary sets the data encoding format to be a positive integer  
where the most signicant byte is transferred rst.  
DATa:SOUrce  
Sets or returns the location of the waveform data transferred from the oscilloscope  
by the CURVe? query.  
Waveform Transfer  
Group  
Syntax  
DATa:SOUrce  
{CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4|MATH|REF1|REF2|REF3|REF4|D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8  
DATa:SOUrce?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
CH1–CH4 species which analog channel data will be transferred from the  
oscilloscope to the controller, channels 1 through 4.  
MATH species that the Math waveform data will be transferred from the  
oscilloscope to the controller.  
REF1–REF4 species which Reference waveform data will be transferred from  
the oscilloscope to the controller, waveforms, 1 through 4.  
D0–D15 species which digital channel data will be transferred from the  
oscilloscope to the controller, channels 0 through 15. (MSO models only)  
DIGital species that the Digital waveform data will be transferred from the  
oscilloscope to the controller. (MSO models only)  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-149  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
DATA:SOURCE? might return :DATA:SOURCE REF3 indicating that the source for  
the waveform data which is transferred using a CURVe? query is reference 3.  
Examples  
DATA:SOURCE CH1 species that the CH1 waveform will be transferred in the  
next CURVe? query.  
DATa:STARt  
Sets or returns the starting data point for incoming or outgoing waveform transfer.  
This command allows for the transfer of partial waveforms to and from the  
oscilloscope.  
Waveform Transfer  
Group  
Syntax  
DATa:STARt <NR1>  
DATa:STARt?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
<NR1> is the rst data point that will be transferred, which ranges from 1 to the  
record length. Data will be transferred from <NR1> to DATa:STOP or the record  
length, whichever is less. If <NR1> is greater than the record length, the last  
data point in the record is transferred.  
DATa:STARt and DATa:STOP are order independent. When DATa:STOP is  
greater than DATa:STARt, the values will be swapped internally for the CURVE?  
query.  
DATA:START? might return :DATA:START 214 indicating that data point 214 is  
the rst waveform data point that will be transferred.  
Examples  
DATA:START 10 species that the waveform transfer will begin with data point 10.  
DATa:STOP  
Sets or returns the last data point that will be transferred when using the CURVe?  
query. This command allows for the transfer of partial waveforms from the  
oscilloscope.  
Changes to the record length value are not automatically reected in the  
DATa:STOP value. As record length is varied, the DATa:STOP value must be  
explicitly changed to ensure the entire record is transmitted. In other words, curve  
results will not automatically and correctly reect increases in record length if  
2-150  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
the distance from DATa:STARt to DATa:STOP stays smaller than the increased  
record length.  
Waveform Transfer  
Group  
Syntax  
DATa:STOP <NR1>  
DATa:STOP?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
<NR1> is the last data point that will be transferred, which ranges from 1 to  
the record length. If <NR1> is greater than the record length, then data will be  
transferred up to the record length. If both DATa:STARt and DATa:STOP are  
greater than the record length, the last data point in the record is returned.  
DATa:STARt and DATa:STOP are order independent. When DATa:STOP is less  
than DATa:STARt, the values will be swapped internally for the CURVE? query.  
If you always want to transfer complete waveforms, set DATa:STARt to 1 and  
DATa:STOP to the maximum record length, or larger.  
DATA:STOP? might return :DATA:STOP 14900 indicating that 14900 is the last  
waveform data point that will be transferred.  
Examples  
DATA:STOP 15000 species that the waveform transfer will stop at data point  
15000.  
DATE  
Sets or returns the date the oscilloscope displays.  
Miscellaneous  
Group  
Syntax  
DATE <QString>  
DATE?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
<QString> is a date in the form "yyyy-mm-dd" where yyyy refers to a four-digit  
year number, mm refers to a two-digit month number from 01 to 12, and dd refers  
to a two-digit day number in the month.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-151  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
DATE "2006-01-24" species that the date is set to January 24, 2006.  
Examples  
DATE? might return :DATE 2006-01-24 indicating the current date is set to  
January 24, 2006.  
*DDT  
Allows you to specify a command or a list of commands that execute when the  
oscilloscope receives a *TRG command or the GET IEEE488.2 interface message.  
Dene Device Trigger (*DDT) is a special alias that the *TRG command uses.  
Miscellaneous  
Group  
Syntax  
*DDT {<Block>|<QString>}  
*DDT?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
<Block> is a complete sequence of program messages. The messages can contain  
only valid commands that must be separated by semicolons and must follow all  
rules for concatenating commands. The sequence must be less than or equal to 80  
characters. The format of this argument is always returned as a query.  
<QString> is a complete sequence of program messages. The messages can  
contain only valid commands that must be separated by semicolons and must  
follow all rules for concatenating commands. The sequence must be less than or  
equal to 80 characters.  
*DDT #OACQUIRE:STATE RUN species that the acquisition system will be  
started each time a *TRG command is sent.  
Examples  
DESE  
Sets or returns the bits in the Device Event Status Enable Register (DESER). The  
DESER is the mask that determines whether events are reported to the Standard  
Event Status Register (SESR), and entered into the Event Queue. For a detailed  
discussion of the use of these registers, see Registers.  
Status and Error  
Group  
2-152  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
DESE <NR1>  
DESE?  
Syntax  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
<NR1> sets the binary bits of the DESER according to this value, which ranges  
from 1 through 255. For example, DESE 209 sets the DESER to the binary value  
11010001 (that is, the most signicant bit in the register is set to 1, the next most  
signicant bit to 1, the next bit to 0, etc.).  
The power-on default for DESER is all bits set if *PSC is 1. If *PSC is 0, the  
DESER maintains the previous power cycle value through the current power cycle.  
NOTE. Setting the DESER and ESER to the same value allows only those codes  
to be entered into the Event Queue and summarized on the ESB bit (bit 5) of the  
Status Byte Register. Use the *ESE command to set the ESER.  
DESE 209 sets the DESER to binary 11010001, which enables the PON, URQ,  
EXE and OPC bits.  
Examples  
DESE? might return :DESE 186, showing that the DESER contains the binary  
value 10111010.  
DESkew (No Query Form)  
Causes the deskew values for all channels to be set to the recommended values.  
Equivalent to pressing the "Set all deskews to recommended values" button in  
the application UI.  
NOTE. The actual deskew values for each channel can be set or queried using the  
CH<x>:DESKew command.  
Vertical  
Group  
Syntax  
DESkew {SETALLtorec}  
<SETALLtorec> sets the deskew for all channels to the recommended values.  
Arguments  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-153  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
DESkew:DISPlay  
Sets or returns the state of the deskew table display.  
Vertical  
Group  
Syntax  
DESkew:DISPlay {OFF|ON|0|1}  
DESkew:DISPlay?  
OFF or 0 turns off the deskew table display.  
Arguments  
ON or 1 turns on the deskew table display.  
DIAg:LOOP:OPTion  
Sets the self-test loop option.  
Calibration and Diagnostic  
Group  
Syntax  
DIAg:LOOP:OPTion {ALWAYS|FAIL|ONFAIL|ONCE|NTIMES}  
ALWAYS continues looping until the self tests (diagnostics) are stopped via the  
front panel or by an oscilloscope command.  
Arguments  
FAIL causes looping until the rst self test (diagnostic) failure or until self tests  
(diagnostics) are stopped.  
ONFAIL causes looping on a specic test group as long as a FAIL status is  
returned from the test.  
ONCE executes self test (diagnostics test) sequence once.  
NTIMES runs “n” number of loops.  
DIAG:LOOP:OPTION ONCE runs one loop of self tests.  
Examples  
DIAg:LOOP:OPTion:NTIMes  
Sets the self-test loop option to run N times.  
Calibration and Diagnostic  
Group  
2-154  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
DIAg:LOOP:OPTion:NTIMes <NR1>  
DIAg:LOOP:OPTion:NTIMes?  
Syntax  
<NR1> is the number of self-test loops.  
Arguments  
Examples  
DIAG:LOOP:OPTION:NTIMES 3 sets the self-test loop to run three times.  
DIAG:LOOP:OPTION:NTIMES? might return :DIAG:LOOP:OPTION:NTIMES 5,  
indicating the self-test loop is set to run ve times.  
DIAg:LOOP:STOP (No Query Form)  
Stops the self-test at the end of the current loop.  
Calibration and Diagnostic  
Group  
Syntax  
DIAg:LOOP:STOP  
DIAG:LOOP:STOP stops the self test at the end of the current loop.  
Examples  
DIAg:RESUlt:FLAg? (Query Only)  
Returns the pass/fail status from the last self-test sequence execution. Use this  
query to determine which test(s) has failed.  
Calibration and Diagnostic  
DIAg:RESUlt:FLAg?  
Group  
Syntax  
Related Commands  
Returns  
PASS indicates that all of the selected self (diagnostic) tests have passed.  
FAIL indicates that at least one of the selected self (diagnostic) tests has failed.  
IN PROGRESS indicates that at least one of the selected self (diagnostic) tests is  
ongoing.  
NOT RUN indicates that the selected diagnostic test suite has not been run since  
the instrument was powered on.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-155  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
DIAG:RESULT:FLAG? might return DIAG:RESULT:FLAG PASS.  
Examples  
DIAg:RESUlt:LOG? (Query Only)  
Returns the internal results log from the last self-test sequence execution. The  
list contains all modules and module interfaces that were tested along with the  
pass/fail status of each.  
Calibration and Diagnostic  
DIAg:RESUlt:LOG?  
Group  
Syntax  
Related Commands  
Returns  
<QString> in the following format:  
<Status>--<Module name>[,<Status>--<Module name>...]  
DIAG:RESULT:LOG? might return :DIAG:RESULT:LOG "NOT RUN--CPU,NOT  
RUN--DISPLAY,NOT RUN--FPANEL,NOT RUN--IO,NOT RUN--ACQ,NOT  
RUN--RO M,NOT RUN--APPKEY"  
Examples  
DIAg:SELect (No Query Form)  
Sets the type of diagnostics grouping.  
Calibration and Diagnostic  
Group  
Syntax  
DIAg:SELect {ALL|APPKey|CPU|DISplay|FPAnel|IO|ROM|ACQ}  
ALL runs all diagnostic groups.  
Arguments  
APPKey runs just the application key diagnostic group.  
CPU runs just the CPU diagnostic group.  
DISplay runs just the display circuit diagnostic group.  
FFPAnel runs just the front panel diagnostic group.  
IO runs just the IO board diagnostic group.  
2-156  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
ROM runs just the IO board diagnostic group.  
ACQ runs just the acquisition system diagnostic group.  
DIAg:SELect:<function> (No Query Form)  
Runs self-tests on the specied system subsystem.  
Calibration and Diagnostic  
Group  
Syntax  
DIAg:SELect:<function>  
<function> species a single oscilloscope subsystem on which to run self tests  
(diagnostics). Valid values are:  
Arguments  
ACQ tests the acquisition system.  
APPKey tests the application keys.  
CPU tests the CPU.  
DISplay tests the display.  
FPAnel tests the front panel controls.  
IO tests the IO ports.  
ROM tests the system read only memory.  
DIAG:SELECT:CPU sets the oscilloscope to run just CPU tests.  
Examples  
DIAg:STATE (No Query Form)  
This command starts or stops the oscilloscope self-test. Depending on the  
argument, self-test capabilities are either turned on or off.  
Calibration and Diagnostic  
Group  
Syntax  
DIAg:STATE {EXECute|ABORt}  
EXECute starts diagnostics.  
Arguments  
ABORt stops diagnostics at the end of the current loop.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-157  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
DIAG:STATE EXECute starts diagnostics.  
Examples  
DISplay? (Query Only)  
Returns the current display settings.  
Display  
Group  
Syntax  
DISplay?  
DISplay:CLOCk  
Sets or returns whether the oscilloscope displays the date and time. The query  
form of this command returns an ON (1) or an OFF (0).  
Display  
Group  
Syntax  
DISplay:CLOCk {ON|OFF|<NR1>}  
DISplay:CLOCk?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
ON enables the display of date and time.  
OFF disables the display of date and time.  
<NR1> = 0 disables the display of date and time; any other value enables the  
display of date and time.  
DISPLAY:CLOCK ON enables display of date and time.  
Examples  
DISPLAY:CLOCK? might return :DISPLAY:CLOCK 1 indicating that the display  
of date and time is currently enabled.  
DISplay:DIGital:HEIght  
Sets or returns the number of available digital waveform position slots.  
NOTE. If the number of live digital channels exceeds the number of slots, their  
height is reduced to a smaller size, allowing all digital channels to be displayed.  
2-158  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
Display  
Group  
Syntax  
DISplay:DIGital:HEIght {SMAll|MEDium|LARge}  
DISplay:DIGital:HEIght?  
SMAll sets the height to 40.  
MEDium sets the height to 20.  
LARge sets the height to 10.  
Arguments  
DISplay:FORMat  
Sets or returns the display format.  
Display  
Group  
Syntax  
DISplay:FORMat {YT|XY}  
DISplay:FORMat?  
YT sets the display to a voltage versus time format and is the default mode.  
Arguments  
XY argument displays one waveform against another. Selecting one source causes  
its corresponding source to be implicitly selected, producing a single trace from  
the two input waveforms.  
DISPLAY:FORMAT XY sets the display format to XY.  
Examples  
DISPLAY:FORMAT? might return DISPLAY:FORMAT YT indicating the display  
format is YT.  
DISplay:GRAticule  
Selects or queries the type of graticule the oscilloscope displays.  
Display  
Group  
Syntax  
DISplay:GRAticule {CROSSHair|FRAme|FULl|GRId}  
DISplay:GRAticule?  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-159  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
CROSSHair species a frame and cross hairs.  
Arguments  
FRAme species a frame only.  
FULl species a frame, a grid and cross hairs.  
GRId species a frame and grid only.  
DISPLAY:GRATICULE FRAme sets the graticule type to display the frame only.  
Examples  
DISPLAY:GRATICULE? might return :DISPLAY:GRATICULE FULL indicating  
that all graticule elements are selected.  
DISplay:INTENSITy? (Query Only)  
Returns the display intensity settings.  
Display  
Group  
Syntax  
DISplay:INTENSITy?  
DISPLAY:INTENSITY? might return: :DISPLAY:INTEnsITY:WAVEFORM  
30;GRATICULE 75;BACKLIGHT HIGH  
Examples  
DISplay:INTENSITy:BACKLight  
Sets and returns the waveform backlight intensity settings.  
Display  
Group  
Syntax  
DISplay:INTENSITy:BACKLight {LOW|MEDium|HIGH}  
DISplay:INTENSITy:BACKLight?  
DISPLAY:INTENSITY:BACKLIGHT? might return  
DISPLAY:INTEnsITY:BACKLIGHT HIGH  
Examples  
DISplay:INTENSITy:GRAticule  
Sets and returns the display graticule intensity settings.  
2-160  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
Display  
Group  
Syntax  
DISplay:INTENSITy:GRAticule <NR1>  
DISplay:INTENSITy:GRAticule?  
<NR1> is the graticule intensity and ranges from 0 to 100 percent.  
Arguments  
Examples  
DISPLAY:INTENSITY:GRATICULE? might return  
DISPLAY:INTEnsITY:GRATICULE 30  
DISplay:INTENSITy:WAVEform  
Sets and returns the display waveform intensity settings.  
Display  
Group  
Syntax  
DISplay:INTENSITy:WAVEform <NR1>  
DISplay:INTENSITy:WAVEform?  
<NR1> is the waveform intensity and ranges from 1 to 100 percent.  
Arguments  
Examples  
DISPLAY:INTENSITY:WAVEFORM? might return  
DISPLAY:INTEnsITY:WAVEFORM 60  
as the intensity of the waveforms.  
DISplay:PERSistence  
Sets or returns the display persistence. This affects the display only.  
NOTE. When Persistence is set to Innite, it does not mean that the brightness  
of any pixel should never decrease. The brightness of a pixel is proportionally  
dependent on the ratio between its intensity (which does NOT decrease at Innite  
Persistence) and the maximum value of intensity of any pixel on the screen. If a  
particular pixel get hit less often than others, its brightness will decrease over  
time. It will become less bright relative to the pixels that get hit often.  
Display  
Group  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-161  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
DISplay:PERSistence {<NR3>|CLEAR|AUTO|MINImum|INFInite}  
DISplay:PERSistence?  
Syntax  
<NR3> species the time of the persistence.  
Arguments  
CLEAR resets the persist time count down and clears the display of acquired points.  
INFInite displays waveform points until a control change resets the acquisition  
system. When persistence is set to innite, it does not mean that the brightness  
of any pixel should never decrease. The brightness of a pixel is proportionally  
dependent on the ratio between its intensity, which does NOT decrease at innite  
persistence, and the maximum value of intensity of any pixel on the screen. Thus,  
if a particular pixel gets hit less often than others, its brightness will decrease over  
time. It will become less bright relative to the pixels that get hit often.  
AUTO species that the oscilloscope automatically determines the  
best waveform persistence based on the value of waveform intensity  
(DISPLAY:INTEnsITY:WAVEFORM)  
MINImum species that the waveform persistence is set to the minimum value  
of 0.0E0.  
DISPLAY:PERSISTENCE 3 species that the waveform points are displayed  
fading for 3 seconds before they completely disappear.  
Examples  
DISplay:STYle:DOTsonly  
Turns on or off the dots-only mode for the waveform display.  
Display  
Group  
Syntax  
DISplay:STYle:DOTsonly {ON|OFF|<NR1>}  
DISplay:STYle:DOTsonly?  
ON or <NR1> 0 turns on the dots-only display.  
Arguments  
OFF or <NR1> = 0 turns off the dots-only display.  
D<x>  
Sets or returns parameters for digital channel <x>, where x is the channel number.  
Vertical  
Group  
2-162  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
D<x>  
Syntax  
D<x>:LABel  
Sets or returns the waveform label for digital channel <x>, where x is the channel  
number.  
Vertical  
Group  
Syntax  
D<x>:LABel <Qstring>  
D<x>:LABel?  
<Qstring> is an alphanumeric string of text, enclosed in quotes, that contains the  
text label information for the digital channel <x> waveform. The text string is  
limited to 30 characters.  
Arguments  
D4:LABEL? might return :D4:LABEL “Clk Wfm 4”.  
Examples  
D<x>:POSition  
Sets or returns the vertical position for digital channel <x>, where x is the channel  
number.  
NOTE. Unlike analog channels, which use the center baseline as the zero point,  
digital channels use the bottom logic level as the zero point. Because of the slot  
model used to describe digital channel position, the oscilloscope rounds off  
divisions to the nearest slot.  
Vertical  
Group  
Syntax  
D<x>:POSition <NR3>  
D<x>:POSition?  
<NR3> is the position of the digital channel in slot units. Use the oscilloscope  
front-panel controls to place the channel; then query the channel to obtain an  
exact value for the position.  
Arguments  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-163  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
D<x>:THREshold  
Sets or returns the logical threshold for digital channel <x>, where x is the  
channel number.  
Vertical  
Group  
Syntax  
D<x>:THREshold {ECL|TTL|<NR3>}  
D<x>:THREshold?  
ECL sets the digital threshold for channel <x> to a preset ECL high level of –1.3V.  
TTL sets the digital threshold for channel <x> to a preset TTL high level of 1.4V.  
<NR3> species the digital threshold for channel <x> in volts.  
Arguments  
Examples  
D5:THRESHOLD ECL sets the threshold for D5 digital channel to ECL levels.  
D14:threshold? might return :D14:THRESHOLD 1.2500 indicating that the  
threshold level for the D14 digital channel is 1.25 volts.  
*ESE  
Sets and queries the bits in the Event Status Enable Register (ESER). The ESER  
prevents events from being reported to the Status Byte Register (STB). For a  
detailed discussion on how to use registers, see Registers.  
Status and Error  
Group  
Syntax  
*ESE <NR1>  
*ESE?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
<NR1> species the binary bits of the ESER according to this value, which ranges  
from 0 through 255.  
The power-on default for the ESER is 0 if *PSC is 1. If *PSC is 0, the ESER  
maintains the previous power cycle value through the current power cycle.  
2-164  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
NOTE. Setting the DESER and the ESER to the same values allows only those  
codes to be entered into the Event Queue and summarized on the ESB bit (bit 5) of  
the Status Byte Register. Use the DESE command to set the DESER.  
*ESE 209 sets the ESER to binary 11010001, which enables the PON, URQ,  
EXE, and OPC bits.  
Examples  
*ESE? might return 186, showing that the ESER contains the binary value  
10111010.  
*ESR? (Query Only)  
Returns the contents of the Standard Event Status Register (SESR). *ESR? also  
clears the SESR (reading the SESR clears it). For a detailed discussion on how  
to use registers, see Registers.  
Status and Error  
Group  
Syntax  
*ESR?  
Related Commands  
Examples  
*ESR? might return 213, showing that the SESR contains the binary value  
11010101.  
ETHERnet:DHCPbootp  
Sets or returns the network initialization search for a DHCP/BOOTP server.  
Ethernet  
Group  
Syntax  
ETHERnet:DHCPbootp {ON|OFF}  
ETHERnet:DHCPbootp?  
ON enables the oscilloscope to search the network for a DHCP or BOOTP server  
in order to automatically assign a dynamic IP address to the oscilloscope.  
Arguments  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-165  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
NOTE. Do not use DHCP/BOOTP searching if your oscilloscope has been  
assigned a static address on a network. If you set this command to ON, the  
DHCP/BOOTP search will delete or change your static IP address information.  
OFF disables the oscilloscope to search the network for a DHCP or BOOTP server.  
ETHERNET:DHCPBOOTP ON sets the oscilloscope to search for a DHCP or BOOTP  
server and assign a dynamic IP address to the oscilloscope.  
Examples  
ETHERnet:DNS:IPADDress  
Sets or returns the network Domain Name Server (Dns) IP address.  
Ethernet  
Group  
Syntax  
ETHERnet:DNS:IPADDress <QString>  
ETHERnet:DNS:IPADDress?  
<QString> is a standard IP address value, enclosed in quotes.  
Arguments  
Examples  
ETHERNET:DNS:IPADDRESS “128.196.13.352” sets the Dns IP address that  
the oscilloscope uses to communicate with the network.  
ETHERnet:DOMAINname  
Sets or returns the network domain name.  
Ethernet  
Group  
Syntax  
ETHERnet:DOMAINname <Qstring>  
ETHERnet:DOMAINname?  
<QString> is the network domain name, enclosed in quotes.  
Arguments  
Examples  
ETHERNET:DOMAINNAME “Alpha1.Mycorp.com” sets the domain name that  
the oscilloscope uses to communicate with the network.  
2-166  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
ETHERnet:ENET:ADDress? (Query Only)  
Returns the Ethernet address value assigned to the oscilloscope. This is assigned  
at the factory and can not be changed.  
Ethernet  
Group  
Syntax  
ETHERnet:ENET:ADDress?  
ETHERNET:ENET:ADDRESS? returns an Ethernet address such as  
08:00:11:01:02:03  
Examples  
ETHERnet:GATEWay:IPADDress  
Sets or returns the remote interface gateway IP address.  
Ethernet  
Group  
Syntax  
ETHERnet:GATEWay:IPADDress <QString>  
ETHERnet:GATEWay:IPADDress?  
<QString> is a standard IP address value, enclosed in quotes.  
Arguments  
Examples  
ETHERNET:GATEWAY:IPADDRESS “128.143.16.1” sets the gateway IP  
address.  
ETHERnet:HTTPPort  
Sets or returns the remote interface HTTP port value.  
Ethernet  
Group  
Syntax  
ETHERnet:HTTPPort <QString>  
ETHERnet:HTTPPort?  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-167  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
<QString> is an integer port number, enclosed in quotes.  
Arguments  
NOTE. Consider the following if you are using the e*Scope™ control software. If  
you dont enter a port address in the URL, then the ETHERnet:HTTPPort value  
must be set to "80", which is the default port for HTTP protocol. If you use a  
URL with a port address (for example: http://DPO4104-04WKL4:1234), the port  
number is specied by the number after the colon. Set the ETHERnet:HTTPPort  
value to this same number.  
ETHERNET:HTTPPORT “80” sets the HTTP port value to 80.  
Examples  
ETHERnet:IPADDress  
Sets or returns the IP address assigned to the oscilloscope.  
Ethernet  
Group  
Syntax  
ETHERnet:IPADDress <QString>  
ETHERnet:IPADDress?  
<QString> is a standard IP address value, enclosed in quotes.  
Arguments  
Examples  
ETHERNET:IPADDRESS “123.121.13.214” sets the oscilloscope’s IP address.  
ETHERnet:NAME  
Sets or returns the network name assigned to the oscilloscope.  
Ethernet  
Group  
Syntax  
ETHERnet:NAME <QString>  
ETHERnet:NAME?  
<QString> is the network name assigned to the oscilloscope, enclosed in quotes.  
Arguments  
Examples  
ETHERNET:NAME “labscope1” sets the oscilloscope’s network name.  
2-168  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
ETHERnet:PASSWord  
Sets or returns the HTTP Ethernet access password. If a password is set, the  
user must enter the password before the user’s Web browser can access the  
oscilloscope.  
Ethernet  
Group  
Syntax  
ETHERnet:PASSWord <new>  
ETHERnet:PASSWord?  
<new> is a new password, enclosed in quotes.  
Arguments  
Examples  
ETHERNET:PASSWORD ”ZEN53” replaces the current Ethernet password with the  
new password ZEN53.  
ETHERNET:PASSWORD? might return :ETHERNET:PASSWORD “ZEN53”.  
ETHERnet:PING (No Query Form)  
Causes the oscilloscope to ping the gateway IP address.  
Ethernet  
Group  
Syntax  
ETHERnet:PING EXECute  
ETHERNET:PING EXECUTE causes the oscilloscope to ping the gateway IP  
address.  
Examples  
ETHERnet:PING:STATUS? (Query Only)  
Returns the results from sending the ETHERnet:PING command to ping the  
gateway IP address.  
Ethernet  
Group  
Syntax  
ETHERnet:PING:STATUS?  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-169  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
OK is returned if the computer at the gateway IP address answers.  
Returns  
NORESPOnsE is returned if the computer at the gateway IP address does not  
answer.  
INPROGRESS is returned if the ping operation is still executing.  
ETHERnet:SUBNETMask  
Sets or returns the remote interface subnet mask value.  
Ethernet  
Group  
Syntax  
ETHERnet:SUBNETMask <QString>  
ETHERnet:SUBNETMask?  
<QString> is the subnet mask value, enclosed in quotes.  
Arguments  
Examples  
ETHERNET:SUBNETMASK “255.255.255.0” sets the subnet mask value using  
standard IP address notation format.  
EVENT? (Query Only)  
Returns an event code from the Event Queue that provides information about the  
results of the last *ESR? read. EVENT? also removes the returned value from  
the Event Queue.  
Status and Error  
Group  
Syntax  
EVENT?  
Related Commands  
Examples  
EVENT? might return :EVENT 110, showing that there was an error in a  
command header. (See page 3-12, Messages.)  
2-170  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
EVMsg? (Query Only)  
Removes a single event code from the Event Queue that is associated with the  
results of the last *ESR? read and returns the event code along with an explanatory  
message. For information, see Event Handling.  
Status and Error  
Group  
Syntax  
EVMsg?  
Related Commands  
The event code and message in the following format:  
Returns  
<Event Code><Comma><QString>[<Event  
Code><Comma><QString>...]<QString>::= <Message>;[<Command>] where  
<Command> is the command that caused the error and may be returned when a  
command error is detected by the oscilloscope. As much of the command will be  
returned as possible without exceeding the 60 character limit of the <Message>  
and <Command> string combined. The command string is right-justied.  
EVMSG? might return :EVMSG 110,"Command header error".  
Examples  
EVQty? (Query Only)  
Returns the number of event codes in the Event Queue. This is useful when using  
the ALLEv? query, which returns the exact number of events.  
Status and Error  
EVQty?  
Group  
Syntax  
Related Commands  
Examples  
EVQTY? might return :EVQTY 3, indicating the number of event codes in the  
Event Queue.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-171  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
FACtory (No Query Form)  
Resets the oscilloscope to its factory default settings.  
This command does the following:  
Clears the Event Status Enable Register  
Clears the Service Request Enable Register  
Sets the Device Event Status Enable Register to 255  
Purges all dened aliases  
Enables all Command Headers  
Sets the macro dened by *DDT to a "zero-length eld"  
Clears the pending operation ag and associated operations  
This command does not reset the following:  
Communication settings  
Selected GPIB address.  
Sate of the VXI-11 (Ethernet IEEE Std 488.2) interface.  
Calibration data that affects device specications  
Protected user data  
Stored settings  
Power On Status Clear Flag  
Oscilloscope password  
Save and Recall  
Group  
Syntax  
FACtory  
None  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
FACTORY resets the oscilloscope to its factory default settings.  
Examples  
2-172  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
FILESystem? (Query Only)  
Returns the directory listing of the current working directory and the number of  
bytes of free space available. This query is the same as the FILESystem:DIR?  
query and the FILESystem:FREESpace? query.  
File System  
Group  
Syntax  
FILESystem?  
Related Commands  
None.  
Arguments  
Examples  
FILESYSTEM? might return  
:FILESYSTEM:DIR  
"tek00000.bmp","elusiveGlitch1.png","TEMP.TMP",  
"file1.wfm","file2.wfm", "MATH1.wfm","  
REF1.wfm","REF2.wfm";FREESPACE 30212096  
FILESystem:CWD  
Sets or returns the current working directory (CWD) for FILESystem commands.  
The default working directory is "D:/". Anytime you use this command to change  
the directory, the directory that you specify is retained as the current working  
directory until you either change the directory or you delete the directory. If  
you delete the current working directory, the oscilloscope resets current working  
directory to the default directory (D:) the next time the oscilloscope is powered on  
or the next time you execute a le system command.  
This command supports the permutations of le and directory names supported  
by Microsoft Windows:  
Relative path names; for example, "./Temp"  
Absolute path names; for example, "D:/MyWaveform"  
Implied relative path names; for example "newle.txt" becomes  
"D:/TekScope/newle.txt" if the current working directory is "D:/TekScope"  
File System  
Group  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-173  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
FILESystem:CWD {<new working directory path>}  
Syntax  
<new working directory path> is a quoted string that denes the current  
working; a directory name can be up to 128 characters.  
Arguments  
FILESYSTEM:CWD "D:/TekScope/images" sets the current working directory  
to images.  
Examples  
FILESYSTEM:CWD? might return  
:FILESYSTEM:CWD "D:/TekScope/Waveforms" indicating that the current  
working directory is set to Waveforms.  
FILESystem:DELEte (No Query Form)  
This command deletes a named le. If you specify a directory name, it will delete  
the directory and all of its contents, the same as the RMDir command. You can  
also specify the lename as *.* to delete all of the les in the current or specied  
directory.  
File System  
Group  
Syntax  
FILESystem:DELEte <file path>  
Related Commands  
<file path> is a quoted string that denes the le name and path. If the le  
path is within the current working directory, you need only specify the le name.  
Arguments  
Examples  
The argument *.* will delete all les and subdirectories within the current  
working directory.  
FILESYSTEM:DELETE "NOT_MINE.SET" deletes the le named  
NOT_MINE.SET from the current working directory.  
FILESystem:DIR? (Query Only)  
Returns a list of quoted strings. Each string contains the name of a le or directory  
in the current working directory.  
2-174  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
File System  
Group  
Syntax  
FILESystem:DIR?  
None  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
FILESystem:DIR? returns a list of les and directories in the current working  
directory.  
Returns  
FILESYSTEM:DIR? might return  
Examples  
:FILESYSTEM:DIR  
"tek00000.png","my_CAN_setup.set","savedWfm1.isf","myImages"  
FILESystem:FORMat (No Query Form)  
Formats a mass storage device. This command should be used with extreme  
caution as it causes all data on the specied mass storage device to be lost.  
Drive letters (e.g., E:) are case sensitive and must be upper case. For all other  
FILESYSTEM commands, drives letters are not case sensitive. Example:  
FILES:FORMAT "E:/" Formats the USB ash drive installed in the oscilloscope’s  
front panel USB port.  
File System  
Group  
Syntax  
FILESystem:FORMat  
<drive name> is a quoted string that denes the disk drive to format.  
Arguments  
Examples  
FILESYSTEM:FORMAT "E:/"  
Formats the USB ash drive installed in the oscilloscope’s front panel USB port.  
FILESystem:FREESpace? (Query Only)  
Returns the number of bytes of free space on the current drive.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-175  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
File System  
Group  
Syntax  
FILESystem:FREESpace?  
Related Commands  
FILESystem:MKDir (No Query Form)  
Creates a new folder.  
File System  
Group  
Syntax  
FILESystem:MKDir <directory path>  
<directory path> is a quoted string that species the directory to create  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
FILESYSTEM:MKDIR "D:/NewDirectory" creates the directory named  
NewDirectory at the root of the D drive.  
Examples  
These two commands create the directory MyNewSubDirectory within the  
existing directory MyDirectory at the root of the D drive:  
FILESYSTEM:CWD "D:/MyDirectory"; FILESYSTEM:MKDIR  
"MyNewSubDirectory"  
This, of course, assumes that D:/MyDirectory already existed and was not a  
read-only directory.  
FILESystem:READFile (No Query Form)  
Writes the contents of the specied le to the specied interface. If the specied  
le does not exist or is not readable, an appropriate error event is posted.  
File System  
Group  
Syntax  
FILESystem:READFile <QString>  
2-176  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
<QString> is a quoted string that denes the le name and path. If the le path is  
within the current working directory, specify only the le name.  
FILESYSTEM:READFILE “D:/test_data/tek00016CH1.csv” reads the  
content of the specied le, if the le exists and is readable, and sends the content  
of the le to the current interface.  
Examples  
FILESystem:REName (No Query Form)  
Assigns a new name to an existing le.  
File System  
Group  
Syntax  
FILESystem:REName <old file path>,<new file path>  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
<old file path> is a quoted string that denes the le name and path. If the le  
path is within the current working directory, you need only specify the le name.  
<new file path> is a quoted string that denes the le name and path. If the le  
path is within the current working directory, you need only specify the le name.  
FILESYSTEM:RENAME "D:/TEK00000.SET","D:/MYSETTING.SET" gives the  
le named TEK00000.SET the new name of MYSETTING.SET. The le remains  
in the root directory on the D drive.  
Examples  
FILESystem:RMDir (No Query Form)  
Deletes a named directory. This command deletes the specied directory and all  
of its contents. The directory must not be a read-only directory.  
File System  
Group  
Syntax  
FILESystem:RMDir <directory path>  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-177  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
<directory path> is a quoted string that denes the directory name and path.  
If the le path is within the current working directory, you need only specify  
the le name.  
FILESYSTEM:RMDIR "D:/OldDirectory" removes the directory named  
OldDirectory from the root of the D drive.  
Examples  
FILESystem:WRITEFile (No Query Form)  
Writes the specied block data to a le in the oscilloscope current working  
directory. If the specied le does not exist or is not readable, an appropriate  
error event is posted.  
File System  
Group  
Syntax  
FILESystem:WRITEFile <file path>, <data>  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
<file path> is the quoted string that denes the le name and path. If the path  
is within the current working directory, specify the le name only.  
<data> can be either DEFINITE LENGTH encoding or INDEFINITE LENGTH  
ARBITRARY BLOCK PROGRAM DATA encoding as described in IEEE488.2.  
FPAnel:PRESS (No Query Form)  
Simulates the action of pressing a specied front-panel button.  
When the front panel is locked, the front-panel button and multipurpose  
knob operations are suspended. The FPAnel:PRESS and the FPAnel:TURN  
commands will also not work. You can work around this by using the appropriate  
programmatic interface commands, instead of the front-panel commands.  
Miscellaneous  
Group  
Syntax  
FPAnel:PRESS <button>  
2-178  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
<button> is the name of a front-panel button. Most of the argument names  
associate directly with their front panel buttons. For example, AUTOSet is for  
the Autoset button. The few commands that do not have obvious associations  
are listed below.  
Arguments  
Table 2-38: FPAnel:PRESS arguments  
Argument  
ACQuire  
Description  
Acquire button  
Autoset button  
AUTOset  
BMENU<x>  
Screen bottom menu buttons, where <x>=1  
for the left-most bottom menu button and  
<x>=7 for the right-most bottom menu button  
B<x>  
Bus select buttons, where <x> = 1 through 4.  
CH<x>  
Channel select button, where <x>=1 for  
channel 1, <x>=2 for channel 2, and so on  
CURsor  
Cursors button  
D0–D15 button  
Default Setup button  
Fine button  
D15D0  
DEFaultsetup  
FINe  
FORCetrig  
HARDcopy  
INTensity  
MAGnify  
Force Trig button  
Hardcopy button  
Intensity button  
Magnify (zoom) button (not the zoom/pan  
knob)  
MARk  
Mark Set/Clear button  
M button  
MATh  
MENUOff  
MEASurement  
NEXt  
Menu Off button  
Measure button  
Next arrow button  
Play/pause button  
Previous arrow button  
R button  
PAUse  
PREv  
REF  
RMENU<x>  
Screen side menu buttons, where <x>=1 for  
the top-most side menu button and <x>=5 for  
the bottom-most side menu button  
RUnstop  
Run/Stop button  
Save button  
SAVEBUtton  
SAVERecall  
SEArch  
Save/Recall Menu button  
Search button  
SELect  
Select button  
SETTO50  
Set to 50% button  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-179  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
Table 2-38: FPAnel:PRESS arguments (cont.)  
Argument  
SINGleseq  
TESt  
Description  
Single button  
Test button  
TRIGger  
UTILity  
Trigger Menu button  
Utility button  
FPANEL:PRESS AUTOSET executes the oscilloscope Autoset function.  
Examples  
FPAnel:TURN (No Query Form)  
Simulates the action of turning a specied front-panel control knob.  
When the front panel is locked, the front-panel button and multipurpose knob  
operations are suspended. The FPAnel:PRESS and FPAnel:TURN commands  
will also not work, and, they will not generate an error. You can work around  
this by using the appropriate programmatic interface commands, instead of the  
front-panel commands. For example, to set the trigger level to 50%, you could  
use TRIGger:A SETLevel. To force a trigger, you could use TRIGger FORCe.  
Miscellaneous  
Group  
Syntax  
FPAnel:TURN <knob>,<n>  
<knob> is the name of a rotating control.  
Arguments  
A comma (,) separates the control knob argument from the numeric rotation value  
argument. You do not need a white space between the arguments and the comma.  
<n> represents the rotation direction and magnitude of rotation. Negative values  
represent a counterclockwise knob rotation, and positive values represent a  
clockwise rotation. The magnitude of <n> species the amount of the turn, where  
<n> = 1 represents turning the knob one unit, <n> = 2 represents turning the knob  
two units, <n> = 4 represents turning the knob four units, and so on. The range of  
units depends on which front panel knob is specied.  
Table 2-39: FPAnel:TURN arguments  
Argument  
GPKNOB1  
GPKNOB2  
HORZPos  
Description  
Multipurpose a knob  
Multipurpose b knob  
Horizontal Position knob  
2-180  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
Table 2-39: FPAnel:TURN arguments (cont.)  
Argument  
Description  
HORZScale  
PANKNOB1  
TRIGLevel  
Horizontal Scale knob  
Outer pan knob  
Trigger Level knob  
Vertical Position knob  
Vertical Scale knob  
Inner zoom knob  
VERTPOS<n>  
VERTSCALE<n>  
ZOOM  
FPANEL:TURN TRIGLEVEL,10 duplicates turning the front-panel Trigger Level  
knob clockwise by 10 units.  
Examples  
GPIBUsb:ADDress? (Query Only)  
Returns the current GPIB address setting for a connected TEK-USB-488 adaptor  
module.  
Miscellaneous  
GPIBUsb:ADDress?  
Group  
Syntax  
GPIBUsb:ID? (Query Only)  
Returns the identication string of the connected TEK-USB-488 adaptor module  
and rmware version. If a TEK-USB-488.2 module is not connected, the system  
returns “Not detected”.  
Miscellaneous  
Group  
Syntax  
GPIBUsb:ID?  
HARDCopy (No Query Form)  
Sends a hard copy of the screen display to the currently active printer using the  
current palette and layout settings.  
Hard Copy  
Group  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-181  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
HARDCopy {START}  
HARDCopy?  
Syntax  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
START sends a block of data representing the current screen image to  
the requested port. The data sent is in the image format specied by the  
SAVe:IMAGe:FILEFormat command and the compression level is controlled  
by the selected format (BMP and TIFF are uncompressed where as PNG is  
compressed). The SAVe:IMAGe:INKSaver determines whether the data sent is  
in InkSaver mode.  
NOTE. The Hardcopy command with no arguments is equivalent to pressing the  
“HardCopy” button on the front panel, when the data is sent to the printer. As  
there is no front panel equivalent of the HARDCOPY START, you can choose to  
save the images to a different location using the “SAVE” button.  
HARDCOPY initiates a screen copy to the active printer.  
Examples  
HARDCopy:ACTIVeprinter  
Sets or returns the currently active printer. When a hard copy operation is  
performed, the output will be sent to this printer. One of two methods of  
specifying the printer can be used: specifying an index value obtained from  
looking at the list of attached printers or by specifying the printer name.  
Hard Copy  
Group  
Syntax  
HARDCopy:ACTIVeprinter {<NR1>|<name>}  
HARDCopy:ACTIVeprinter?  
<NR1> is the index of the desired printer as returned from HARDCopy:PRINTer:  
Arguments  
<name> is the name of the printer as specied in the printer list. This name is case  
sensitive and must be entered exactly as shown in the list.  
HARDCopy:INKSaver  
Changes hard copy output to print traces and graticule on a white background  
while retaining waveform color information (except for channel 1, which prints as  
2-182  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
dark blue because yellow does not show up well and is difcult to see on a white  
background). This option can signicantly reduce print time and quantities of ink  
required compared with WYSIWYG dark background images.  
Hard Copy  
Group  
Syntax  
HARDCopy:INKSaver?  
ON or <NR1> 0 sets the ink saver mode on.  
Arguments  
OFF or <NR1> = 0 sets the ink saver mode off.  
HARDCOPY:INKSAVER ON will cause subsequent hard copy output to display the  
screen on a white background.  
Examples  
HARDCopy:LAYout  
Sets or returns the page orientation for hard copy. If you set the layout to  
LANdscape, the printer will print hard copies in landscape mode where the long  
edge of the screen will print to the long edge of the sheet of paper. If you set the  
layout to PORTRait, the printer will print hard copies in portrait mode.  
This command is not applicable for PictBridge hardcopies.  
Hard Copy  
Group  
Syntax  
HARDCopy:LAYout {PORTRait|LANdscape}  
HARDCopy:LAYout?  
PORTRait orients the screen image vertically on the printed page.  
Arguments  
Examples  
LANdscape orients the screen image horizontally on the printed page.  
HARDCOPY:LAYOUT LANDSCAPE sets the hard copy page orientation to Landscape.  
HARDCOPY:LAYOUT? might return :HARDCOPY:LAYOUT PORTRAIT indicating  
that the hard copy page orientation is set to portrait.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-183  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
HARDCopy:PREVIEW (No Query Form)  
Displays a preview of the current screen contents with the InkSaver palette  
applied.  
Hard Copy  
Group  
Syntax  
HARDCopy:PREVIEW {ON|OFF|<NR1>}  
ON or <NR1> 0 turns preview mode on.  
Arguments  
OFF or <NR1> = 0 turns preview mode off.  
HARDCopy:PRINTer:ADD (No Query Form)  
Adds a network printer to the list of available printers. All three arguments must  
be present, but only one of server name or server IP address may be specied. An  
empty string can be used for blank arguments.  
Hard Copy  
Group  
Syntax  
HARDCopy:PRINTer:ADD <name>,<server>,<address>  
<name> is the name of the network printer queue.  
<server> is the host name of the print (LPR) server.  
<address> is the IP address of the print server.  
Arguments  
HARDCopy:PRINTer:DELete (No Query Form)  
Removes a network printer from the list of available printers. The printer name  
is case sensitive.  
Hard Copy  
Group  
Syntax  
HARDCopy:PRINTer:DELete <name>  
<name> is the name of the printer to be deleted.  
Arguments  
2-184  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
HARDCopy:PRINTer:LIST? (Query Only)  
Returns a list of currently attached printers.  
Hard Copy  
Group  
Syntax  
HARDCopy:PRINTer:LIST?  
HARDCopy:PRINTer:REName (No Query Form)  
Renames a network printer on the list of available printers, replacing the currently  
stored settings with the settings specied in this command. Four arguments must  
be present, but the arguments may be empty strings if the value for a eld is  
to be deleted.  
Hard Copy  
Group  
Syntax  
HARDCopy:PRINTer:REName  
<name>,<new_name>,<new_server>,<new_address>  
<name> is the name of the printer to be deleted.  
<new_name> is the new name for this printer.  
<new_server> is the new print server for this printer.  
<new_address> is the new IP address for the server.  
Arguments  
HEADer  
Sets or returns the Response Header Enable State that causes the oscilloscope to  
either include or omit headers on query responses.  
NOTE. This command does not affect IEEE Std 488.2-1987 Common Commands  
(those starting with an asterisk); these commands never return headers. This  
command does affect the Response Header Enable State of both the USBTMC and  
VXI-11 interfaces. Refer to the Introduction for additional information.  
Miscellaneous  
Group  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-185  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
HEADer {OFF|ON|<NR1>}  
HEADer?  
Syntax  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
OFF sets the Response Header Enable State to false. This causes the oscilloscope  
to omit headers on query responses, so that only the argument is returned.  
ON sets the Response Header Enable State to true. This causes the oscilloscope  
to include headers on applicable query responses. You can then use the query  
response as a command.  
<NR1> = 0 sets the Response Header Enable State to false; any other value sets  
this state to true.  
HEADER OFF species that the oscilloscope omits headers on query responses,  
so that only the argument is returned.  
Examples  
HEADER? might return :HEADER 1 indicating that the oscilloscope is including  
headers on applicable query responses.  
HORizontal? (Query Only)  
Returns all settings for the horizontal commands.  
Horizontal  
Group  
Syntax  
HORizontal?  
HORIZONTAL? might return the following horizontal settings  
Examples  
:HORIZONTAL:DELAY:MODE 1;TIME 0.0000;:HORIZONTAL:MAIN:SCALE  
20.0000E-9;SAMPLERATE 5.0000E+9;UNITS "s";UNITS:STRING  
"s";:HORIZONTAL:SAMPLERATE 5.0000E+9;RECORDLENGTH 1000000  
HORizontal:DELay:MODe  
Sets or returns the horizontal delay mode.  
Horizontal  
Group  
2-186  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
HORizontal:DELay:MODe {OFF|ON|<NR1>}  
HORizontal:DELay:MODe?  
Syntax  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
OFF sets the Horizontal Delay Mode to off. This causes the HORizontal:POSition  
command to operate like the HORIZONTAL POSITION knob on the front panel.  
ON sets the Horizontal Delay Mode to on. This causes the  
HORizontal:DELay:TIMe command to operate like the HORIZONTAL  
POSITION knob on the front panel.  
<NR1> = 0 sets the Horizontal Delay Mode to off; any other value sets this mode  
to on.  
HORIZONTAL:DELAY:MODE OFF sets the Horizontal Delay Mode to off, allowing  
the horizontal position command to operate like the HORIZONTAL POSITION  
knob on the front panel.  
Examples  
HORIZONTAL:DELAY:MODE? might return HORIZONTAL:DELAY:MODE OFF  
indicating that the Horizontal Delay Mode is off and that the horizontal position  
command operates like the HORIZONTAL POSITION knob on the front panel.  
HORizontal:DELay:TIMe  
Sets or returns the horizontal delay time (position) that is used when delay is  
on (the default mode).  
Horizontal  
Group  
Syntax  
HORizontal:DELay:TIMe <NR3>  
HORizontal:DELay:TIMe?  
HORizontal:POSition  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
NR3 is the delay in seconds.  
HORizontal:DELay:TIME 0.3 sets the delay of acquisition data so that the  
resulting waveform is centered 300 ms after the trigger occurs.  
Examples  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-187  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
HORizontal:DIGital:RECOrdlength:MAGnivu? (Query Only)  
Returns the record length of the MagniVu digital acquisition.  
Horizontal  
Group  
Syntax  
HORizontal:DIGital:RECOrdlength:MAGnivu?  
HORizontal:DIGital:RECOrdlength:MAIN? (Query Only)  
Returns the record length of the main digital acquisition.  
Horizontal  
Group  
Syntax  
HORizontal:DIGital:RECOrdlength:MAIN?  
HORizontal:DIGital:SAMPLERate:MAGnivu? (Query Only)  
Returns the sample rate of the MagniVu digital acquisition.  
Horizontal  
Group  
Syntax  
HORizontal:DIGital:SAMPLERate:MAGnivu?  
HORizontal:DIGital:SAMPLERate:MAIN? (Query Only)  
Returns the sample rate of the main digital acquisition.  
Horizontal  
Group  
Syntax  
HORizontal:DIGital:SAMPLERate:MAIN?  
HORizontal:POSition  
Sets or returns the horizontal position, in percent, that is used when delay if off.  
If Horizontal Delay Mode is turned off, this command is equivalent to adjusting  
the HORIZONTAL POSITION knob on the front panel. When Horizontal Delay  
2-188  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                   
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
Mode is on, this command stores a new horizontal position that is used when  
Horizontal Delay Mode is turned off.  
Horizontal  
Group  
Syntax  
HORizontal:POSition <NR3>  
HORizontal:POSition?  
HORizontal:DELay:TIMe  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
<NR3> is the horizontal position expressed as the percentage of the waveform  
acquired before the trigger.  
HORIZONTAL:POSITION 50 sets the horizontal position to 50%.  
Examples  
HORIZONTAL:POSITION? might return :HORIZONTAL:POSITION 100  
indicating that the horizontal position is set to 100%.  
HORizontal:PREViewstate? (Query Only)  
Returns a boolean value to indicate whether the display system is in the preview  
state.  
Horizontal  
Group  
Syntax  
HORizontal:PREViewstate?  
<NR1> = 1 if the display system is in the preview state.  
Returns  
<NR1> = 0 if the display system is not in the preview state.  
HORizontal:RECOrdlength  
Sets the horizontal record length. The query form of this command returns the  
current horizontal record length.  
Horizontal  
Group  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-189  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
HORizontal:RECOrdlength <NR1>  
HORizontal:RECOrdlength?  
Syntax  
Arguments  
Examples  
<NR1> represents the supported values for horizontal record lengths, which are:  
1000, 10000, 100000, 1000000, or 10000000.  
HORIZONTAL:RECORDLENGTH 10000 species that 10000 data points will be  
acquired for each record.  
HORIZONTAL:RECORDLENGTH? might return :HORIZONTAL:RECOrdlength  
1000 indicating that the horizontal record length is equal to 1000 data points.  
HORizontal:SAMPLERate  
Sets or returns the current horizontal sample rate.  
Horizontal  
Group  
Syntax  
HORizontal:SAMPLERate <NR3>  
HORizontal:SAMPLERate?  
<NR3> is the rate in samples per second.  
Arguments  
HORizontal:SCAle  
Sets or returns the time base horizontal scale.  
Horizontal  
Group  
Syntax  
HORizontal:SCAle <NR3>  
HORizontal:SCAle?  
<NR3> species the range from 400 ps to 1000 s, depending on the record length.  
Arguments  
Examples  
HORIZONTAL:SCALE 2E-6 sets the main scale to 2µs per division.  
HORIZONTAL:SCALE? might return :HORIZONTAL:MAIN:SCALE 2.0000E-06  
indicating that the main scale is currently set to 2 µs per division.  
2-190  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
ID? (Query Only)  
Returns identifying information about the oscilloscope and related rmware.  
Miscellaneous  
ID?  
Group  
Syntax  
Related Commands  
Examples  
ID? might return TEK/DPO4034,CF:91.1CT,FV:v1.0000. This indicates the  
oscilloscope model number, congured format, and rmware version number.  
*IDN? (Query Only)  
Returns the oscilloscope identication code.  
Miscellaneous  
*IDN?  
Group  
Syntax  
Related Commands  
Examples  
*IDN? might return :TEKTRONIX,DPO4034,SN123456789,CF:91.1CT  
FV:v1.00000 indicating the oscilloscope model number, serial number,  
congured number, and rmware version number.  
LANGuage  
Sets or returns the user interface display language. This command only affects  
the oscilloscope displayed language. Remote commands and their responses  
are always in English.  
Miscellaneous  
Group  
Syntax  
LANGuage  
{ENGLish|FRENch|GERMan|ITALian|SPANish|PORTUguese|JAPAnese|  
KOREan|RUSSian|SIMPlifiedchinese|TRADitionalchinese}  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-191  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
LANGuage?  
LANGUAGE? might return :LANGUAGE ENGLISH.  
Examples  
LOCk  
Enables or disables all front-panel buttons and knobs. There is no front panel  
equivalent.  
When the front panel is locked, neither theFPAnel:PRESS nor the FPAnel:TURN  
commands will work. They will not generate an error event either. You can work  
around this by using the appropriate programmatic interface commands, instead of  
the front-panel commands. For example, to set the trigger level to 50%, you could  
use TRIGger:A SETLevel. To force a trigger, you could use TRIGger FORCe.  
Miscellaneous  
Group  
Syntax  
LOCk {ALL|NONe}  
LOCk?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
ALL disables all front-panel controls.  
NONe enables all front-panel controls. This is equivalent to the UNLock ALL  
command.  
LOCK ALL locks the front-panel controls.  
Examples  
LOCK? might return :LOCK NONE indicating that the front-panel controls are  
enabled by this command.  
*LRN? (Query Only)  
Returns the commands that list the oscilloscope settings except for conguration  
information for the calibration values, the WFMInpre? query, and the  
WFMOutpre? query. This query allows you to record or "learn" the current  
oscilloscope settings. You can use these commands to return the oscilloscope to  
the state it was in when you made the *LRN? query. This command is identical  
to the SET? Command.  
Miscellaneous  
Group  
2-192  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
*LRN?  
Syntax  
Related Commands  
Examples  
*LRN? might return a long response, part of which could be as follows:  
:ACQUIRE:STOPAFTER RUnsTOP;STATE 1;MODE SAMPLE;NUMENV  
INFINITE;NUMAVG 16;SAMPLINGMODE RT;:HEADER 1;:LOCK  
NONE;:LANGUAGE ENGLISH;:VERBOSE 1;:ALIAS:STATE  
0;:DISPLAY:COLOR:PALETTE NORMAL;:DISPLAY:STYLE:DOTSONLY  
0;:DISPLAY:PERSISTENCE 0.0000;CLOCK 1;GRATICULE  
FULL;INTEnsITY:WAVEFORM 30;GRATICULE 75;BACKLIGHT  
HIGH;:HARDCOPY :INKSAVER OFF;LAYOUT LANDSCAPE;PREVIEW  
0;:SAVE:IMAGE:FILEFORMAT BMP;:SAVE:WAVEFORM:FILEFORMAT  
INTERNAL;:SAVE:ASSIGN:TYPE SETUP;:TRIGGER:A:MODE  
AUTO;TYPE EDGE;LE VEL 20.0000E-3;LEVEL:CH1  
20.0000E-3;CH2 0.0000;CH3 0.0000;CH4 0.0000;:TRIGGER:A:  
UPPERTHRESHOLD:CH1 1.4000;CH2 800.0000E-3;CH3  
800.0000E-3;CH4 800.0000E-3;:TRIGG ER:A:LOWERTHRESHOLD:CH1  
20.0000E-3;CH2 0.0000;CH3 0.0000;CH4 0.0000;:TRIGGER:A:H  
OLDOFF:TIME 20.0000E-9;:TRIGGER:A:EDGE:SOURCE  
CH1;COUPLING DC;SLOPE RISE;:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:CLASS  
SETHOLD;FUNCTION AND;THRESHOLD:CH1 20.0000E-3;CH2  
0.0000;CH3 0.0 000;CH4 0.0000;:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:CH1  
X;CH2 X;CH3 X;CH4 X;CLOCK:SOURCE NONE; EDGE  
RISE;:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:INPUT:CH1 X;CH2  
X;CH3 X;CH4 X;:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:WHEN  
TRUE;WHEN:LESSLIMIT 4.0000E-9;LIMIT  
4.0000E-9;:TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:CLOCK:SOURCE CH1;EDGE  
RISE;THRESHOLD 20.0000E-3;:TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:DATA:SOURCE  
CH2;THRESHOLD 0.0000;:TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:HOLDTIME  
4.0000E-9;SETTIME 4.0000E-9; :TRIGGER:A:PULSE:CLASS  
TRANSITION;:TRIGGER:A:PULSEWIDTH:SOURCE  
CH1;POLARITY POSITIVE;WHEN LESSTHAN;WIDTH  
4.0000E-9;:TRIGGER:A:RUNT:SOURCE CH1;POLARITY POSITIVE; WHEN  
OCCURS;WIDTH 4.0000E-9;:TRIGGER:A:TRANSITION:SOURCE CH1  
...  
MARK  
Moves to the next or previous reference mark on the waveform. Returns the  
current mark position.  
Mark  
Group  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-193  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
MARK {NEXT|PREVious}  
MARK?  
Syntax  
NEXT moves to the next reference mark on the right.  
Arguments  
PREVious moves to the next reference mark on the left.  
MARK:CREATE (No Query Form)  
Creates a mark on a specied waveform or all waveforms in a column.  
Mark  
Group  
Syntax  
MARK:CREATE {CH<x>|MATH|B<x>|REF<x>|DIGital|COLUMN}  
CH<x> creates the mark on a channel waveform, where <x> is the channel number.  
Arguments  
MATH creates the mark on the math waveform.  
B<x> creates the mark on a bus waveform, where <x> is the bus number.  
REF<x> creates the mark on a reference waveform, where <x> is the reference  
waveform number.  
DIGital creates the mark on a digital waveform. (An error will result if no  
digital channel is turned on.)  
COLUMN creates marks on all waveforms in the current zoom pixel column.  
MARK:DELEte (No Query Form)  
Deletes a mark on a particular waveform, all waveforms in a column, the selected  
mark, or all marks.  
Mark  
Group  
Syntax  
MARK:DELEte {CH<x>|MATH|B<x>|REF<x>|DIGital|COLUMN}  
CH<x> deletes the mark on a channel waveform, where <x> is the channel number.  
Arguments  
MATH deletes the mark on the math waveform.  
B<x> deletes the mark on a bus waveform, where <x> is the bus number.  
2-194  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
REF<x> deletes the mark on a reference waveform, where <x> is the reference  
waveform number.  
DIGital deletes all marks on all digital channels.  
COLUMN deletes marks on all waveforms in the current zoom pixel column.  
MARK:FREE? (Query Only)  
Returns how many marks are available for use.  
Mark  
Group  
Syntax  
MARK:FREE?  
MARK:SELected:END? (Query Only)  
Returns the end of the selected mark, 0 to 100% of the waveform.  
Mark  
Group  
Syntax  
MARK:SELected:END?  
MARK:SELected:FOCUS? (Query Only)  
Returns the focus of the selected mark, 0 to 100% of the waveform.  
Mark  
Group  
Syntax  
MARK:SELected:FOCUS?  
MARK:SELected:MARKSINCOLumn? (Query Only)  
Returns the number of marks in the current zoom pixel column.  
Mark  
Group  
Syntax  
MARK:SELected:MARKSINCOLumn?  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-195  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
               
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
MARK:SELected:OWNer? (Query Only)  
Returns the owner of the selected mark.  
Mark  
Group  
Syntax  
MARK:SELected:OWNer?  
<QString> is the owner of the mark.  
MARK:SELECTED:OWNER? might return: USER, SEARCH1  
Returns  
Examples  
MARK:SELected:SOURCE? (Query Only)  
Returns the source waveform for the selected mark.  
Mark  
Group  
Syntax  
MARK:SELected:SOURCE?  
MARK:SELected:STARt? (Query Only)  
Returns the starting point of the selected mark, 0 to 100% of the waveform.  
Mark  
Group  
Syntax  
MARK:SELected:STARt?  
MARK:SELected:STATe? (Query Only)  
Returns the on or off state of the selected mark. The selected mark is at or near  
the center of the screen. If you press the front-panel Set/Clear button, this mark  
will disappear.  
Mark  
Group  
Syntax  
MARK:SELected:STATe?  
2-196  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
               
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
MARK:SELected:ZOOm:POSition? (Query Only)  
Returns the position of the selected mark, 0 to 100% of the zoom overview  
window.  
Mark  
Group  
Syntax  
MARK:SELected:ZOOm:POSition?  
MARK:TOTal? (Query Only)  
Returns how many marks are currently in use.  
Mark  
Group  
Syntax  
MARK:TOTal?  
{MATH|MATH1}:LABel  
Sets or queries the waveform label for the math waveform.  
Math  
Group  
Syntax  
{MATH|MATH1}:LABel <QString>  
{MATH|MATH1}:LABel?  
<QString> is the quoted string used as the label for the math waveform.  
Arguments  
Examples  
MATH:LABEL “Output” sets the label for the math waveform to Output.  
MATH:LABEL? might return MATH:LABEL "Sum of channel 1 and  
channel 2" indicating the current label for the math waveform.  
MATH[1]? (Query Only)  
Returns the denition of the math waveform. The returned data depends on the  
setting of the MATH[1]:TYPe command.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-197  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
               
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
Math  
Group  
Syntax  
MATH[1]?  
Related Commands  
Examples  
MATH? or MATH1? might return :MATH:TYPE DUAL;DEFINE  
"CH1+CH2";VERTICAL:SCALE 100.0000E-3;POSITION 0.0000;UNITS  
"V";:MATH:HORIZONTAL:SCALE 4.0000E-6;POSITION 50.0000;UNITS  
"s";:MATH:SPECTRAL:MAG DB;WINDOW HANNING  
MATH[1]:DEFine  
Sets or returns the current math function as a text string.  
Dual math is dened if the string is of the form <wfm> <operation> <wfm>,  
where the <wfm>s are any combination of live channels or reference waveforms,  
<operation> is any of +, -, * or /, and the MATH[1]:TYPe is DUAL.  
FFT math is dened if the string is in the form FFT(<wfm>), where <wfm> is any  
live channel or reference waveform, and theMATH[1]:TYPe is FFT.  
Advanced math is dened if the contents of the string can be parsed by the  
advanced math parser without errors and the MATH[1]:TYPe is ADVanced.  
On the front panel, the Dual Wfm Math, FFT and Advanced Math menus contain  
controls that allow building equivalent math expressions to those described above.  
Math  
Group  
Syntax  
MATH[1]:DEFine <QString>  
MATH[1]:DEFine?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
<QString> quoted string argument is the mathematical expression that denes  
the waveform.  
Table 2-40: Advanced Math expression elements  
Expression  
Description  
CH1-CH4, REF1-REF4  
Species a waveform data source.  
2-198  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
Table 2-40: Advanced Math expression elements (cont.)  
Expression  
Description  
FFT( , INTG( , DIFF(  
Executes a Fast Fourier Transform,  
integration, or differentiation operation on the  
expression that follows. The FFT operator  
must be the rst (left-most) operator in an  
expression. All these operations must end  
with a right parenthesis.  
AMPlitude( , AREa( , BURst( , CARea(  
CMEan( , CRMs( , DELay( , FALL( ,  
FREQuency( , HIGH( , LOW( , MAXimum( ,  
MEAN( , MINImum( , NDUty( , NOVershoot(  
, NWIdth( , PDUTy( , PERIod( , PHAse(  
PK2pk( , POVershoot( , PWIdth( , RISe( ,  
RMS(, !(  
Executes the selected measurement  
operation on the waveform (active or  
reference) that follows. All these operations  
must end with a right parenthesis.  
LOG(, EXP(, SQRT(, SINE(, COSINE(,  
TANGENT(  
Executes trigonometric and other functions.  
All these operations must end with a right  
parenthesis.  
VAR1, VAR2  
+ , - , * , /  
Adds the user-dened variable to the  
expression. Refer to the MATHVAR<x>  
command.  
Executes an addition, subtraction,  
multiplication, or division operation on the  
following expression. + and - are also unary;  
use - to negate the expression that follows.  
<, >, <=, >=, ==, , ||, &&  
Executes relational and logical operations.  
( ) ,  
Parentheses provide a way to control  
evaluation order in an expression. The  
comma is used to separate the "from"  
and "to" waveforms in Delay and Phase  
measurement operations.  
1-0 , . , E  
Species a numeric value in (optional)  
scientic notation.  
MATH1:DEFINE" CH1+CH2" adds the Ch 1 waveform and Ch 2 waveform,  
storing the results in Math 1.  
Examples  
MATH:DEFINE? might return :MATH1:DEFINE "CH2*REF2" as the expression  
that denes Math 1.  
MATH[1]:HORizontal:POSition  
Sets or returns the math horizontal display position for FFT or (non-live) math  
reference waveforms.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-199  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
Math  
Group  
Syntax  
MATH[1]:HORizontal:POSition <NR3>  
MATH[1]:HORizontal:POSition?  
<NR3> is the % of the math waveform that precedes center screen. It can vary  
from 0.0 to 100.0.  
Arguments  
Examples  
MATH:HORIZONTAL:POSITION 10 sets the horizontal position to 10% pretrigger  
MATH[1]:HORizontal:SCAle  
Sets or returns the math horizontal display scale for FFT or for dual math  
waveforms that have source waveforms that are reference waveforms. The  
horizontal scale of a dual math waveform with a channel source waveform is set  
through the HORizontal:SCAle command.  
Math  
Group  
Syntax  
MATH[1]:HORizontal:SCAle <NR3>  
MATH[1]:HORizontal:SCAle?  
<NR3> is the math horizontal scale in seconds.  
Arguments  
Examples  
MATH:HORIZONTAL:SCALE? might return MATH:HORIZONTAL:SCALE 2.0E-4  
indicating that the math horizontal scale is 200 μ  
MATH[1]:HORizontal:UNIts  
Returns the math waveform horizontal measurement unit value.  
Math  
Group  
Syntax  
MATH[1]:HORizontal:UNIts?  
2-200  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
MATH:HORIZONTAL:UNITS? might return MATH:HORIZONTAL:UNITS "?"  
Examples  
indicating that the math horizontal unit label for unknown values is the default  
question mark unit.  
MATH[1]:SPECTral:MAG  
Sets or returns the units of the Spectral Magnication function in the math string.  
Math  
Group  
Syntax  
MATH[1]:SPECTral:MAG {LINEAr|DB}  
MATH[1]:SPECTral:MAG?  
LINEAR sets the SpectralMag units to linear.  
Arguments  
Examples  
DB sets the SpectralMag units to decibels.  
MATH1:SPECTRAL:MAG DB sets the SpectralMag units for Math1 to decibels.  
MATH1:SPECTRAL:MAG? might return :MATH1:SPECTRAL:MAG DB indicating  
that the SpectralMag units for Math1 are set to decibels.  
MATH[1]:SPECTral:WINdow  
Sets or returns the window function for the spectral analyzer input data for the  
specied math waveform. A spectral window determines what the lter shape  
of the spectral analyzer will be in the frequency domain. It can be described by  
a mathematical function that is multiplied point-by-point times the input data to  
the spectral analyzer.  
Math  
Group  
Syntax  
MATH[1]:SPECTral:WINdow  
{RECTangular|HAMming|HANning|BLAckmanharris}  
MATH[1]:SPECTral:WINdow?  
RECTangular window function is equivalent to multiplying all gate data by one.  
HAMming window function is based on a cosine series.  
Arguments  
HANning window function is based on a cosine series.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-201  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
BLAckmanharris window function is based on a cosine series.  
MATH1:SPECTRAL:WINDOW HANNING applies a Hanning window to the spectral  
analyzer input data.  
Examples  
MATH1:SPECTRAL:WINDOW? might return :MATH1:SPECTRAL:WINDOW  
HAMMING indicating that the window function used to multiply the spectral  
analyzer input data is the Hamming window.  
MATH[1]:TYPe  
Sets or returns the math waveform mode type.  
Math  
Group  
Syntax  
MATH[1]:TYPe {ADVanced|DUAL|FFT}  
MATH[1]:TYPe?  
ADVanced sets the math waveform mode to advanced math.  
DUAL sets the math waveform mode to dual waveform math.  
FFT sets the math waveform mode to FFT math.  
Arguments  
Examples  
MATH:TYPE FFT sets the math waveform mode to FFT.  
MATH:TYPE FFT;:MATH:DEFINE “FFT( CH1 )” sets the math type to FFT  
and displays an FFT waveform of the channel 1 waveform, using the current  
FFT scale and window settings.  
MATH:TYPE ADVANCED;:MATH:DEFINE  
“INTG(REF1*CH3)+DELAY(CH1,CH2)” sets the math type to FFT and displays  
an advanced math waveform that is the integration of the product of REF1 and  
CH3 plus the result of the delay measurement between channel 1 and 2.  
MATH[1]:VERTical:POSition  
Sets or returns the vertical position of the currently selected math type.  
Math  
Group  
2-202  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
MATH[1]:VERTical:POSition <NR3>  
MATH[1]:VERTical:POSition?  
Syntax  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
<NR3> is the desired position in divisions from the center graticule.  
MATH1:VERTICAL:POSITION 1.3E+00 positions the Math 1 input signal  
1.3 divisions higher than a position of 0.  
Examples  
MATH1:VERTICAL:POSITION? might return :MATH1:VERTICAL:POSITION  
-1.3000E+00 indicating that the current position of Math 1 is 1.3 divisions  
below the center graticule.  
MATH[1]:VERTical:SCAle  
Sets or returns the vertical scale of the currently selected math type.  
Math  
Group  
Syntax  
MATH[1]:VERTical:SCAle <NR3>  
MATH[1]:VERTical:SCAle?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
<NR3> is the scale-per-division in the current math vertical units. The range is  
from 1.0E-12 through 500.0E+12.  
MATH1:VERTICAL:SCALE 100E-03 sets the Math scale to 100 mV per division.  
Examples  
MATH:VERTICAL:SCALE? might return :MATH:VERTICAL:SCALE  
1.0000E+00 indicating that the current scale setting of Math is 1 V per division.  
MATH[1]:VERTical:UNIts  
Returns the math waveform vertical measurement unit value.  
Math  
Group  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-203  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
MATH[1]:VERTical:UNIts?  
Syntax  
MATH:VERTICAL:UNITS? might return MATH:VERTICAL:UNITS "joules"  
indicating that the math vertical unit label for unknown values is joules.  
Examples  
MATHVAR? (Query Only)  
Queries both numerical values you can use within math expressions.  
Math  
Group  
Syntax  
MATHVAR?  
<NR3> are the stored numerical values.  
MATHVAR? returns the values of all variables stored in locations 1 through 2.  
Related Commands  
Returns  
Examples  
MATHVAR:VAR<x>  
Sets or returns one of two different numerical values you can use within math  
expressions. These values can range from -10.0e-18 to 1.0e+15; the default values  
are 0.0. <x> species the location, 1 or 2, in which you can store values. Stored  
math variables can be referenced within math expressions as VAR1 and VAR2.  
For example, the following command denes MATH1 as the product of Channel  
1 and math variable 1: MATH1:DEFINE "CH1 * VAR1".  
Math  
Group  
Syntax  
MATHVAR:VAR<x> <NR3>  
MATHVAR:VAR<x>?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
<NR3> species the numerical value to be stored in location x <1 through 2>.  
2-204  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
MATHVAR:VAR2 -2.43E-5 stores the value -2.43e-5 in the second math variable  
location.  
Examples  
MATHVAR:VAR2? might return :MATHVAR:VAR2 24.3000E-6 for the  
expression stored in location 2.  
MEASUrement? (Query Only)  
Returns all measurement parameters.  
Measurement  
Group  
Syntax  
MEASUrement?  
MEASUREMENT? might return :MEASUREMENT:IMMED:DELAY:DIRECTION  
FORWARDS;EDGE1 RISE;EDGE2 RISE;:MEASUREMENT:IMMED:TYPE  
PERIOD;UNITS "s";SOURCE1 CH1;SOURCE2  
Examples  
CH2;:MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:DELAY:DIRECTION FORWARDS;EDGE1  
RISE;EDGE2 RISE;:MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:STATE 1;TYPE  
FREQUENCY;UNITS "Hz";SOURCE1 CH1;SOURCE2 CH2;COUNT  
0;MAXIMUM 0.0000;MEAN 0.0000;MINIMUM 0.0 000;STDDEV  
0.0000;:MEASUREMENT:MEAS2:DELAY:DIRECTION FORWARDS;EDGE1  
RISE;EDGE2 RISE;:MEASUREMENT:MEAS2:STATE 1;TYPE PERIOD;UNITS  
"s";SOURCE1 CH1;SOURCE2 CH2;COUNT 0;MAXIMUM 0.0000;MEAN  
0.0000;MINIMUM 0.0000;STDDEV 0.0000;:MEASUREMENT:MEAS3:  
DELAY:DIRECTION FORWARDS;EDGE1 RISE;EDGE2  
RISE;:MEASUREMENT:MEAS3:STATE 1;TYPE PK2PK;UNITS "V";SOURCE1  
CH1;SOURCE2 CH2;COUNT 0;MAXIMUM 0.0000;MEAN 0.0000;MINIMUM  
0.0000;STDDEV 0.0000;:MEASUREMENT:MEAS4:DELAY:DIRECTION  
FORWARDS;EDGE1 RISE;EDGE2 RISE;:MEASUREMENT:MEAS4:STATE  
0;TYPE PERIOD;UNITS "s";SOURCE1 CH1;SOURCE2 CH2;COUNT  
0;MAXIMUM 0.0000;MEAN 0.0000;MINIMUM 0.0000;STDDEV  
0.0000;:MEASUREMENT:METHOD AUTO;REFLEVEL:METHOD  
PERCENT;ABSOLUTE:HIGH 0.0000;LOW 0.0000;MID1  
0.0000;MID2 0.0000;:MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL:PERCENT:HIGH  
90.0000;LOW 10.0000;MID1 50.0000;MID2  
50.0000;:MEASUREMENT:INDICATORS:STATE  
OFF;NUMHORZ 0;NUMVERT 0;HORZ1 99.0000E +36;HORZ2  
99.0000E+36;HORZ3 99.0000E+36;HORZ4 99.0000E+36;VERT1  
99.0000E+36;VERT2 99.0000E+36;VERT3 99.0000E+36;VERT4  
99.0000E+36;:MEASUREMENT:STATISTICS:MODE OFF;WEIGHTING  
32;:MEASUREMENT:GATING SCREEN.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-205  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
MEASUrement:CLEARSNapshot (No Query Form)  
Removes the measurement snapshot display.  
Measurement  
Group  
Syntax  
MEASUrement:CLEARSNapshot  
Related Commands  
MEASUrement:GATing  
Species or returns the measurement gating setting.  
Measurement  
Group  
Syntax  
MEASUrement:GATing {OFF|SCREen|CURSor}  
MEASUrement:GATing?  
OFF turns off measurement gating (full record).  
Arguments  
SCREen turns on gating, using the left and right edges of the screen.  
CURSor limits measurements to the portion of the waveform between the vertical  
bar cursors, even if they are off screen.  
MEASUREMENT:GATING CURSOR turns on measurement gating using the cursors  
as limits.  
Examples  
MEASUREMENT:GATING? might return :MEASUREMENT:GATING CURSOR  
indicating that measurements are limited to the portion of the waveform between  
the vertical bar cursors.  
MEASUrement:IMMed? (Query Only)  
Returns all immediate measurement setup parameters.  
Measurement  
Group  
Syntax  
MEASUrement:IMMed?  
2-206  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
MEASUREMENT:IMMED? might return  
Examples  
:MEASUREMENT:IMMED:DELAY:DIRECTION FORWARDS;EDGE1 RISE;EDGE2  
RISE;:MEASUREMENT:IMMED:TYPE PERIOD;UNITS "s";SOURCE1  
CH1;SOURCE2 CH2  
MEASUrement:IMMed:DELay? (Query Only)  
Returns information about the immediate delay measurement. This command is  
equivalent to viewing the delay measurement settings on the measurement readout.  
Measurement  
Group  
Syntax  
MEASUrement:IMMed:DELay?  
MEASUREMENT:IMMED:DELAY? might return  
:MEASUREMENT:IMMED:DELAY:DIRECTION FORWARDS; EDGE1  
RISE;EDGE2 RISE  
Examples  
MEASUrement:IMMed:DELay:DIRection  
Sets or returns the starting point and direction that determines the delay "to" edge  
when taking an immediate delay measurement.  
NOTE. Use the MEASUrement:IMMed:SOUrce2 command to specify the delay  
"to" waveform.  
Measurement  
Group  
Syntax  
MEASUrement:IMMed:DELay:DIRection {BACKWards|FORWards}  
MEASUrement:IMMed:DELay:DIRection?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
BACKWards starts the search at the end of the waveform and looks for the last  
rising or falling edge in the waveform.  
FORWards starts the search at the beginning of the waveform and looks for the  
rst rising or falling edge in the waveform.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-207  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
MEASUREMENT:IMMED:DELAY:DIRECTION FORWARDS starts searching from the  
beginning of the waveform record and looks for the rst rising or falling edge.  
Examples  
MEASUREMENT:IMMED:DELAY:DIRECTION? might return  
:MEASUREMENT:IMMED:DELAY:DIRECTION BACKWARDS indicating  
that searching begins at the end of the waveform record and looks for the last  
rising or falling edge.  
MEASUrement:IMMed:DELay:EDGE<x>  
Sets or returns the slope of the edge the oscilloscope uses for the delay "from" or  
"to" waveform when taking an immediate delay measurement.  
Measurement  
Group  
Syntax  
MEASUrement:IMMed:DELay:EDGE<x> {FALL|RISe}  
MEASUrement:IMMed:DELay:EDGE<x>?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
<x> species which waveform to use, where <x> = 1 is the "from" waveform, and  
<x> = 2 is the "to" waveform.  
FALL species the falling edge.  
RISe species the rising edge.  
MEASUREMENT:IMMED:DELAY:EDGE1 RISE species that the "from" waveform  
rising edge be used for the immediate delay measurement.  
Examples  
MEASUREMENT:IMMED:DELAY:EDGE1? returns either RISE or FALL.  
MEASUrement:IMMed:SOUrce[1]  
Sets or returns the source for all single source immediate measurements  
and species the source to measure "from" when taking an immediate delay  
measurement or phase measurement.  
NOTE. If you do not specify a numerical sufx, the source is assumed to be  
SOURCE 1.  
2-208  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
Measurement  
Group  
Syntax  
MEASUrement:IMMed:SOUrce[1] {CH<x>|MATH<y>|REF<x>|D<x>}  
MEASUrement:IMMed:SOUrce?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
CH<x> is an input channel waveform. The x variable can be expressed as an  
integer, where x is the channel number.  
MATH<y> is a math waveform. The y variable can be expressed as an integer of 1.  
REF<X> is a reference waveform. The x variable can be expressed as an integer,  
where x is the reference channel number.  
D<X> is a digital waveform. The x variable can be expressed as an integer, where x  
is the digital channel number. Digital channels are available only on MSO models.  
MEASUREMENT:IMMED:SOURCE 1 MATH1  
Examples  
species Math1 as the immediate measurement source.  
MEASUREMENT:IMMED:SOURCE? might return  
:MEASUREMENT:IMMED:SOURCE1 CH3 indicating that channel 3 is the  
immediate measurement source.  
MEASUrement:IMMed:SOUrce2  
Sets or returns the source to measure "to" for phase or delay immediate  
measurements.  
Tip: Source2 measurements only apply to phase and delay measurement types,  
which require both a target (Source1) and reference (Source2) source.  
Measurement  
Group  
Syntax  
MEASUrement:IMMed:SOUrce2 {CH<x>|MATH<y>|REF<x>|D<x>}  
MEASUrement:IMMed:SOUrce2?  
Related Commands  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-209  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
CH<x> is an input channel waveform, where x is the channel number.  
Arguments  
MATH<y> is a math waveform. The y variable can be expressed as an integer of 1.  
REF<X> is a reference waveform, where x is the reference channel number.  
D<X> is a digital waveform. The x variable can be expressed as an integer, where x  
is the digital channel number. Digital channels are available only on MSO models.  
MEASUREMENT:IMMED:SOURCE2 REF3 sets the waveform in reference memory  
location 3 as the delay "to" source when making delay measurements.  
Examples  
MEASUREMENT:IMMED:SOURCE2? might return  
:MEASUREMENT:IMMED:SOURCE2 MATH1 indicating that Math1 is the  
immediate measurement source.  
MEASUrement:IMMed:SOUrce<x>  
For SOURce1: Sets or returns the source for all single channel measurements. For  
delay or phase measurements, sets or returns the waveform to measure "from".  
For SOUrce2: Sets or returns the waveform to measure "to" when taking a delay  
measurement or phase measurement.  
Measurement  
Group  
Syntax  
MEASUrement:IMMed:SOUrce<x> {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4|MATH|D<x>}  
MEASUrement:IMMed:SOUrce<x>?  
CH1–CH4 or MATH is the source waveform.  
Arguments  
D<X> is a digital waveform. The x variable can be expressed as an integer, where x  
is the digital channel number. Digital channels are available only on MSO models.  
MEASUrement:IMMed:TYPe  
Sets or returns the immediate measurement type.  
Digital channel measurements do not have a user-settable midRef threshold. If  
you specify a digital channel measurement that is not available on MSO models,  
measurement error 2200: measurement system error occurs and 9.9e37 is returned.  
Measurement  
Group  
2-210  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
MEASUrement:IMMed:TYPe  
Syntax  
{AMPlitude|AREa|BURst|CARea|CMEan|CRMs|DELay|FALL|FREQuency  
|HIGH|LOW|MAXimum|MEAN|MINImum|NDUty|NEDGECount|NOVershoot  
|NPULSECount|NWIdth|PEDGECount|PDUty  
|PERIod|PHAse|PK2Pk|POVershoot|PPULSECount|PWIdth|RISe|RMS}  
MEASUrement:IMMed:TYPe?  
AMPlitude measures the amplitude of the selected waveform. In other words, it  
measures the high value less the low value measured over the entire waveform or  
gated region. This measurement is applicable only to the analog channels.  
Arguments  
Amplitude = High - Low  
AREa measures the voltage over time. The area is over the entire waveform or  
gated region and is measured in volt-seconds. The area measured above the  
ground is positive, while the area below ground is negative. This measurement is  
applicable only to the analog channels.  
BURst measures the duration of a burst. The measurement is made over the entire  
waveform or gated region.  
CARea (cycle area) measures the voltage over time. In other words, it measures, in  
volt-seconds, the area over the rst cycle in the waveform or the rst cycle in the  
gated region. The area measured above the common reference point is positive,  
while the area below the common reference point is negative. This measurement  
is applicable only to the analog channels.  
CMEan (cycle mean) measures the arithmetic mean over the rst cycle in the  
waveform or the rst cycle in the gated region. This measurement is applicable  
only to the analog channels.  
CRMs (cycle rms) measures the true Root Mean Square voltage over the rst  
cycle in the waveform or the rst cycle in the gated region. This measurement is  
applicable only to the analog channels.  
DELay measures the time between the middle reference (default = 50%) amplitude  
point of the source waveform and the destination waveform.  
FALL measures the time taken for the falling edge of the rst pulse in the  
waveform or gated region to fall from a high reference value (default is 90%) to  
a low reference value (default is 10%). This measurement is applicable only  
to the analog channels.  
FREQuency measures the rst cycle in the waveform or gated region. Frequency  
is the reciprocal of the period and is measured in hertz (Hz), where 1 Hz = 1  
cycle per second.  
HIGH measures the High reference (100% level, sometimes called Topline) of a  
waveform. This measurement is applicable only to the analog channels.  
LOW measures the Low reference (0% level, sometimes called Baseline) of a  
waveform. This measurement is applicable only to the analog channels.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-211  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
MAXimum nds the maximum amplitude. This value is the most positive peak  
voltage found. It is measured over the entire waveform or gated region. This  
measurement is applicable only to the analog channels.  
MEAN amplitude measurement nds the arithmetic mean over the entire waveform  
or gated region. This measurement is applicable only to the analog channels.  
MINImum nds the minimum amplitude. This value is typically the most negative  
peak voltage. It is measured over the entire waveform or gated region. This  
measurement is applicable only to the analog channels.  
NDUty (negative duty cycle) is the ratio of the negative pulse width to the signal  
period, expressed as a percentage. The duty cycle is measured on the rst cycle in  
the waveform or gated region.  
Negative Duty Cycle = ((Negative Width) / Period) × 100%  
NEDGECount is the count of falling edges.  
NOVershoot (negative overshoot) nds the negative overshoot value over the  
entire waveform or gated region. This measurement is applicable only to the  
analog channels.  
Negative Overshoot = ((Low - Minimum) / Amplitude) × 100%)  
NPULSECount is the count of negative pulses.  
NWIdth (negative width) measurement is the distance (time) between the middle  
reference (default = 50%) amplitude points of a negative pulse. The measurement  
is made on the rst pulse in the waveform or gated region.  
PDUty (positive duty cycle) is the ratio of the positive pulse width to the signal  
period, expressed as a percentage. It is measured on the rst cycle in the  
waveform or gated region.  
Positive Duty Cycle = ((Positive Width)/Period) × 100%  
PEDGECount is the count of rising edges.  
PERIod is the time required to complete the rst cycle in a waveform or gated  
region. Period is the reciprocal of frequency and is measured in seconds.  
PHAse measures the phase difference (amount of time a waveform leads or lags  
the reference waveform) between two waveforms. The measurement is made  
between the middle reference points of the two waveforms and is expressed in  
degrees, where 360° represents one waveform cycle.  
PK2Pk (peak-to-peak) nds the absolute difference between the maximum and  
minimum amplitude in the entire waveform or gated region. This measurement is  
applicable only to the analog channels.  
POVershoot is the positive overshoot value over the entire waveform or gated  
region. This measurement is applicable only to the analog channels.  
Positive Overshoot = ((Maximum - High) / Amplitude) ×100%  
2-212  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
PPULSECount is the count of positive pulses.  
PWIdth (positive width) is the distance (time) between the middle reference  
(default = 50%) amplitude points of a positive pulse. The measurement is made  
on the rst pulse in the waveform or gated region.  
RISe timing measurement nds the rise time of the waveform. The rise time is  
the time it takes for the leading edge of the rst pulse encountered to rise from a  
low reference value (default is 10%) to a high reference value (default is 90%).  
This measurement is applicable only to the analog channels.  
RMS amplitude measurement nds the true Root Mean Square voltage in the  
entire waveform or gated region. This measurement is applicable only to the  
analog channels.  
MEASUREMENT:IMMED:TYPE FREQUENCY denes the immediate measurement to  
be a frequency measurement.  
Examples  
MEASUREMENT:IMMED:TYPE? might return :MEASUREMENT:IMMED:TYPe RMS  
indicating that the immediate measurement is the true Root Mean Square voltage.  
MEASUrement:IMMed:UNIts? (Query Only)  
Returns the units of the immediate measurement:  
VOLTS, VOLTS SQUARED, SEC, HERTZ, PERCENT, DIVS, SAMPLES,  
OHMS, AMPS, WATTS, MINUTES, DEGREES, UNKNOWN, AMPS  
SQUARED, HOURS, DAYS, DB, BYTES, INVERSE HERTZ, IRE, V OVER V,  
V OVER A, VOLTS WATTS, V OVER W, VOLTS DB, V OVER DB, A OVER  
V, A OVER A, AMPS WATTS, A OVER W, AMPS DB, A OVER DB, WATTS  
VOLTS, W OVER V, WATTS AMPS, W OVER A, WATTS SQUARED, W  
OVER W, WATTS DB, W OVER DB, DB VOLTS, DB OVER V, DB AMPS, DB  
OVER A, DB WATTS, DB OVER W, DB SQUARED, DB OVER DB, VOLTS  
SEC, AMPS SEC, WATTS SEC, V OVER S, A OVER S, W OVER S  
Measurement  
Group  
Syntax  
MEASUrement:IMMed:UNIts?  
MEASUREMENT:IMMED:UNITS? might return  
Examples  
:MEASUREMENT:IMMED:UNIts "s"  
indicating that units for the immediate measurement are in seconds.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-213  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
MEASUrement:IMMed:VALue? (Query Only)  
Returns the value of the measurement specied by the MEASUrement:IMMed:  
TYPe command. The measurement is immediately taken on the source(s)  
specied by a MEASUrement:IMMed:SOUrce command.  
NOTE. A change to HORizontal:MAIn:SCALe or CH<x>:SCALe will not  
necessarily have taken affect if immediately followed by this command.  
Measurement  
Group  
Syntax  
MEASUrement:IMMed:VALue?  
Related Commands  
MEASUREMENT:IMMED:VALUE? might return :MEASUREMENT:IMMED:VALUE  
9.9000E+37. If the measurement has an error or warning associated with it,  
then an item is added to the error queue. The error can be checked for with the  
*ESR? and ALLEv? commands.  
Examples  
MEASUrement:INDICators? (Query Only)  
Returns all measurement indicator parameters.  
Measurement  
Group  
Syntax  
MEASUrement:INDICators?  
MEASUREMENT:INDICATORS? might return  
Examples  
MEASUREMENT:INDICATORS:STATE MEAS1;NUMHORZ 0;NUMVERT 4;HORZ1  
7.5E0;HORZ2 -3.400000095367E0;HORZ3 0.0E0;HORZ4 0.0E0;VERT1  
-6.351123E-6;VERT2 -3.179753E-6;VERT3 -6.40943E-6;VERT4  
-6.403E-6  
MEASUrement:INDICators:HORZ<x>? (Query Only)  
Returns the position of the specied horizontal measurement indicator <x>, where  
<x> can be 1, 2, 3, or 4.  
2-214  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
Measurement  
Group  
Syntax  
MEASUrement:INDICators:HORZ<x>?  
MEASUREMENT:INDICATORS:HORZ1? might return  
MEASUREMENT:INDICATORS:HORZ1 -2.0E-3 indicating that horizontal  
indicator1 has a value of -2mV.  
Examples  
MEASUrement:INDICators:NUMHORZ? (Query Only)  
Returns the number of horizontal measurement indicators currently being  
displayed.  
Measurement  
Group  
Syntax  
MEASUrement:INDICators:NUMHORZ?  
MEASUREMENT:INDICATORS:NUMHORZ? might return  
MEASUREMENT:INDICATORS:NUMHORZ 2 indicating there are currently  
2 horizontal lines drawn on the graticule. The indicators show where the  
measurement specied by MEASUrement:INDICators:STATE is being  
performed.  
Examples  
MEASUrement:INDICators:NUMVERT? (Query Only)  
Returns the number of vertical measurement indicators currently being displayed.  
Measurement  
Group  
Syntax  
MEASUrement:INDICators:NUMVERT?  
MEASUREMENT:INDICATORS:NUMVERT? might return  
Examples  
MEASUREMENT:INDICATORS:NUMVERT 2 indicating there are currently 2  
vertical lines drawn on the graticule. The indicators show where the measurement  
specied by MEASUrement:INDICators:STATE is being performed.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-215  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
MEASUrement:INDICators:STATE  
Sets or returns the state of visible measurement indicators.  
Measurement  
Group  
Syntax  
MEASUrement:INDICators:STATE {OFF|MEAS<x>}  
MEASUrement:INDICators:STATE?  
OFF turns the visible measurement indicators off.  
Arguments  
MEAS<x> displays the visible measurement indicators for measurement <x>,  
where <x> can be 1, 2, 3, or 4.  
NOTE. There must be an active measurement before you can activate an indicator  
for a specied measurement.  
MEASUREMENT:INDICATORS:STATE MEAS2 turns on the display of visible  
measurement indicators for measurement 2.  
Examples  
MEASUREMENT:INDICATORS:STATE? might return  
MEASUREMENT:INDICATORS:STATE OFF indicating that no measurement  
indicators are active.  
MEASUrement:INDICators:VERT<x>? (Query Only)  
Returns the value of the specied vertical measurement indicator <x> from the  
trigger point, where <x> can be 1, 2, 3, or 4. A negative value means that the  
indicator is positioned earlier in the waveform record than the trigger point.  
Measurement  
Group  
Syntax  
MEASUrement:INDICators:VERT<x>?  
MEASUREMENT:INDICATORS:VERT2? might return  
MEASUREMENT:INDICATORS:VERT2 -3.724507E-6 indicating that the  
second measurement indicator is positioned 3.72 μs before the trigger point.  
Examples  
2-216  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
MEASUrement:MEAS<x>? (Query Only)  
Returns all measurement parameters for the specied active measurement <x>.  
Measurement  
Group  
Syntax  
MEASUrement:MEAS<x>?  
MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:COUNt? (Query Only)  
Returns the number of values accumulated for this measurement since the last  
statistical reset. Values may be ignored if they generated an error. Measurements  
are specied by x, which ranges from 1 through 4.  
Measurement  
Group  
Syntax  
MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:COUNt?  
MEASUREMENT:MEAS3:COUNT? might return :MEASUREMENT:MEAS3:COUNT  
3247.  
Examples  
MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:DELay? (Query Only)  
Returns the delay measurement parameters for the measurement specied by  
<x>, which ranges from 1 through 4.  
Measurement  
Group  
Syntax  
MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:DELay?  
MEASUREMENT:MEAS1? might return  
:MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:DELAY:DIRECTION FORWARDS;EDGE1 RISE;EDGE2  
Examples  
RISE.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-217  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:DELay:DIRection  
Sets or returns the starting point and direction that determines the delay "to" edge  
when taking a delay measurement. Use the MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:SOURCE2  
command to specify the waveform.  
Measurement  
Group  
Syntax  
MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:DELay:DIRection {BACKWards|FORWards}  
MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:DELay:DIRection?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
BACKWards means the search starts at the end of the waveform and  
looks for the last rising or falling edge in the waveform. Use the  
MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:DELay:EDGE<x> command to specify the slope  
of the edge.  
FORWards means the search starts at the beginning of the waveform  
and looks for the rst rising or falling edge in the waveform. Use the  
MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:DELay:EDGE<x> command to specify the slope  
of the edge.  
MEASUREMENT:MEAS3:DELAY:DIRECTION BACKWARDS starts searching from  
the end of the waveform record.  
Examples  
MEASUREMENT:MEAS3:DELAY:DIRECTION? might return  
:MEASUREMENT:MEAS3:DELAY:DIRECTION BACKWARDS indicating  
that the current search direction is backwards.  
MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:DELay:EDGE<x>  
Sets or returns the slope of the edge used for the delay "from" or "to" waveform  
when taking an immediate delay measurement. The waveform is specied by  
Measurement  
Group  
Syntax  
MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:DELay:EDGE<x> {FALL|RISe}  
MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:DELay:EDGE<x>?  
2-218  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
<x> species which waveform to use, where <x> = 1 is the "from" waveform, and  
<x> = 2 is the "to" waveform.  
Arguments  
Examples  
FALL species the falling edge.  
RISe species the rising edge.  
MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:DELAY:EDGE1 RISE species that the "from" waveform  
rising edge be used for the immediate delay measurement.  
MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:DELAY:EDGE1? returns either RISE or FALL.  
MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:MAXimum? (Query Only)  
Returns the maximum value found for this measurement since the last statistical  
reset. Measurements are specied by x, which ranges from 1 through 4.  
Measurement  
Group  
Syntax  
MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:MAXimum?  
MEASUREMENT:MEAS3:MAXIMUM? might return  
:MEASUREMENT:MEAS3:MAXIMUM 4.18E-9.  
Examples  
MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:MEAN? (Query Only)  
Returns the mean value accumulated for this measurement since the last statistical  
reset. Measurements are specied by x, which ranges from 1 through 4.  
Measurement  
Group  
Syntax  
MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:MEAN?  
MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:MEAN? might return :MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:MEAN  
514.71E-09.  
Examples  
MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:MINImum? (Query Only)  
Returns the minimum value for this measurement since the last statistical reset.  
Measurements are specied by <x>, which ranges from 1 through 4.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-219  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
Measurement  
Group  
Syntax  
MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:MINImum?  
MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:MINIMUM? might return  
:MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:MINIMUM 1.75E-09.  
Examples  
MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:SOURCE[1]  
Sets or returns the source for all single source measurements and species  
the source to measure "from" when taking a delay measurement or phase  
measurement. Measurements are specied by <x>, which ranges from 1 through 4.  
Measurement  
Group  
Syntax  
MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:SOURCE[1] {CH<x>|MATH<y>|REF<x>|D<x>}  
MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:SOURCE[1]?  
CH<x> is an input channel waveform, where x is the channel number.  
MATH<y> is a math waveform, where y is 1.  
Arguments  
REF<x> is a reference waveform, where x is the reference channel number.  
D<x> is a digital waveform, where x is the digital channel number. Digital  
channels are available only on MSO models.  
MEASUREMENT:MEAS2:SOURCE1 MATH1 species Math 1 as the measurement  
2 source.  
Examples  
MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:SOURCE1? might return  
:MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:SOURCE[1] MATH1 indicating that Math1 is the  
measurement 2 source.  
MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:SOURCE2  
Sets or returns the reference source to measure "to" when taking a delay  
measurement or phase measurement. Measurements are specied by <x>, which  
ranges from 1 through 4.  
Tip: Source2 measurements only apply to phase and delay measurement types,  
which require both a target (Source1) and reference (Source2) source.  
2-220  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
Measurement  
Group  
Syntax  
MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:SOURCE2 {CH<x>|MATH<y>|REF<x>|D<x>}  
MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:SOURCE2?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
CH<x> is an input channel waveform, where x is the channel number.  
MATH<y> is the math waveform, which is always 1.  
REF<x> is a reference waveform, where x is the reference channel number.  
D<x> is a digital waveform, where x is the digital channel number. Digital  
channels are available only on MSO models.  
MEASUREMENT:MEAS4:SOURCE2 CH1 species CH1 as the delay "to" source  
when making delay measurement.  
Examples  
MEASUREMENT:MEAS2:SOURCE2? might return  
:MEASUREMENT:MEAS2:SOURCE2 MATH1 indicating that Math 1 is the  
measurement 2 source.  
MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:SOUrce<x>  
For SOURce1: Sets or returns the source for all single channel measurements. For  
delay or phase measurements, sets or returns the waveform to measure "from".  
For SOUrce2: Sets or returns the waveform to measure "to" when taking a delay  
measurement or phase measurement.  
Measurement  
Group  
Syntax  
MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:SOUrce<x> {CH<x>|MATH|D<x>}  
MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:SOUrce<x>?  
CH<x> is an input channel waveform, where x is the channel number.  
Arguments  
MATH is the math waveform.  
REF<x> is a reference waveform, where x is the reference channel number.  
D<x> is a digital waveform, where x is the digital channel number. Digital  
channels are available only on MSO models.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-221  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:STATE  
Sets or returns whether the specied measurement slot is computed and displayed.  
The measurement slot is specied by <x>, which ranges from 1 through 4.  
For a measurement to display, you must have selected a source waveform  
and dened the measurement you want to take and display. You select the  
measurement using the MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:SOURCE[1] command.  
You dene the measurement type using the MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:TYPe  
command.  
Measurement  
Group  
Syntax  
MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:STATE {OFF|ON|<NR1>}  
MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:STATE?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
OFF disables calculation and display of the specied measurement slot.  
ON enables calculation and display of the specied measurement slot.  
<NR1> = 0 disables calculation and display of the specied measurement slot; any  
other value enables calculation and display of the specied measurement slot.  
MEASUREMENT:MEAS2:STATE ON computes and displays the measurement  
dened as measurement 2.  
Examples  
MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:STATE? might return :MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:STATE 0  
indicating that measurement dened for measurement slot 1 is disabled.  
MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:STDdev? (Query Only)  
Returns the standard deviation of values accumulated for this measurement since  
the last statistical reset. Measurements are specied by <x>, the measurement  
slots, from 1 through 4.  
Measurement  
Group  
Syntax  
MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:STDdev?  
2-222  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:STDDEV? might return :MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:STDDEV  
21.0E-12.  
Examples  
MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:TYPe  
Sets or returns the measurement type dened for the specied measurement slot.  
The measurement slot is specied by <x>, which ranges from 1 through 4.  
Digital channel measurements do not have a user-settable midRef threshold. If  
you specify a digital channel measurement that is not available on MSO models,  
measurement error 2200: measurement system error occurs and 9.9e37 is returned.  
Measurement  
Group  
Syntax  
MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:TYPe  
{AMPlitude|AREa|BURst|CARea|CMEan|CRMs|DELay|FALL|FREQuency  
|HIGH|LOW|MAXimum|MEAN|MINImum|NDUty|NEDGECount|NOVershoot  
|NPULSECount|NWIdth|PDUty|PEDGECount|PERIod|PHAse|PK2Pk  
|POVershoot|PPULSECount|PWIdth|RISe|RMS}  
MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:TYPe?  
AMPlitude measures the amplitude of the selected waveform. In other words, it  
measures the high value less the low value measured over the entire waveform or  
gated region. This measurement is applicable only to the analog channels.  
Arguments  
Amplitude = High - Low  
AREa measures the voltage over time. The area is over the entire waveform or  
gated region and is measured in volt-seconds. The area measured above the  
ground is positive, while the area below ground is negative. This measurement is  
applicable only to the analog channels.  
BURst measures the duration of a burst. The measurement is made over the entire  
waveform or gated region.  
CARea (cycle area) measures the voltage over time. In other words, it measures, in  
volt-seconds, the area over the rst cycle in the waveform or the rst cycle in the  
gated region. The area measured above the common reference point is positive,  
while the area below the common reference point is negative. This measurement  
is applicable only to the analog channels.  
CMEan (cycle mean) measures the arithmetic mean over the rst cycle in the  
waveform or the rst cycle in the gated region. This measurement is applicable  
only to the analog channels.  
CRMs (cycle rms) measures the true Root Mean Square voltage over the rst  
cycle in the waveform or the rst cycle in the gated region. This measurement is  
applicable only to the analog channels.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-223  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
DELay measures the time between the middle reference (default = 50%) amplitude  
point of the source waveform and the destination waveform. This measurement is  
applicable only to the analog channels.  
FALL measures the time taken for the falling edge of the rst pulse in the  
waveform or gated region to fall from a high reference value (default is 90%) to  
a low reference value (default is 10%). This measurement is applicable only  
to the analog channels.  
FREQuency measures the rst cycle in the waveform or gated region. Frequency  
is the reciprocal of the period and is measured in hertz (Hz), where 1 Hz = 1  
cycle per second.  
HIGH measures the High reference (100% level, sometimes called Topline) of a  
waveform. This measurement is applicable only to the analog channels.  
LOW measures the Low reference (0% level, sometimes called Baseline) of a  
waveform. This measurement is applicable only to the analog channels.  
MAXimum nds the maximum amplitude. This value is the most positive peak  
voltage found. It is measured over the entire waveform or gated region. This  
measurement is applicable only to the analog channels.  
MEAN amplitude measurement nds the arithmetic mean over the entire waveform  
or gated region. This measurement is applicable only to the analog channels.  
MINImum nds the minimum amplitude. This value is typically the most negative  
peak voltage. It is measured over the entire waveform or gated region. This  
measurement is applicable only to the analog channels.  
NDUty (negative duty cycle) is the ratio of the negative pulse width to the signal  
period, expressed as a percentage. The duty cycle is measured on the rst cycle in  
the waveform or gated region.  
Negative Duty Cycle = ((Negative Width) / Period) × 100%  
NEDGECount is the count of negative edges.  
NOVershoot (negative overshoot) nds the negative overshoot value over the  
entire waveform or gated region. This measurement is applicable only to the  
analog channels.  
Negative Overshoot = ((Low - Minimum) / Amplitude) × 100%)  
NPULSECount is the count of negative pulses.  
NWIdth (negative width) measurement is the distance (time) between the middle  
reference (default = 50%) amplitude points of a negative pulse. The measurement  
is made on the rst pulse in the waveform or gated region.  
PDUty (positive duty cycle) is the ratio of the positive pulse width to the signal  
period, expressed as a percentage. It is measured on the rst cycle in the  
waveform or gated region.  
Positive Duty Cycle = ((Positive Width)/Period) × 100%  
2-224  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
PEDGECount is the count of positive edges.  
PERIod is the time required to complete the rst cycle in a waveform or gated  
region. Period is the reciprocal of frequency and is measured in seconds.  
PHAse measures the phase difference (amount of time a waveform leads or lags  
the reference waveform) between two waveforms. The measurement is made  
between the middle reference points of the two waveforms and is expressed in  
degrees, where 360° represents one waveform cycle.  
PK2Pk (peak-to-peak) nds the absolute difference between the maximum and  
minimum amplitude in the entire waveform or gated region. This measurement is  
applicable only to the analog channels.  
POVershoot is the positive overshoot value over the entire waveform or gated  
region. This measurement is applicable only to the analog channels.  
Positive Overshoot = ((Maximum - High) / Amplitude) ×100%  
PPULSECount is the count of positive pulses.  
PWIdth (positive width) is the distance (time) between the middle reference  
(default = 50%) amplitude points of a positive pulse. The measurement is made  
on the rst pulse in the waveform or gated region.  
RISe timing measurement nds the rise time of the waveform. The rise time is  
the time it takes for the leading edge of the rst pulse encountered to rise from a  
low reference value (default is 10%) to a high reference value (default is 90%).  
This measurement is applicable only to the analog channels.  
RMS amplitude measurement nds the true Root Mean Square voltage in the  
entire waveform or gated region. This measurement is applicable only to the  
analog channels.  
MEASUREMENT:MEAS2:TYPE FREQUENCY denes measurement 2 as a  
measurement of the frequency of a waveform.  
Examples  
MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:TYPE? might return :MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:TYPE RMS  
indicating that measurement 1 is dened to measure the RMS value of a waveform.  
MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:UNIts? (Query Only)  
Returns the units associated with the specied measurement. The measurement  
slots are specied by <x>, which ranges from 1 through 4.  
Measurement  
Group  
Syntax  
MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:UNIts?  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-225  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
Related Commands  
Examples  
MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:UNITS? might return :MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:UNIts %  
indicating units for measurement 1 are set to percent.  
MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:VALue? (Query Only)  
Returns a calculate value for the measurement specied by <x>, which ranges  
from 1 through 4.  
NOTE. This is the same value as displayed on-screen. If measurement statistics  
are enabled, a new value is calculated with every waveform. In addition, this  
value is updated approximately every 1/3 second. If you are acquiring a long  
acquisition record, the oscilloscope may take longer to update.  
Measurement  
Group  
Syntax  
MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:VALue?  
Related Commands  
Examples  
MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:VALUE? might return :MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:VALue  
2.8740E-06. If the measurement has an error or warning associated with it,  
then an item is added to the error queue. The error can be checked for with the  
*ESR? and ALLEv? commands.  
MEASUrement:METHod  
Sets or returns the method used to calculate the 0% and 100% reference level.  
Measurement  
Group  
Syntax  
MEASUrement:METHod {Auto|HIStogram|MINMax}  
MEASUrement:METHod?  
Related Commands  
2-226  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
Auto selects the best method for each data set.  
Arguments  
HIStogram sets the high and low waveform levels statistically using a histogram  
algorithm.  
MINMax uses the highest and lowest values of the waveform record. This selection  
is best for examining waveforms with no large, at portions of a common value,  
such as sine waves and triangle waves.  
MEASUREMENT:METHOD? might return :MEASUREMENT:METHOD MINMAX  
indicating that the reference levels are set to MIN and MAX.  
Examples  
MEASUrement:REFLevel? (Query Only)  
Returns the current reference level parameters.  
Measurement  
Group  
Syntax  
MEASUrement:REFLevel?  
MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL? might return these reference  
level settings :MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL:METHOD  
Examples  
PERCENT;ABSOLUTE:HIGH 0.0000;LOW 0.0000;MID1 0.0000 ;MID2  
0.0000;:MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL:PERCENT:HIGH 90.0000;LOW  
10.0000;MID1 50.0000 ;MID2 50.0000  
MEASUrement:REFLevel:ABSolute:HIGH  
Sets or returns the high reference level, and is the upper reference level when  
MEASUrement:REFLevel:METHod is set to Absolute. This command affects the  
results of rise and fall measurements.  
NOTE. this command affects the associated reference level parameter for all  
MEASurements:IMMed and the four periodic measurements.  
Measurement  
Group  
Syntax  
MEASUrement:REFLevel:ABSolute:HIGH <NR3>  
MEASUrement:REFLevel:ABSolute:HIGH?  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-227  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
Related Commands  
<NR3> is the high reference level, in volts. The default is 0.0 V.  
Arguments  
Examples  
MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL:ABSOLUTE:HIGH 1.71 sets the high reference level  
to 1.71 V.  
MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL:ABSOLUTE:HIGH? might return  
:MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL:ABSOLUTE:HIGH 1.7100E+00 indicating that the  
absolute high reference level is set to 1.71 V.  
MEASUrement:REFLevel:ABSolute:LOW  
Sets or returns the low reference level, and is the lower reference level when  
MEASUrement:REFLevel:METHod is set to Absolute.  
NOTE. this command affects the associated reference level parameter for all  
MEASurements:IMMed and the four periodic measurements.  
Measurement  
Group  
Syntax  
MEASUrement:REFLevel:ABSolute:LOW <NR3>  
MEASUrement:REFLevel:ABSolute:LOW?  
Related Commands  
<NR3> is the low reference level, in volts. The default is 0.0 V.  
Arguments  
Examples  
MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL:ABSOLUTE:LOW 0.0 sets the low reference level  
to 0.0 V.  
MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL:ABSOLUTE:LOW? might return  
:MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL:ABSOLUTE:LOW 0.0000E+00 indicating  
that the absolute low reference level is set to 0.0 V.  
2-228  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
MEASUrement:REFLevel:ABSolute:MID[1]  
Sets or returns the mid reference level, and is the 50% reference level when  
MEASUrement:REFLevel:METHod is set to Absolute. This command affects the  
results of period, frequency, delay, and all cyclic measurements.  
NOTE. this command affects the associated reference level parameter for all  
MEASurements:IMMed and the four periodic measurements.  
Measurement  
Group  
Syntax  
MEASUrement:REFLevel:ABSolute:MID[1] <NR3>  
MEASUrement:REFLevel:ABSolute:MID[1]?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
<NR3> is the mid reference level, in volts. The default is 0.0 V.  
MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL:ABSOLUTE:MID 1 .71 sets the mid reference level  
to .71 V.  
Examples  
MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL:ABSOLUTE:MID? might return  
:MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL:ABSOLUTE:MID 0.7100E+00 indicating  
that the absolute mid1 reference level is set to .71 V.  
MEASUrement:REFLevel:ABSolute:MID2  
Sets or returns the mid reference level for the "to" waveform when  
taking a delay measurement, and is the 50% reference level when  
MEASUrement:REFLevel:METHod is set to Absolute. This command affects the  
results of delay measurements.  
NOTE. this command affects the associated reference level parameter for all  
MEASurements:IMMed and the four periodic measurements.  
Measurement  
Group  
Syntax  
MEASUrement:REFLevel:ABSolute:MID2 <NR3>  
MEASUrement:REFLevel:ABSolute:MID2?  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-229  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
<NR3> is the mid reference level, in volts. The default is 0.0 V.  
MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL:ABSOLUTE:MID2 0.5 sets the mid reference level for  
the delay waveform to 0.5 V.  
Examples  
MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL:ABSOLUTE:MID2? might return  
:MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL:ABSOLUTE:MID2 0.5000E+00 indicating that the  
absolute mid2 reference level is set to 0.5 V.  
MEASUrement:REFLevel:ABSolute:MID<x>  
Sets or returns the mid reference level for channel <x>, where x is the  
measurement channel.  
Measurement  
Group  
Syntax  
MEASUrement:REFLevel:ABSolute:MID<x> <NR3>  
MEASUrement:REFLevel:ABSolute:MID<x>?  
<NR3> is the mid reference level in volts.  
Arguments  
MEASUrement:REFLevel:METHod  
Species or returns the reference level units used for measurement calculations.  
NOTE. this command affects the associated reference level parameter  
for all MEASurements:IMMed and the eight periodic measurements.  
To change the parameter for individual measurements, use the  
MEASUrement:MEAS<x>:REFLevel commands.  
Measurement  
Group  
Syntax  
MEASUrement:REFLevel:METHod {ABSolute|PERCent}  
MEASUrement:REFLevel:METHod?  
ABSolute species that the reference levels are set explicitly using the  
MEASUrement:REFLevel:ABSolute commands. This method is useful when  
Arguments  
2-230  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
precise values are required (for example, when designing to published interface  
specications, such as RS-232-C).  
PERCent species that the reference levels are calculated as a percent  
relative to HIGH and LOW. The percentages are dened using the  
MEASUrement:REFLevel:PERCent commands.  
MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL:METHOD ABSOLUTE species that explicit  
user-dened values are used for the reference levels.  
Examples  
MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL:METHOD? might return  
:MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL:METHOD PERCENT indicating that the reference  
level units used are calculated as a percent relative to HIGH and LOW.  
MEASUrement:REFLevel:PERCent:HIGH  
Sets or returns the percent (where 100% is equal to HIGH) used to calculate the  
high reference level when MEASUrement:REFLevel:METHod is set to Percent.  
This command affects the results of rise and fall measurements.  
NOTE. This command affects the associated reference level parameter for all  
MEASurements:IMMed and the four periodic measurements.  
Measurement  
Group  
Syntax  
MEASUrement:REFLevel:PERCent:HIGH <NR3>  
MEASUrement:REFLevel:PERCent:HIGH?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
<NR3> is the high reference level, ranging from 0 to 100%. The default high  
reference level is 90%.  
MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL:PERCENT:HIGH 95 sets the high reference level  
to 95% of HIGH.  
Examples  
MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL:PERCENT:HIGH? might return  
:MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL:PERCENT:HIGH 90 indicating that the  
percentage high reference level is set to 90% of HIGH.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-231  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
MEASUrement:REFLevel:PERCent:LOW  
Sets or returns the percent (where 100% is equal to HIGH) used to calculate the  
low reference level when MEASUrement:REFLevel:METHod is set to Percent.  
This command affects the results of rise and fall measurements.  
NOTE. this command affects the associated reference level parameter for all  
MEASurements:IMMed and the four periodic measurements.  
Measurement  
Group  
Syntax  
MEASUrement:REFLevel:PERCent:LOW <NR3>  
MEASUrement:REFLevel:PERCent:LOW?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
<NR3> is the low reference level, ranging from 0 to 100%. The default low  
reference level is 10%.  
MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL:PERCENT:LOW 15 sets the high reference level to  
15% of HIGH.  
Examples  
MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL:PERCENT:LOW? might return  
:MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL:PERCENT:LOW 10 indicating that the  
percentage high reference level is set to 10% of HIGH.  
MEASUrement:REFLevel:PERCent:MID[1]  
Sets or returns the percent (where 100% is equal to HIGH) that is used to calculate  
the mid reference level when MEASUrement:REFLevel:METHod is set to  
Percent. This command affects the results of period, frequency, delay, and all  
cyclic measurements.  
NOTE. this command affects the associated reference level parameter for all  
MEASurements:IMMed and the four periodic measurements.  
Measurement  
Group  
2-232  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
MEASUrement:REFLevel:PERCent:MID[1] <NR3>  
MEASUrement:REFLevel:PERCent:MID[1]?  
Syntax  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
<NR3> is the mid reference level, ranging from 0 to 100%. The default mid  
reference level is 50%.  
MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL:PERCENT:MID 1 60 sets the mid reference level  
to 60% of HIGH.  
Examples  
MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL:PERCENT:MID? might return  
:MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL:PERCENT:MID 65 indicating that the  
percentage mid reference level is set to 65% of HIGH.  
MEASUrement:REFLevel:PERCent:MID2  
Sets or returns the percent (where 100% is equal to HIGH) that is used to  
calculate the mid reference level for the second waveform specied when  
MEASUrement:REFLevel:METHod is set to Percent. This command affects the  
results of delay measurements.  
NOTE. this command affects the associated reference level parameter for all  
MEASurements:IMMed and the four periodic measurements.  
Measurement  
Group  
Syntax  
MEASUrement:REFLevel:PERCent:MID2 <NR3>  
MEASUrement:REFLevel:PERCent:MID2?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
<NR3> is the mid reference level, ranging from 0 to 100%. The default mid  
reference level is 50%.  
MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL:PERCENT:MID2 40 sets the mid2 reference level  
to 40% of HIGH.  
Examples  
MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL:PERCENT:MID2? might return  
:MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL:PERCENT:MID2 45 indicating that the  
percentage mid2 reference level is set to 45% of HIGH.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-233  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
MEASUrement:REFLevel:PERCent:MID<x>  
Sets or returns the mid reference level for channel <x>, where x is the  
measurement channel.  
Measurement  
Group  
Syntax  
MEASUrement:REFLevel:PERCent:MID<x> <NR3>  
MEASUrement:REFLevel:PERCent:MID<x>?  
<NR3> is the mid reference level in percent.  
Arguments  
MEASUrement:SNAPShot (No Query Form)  
Displays the measurement snapshot list on the oscilloscope screen. The list  
contains the immediate values for all available measurements of the active signal.  
Measurement  
Group  
Syntax  
MEASUrement:SNAPShot  
MEASUrement:STATIstics (No Query Form)  
Clears all of the statistics accumulated for all periodic measurements (MEAS1  
through MEAS4).  
The query form returns statistic settings.  
Measurement  
Group  
Syntax  
MEASUrement:STATIstics RESET  
MEASUrement:STATIstics?  
RESET clears the measurements.  
Arguments  
MEASUrement:STATIstics:MODE  
Controls the operation and display of management statistics.  
2-234  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
               
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
Measurement  
Group  
Syntax  
MEASUrement:STATIstics:MODE {OFF|ON}  
MEASUrement:STATIstics:MODE?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
OFF turns all measurements off. This is the default value.  
ON turns on statistics and displays all statistics for each measurement.  
MEASUREMENT:STATISTICS:MODE OFF turns statistic measurements off.  
Examples  
MEASUREMENT:STATISTICS:MODE? might return  
:MEASUREMENT:STATISTICS:MODE ON indicating that measurement statistics  
are turned on and all statistics are being displayed for each measurement.  
MEASUrement:STATIstics:WEIghting  
Sets or returns the time constant for mean and standard deviation statistical  
accumulations.  
Measurement  
Group  
Syntax  
MEASUrement:STATIstics:WEIghting <NR1>  
MEASUrement:STATIstics:WEIghting?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
<NR1> is the number of samples used for the mean and standard deviation  
statistical accumulations.  
MEASUREMENT:STATISTICS:WEIGHTING 4 sets statistical weighting to four  
samples.  
Examples  
MEASUREMENT:STATISTICS:WEIGHTING? might return  
:MEASUREMENT:STATISTICS:WEIGHTING 4 indicating that  
measurement statistics weighting is currently set to 4 samples.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-235  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
MESSage  
This command sets or queries message box (screen annotation) parameters.  
Display  
Group  
Syntax  
MESSage  
MESSage?  
MESSAGE? might return MESSAGE:SHOW "TP401";BOX  
271,82,292,114;STATE 0 indicating the message parameters.  
Examples  
MESSage:BOX  
Sets or returns the co-ordinates of the message box. This command does not  
display the message unless MESSage:STATE is on.  
X1 and Y1 are the screen coordinates of the top left corner of the message box.  
X2 and Y2 are the screen coordinates of the bottom right corner of the message  
box. All four coordinates are returned by the query.  
Changing the text in the message box, using the MESSAGE:SHOW command,  
automatically resizes the message box. If you want a custom message box  
size, send the MESSAGE:BOX command after changing the text using the  
MESSAGE:SHOW command.  
Message box settings and data are saved and restored in saved setups.  
Display  
Group  
Syntax  
MESSage:BOX <X1>,<Y1>[,<X2>,<Y2>]  
MESSage:BOX?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
<X1> and <X2> = 0 to 1023, and are pixel positions along the horizontal axis.  
<X1> denes the left and <X2> denes the right side of the window.  
<Y1> and <Y2> = 0 to 767, and are pixel positions along the vertical axis. <Y1>  
denes the top and <Y2> denes the bottom of the window. The reserved height  
of all characters is 16 pixels so the window must be at least that high to fully  
display characters. <X2> and <Y2> are optional because the MESSAGE:SHOW  
2-236  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
command automatically sizes the box to t the message. All four values are  
returned in a query.  
MESSage:CLEAR (No Query Form)  
Clears the contents of the message box.  
Display  
Group  
Syntax  
MESSage:CLEAR  
Related Commands  
Examples  
MESSage:CLEAR  
removes the message from the message window.  
MESSage:SHOW  
Sets or returns the contents of the message box. MESSage:SHOW <Qstring>  
denes the content of the message box. Change in string length causes automatic  
resize of the message box to t the text. The box may be resized using the  
MESSage:BOX command. The MESSage:STATE command is used to turn on  
and off the message box display.  
Display  
Group  
Syntax  
MESSage:SHOW <QString>  
MESSage:SHOW?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
<QString> is the message and can include any of the characters shown in  
the Character Set, Appendix A. The maximum length of the message is 1000  
characters; the instrument ignores longer strings.  
The message box size is set to t the message. You can also set the message area  
height and width using the MESSage:BOX command. The length of the message  
that ts in the message area depends on the contents of the message because  
the width of characters varies.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-237  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
If the message exceeds the limits of the message box, either horizontally or  
vertically, the portion of the message that exceeds the limits will not be displayed.  
The message string itself is not altered. The entire message can be returned as a  
query response regardless of what is displayed in the message box.  
The message is left-justied, and is displayed on a single line starting with the  
top most line in the window. A new line character can be embedded in the string  
to position the message on multiple lines. You can also use white space and tab  
characters to position the message within a line. Text which does not t within  
the message box is truncated. Dening a message box text string erases any  
previously displayed text within the message box.  
You can send a tab by transmitting a tab character (\t or \x09) followed characters  
representing the most signicant eight bits followed by signicant eight bits of a  
16-bit number. The number species the position relative to the left margin of  
the message area. For example, to tab send TAB (\t or \x09), NUL (decimal 0),  
and CR (decimal 13).  
For example, using hexadecimal escape sequences, MESSAGE:SHOW  
’\x09\x01\x17Hello’ when sent as a command would cause the ’Hello’ to be  
displayed starting at pixel position 279 relative to the left margin set by the  
MESSAGE:BOX command. If you want to display characters starting at position  
279, then 279 = 0x0117; split the hexadecimal number into two characters 0x01  
and 0x17 and send \x09\x01\x17.  
Special characters which control decoration are two character sequences where the  
rst character is an escape (0x1b) and the second character is as described below.  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
0
If set, inverse video is toggled from current state and the following text  
is displayed in the new inverse state until the state is toggled again.  
Remaining bits are ignored  
Bit 5  
If set, the color index in the four LSB’s (bits 0 through 3) is applied to  
the foreground or background color depending on the fg/bg bit (bit 4).  
Bit 4  
If set, color change is applied to the background, otherwise applies to  
the foreground.  
Bit 0 – 3  
Species the color index (0 through 15) to change color as specied  
below:  
Index 0  
Index 1  
Index 2  
Index 3  
Index 4  
Index 5  
Index 6  
Index 7  
Index 8  
Black (background)  
Yellow (Ch 1)  
Cyan (Ch 2)  
Magenta (Ch 3)  
Green (Ch 4)  
Red (math)  
White (reference)  
Orange  
Gray (Graticule)  
2-238  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
Index 9  
White (text)  
Tek blue  
Index 10  
Index 11  
Index 12  
Index 13  
Index 14  
Index 15  
Bright blue  
Undened  
Blue  
Undened  
Dark blue  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
If set, the foreground color is set to the default foreground color.  
If set, the background color is set to the default background color.  
Undened  
Undened  
Undened  
The ESC (escape) character followed by the @ character turns inverse video on or  
off and can be embedded in the message string. Example: “abcESC@defESC@  
ghi” species the string “abcdefghi” where the “def” portion is displayed in  
inverse video.  
Example: “abcESC#defESC)ESC@ghi” species the string “abcdefghi” where  
the “def” portion appears in the channel 3 color (magenta) and the “ghi” portion  
appears in the normal text color except it’s in inverse video.  
An alternate way to enter characters is octal escape sequences. This consists of a  
backslash followed by numerals in the standard C language printf fashion.  
Another way to enter characters is \xnn where the nn is the hexadecimal value of  
the character to display.  
An advantage of these methods is that any controller program can be used.  
Another advantage is it’s easy to access characters with the high bit set, that is,  
those characters with a decimal value greater than 127.  
An alternate way to enter certain characters is with a backslash followed by a  
single character (following “standard” Unix) as described in the table below.  
n
\
Newline (carriage return and line feed)  
Backslash (\\ is required to get a backslash character)  
t
Horizontal tab; the next 2 characters specify the pixel column to tab to  
as explained earlier  
If a backslash is followed by an undened special character, the backslash is  
ignored and the character following it is accepted as is.  
NOTE. The use of any escape codes other than those described above may  
produce unpredictable results.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-239  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
MESSage:SHOW “Hello World”  
displays “Hello world” in the upper left corner of the box (you can dene the box  
Examples  
size with the MESSAGE BOX command).  
MESSage:SHOW “Í@Hello WorldÍ@ ... hello”  
displays “Hello world ... hello” in the upper left corner of the box and the word  
“world” is displayed in inverse video. In this example, Í stands for the escape  
character. The escape character may appear differently for you depending on  
your controller program.  
MESSage:STATE  
Controls the display of the message box.  
Display  
Group  
Syntax  
MESSage:STATE {OFF|ON|<NR1>}  
MESSage:STATE?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
OFF or <NR1> = 0 removes the message window from the screen.  
ON or <NR1> 0 displays the message window and its contents on the screen.  
NEWpass (No Query Form)  
This command changes the password that enables access to password protected  
data. The PASSWord command must be successfully executed before using this  
command or an execution error will be generated.  
Miscellaneous  
Group  
Syntax  
NEWpass <QString>  
Related Commands  
2-240  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
<QString> is the new password, which can contain up to 16 characters.  
Arguments  
Examples  
NEWPASS "mypassword" creates a new password (mypassword) for accessing  
your protected data.  
*OPC  
Generates the operation complete message in the Standard Event Status Register  
(SESR) when all pending commands that generate an OPC message are complete.  
The *OPC? query places the ASCII character "1" into the output queue when all  
such OPC commands are complete. The *OPC? response is not available to read  
until all pending operations nish. (See page 3-1, Status and Events.)  
The *OPC command allows you to synchronize the operation of the oscilloscope  
with your application program. (See page 3-7, Synchronization Methods.)  
Table 2-41: Commands that Generate an OPC Message  
Operation  
Command  
Single sequence acquisition  
ACQuire:STATE {ON|NR 1}  
DIAg:STATE EXECute  
RECAll:SETUp <le path>  
RECAll:WAVEform <le path>,REF<x>  
SAVe:IMAGe <le path>  
SAVe:SETUp <le path>  
SAVe:WAVEform <wfm>, {REF<x>}  
Hard copy operation  
Calibration step  
HARDCopy START  
{STARt|PREVious|CONTinue}  
Status and Error  
Group  
Syntax  
*OPC  
*OPC?  
Related Commands  
Examples  
*OPC generates the operation complete message in the SESR at the completion of  
all pending OPC operations.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-241  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
*OPC? might return 1 to indicate that all pending OPC operations are nished.  
PASSWord(No Query Form)  
Enables the *PUD and NEWpass set commands. Sending PASSWord without any  
arguments disables these same commands. Once the password is successfully  
entered, the *PUD and NEWpass commands are enabled until the oscilloscope  
is powered off, or until the FACtory command or the PASSWord command with  
no arguments is issued.  
To change the password, you must rst enter the valid password with the  
PASSWord command and then change to your new password with the NEWpass  
command. Remember that the password is case sensitive.  
Miscellaneous  
Group  
Syntax  
PASSWord <QString>  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
<QString> is the password and can include up to 10 characters. The factory  
default password is “XYZZY” and is always valid.  
PASSWORD “XYZZY” enables the *PUD and NEWpass set commands.  
Examples  
PASSWORD disables the *PUB and NEWpass set commands. You can still use the  
query version of *PUD.  
PICTBridge:DATEPrint  
Enables or disables printing the date on the print output  
PictBridge  
Group  
Syntax  
PICTBridge:DATEPrint {DEFLT|OFF|ON}  
DEFLT is the default setting of the printer.  
ON enables the date print on the print output.  
OFF disables the date print on the print output.  
Arguments  
2-242  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
PICTBRIDGE:DATEPRINT ON enables the date print on the print output.  
Examples  
PICTBRIDGE:DATEPRINT? might return PICTBRIDGE:DATEPRINT DEFLT  
indicating the default setting of the printer.  
PICTBridge:DEFault (No Query Form)  
Sets the arguments for all PictBridge commands to their default values. The  
default values are same as printer default settings.  
PictBridge  
Group  
Syntax  
PICTBridge:DEFault  
PICTBRIDGE:DEFAULT sets all PICTBridge commands to their default values.  
Examples  
PICTBridge:IDPrint  
Enables or disables printing the oscilloscope model and serial number on the  
print output.  
PictBridge  
Group  
Syntax  
PICTBridge:IDPrint {DEFLT|OFF|ON}  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
DEFLT is the default setting of the printer.  
ON enables the oscilloscope model and serial number print on the print output.  
OFF disables the oscilloscope model and serial number print on the print output.  
PICTBRIDGE:IDPRINT ON enables the printing of oscilloscope model and serial  
number on the print output.  
Examples  
PICTBRIDGE:IDPRINT? might return PICTBRIDGE:IDPRINT OFF indicating  
that the ID print is disabled on the print output.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-243  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
PICTBridge:IMAGESize  
Sets or returns the image print size.  
PictBridge  
Group  
Syntax  
PICTBridge:IMAGESize  
{DEFLT|IN2P5BY3P25|L|IN4BY6|L2|IN8BY10|L4|E|CARD|HAGAKIPcard|CM6BY8|CM7  
A4|LETTER}  
DEFLT for a default image print size.  
Arguments  
IN2P5BY3P25 for a 2_5*3_25 image print size.  
L for a 3_5*5 image print size.  
IN4BY6 for a 4*6 image print size.  
L2 for a 5*7 image print size.  
IN8BY10 for a 8*10 image print size.  
L4 for a 254 MM*178 MM image print size.  
E for a 110 MM*74 MM image print size.  
CARD for a 89 MM*55 MM image print size.  
HAGAKIPcard for a 100 MM*148 MM image print size.  
CM6BY8 for a 6 CM*8 CM image print size.  
CM7BY10 for a 7 CM*10 CM image print size.  
CM9BY13 for a 9 CM*13 CM image print size.  
CM10BY15 for a 10 CM*15 CM image print size.  
CM13BY18 or a 13 CM*18 CM image print size.  
CM15BY21 for a 15 CM*21 CM image print size.  
CM18BY24 for a 18 CM*24 CM image print size.  
A4 for a A4 image print size.  
LETTER for a Letter image print size.  
PICTBRIDGE:IMAGESIZE CARD sets the image print size to 89 MM* 55 MM.  
Examples  
PICTBRIDGE:IMAGESIZE? might return PICTBRIDGE:IMAGESIZE DEFLT  
indicating the default image print size.  
2-244  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
PICTBridge:PAPERSize  
Sets the output print paper size.  
PictBridge  
Group  
Syntax  
PICTBridge:PAPERSize  
DEFLT|L|L2|HAGAKIPCARD|MM54BY86|MM100BY150|IN4BY6|IN8BY10|LETTER|IN11  
B4|B5|B6|B7|B8|B9|ROLL89MM|ROLL127MM|ROLL100MM|ROLL210MM}  
DEFLT for a default paper size.  
L for a paper size L  
Arguments  
L2 for a paper size 2L.  
HAGAKIPCARD for a paper size Hagaki.  
MM54BY86 for a card paper size.  
MM100BY150 for paper size of 100*150 MM.  
IN4BY6 for a paper size of 4*6.  
IN8BY10 for a paper size of 8*10.  
LETTER for a letter paper size.  
IN11BY17 for a paper size of 11*17.  
A0 for a A0 paper size.  
A1 for a A1 paper size.  
A2 for a A2 paper size.  
A3 for a A3 paper size.  
A4 for a A4 paper size.  
A5 for a A5 paper size.  
A6 for a A6 paper size.  
A7 for a A7 paper size.  
A8 for a A8 paper size..  
A9 for a A9 paper size.  
B0 for a B0 paper size.  
B1 for a B1 paper size.  
B2 for a B2 paper size.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-245  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
B3 for a B3 paper size.  
B4 for a B4 paper size.  
B5 for a B5 paper size.  
B6 for a B6 paper size.  
B7 for a B7 paper size.  
B8 for a B8 paper size.  
B9 for a B9 paper size.  
ROLL89MM for a 89 MM Roll paper size.  
ROLL127MM for a 127 MM Roll paper size.  
ROLL100MM for a 100 MM Roll paper size.  
ROLL210MM for a 210 MM Roll paper size.  
PICTBRIDGE:PAPERSIZEL sets the paper size to L.  
Examples  
PICTBRIDGE:PAPERSIZE? might return PICTBRIDGE:PAPERSIZE DEFLT  
indicating the paper size is set to Default.  
PICTBridge:PAPERType  
Sets or returns the paper type.  
PictBridge  
Group  
Syntax  
PICTBridge:PAPERType {DEFLT|PLAIN|PHOTO|FASTPHOTO}  
DEFLT for a default print paper type.  
PLAIN for a plain print paper type.  
PHOTO for a photo print paper type.  
FASTPHOTO for a fastphoto print paper type.  
Arguments  
PICTBRIDGE:PAPERTYPE PLAIN sets the paper type to Plain.  
Examples  
PICTBRIDGE:PAPERTYPE? might return PICTBRIDGE:PAPERTYPE DEFLT  
indicating the default paper type.  
2-246  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
PICTBridge:PRINTQual  
Sets or returns the output print quality.  
PictBridge  
Group  
Syntax  
PICTBridge:PRINTQual {DEFLT|NRMAL|FINE|DRAFT}  
DEFLT for the default quality print.  
NRMAL for a normal quality print.  
FINE for a ne quality print.  
Arguments  
DRAFT for a draft quality print.  
PICTBRIDGE:PRINTQUAL FINE sets the print quality to Fine.  
Examples  
PICTBRIDGE:PRINTQUAL? might return PICTBRIDGE:PRINTQUAL DEFLT  
indicating the default quality print.  
POWer:CURRENTSOurce  
Sets or returns the current source for the power application.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:CURRENTSOurce {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4|REF1|REF2|REF3|REF4}  
POWer:CURRENTSOurce?  
Syntax  
CH1–CH4 sets an analog channel as the current source.  
Arguments  
Examples  
REF1–REF4 sets a reference as the current source.  
POWER:CURRENTSOURCE CH1 sets the current source as CH1.  
POWER:CURRENTSOURCE? might return POWER:CURRENTSOURCE CH2 indicating  
that CH2 is the current source.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-247  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
POWer:DISplay  
Sets or returns the display state for the power application. This is the equivalent  
to pressing the Test button and then selecting the power application. The same  
control is provided for each application.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:DISplay {OFF|ON|0|1}  
POWer:DISplay?  
Syntax  
OFF or 0 turns off the display settings.  
Arguments  
Examples  
ON or 1 turns on the display settings.  
POWER:DISPLAY 1 turns on the display.  
POWER:DISPLAY? might return :POWER:DISPLAY 0 indicating that the display  
is off.  
POWer:GATESOurce  
Sets or returns the gate source for the power application.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:GATESOurce {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4|REF1|REF2|REF3|REF4|NONe}  
POWer:GATESOurce?  
Syntax  
CH1–CH4 sets an analog channel as the gate source.  
REF1–REF4 sets a reference as the gate source.  
Arguments  
NONe is set when the gate source is not used in the application.  
2-248  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
POWER:GATESOURCE CH1 sets the gated source as CH1.  
Examples  
POWER:GATESOURCE? might return POWER:GATESOURCE CH2 indicating that  
CH2 is the gated source.  
POWer:GATing  
Sets or returns the power application gating.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:GATing {OFF|SCREen|CURSor}  
POWer:GATing?  
Syntax  
OFF turns off measurement gating (full record).  
Arguments  
Examples  
SCREen turns on gating, using the left and right edges of the screen.  
CURSor limits measurements to the portion of the waveform between the vertical  
bar cursors, even if they are off screen.  
POWER:GATING CURSOr sets cursor gating on the oscilloscope.  
POWER:GATING? might return POWER:GATING OFF indicating that gating is  
turned off on the oscilloscope.  
POWer:HARMonics:DISPlay:SELect  
Sets or returns the harmonics to be displayed when the harmonics standard is  
NONe.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:HARMonics:DISPlay:SELect {ODD|EVEN|ALL}  
POWer:HARMonics:DISPlay:SELect?  
Syntax  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-249  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
ODD to display only odd harmonics.  
Arguments  
Examples  
EVEN to display only even harmonics.  
ALL to display both odd and even harmonics.  
POWER:HARMONICS:DISPLAY:SELECT EVEN displays only even harmonics.  
POWER:HARMONICS:DISPLAY:SELECT? might return  
:POWER:HARMONICS:DISPLAY:SELECT ALL indicating that both odd and  
even harmonics are displayed.  
POWer:HARMonics:DISPlay:TYPe  
Sets or returns the display type for harmonics tests.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:HARMonics:DISPlay:TYPe {GRAph|TABle}  
POWer:HARMonics:DISPlay:TYPe?  
Syntax  
GRAph displays harmonic tests results in graphical format.  
Arguments  
Examples  
TABle displays harmonic tests results in tabular format.  
POWER:HARMONICS:DISPLAY:TYPE GRAph sets the display type to graphical.  
POWER:HARMONICS:DISPLAY:TYPE? might return  
:POWER:HARMONICS:DISPLAY:TYPE TAB indicating that the display type is  
set to tabular.  
POWer:HARMonics:FREQRef  
Sets or returns the frequency reference used when the harmonic standard is None.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
2-250  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
POWer:HARMonics:FREQRef  
{VOLTage|CURRent|HARMSOURce|FIXEDFREQuency}  
POWer:HARMonics:FREQRef?  
Syntax  
VOLTage to use a voltage waveform as the frequency reference.  
CURRent to use a current waveform as the frequency reference.  
HARMSOURce to use a harmonic source waveform as the frequency reference.  
Arguments  
FIXEDFREQuency to use a xed frequency value instead of a waveform for the  
frequency reference.  
POWER:HARMONICS:FREQREF VOLTage sets voltage source as the frequency  
reference.  
Examples  
POWER:HARMONICS:FREQREF? might return :POWER:HARMONICS:FREQREF  
FIXEDFREQ indicating that the frequency reference is a xed value.  
POWer:HARMonics:FREQRef:FIXEDFREQValue  
Sets or returns the frequency value when the :FREQRef selection is  
FIXEDFREQuency.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:HARMonics:FREQRef:FIXEDFREQValue <NR3>  
POWer:HARMonics:FREQRef:FIXEDFREQValue?  
Syntax  
<NR3> is the xed frequency value.  
Arguments  
Examples  
POWER:HARMONICS:FREQREF:FIXEDFREQVALUE 100 sets the frequency to  
100 Hz.  
POWER:HARMONICS:FREQREF:FIXEDFREQVALUE? might return  
:POWer:HARMonics:FREQREF:FIXEDFREQVALUE 60 indicating that the xed  
frequency value is set to 60 Hz.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-251  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
POWer:HARMonics:IEC:CLAss  
Sets or returns the equipment class for IEC harmonics.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:HARMonics:IEC:CLAss {A|B|C1|C2|C3|D}  
POWer:HARMonics:IEC:CLAss?  
Syntax  
A species Class A Equipment.  
Arguments  
B species Class B Equipment.  
C1 species Class C Equipment that use Table 1 limits of the IEC standard.  
C2 species Class C Equipment that use Table 2 limits of the IEC standard.  
C3 species Class C Equipment that use Table 3 limits of the IEC standard.  
D species Class D Equipment.  
POWER:HARMONICS:IEC:CLASSB sets Equipment Class B for IEC harmonics.  
Examples  
POWER:HARMONICS:IEC:CLASS? might return  
:POWER:HARMONICS:IEC:CLASS A indicating that the Equipment Class is A  
for IEC harmonics.  
POWer:HARMonics:IEC:FILter  
Sets or returns the enabled state for ltering of IEC harmonics.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:HARMonics:IEC:FILter {OFF|ON|0|1}  
POWer:HARMonics:IEC:FILter?  
Syntax  
ON or 1 enables ltering of IEC harmonics.  
Arguments  
OFF or 0 disables ltering of IEC harmonics.  
2-252  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
POWER:HARMONICS:IEC:FILTER OFF disables ltering of IEC harmonics.  
Examples  
POWER:HARMONICS:IEC:FILTER? might return  
:POWER:HARMONICS:IEC:FILTER 1 indicating that the IEC harmonics are  
ltered.  
POWer:HARMonics:IEC:FUNDamental  
Sets or returns the rated fundamental current for IEC harmonics. Valid values  
ranges from 0 to 16 in increments of 0.1. The unit is ampere.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:HARMonics:IEC:FUNDamental <NR3>  
POWer:HARMonics:IEC:FUNDamental?  
Syntax  
<NR3> is the fundamental current in amperes.  
Arguments  
Examples  
POWER:HARMONICS:IEC:FUNDAMENTAL 1 sets the fundamental current to  
1.0000 A.  
POWER:HARMONICS:IEC:FUNDAMENTAL? might return  
:POWER:HARMONICS:IEC:FUNDAMENTAL 16 indicating that the  
fundamental current for IEC harmonics is set to 16.0000 A.  
POWer:HARMonics:IEC:GROUPing  
Sets or returns the enabled state for grouping of IEC harmonics.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:HARMonics:IEC:GROUPing {OFF|ON|1|0}  
POWer:HARMonics:IEC:GROUPing?  
Syntax  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-253  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
ON or 1 enables grouping of IEC harmonics.  
Arguments  
Examples  
OFF or 0 disables grouping of IEC harmonics.  
POWER:HARMONICS:IEC:GROUPING OFF disables grouping of IEC harmonics.  
POWER:HARMONICS:IEC:GROUPING? might return  
:POWER:HARMONICS:IEC:GROUPING 1 indicating that the grouping is enabled  
for IEC harmonics.  
POWer:HARMonics:IEC:INPUTPOWer  
Sets or returns the class D rated input power for IEC harmonics.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:HARMonics:IEC:INPUTPOWer <NR3>  
POWer:HARMonics:IEC:INPUTPOWer?  
Syntax  
<NR3> is the class D input power. Valid values ranges from 0 to 600 in  
increments of 10. The unit of measure is watt.  
Arguments  
Examples  
POWER:HARMONICS:IEC:INPUTPOWER 600 sets the class D input power to  
600 W.  
POWER:HARMONICS:IEC:INPUTPOWER? might return  
:POWER:HARMONICS:IEC:INPUTPOWER 100 indicating that the class D input  
power is set to 100 W.  
POWer:HARMonics:IEC:LINEFREQuency  
Sets or returns the line frequency for the IEC standard.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
2-254  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
POWer:HARMonics:IEC:LINEFREQuency <NR3>  
POWer:HARMonics:IEC:LINEFREQuency?  
Syntax  
<NR3> is the line frequency. The valid values are 50 and 60.  
POWER:HARMONICS:IEC:LINEFREQUENCY 50 sets the line frequency to 50 Hz.  
Arguments  
Examples  
POWER:HARMONICS:IEC:LINEFREQUENCY? might return  
:POWER:HARMONICS:IEC:LINEFREQUENCY 60 indicating that the  
line frequency value is set to 60 Hz.  
POWer:HARMonics:IEC:OBSPERiod  
Sets or returns the IEC observation period.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:HARMonics:IEC:OBSPERiod <NR3>  
POWer:HARMonics:IEC:OBSPERiod?  
Syntax  
<NR3> is the IEC observation period. Valid values ranges from 0.2 to 10 s.  
Arguments  
Examples  
POWER:HARMONICS:IEC:OBSPERIOD 3 sets the IEC observation period to  
3.0000 s.  
POWER:HARMONICS:IEC:OBSPERIOD? might return  
:POWER:HARMONICS:IEC:OBSPERIOD 10 indicating that the IEC observation  
period is set to 10 s.  
POWer:HARMonics:IEC:POWERFACtor  
Sets or returns the rated power factor for IEC harmonics.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-255  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
POWer:HARMonics:IEC:POWERFACtor <NR3>  
POWer:HARMonics:IEC:POWERFACtor?  
Syntax  
<NR3> is the power factor. Valid values ranges from 0 to 1 in increments of 0.1.  
POWER:HARMONICS:IEC:POWERFACTOR 1 sets the power factor to 1.0000.  
Arguments  
Examples  
POWER:HARMONICS:IEC:POWERFACTOR? might return  
:POWER:HARMONICS:IEC:POWERFACTOR 900.0000E-03 indicating  
that the power factor is set to 0.9.  
POWer:HARMonics:MIL:FUNDamental:CALCmethod  
Sets or returns the measurement method for the MIL harmonics fundamental  
current for use in calculating limits.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:HARMonics:MIL:FUNDamental:CALCmethod {MEAS|USER}  
POWer:HARMonics:MIL:FUNDamental:CALCmethod?  
Syntax  
MEAS species that the value of the fundamental current used in calculating limits  
is measured.  
Arguments  
USER species that the value of the fundamental current used in calculated limits  
is user dened.  
POWER:HARMONICS:MIL:FUNDAMENTAL:CALCMETHOD USER sets the  
measurement method to User.  
Examples  
POWER:HARMONICS:MIL:FUNDAMENTAL:CALCMETHOD? might return  
:POWER:HARMONICS:MIL:FUNDAMENTAL:CALCMETHOD MEAS indicating that  
the measurement method is set to Meas.  
POWer:HARMonics:MIL:FUNDamental:USER:CURRent  
Sets or returns RMS amperes for USER CALCmethod.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Conditions  
2-256  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
Power  
Group  
Syntax  
POWer:HARMonics:MIL:FUNDamental:USER:CURRent <NR3>  
POWer:HARMonics:MIL:FUNDamental:USER:CURRent?  
<NR3> is the current in amperes for USER CALCmethod.  
Arguments  
Examples  
POWER:HARMONICS:MIL:FUNDAMENTAL:USER:CURRENT 2 sets the RMS  
fundamental current to 2 A in calculating limits.  
POWER:HARMONICS:MIL:FUNDAMENTAL:USER:CURRENT? might return  
:POWER:HARMONICS:MIL:FUNDAMENTAL:USER:CURRENT 1.0000 indicating  
that the RMS fundamental current for use in calculating limits is 1.0000 A.  
POWer:HARMonics:MIL:LINEFREQuency  
Sets or returns the line frequency for MIL-STD-1399 harmonics tests. Valid  
values are 60 or 400 Hz.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:HARMonics:MIL:LINEFREQuency <NR3>  
POWer:HARMonics:MIL:LINEFREQuency?  
Syntax  
<NR3> is the line frequency for MIL standard.  
Arguments  
Examples  
POWER:HARMONICS:MIL:LINEFREQUENCY 60 sets the MIL line frequency to  
60 Hz.  
POWER:HARMONICS:MIL:LINEFREQUENCY? might return  
:POWER:HARMONICS:MIL:LINEFREQUENCY 400 indicating that the  
MIL line frequency is set to 400 Hz.  
POWer:HARMonics:MIL:POWERLEVel  
Sets or returns the power level for calculating limits for MIL-STD-1399  
harmonics tests.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-257  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Conditions  
Group  
Power  
POWer:HARMonics:MIL:POWERLEVel {LOW|HIGH}  
POWer:HARMonics:MIL:POWERLEVel?  
Syntax  
LOW species low power level for MIL-STD-1399 harmonics tests.  
Arguments  
Examples  
HIGH species high power level for MIL-STD-1399 harmonics tests.  
POWER:HARMONICS:MIL:POWERLEVEL HIGH sets the MIL power level to High.  
POWER:HARMONICS:MIL:POWERLEVEL? might return  
:POWER:HARMONICS:MIL:POWERLEVEL LOW indicating that the MIL power  
level is set to Low.  
POWer:HARMonics:NR_HARMonics  
Sets or returns the number of harmonics (value ranging from 20 to 400) when the  
harmonics standard is NONe.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:HARMonics:NR_HARMonics <NR3>  
POWer:HARMonics:NR_HARMonics?  
Syntax  
<NR3> is the number of harmonics.  
Arguments  
Examples  
POWER:HARMONICS:NR_HARMONICS 100 sets the number of harmonics to 100.  
POWER:HARMONICS:NR_HARMONICS? might return  
:POWer:HARMonics:NR_HARMONICS 40 indicating that the number of  
harmonics is set to 40.  
POWer:HARMonics:RESults:HAR<1-400>:FREQuency? (Query Only)  
Returns the frequency of the harmonic.  
2-258  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
NOTE. The command returns NA, if the current harmonic standard is set to a new  
standard other than the returned query.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:HARMonics:RESults:HAR<1-400>:FREQuency?  
Syntax  
POWER:HARMONICS:RESULTS:HAR400:FREQUENCY? might return  
:POWER:HARMONICS:RESULTS:HAR400:FREQUENCY 24000 indicating that  
the harmonic frequency is set to 24000.  
Examples  
POWer:HARMonics:RESults:HAR<1-400>:IECMAX? (Query Only)  
The IEC Standard species harmonics measurements to be computed in time  
windows, with each time window being nominally 200 ms. This returns the  
maximum of the RMS magnitude of the harmonic, computed across successive  
200 ms time windows within an observation period entered by the user.  
NOTE. The command returns NA, if the current harmonic standard is set to a new  
standard other than the returned query.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:HARMonics:RESults:HAR<1-400>:IECMAX?  
Syntax  
POWER:HARMONICS:RESULTS:HAR400:IECMAX? might return  
:POWER:HARMONICS:RESULTS:HAR400:IECMAX 1.0 indicating that the  
maximum value is 1.0 A for the 400th harmonic.  
Examples  
POWer:HARMonics:RESults:HAR<1-400>:LIMit? (Query Only)  
The IEC and MIL standards specify a limit for each harmonic magnitude. Returns  
the limit in absolute units, or as a percentage of the fundamental as specied by  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-259  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
the standard. IEC Class C (Table 2) and MIL standards specify the limit as a  
percentage of the fundamental.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:HARMonics:RESults:HAR<1-400>:LIMit?  
Syntax  
POWER:HARMONICS:RESULTS:HAR3:LIMIT? might return  
:POWER:HARMONICS:RESULTS:HAR3:LIMIT 2.30 indicating that  
the harmonic magnitude limit for IEC standard for the 3rd harmonic is set to  
2.30 A.  
Examples  
POWer:HARMonics:RESults:HAR<1-400>:PHASe? (Query Only)  
Returns the phase of the harmonic in degrees. The phase is measured relative  
to the zero-crossing of the reference waveform. When there is no reference  
waveform, the phase is relative to the fundamental component.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:HARMonics:RESults:HAR<1-400>:PHASe?  
Syntax  
POWER:HARMONICS:RESULTS:HAR400:PHASE? might return  
:POWER:HARMONICS:RESULTS:HAR400:PHASE 0 indicating that the harmonic  
phase is set to 0 in degrees.  
Examples  
POWer:HARMonics:RESults:HAR<1-400>:RMS:ABSolute? (Query Only)  
Returns the RMS magnitude of the harmonic in absolute units.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
2-260  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
POWer:HARMonics:RESults:HAR<1-400>:RMS:ABSolute?  
Syntax  
POWER:HARMONICS:RESULTS:HAR400:RMS:ABSOLUTE? might return  
:POWER:HARMONICS:RESULTS:HAR400:RMS:ABSOLUTE 1.0 indicating that  
the RMS magnitude of the harmonic is set to 1.0 A.  
Examples  
POWer:HARMonics:RESults:HAR<1-400>:RMS:PERCent? (Query Only)  
Returns the RMS magnitude of the harmonic expressed as a percentage of the  
fundamental.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:HARMonics:RESults:HAR<1-400>:RMS:PERCent?  
Syntax  
POWER:HARMONICS:RESULTS:HAR400:RMS:PERCENT? might return  
:POWER:HARMONICS:RESULTS:HAR400:RMS:PERCENT 33 indicating that the  
RMS magnitude of the harmonic is set to 33%.  
Examples  
POWer:HARMonics:RESults:HAR<1-400>:TEST:IEC:CLASSALIMit? (Query Only)  
Species if the IEC Class A higher harmonic limit (and conditions) are met.  
NOTE. The command returns NA if the standard does not specify a limit or the  
equipment is not class A.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:HARMonics:RESults:HAR<1-400>:TEST:IEC:CLASSALIMit?  
Syntax  
PASS, FAIL, or NA.  
Returns  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-261  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
POWer:HARMonics:RESults:HAR<1-400>:TEST:IEC:NORMAL? (Query Only)  
Species if the Normal IEC harmonic limits are met.  
NOTE. The command returns NA if the standard does not specify a limit.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:HARMonics:RESults:HAR<1-400>:TEST:IEC:NORMAL?  
Syntax  
PASS, FAIL, or NA.  
Returns  
POWer:HARMonics:RESults:HAR<1-400>:TEST:IEC:POHCLIMit? (Query Only)  
Species if the higher harmonic limit (and conditions) for the 21st and higher  
order odd harmonics are met.  
NOTE. The command returns NA if the limit does not apply for a specic  
harmonic.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:HARMonics:RESults:HAR<1-400>:TEST:IEC:POHCLIMit?  
Syntax  
PASS, FAIL, or NA.  
Returns  
POWer:HARMonics:RESults:HAR<1-400>:TEST:MIL:NORMAL? (Query Only)  
Returns the test result for the specied harmonic for the MIL-STD-1399 testing  
standard.  
This query is analogous to that for the IEC 61000-3-2 standard  
2-262  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
NOTE. The command returns NA if the standard does not specify a limit for the  
specic harmonic.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:HARMonics:RESults:HAR<1-400>:TEST:MIL:NORMAL?  
Syntax  
PASS, FAIL, or NA.  
Returns  
POWer:HARMonics:RESults:IEC:FUNDamental? (Query Only)  
Returns the IEC fundamental current used in calculating limits.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:HARMonics:RESults:IEC:FUNDamental?  
Syntax  
POWER:HARMONICS:RESULTS:IEC:FUNDAMENTAL? might return  
:POWER:HARMONICS:RESULTS:IEC:FUNDAMENTAL 1.0 indicating that the  
IEC fundamental frequency is set to 1.0 A.  
Examples  
POWer:HARMonics:RESults:IEC:HARM3ALTernate? (Query Only)  
Returns the IEC harmonics test result for the 3rd harmonic.  
NOTE. The command returns NA if the limit does not apply.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:HARMonics:RESults:IEC:HARM3ALTernate?  
Syntax  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-263  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
PASS, FAIL, or NA.  
Returns  
POWER:HARMONICS:RESULTS:IEC:HARM3ALTERNATE? might return  
POWER:HARMONICS:RESULTS:IEC:HARM3ALTERNATE PASS indicating the  
test result.  
Examples  
POWer:HARMonics:RESults:IEC:HARM5ALTernate? (Query Only)  
Returns the overall harmonics test result for the 5th harmonic.  
NOTE. The command returns NA the harmonic limit does not apply.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:HARMonics:RESults:IEC:HARM5ALTernate?  
Syntax  
PASS, FAIL, or NA.  
Returns  
POWER:HARMONICS:RESULTS:IEC:HARM5ALTERNATE? might return  
POWER:HARMONICS:RESULTS:IEC:HARM5ALTERNATE PASS indicating the  
test result.  
Examples  
POWer:HARMonics:RESults:IEC:POHC? (Query Only)  
Returns the IEC POHC measurement.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Conditions  
Group  
Power  
POWer:HARMonics:RESults:IEC:POHC?  
Syntax  
POWER:HARMONICS:RESULTS:IEC:POHC? might return  
:POWER:HARMONICS:RESULTS:IEC:POHC 0.5 indicating that the  
IEC POHC is set to 0.5 A.  
Examples  
2-264  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
POWer:HARMonics:RESults:IEC:POHL? (Query Only)  
Returns the IEC POHL measurement.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:HARMonics:RESults:IEC:POHL?  
Syntax  
POWER:HARMONICS:RESULTS:IEC:POHL? might return  
:POWER:HARMONICS:RESULTS:IEC:POHL 0.5 indicating that the  
IEC POHL is set to 0.5 A.  
Examples  
POWer:HARMonics:RESults:IEC:POWer? (Query Only)  
Returns the IEC input power that is used to calculate limits.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:HARMonics:RESults:IEC:POWer?  
Syntax  
POWER:HARMONICS:RESULTS:IEC:POWER? might return  
:POWER:HARMONICS:RESULTS:IEC:POWER 5 indicating that the  
IEC power is set to 5 W.  
Examples  
POWer:HARMonics:RESults:IEC:POWERFactor? (Query Only)  
Returns the IEC power factor measurement.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:HARMonics:RESults:IEC:POWERFactor?  
Syntax  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-265  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
POWER:HARMONICS:RESULTS:IEC:POWERFACTOR? might return  
:POWER:HARMONICS:RESULTS:IEC:POWERFACTOR 9.1900E+37 indicating  
Examples  
that the IEC power factor is set to 9.1900E+37.  
POWer:HARMonics:RESults:PASSFail? (Query Only)  
Returns the overall harmonics test result: PASS, FAIL or NA.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:HARMonics:RESults:PASSFail?  
Syntax  
POWER:HARMONICS:RESULTS:PASSFAIL? might return  
:POWER:HARMONICS:RESULTS:PASSFAIL PASS indicating that the  
harmonics test passed.  
Examples  
POWer:HARMonics:RESults:RMS? (Query Only)  
Returns the root mean square value of the harmonics source waveform.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:HARMonics:RESults:RMS?  
Syntax  
POWER:HARMONICS:RESULTS:RMS? might return  
:POWER:HARMONICS:RESULTS:RMS 1.0 indicating that the harmonics source  
waveform RMS is set to 1.0.  
Examples  
POWer:HARMonics:RESults:SAVe (No Query Form)  
Saves the harmonic results to the specied le in CSV format.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Conditions  
2-266  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
Power  
Group  
Syntax  
POWer:HARMonics:RESults:SAVe <String>  
POWer:HARMonics:RESults:THDF? (Query Only)  
Returns the Total Harmonic Distortion (THD) in percentage, measured as a ratio  
to the RMS value of the fundamental component of the source waveform.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:HARMonics:RESults:THDF?  
Syntax  
POWER:HARMONICS:RESULTS:THDF? might return  
:POWER:HARMONICS:RESULTS:THDF 40 indicating that the THDF is set to 40.  
Examples  
POWer:HARMonics:RESults:THDR? (Query Only)  
Returns the Total Harmonic Distortion (THD) in percentage, measured as a ratio  
to the RMS value of the source waveform.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:HARMonics:RESults:THDR?  
Syntax  
POWER:HARMONICS:RESULTS:THDR? might return  
:POWER:HARMONICS:RESULTS:THDR 40 indicating that the THDR is set to 40.  
Examples  
POWer:HARMonics:SOURce  
Sets or returns the source waveform for harmonics tests. The voltage source  
waveform is specied using the POWer:VOLTAGESOurce command and the  
current waveform is specied using the POWer:CURRENTSOurce command.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-267  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Conditions  
Group  
Power  
POWer:HARMonics:SOURce {VOLTage|CURRent}  
POWer:HARMonics:SOURce?  
Syntax  
VOLTage species voltage source waveform for harmonic tests.  
Arguments  
Examples  
CURRent species current source waveform for harmonic tests.  
POWER:HARMONICS:SOURCE VOLTage sets voltage source for harmonic tests.  
POWER:HARMONICS:SOURCE? might return :POWer:HARMonics:SOURCE  
CURRENT indicating that the harmonic source is set to current.  
POWer:HARMonics:STANDard  
Sets or returns the standard for harmonics tests.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:HARMonics:STANDard {NONe|IEC|MIL}  
POWer:HARMonics:STANDard?  
Syntax  
NONe sets no standard for harmonic tests.  
Arguments  
Examples  
IEC sets IEC 610003-2 standard for harmonic tests.  
MIL sets MIL1399 standard for harmonic tests.  
POWER:HARMONICS:STANDARD IEC sets IEC standard for harmonic tests.  
POWER:HARMONICS:STANDARD? might return :POWer:HARMonics:STANDard  
NONe indicating that no standard is set.  
POWer:INDICators  
Sets or returns the state of the measurement indicators for the power application.  
2-268  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Conditions  
Group  
Power  
POWer:INDICators {OFF|ON|0|1}  
POWer:INDICators?  
Syntax  
OFF or 0 turns off the measurement indicators.  
Arguments  
Examples  
ON or 1 turns on the measurement indicators.  
POWER:INDICATORS 1 turns on the indicator.  
POWER:INDICATORS? might return :POWER:INDICators 0 indicating that  
the indicator is off.  
POWer:MODulation:SOUrce  
Sets or returns the source waveform for modulation tests. The voltage source  
waveform is specied using the POWer:VOLTAGESOurce command and the  
current waveform is specied using the POWer:CURRENTSOurce command.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:MODulation:SOUrce {VOLTage|CURRent}  
POWer:MODulation:SOUrce?  
Syntax  
VOLTage species voltage source waveform for modulation tests.  
Arguments  
Examples  
CURRent species current source waveform for modulation tests.  
POWER:MODULATION:SOURCE CURRent sets the modulation source to Current.  
POWER:MODULATION:SOURCE? might return :POWER:MODULATION:SOURCE  
VOLT indicating that the modulation source is set to Voltage.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-269  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
POWer:MODulation:TYPe  
Sets or returns the modulation type.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:MODulation:TYPe  
{PWIdth|NWIdth|PERIod|PDUty|NDUty|FREQuency}  
POWer:MODulation:TYPe?  
Syntax  
PWIdth (positive width) is the distance (time) between the middle reference  
(default = 50%) amplitude points of a positive pulse. The measurement is made  
on all the cycles in the waveform or gated region.  
Arguments  
NWIdth (negative width) measurement is the distance (time) between the middle  
reference (default = 50%) amplitude points of a negative pulse. The measurement  
is made on all the cycles in the waveform or gated region.  
PERIod is the time required to complete the rst cycle in a waveform or the  
gated region. The time is measured between the mid reference (default being  
50%) amplitude points of the waveform.  
PDUty (positive duty cycle) is the ratio of the positive pulse width to the signal  
period, expressed as a percentage. It is measured on all the cycles in the waveform  
or gated region.  
Positive Duty Cycle = ((Positive Width)/Period) × 100%  
NDUty (negative duty cycle) is the ratio of the negative pulse width to the signal  
period, expressed as a percentage. The duty cycle is measured on all the cycles in  
the waveform or gated region.  
Negative Duty Cycle = ((Negative Width) / Period) × 100%  
FREQuency measures all the cycles in the waveform or gated region. Frequency  
is the reciprocal of the period and is measured in hertz (Hz), where 1 Hz = 1  
cycle per second.  
Frequency = 1 / Period  
POWER:MODULATION:TYPE NWIDTH sets the modulation type to Negative Width.  
Examples  
POWER:MODULATION:TYPE? might return :POWER:MODULATION:TYPE PWI  
indicating that the modulation type is set to Positive Width.  
2-270  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
POWer:QUALity:APPpwr? (Query Only)  
Returns the apparent power measurement.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:QUALity:APPpwr?  
Syntax  
POWER:QUALITY:APPPWR? might return :POWER:QUALITY:APPpwr 100  
indicating that the apparent power value is set to 100 VA.  
Examples  
POWer:QUALity:DISplay:APPpwr  
Sets or returns the display state for the apparent power readout.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:QUALity:DISplay:APPpwr {OFF|ON|0|1}  
POWer:QUALity:DISplay:APPpwr?  
Syntax  
OFF or 0 turns off the apparent power display.  
Arguments  
Examples  
ON or 1 turns on the apparent power display.  
POWER:QUALITY:DISPLAY:APPPWR 1 turns on the apparent power display.  
POWER:QUALITY:DISPLAY:APPPWR? might return  
:POWER:QUALITY:DISPLAY:APPPWR 0 indicating that the apparent power  
display is off.  
POWer:QUALity:DISplay:FREQuency  
Sets or returns the display state for the frequency readout.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Conditions  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-271  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
Power  
Group  
Syntax  
POWer:QUALity:DISplay:FREQuency {OFF|ON|0|1}  
POWer:QUALity:DISplay:FREQuency?  
OFF or 0 turns off the frequency display.  
Arguments  
Examples  
ON or 1 turns on the frequency display.  
POWER:QUALITY:DISPLAY:FREQUENCY 1 turns on the frequency readout  
display.  
POWER:QUALITY:DISPLAY:FREQUENCY? might return  
:POWER:QUALITY:DISPLAY:FREQUENCY 0 indicating that the  
frequency readout display is off.  
POWer:QUALity:DISplay:ICRESTfactor  
Sets or returns the display state for the current crest factor readout.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:QUALity:DISplay:ICRESTfactor {OFF|ON|0|1}  
POWer:QUALity:DISplay:ICRESTfactor?  
Syntax  
OFF or 0 turns off the current crest factor display.  
Arguments  
Examples  
ON or 1 turns on the current crest factor display.  
POWER:QUALITY:DISPLAY:ICRESTFACTOR 1 turns on the current crest factor  
display.  
POWER:QUALITY:DISPLAY:ICRESTFACTOR? might return  
:POWER:QUALITY:DISPLAY:ICRESTFACTOR 0 indicating that the  
current crest factor display is off.  
POWer:QUALity:DISplay:IRMS  
Sets or returns the display state for the rms current readout.  
2-272  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Conditions  
Group  
Power  
POWer:QUALity:DISplay:IRMS {OFF|ON|0|1}  
POWer:QUALity:DISplay:IRMS?  
Syntax  
OFF or 0 turns off the rms current display.  
Arguments  
Examples  
ON or 1 turns on the rms current display.  
POWER:QUALITY:DISPLAY:IRMS 1 turns on the rms current display.  
POWER:QUALITY:DISPLAY:IRMS? might return  
:POWER:QUALITY:DISPLAY:IRMS 0 indicating that the rms current display  
is off.  
POWer:QUALity:DISplay:PHASEangle  
Sets or returns the display state for the phase angle readout.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:QUALity:DISplay:PHASEangle {OFF|ON|0|1}  
POWer:QUALity:DISplay:PHASEangle?  
Syntax  
OFF or 0 turns off the phase angle display.  
Arguments  
Examples  
ON or 1 turns on the phase angle display.  
POWER:QUALITY:DISPLAY:PHASEANGLE 1 turns on the phase angle display.  
POWER:QUALITY:DISPLAY:PHASEANGLE? might return  
:POWER:QUALITY:DISPLAY:PHASEANGLE 0 indicating that the  
phase angle display is off.  
POWer:QUALity:DISplay:POWERFACtor  
Sets or returns the display state for the power factor readout.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-273  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Conditions  
Group  
Power  
POWer:QUALity:DISplay:POWERFACtor {OFF|ON|0|1}  
POWer:QUALity:DISplay:POWERFACtor?  
Syntax  
OFF or 0 turns off the power factor display.  
Arguments  
Examples  
ON or 1 turns on the power factor display.  
POWER:QUALITY:DISPLAY:POWERFACTOR 1 turns on the power factor display.  
POWER:QUALITY:DISPLAY:POWERFACTOR? might return  
:POWER:QUALITY:DISPLAY:POWERFACTOR 0 indicating that the  
power factor display is off.  
POWer:QUALity:DISplay:REACTpwr  
Sets or returns the display state for the reactor power readout.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:QUALity:DISplay:REACTpwr {OFF|ON|0|1}  
POWer:QUALity:DISplay:REACTpwr?  
Syntax  
OFF or 0 turns off the reactor power display.  
Arguments  
Examples  
ON or 1 turns on the reactor power display.  
POWER:QUALITY:DISPLAY:REACTPWR 1 turns on the reactor power display.  
POWER:QUALITY:DISPLAY:REACTPWR? might return  
:POWER:QUALITY:DISPLAY:REACTPWR 0 indicating that the reactor power  
display is off.  
2-274  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
POWer:QUALity:DISplay:TRUEpwr  
Sets or returns the display state for the true power readout.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:QUALity:DISplay:TRUEpwr {OFF|ON|0|1}  
POWer:QUALity:DISplay:TRUEpwr?  
Syntax  
OFF or 0 turns off the true power display.  
Arguments  
Examples  
ON or 1 turns on the true power display.  
POWER:QUALITY:DISPLAY:TRUEPWR 1 turns on the true power display.  
POWER:QUALITY:DISPLAY:TRUEPWR? might return  
:POWER:QUALITY:DISPLAY:TRUEPWR 0 indicating that the true power  
display is off.  
POWer:QUALity:DISplay:VCRESTfactor  
Sets or returns the display state for the voltage crest factor readout.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:QUALity:DISplay:VCRESTfactor {OFF|ON|0|1}  
POWer:QUALity:DISplay:VCRESTfactor?  
Syntax  
OFF or 0 turns off the voltage crest factor display.  
Arguments  
Examples  
ON or 1 turns on the voltage crest factor display.  
POWER:QUALITY:DISPLAY:VCRESTFACTOR 1 turns on the voltage crest factor  
display.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-275  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
POWER:QUALITY:DISPLAY:VCRESTFACTOR? might return  
:POWER:QUALITY:DISPLAY:VCRESTFACTOR 0 indicating that the  
voltage crest factor display is off.  
POWer:QUALity:DISplay:VRMS  
Sets or returns the display state for the rms voltage readout.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:QUALity:DISplay:VRMS {OFF|ON|0|1}  
POWer:QUALity:DISplay:VRMS?  
Syntax  
OFF or 0 turns off the rms voltage display.  
Arguments  
Examples  
ON or 1 turns on the rms voltage display.  
POWER:QUALITY:DISPLAY:VRMS0 turns off the rms voltage display.  
POWER:QUALITY:DISPLAY:VRMS? might return  
:POWER:QUALITY:DISPLAY:VRMS 1 indicating that the rms voltage display  
is on.  
POWer:QUALity:FREQREFerence  
Sets or returns the power quality frequency reference.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:QUALity:FREQREFerence {VOLTage|CURRent}  
POWer:QUALity:FREQREFerence?  
Syntax  
VOLTage sets voltage as the power quality frequency reference source.  
Arguments  
CURRent sets current as the power quality frequency reference source.  
2-276  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
POWER:QUALITY:FREQREFERENCE CURRent sets current as the power quality  
frequency reference source.  
Examples  
POWER:QUALITY:FREQREFERENCE? might return  
:POWER:QUALITY:FREQREFERENCE VOLTAGE indicating that the power quality  
frequency reference source is set to Voltage.  
POWer:QUALity:FREQuency? (Query Only)  
Returns the frequency measurement.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Conditions  
Group  
Power  
POWer:QUALity:FREQuency?  
Syntax  
POWER:QUALITY:FREQUENCY? might return :POWER:QUALITY:FREQUENCY  
60 indicating that the frequency is set to 60 Hz.  
Examples  
POWer:QUALity:ICRESTfactor? (Query Only)  
Returns the current crest factor measurement.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:QUALity:ICRESTfactor?  
Syntax  
POWER:QUALITY:ICRESTFACTOR? might return  
:POWER:QUALITY:ICRESTfactor 1.4 indicating that the current crest factor  
value is set to 1.4.  
Examples  
POWer:QUALity:IRMS? (Query Only)  
Returns the RMS current measurement.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-277  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Conditions  
Group  
Power  
POWer:QUALity:IRMS?  
Syntax  
POWER:QUALITY:IRMS? might return :POWER:QUALITY:IRMS 1.00  
indicating that the RMS current value is set to 1.00 A.  
Examples  
POWer:QUALity:PHASEangle? (Query Only)  
Returns the phase angle measurement.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Conditions  
Group  
Power  
POWer:QUALity:PHASEangle?  
Syntax  
POWER:QUALITY:PHASEANGLE? might return :POWER:QUALITY:PHASEANGLE  
0 indicating that the phase angle is set to 0.  
Examples  
POWer:QUALity:POWERFACtor? (Query Only)  
Returns the power factor measurement.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Conditions  
Group  
Power  
POWer:QUALity:POWERFACtor?  
Syntax  
POWER:QUALITY:POWERFACTOR? might return  
:POWER:QUALITY:POWERFACTOR 1.0 indicating that the power factor is  
set to 1.0.  
Examples  
2-278  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
POWer:QUALity:REACTpwr? (Query Only)  
Returns the reactive power measurement.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:QUALity:REACTpwr?  
Syntax  
POWER:QUALITY:REACTPWR? might return :POWER:QUALITY:REACTpwr 100  
indicating that the reactor power value is set to 100 VAR.  
Examples  
POWer:QUALity:TRUEpwr? (Query Only)  
Returns the true power measurement.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Conditions  
Group  
Power  
POWer:QUALity:TRUEpwr?  
Syntax  
POWER:QUALITY:TRUEPWR? might return :POWER:QUALITY:TRUEpwr 1000  
W indicating that the true power value is set to 1000 W.  
Examples  
POWer:QUALity:VRMS? (Query Only)  
Returns the RMS voltage measurement.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Conditions  
Group  
Power  
POWer:QUALity:VRMS?  
Syntax  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-279  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
POWER:QUALITY:VRMS? might return :POWER:QUALITY:VRMS 115 indicating  
that the rms voltage value is set to 115 V.  
Examples  
POWer:REFLevel:ABSolute (No Query Form)  
Sets the reference levels to their default unit values.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:REFLevel:ABSolute {SETTODEFaults}  
Syntax  
SETTODEFaults sets the reference levels to their default values.  
Arguments  
POWer:REFLevel:ABSolute:HIGH  
Sets or returns the top reference level for power measurements.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:REFLevel:ABSolute:HIGH <NR3>; Ranges={D,-1e6,+1E6}  
POWer:REFLevel:ABSolute:HIGH?  
Syntax  
<NR3> is the absolute high value in volts. Default value is 0.0E+0  
Arguments  
Examples  
POWER:REFLEVEL:ABSOLUTE:HIGH 2 sets the absolute high value to 2.000.  
POWER:REFLEVEL:ABSOLUTE:HIGH? might return  
POWER:REFLEVEL:ABSOLUTE:HIGH 2 indicating that the absolute high  
value is set to 2 V.  
POWer:REFLevel:ABSolute:LOW  
Sets or returns the low reference level for power measurements.  
2-280  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Conditions  
Group  
Power  
POWer:REFLevel:ABSolute:LOW <NR3>; Ranges={D,-1e6,+1E6}  
POWer:REFLevel:ABSolute:LOW?  
Syntax  
<NR3> is the absolute low value in volts. Default value is 0.0E+0.  
Arguments  
Examples  
POWER:REFLEVEL:ABSOLUTE:LOW 1.0 sets the absolute high value to 1.0000.  
POWER:REFLEVEL:ABSOLUTE:LOW? might return  
POWER:REFLEVEL:ABSOLUTE:LOW 1.0000 indicating that the absolute low  
value is set to 1 V.  
POWer:REFLevel:ABSolute:MID<1-3>  
Sets or returns the mid reference level for measurements. MID3 is specic to  
the power application.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:REFLevel:ABSolute:MID<1-3> <NR3>; Ranges={D,-1e6,+1E6}  
POWer:REFLevel:ABSolute:MID<1-3>?  
Syntax  
<NR3> is the absolute mid reference value.  
Arguments  
Examples  
POWER:REFLEVEL:ABSOLUTE:MID1 1 sets the mid reference voltage to 1V.  
POWER:REFLEVEL:ABSOLUTE:MID1? might return  
POWER:REFLEVEL:ABSOLUTE:MID1 0.0E+0 indicating that the absolute  
reference voltage level is set to 0.0E+0 V.  
POWer:REFLevel:HYSTeresis  
Sets or returns the measurement reference level hysteresis value.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-281  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Conditions  
Group  
Power  
POWer:REFLevel:HYSTeresis <NR3>  
POWer:REFLevel:HYSTeresis?  
Syntax  
<NR3> is the hysteresis value.  
Arguments  
Examples  
POWER:REFLEVEL:HYSTERESIS 30 sets the hysteresis value to 30.  
POWER:REFLEVEL:HYSTERESIS? might return  
POWER:REFLEVEL:HYSTERESIS 10 indicating that the hysteresis value is  
set to 10.  
POWer:REFLevel:METHod  
Sets or returns the method used to calculate the 0% and 100% reference level.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:REFLevel:METHod {ABSolute|PERCent}  
POWer:REFLevel:METHod?  
Syntax  
ABSolute species that the reference levels are set explicitly using the  
MEASUrement:REFLevel:ABSolute commands. This method is useful when  
precise values are required.  
Arguments  
Examples  
PERCent species that the reference levels are calculated as a percent  
of the signal amplitude. The percentages are dened using the  
MEASUrement:REFLevel:PERCent commands.  
POWER:REFLEVEL:METHOD ABSOLUTE species that explicit user-dened values  
are used for the reference levels.  
POWER:REFLEVEL:METHOD? might return POWER:REFLEVEL:METHOD  
PERCENT indicating that the reference level units used are calculated as a percent  
relative to HIGH and LOW.  
2-282  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
POWer:REFLevel:PERCent (No Query Form)  
Sets the reference levels to the default percentage values.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:REFLevel:PERCent <SETTODEFaults>  
Syntax  
SETTODEFaults sets the reference levels to their default percentage values.  
Arguments  
POWer:REFLevel:PERCent:HIGH  
Sets or returns the top reference percent level for power measurements.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:REFLevel:PERCent:HIGH <NR3>; Ranges={D,0.0,100.0}  
POWer:REFLevel:PERCent:HIGH?  
Syntax  
<NR3> is the high value in percent.  
Arguments  
Examples  
POWER:REFLEVEL:PERCENT:HIGH 95 sets the high reference level to 95% of  
the signal amplitude.  
POWER:REFLEVEL:PERCENT:HIGH? might return  
:POWER:REFLEVEL:PERCENT:HIGH 90 indicating that the percentage high  
reference level is set to 90% of the signal amplitude.  
POWer:REFLevel:PERCent:LOW  
Sets or returns the low reference percent level for power measurements.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Conditions  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-283  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
Power  
Group  
Syntax  
POWer:REFLevel:PERCent:LOW <NR3>; Ranges={D,0.0,100.0}  
POWer:REFLevel:PERCent:LOW?  
<NR3> is the low value in percentage.  
Arguments  
Examples  
POWER:REFLEVEL:PERCENT:LOW 15 sets the low reference level to 15% of the  
signal amplitude.  
POWER:REFLEVEL:PERCENT:LOW? might return  
:POWER:REFLEVEL:PERCENT:LOW 10 indicating that the percentage low  
reference level is set to 90% of the signal amplitude.  
POWer:REFLevel:PERCent:MID<1-3>  
Sets or returns the mid reference percent level for waveform measurements. Mid3  
is specic to the power application.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:REFLevel:PERCent:MID<1-3> <NR3>; Ranges={D,0.0,100.0}  
POWer:REFLevel:PERCent:MID<1-3>?  
Syntax  
<NR3> is the mid value in percentage.  
Arguments  
Examples  
POWER:REFLEVEL:PERCENT:MID1 25 sets the mid reference voltage to 25%.  
POWER:REFLEVEL:PERCENT:MID1? might return  
POWER:REFLEVEL:PERCENT:MID1 50.0000 indicating that the mid reference  
voltage level is set to 50%.  
POWer:RIPPle (No Query Form)  
Does a vertical autoset for ripple measurements or sets the vertical offset to 0.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Conditions  
2-284  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
Power  
Group  
Syntax  
POWer:RIPPle {VERTAUTOset|VERTDEFault}  
VERTAUTOset automatically scales the source waveform to optimize ripple  
measurements.  
Arguments  
VERTDEFault sets the vertical offset of the source waveform to 0 volts (for  
voltage source) or 0 amperes (for current source).  
POWer:RIPPle:RESults:AMPLitude? (Query Only)  
Returns the peak-to-peak ripple measurement.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:RIPPle:RESults:AMPLitude?  
Syntax  
POWER:RIPPLE:RESULTS:AMPLITUDE? might return  
:POWER:RIPPLE:RESULTS:AMPLITUDE 1 indicating that the peak-to-peak  
amplitude is set to 1 V.  
Examples  
POWer:RIPPle:RESults:MAX? (Query Only)  
Returns the maximum of the peak-to-peak ripple measurements.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:RIPPle:RESults:MAX?  
Syntax  
POWER:RIPPLE:RESULTS:MAX? might return :POWER:RIPPLE:RESULTS:MAX  
1.1 indicating that the maximum peak-to-peak amplitude is set to 1.1 V.  
Examples  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-285  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
POWer:RIPPle:RESults:MEAN? (Query Only)  
Returns the mean of the peak-to-peak ripple measurements.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:RIPPle:RESults:MEAN?  
Syntax  
POWER:RIPPLE:RESULTS:MEAN? might return  
:POWER:RIPPLE:RESULTS:MEAN 1.0 indicating that the mean peak-to-peak  
amplitude is set to 1.0 V.  
Examples  
POWer:RIPPle:RESults:MIN? (Query Only)  
Returns the minimum of the peak-to-peak ripple measurement.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:RIPPle:RESults:MIN?  
Syntax  
POWER:RIPPLE:RESULTS:MIN? might return :POWER:RIPPLE:RESULTS:MIN  
0.9 indicating that the minimum peak-to-peak amplitude is set to 0.9 V.  
Examples  
POWer:RIPPle:RESults:STDdev? (Query Only)  
Returns the standard deviation of the peak-to-peak ripple measurements.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:RIPPle:RESults:STDdev?  
Syntax  
2-286  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
POWER:RIPPLE:RESULTS:STDDEV? might return  
:POWER:RIPPLE:RESULTS:STDDEV 0.14 indicating that the standard  
Examples  
deviation of the peak-to-peak amplitude is set to 0.14.  
POWer:RIPPle:SOUrce  
Sets or returns the source waveform for ripple tests. The voltage source waveform  
is specied using the POWer:VOLTAGESOurce command and the current  
waveform is specied using the POWer:CURRENTSOurce command.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:RIPPle:SOUrce {VOLTage|CURRent}  
Syntax  
VOLTage species voltage source waveform for ripple tests.  
Arguments  
CURRent species current source waveform for ripple tests.  
POWER:RIPPLE:SOURCE CURRent sets the ripple source to Current.  
Examples  
POWER:RIPPLE:SOURCE? might return :POWER:RIPPLE:SOURCE VOLT  
indicating that the ripple source is set to Voltage.  
POWer:SOA:LINear:XMAX  
Sets or returns the user XMAX value for use in linear SOA calculations.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:SOA:LINear:XMAX <NR3>  
POWer:SOA:LINear:XMAX?  
Syntax  
<NR3> is the XMAX value used for linear SOA calculations.  
Arguments  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-287  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
POWER:SOA:LINEAR:XMAX 700 sets the XMAX value to 700.0000.  
Examples  
POWER:SOA:LINEAR:XMAX ? might return :POWER:SOA:LINear:XMAX  
500.0000 indicating that the XMAX value for linear plot type is set to 500.0000.  
POWer:SOA:LINear:XMIN  
Sets or returns the user XMIN value for use in linear SOA calculations.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:SOA:LINear:XMIN <NR3>  
POWer:SOA:LINear:XMIN?  
Syntax  
<NR3> is the XMIN value used for linear SOA calculations.  
Arguments  
Examples  
POWER:SOA:LINEAR:XMIN 2 sets the XMIN value to 2.0000.  
POWER:SOA:LINEAR:XMIN ? might return :POWER:SOA:LINear:XMIN  
0.0E+0 indicating that the XMIN value for linear plot type is set to 0.0E+0.  
POWer:SOA:LINear:YMAX  
Sets or returns the user YMAX value for use in linear SOA calculations.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:SOA:LINear:YMAX <NR3>  
POWer:SOA:LINear:YMAX?  
Syntax  
<NR3> is the YMAX value used for linear SOA calculations.  
Arguments  
2-288  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
POWER:SOA:LINEAR:YMAX 700 sets the YMAX value to 700.0000.  
Examples  
POWER:SOA:LINEAR:YMAX ? might return :POWER:SOA:LINear:YMAX  
50.0000 indicating that the YMAX value for linear plot type is set to 50.0000.  
POWer:SOA:LINear:YMIN  
Sets or returns the user YMIN value for use in linear SOA calculations.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:SOA:LINear:YMIN <NR3>  
POWer:SOA:LINear:YMIN?  
Syntax  
<NR3> is the YMIN value used for linear SOA calculations.  
Arguments  
Examples  
POWER:SOA:LINEAR:YMIN 2 sets the YMIN value to 2.0000.  
POWER:SOA:LINEAR:YMIN ? might return :POWER:SOA:LINear:YMIN  
0.0E+0 indicating that the YMIN value for linear plot type is set to 0.0E+0.  
POWer:SOA:LOG:XMAX  
Sets or returns the user XMAX value for use in Log SOA calculations.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:SOA:LOG:XMAX <NR3>  
POWer:SOA:LOG:XMAX?  
Syntax  
<NR3> is the XMAX value used for log SOA calculations.  
Arguments  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-289  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
POWER:SOA:LOG:XMAX 1 sets the XMAX value to 1.0000.  
Examples  
POWER:SOA:LOG:XMAX ? might return :POWER:SOA:LOG:XMAX 1.0000E+3  
indicating that the XMAX value for log plot type is set to 1.0000E+3.  
POWer:SOA:LOG:XMIN  
Sets or returns the user XMIN value for use in Log SOA calculations.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:SOA:LOG:XMIN <NR3>  
POWer:SOA:LOG:XMIN?  
Syntax  
<NR3> is the XMIN value used for log SOA calculations.  
Arguments  
Examples  
POWER:SOA:LOG:XMIN 2 sets the XMIN value to 2.0000.  
POWER:SOA:LOG:XMIN ? might return :POWER:SOA:LOG:XMIN 100.0000E-3  
indicating that the XMIN value for log plot type is set to 100.0000E-3.  
POWer:SOA:LOG:YMAX  
Sets or returns the user YMAX value for use in Log SOA calculations.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:SOA:LOG:YMAX <NR3>  
POWer:SOA:LOG:YMAX?  
Syntax  
<NR3> is the YMAX value used for log SOA calculations.  
Arguments  
2-290  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
POWER:SOA:LOG:YMAX 10 sets the YMAX value to 10.0000.  
Examples  
POWER:SOA:LOG:YMAX ? might return :POWER:SOA:LOG:YMAX 100.0000  
indicating that the YMAX value for log plot type is set to 100.0000.  
POWer:SOA:LOG:YMIN  
Sets or returns the user YMIN value for use in Log SOA calculations.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:SOA:LOG:YMIN <NR3>  
POWer:SOA:LOG:YMIN?  
Syntax  
<NR3> is the YMIN value used for log SOA calculations.  
Arguments  
Examples  
POWER:SOA:LOG:YMIN 1 sets the YMIN value to 1.0000.  
POWER:SOA:LOG:YMIN ? might return :POWER:SOA:LOG:YMIN 100.0000E-3  
indicating that the YMIN value for log plot type is set to 100.0000E-3.  
POWer:SOA:MASK:DEFine  
Sets or returns the X (Volts) and Y (Amps) coordinates of the current SOA mask.  
You can specify the number of points from 2 to 10, minimum being 2. Successive  
X values must be the preceding X values. The number of XY points sent  
determines the value of NR_PT.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:SOA:MASK:DEFine <NR3>  
POWer:SOA:MASK:DEFine?  
Syntax  
<NR3> represents SOA mask coordinates.  
Arguments  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-291  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
POWER:SOA:MASK:DEFINE 10 species the SOA mask coordinates as  
0.0E+0,0.0E+0,0.0E+0,0.0E+0,0.0E+0,30.0000,25.0000,30.0000,300.0000,2.5000,300.0000,2.4  
Examples  
POWER:SOA:MASK:DEFINE ? might return :POWER:SOA:MASK:DEFINE  
0.0E+0,30.0000,25.0000,30.0000,300.0000,2.5000,300.0000,0.0E+0  
indicating that the SOA mask coordinates are set to  
0.0E+0,30.0000,25.0000,30.0000,300.0000,2.5000,300.0000,0.0E+0.  
POWer:SOA:MASK:MAXAmps  
Sets or returns the maximum current applied to SOA mask testing.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:SOA:MASK:MAXAmps <NR3>  
POWer:SOA:MASK:MAXAmps?  
Syntax  
<NR3> is the maximum current applied to SOA mask testing.  
Arguments  
Examples  
POWER:SOA:MASK:MAXAMPS 40 sets the SOA mask testing current to 40 A.  
POWER:SOA:MASK:MAXAMPS ? might return :POWER:SOA:MASK:MAXAMPS  
30.0000 indicating that the SOA mask testing maximum current is set to 30 A.  
POWer:SOA:MASK:MAXVolts  
Sets or returns the maximum voltage applied to SOA mask testing.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:SOA:MASK:MAXVolts <NR3>  
POWer:SOA:MASK:MAXVolts?  
Syntax  
<NR3> is the maximum voltage applied to SOA mask testing.  
Arguments  
2-292  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
POWER:SOA:MASK:MAXVOLTS 200 sets the SOA mask testing voltage to 200 V.  
Examples  
POWER:SOA:MASK:MAXVOLTS ? might return :POWER:SOA:MASK:MAXVOLTS  
300.0000 indicating that the SOA mask testing maximum voltage is set to 300 V.  
POWer:SOA:MASK:MAXWatts  
Sets or returns the maximum power applied to SOA mask testing.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:SOA:MASK:MAXWatts <NR3>  
POWer:SOA:MASK:MAXWatts?  
Syntax  
<NR3> is the maximum power applied to SOA mask testing.  
Arguments  
Examples  
POWER:SOA:MASK:MAXWATTS 1000 sets the SOA mask testing power to  
1.0000E+3 W.  
POWER:SOA:MASK:MAXWATTS ? might return :POWER:SOA:MASK:MAXWATTS  
750.0000 indicating that the SOA mask testing maximum power is set to 750 W.  
POWer:SOA:MASK:NR_PT? (Query Only)  
Returns the number of mask points dened.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Conditions  
Group  
Power  
POWer:SOA:MASK:NR_PT?  
Syntax  
POWER:SOA:MASK:NR_PT? might return :POWER:SOA:MASK:NR_PT 4  
indicating that the number of mask points dened is 4.  
Examples  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-293  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
POWer:SOA:MASK:STATe  
Sets or returns the state of the mask for SOA calculations.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:SOA:MASK:STATe {OFF|LIMITS|POINTS}  
POWer:SOA:MASK:STATe?  
Syntax  
OFF disables mask testing.  
Arguments  
Examples  
LIMITS enables mask testing based on limits specied using  
POINTS enables mask testing based on masks points dened.  
POWER:SOA:MASK:STATEPOINTS enables mask testing power based on points  
dened.  
POWER:SOA:MASK:STATE? might return :POWER:SOA:MASK:STATE LIMITS  
indicating that the mask testing is enabled based on limits.  
POWer:SOA:MASK:STOPOnviol  
Sets or returns the enabled state of the mask stop on violation condition.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:SOA:MASK:STOPOnviol {OFF|ON|0|1}  
POWer:SOA:MASK:STOPOnviol?  
Syntax  
OFF or 0 enables mask stop on violations.  
Arguments  
ON or 1 disables mask stop on violations.  
2-294  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
POWER:SOA:MASK:STOPONVIOL 1 disables the state of the mask stop on  
violation condition.  
Examples  
POWER:SOA:MASK:STOPONVIOL ? might return  
:POWER:SOA:MASK:STOPONVIOL 0 indicating that the mask stop is enabled.  
POWer:SOA:PLOTTYPe  
Sets or returns the Safe Operating Area (SOA) plot type.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:SOA:PLOTTYPe {LOG|LINear}  
POWer:SOA:PLOTTYPe?  
Syntax  
LOG for logarithmic SOA plot type.  
Arguments  
Examples  
LINear for linear SOA plot type.  
POWER:SOA:PLOTTYPE LINear sets the SOA plot type to Linear.  
POWER:SOA:PLOTTYPE ? might return :POWER:SOA:PLOTTYPE LOG indicating  
that the SOA plot type is set to Log.  
POWer:SOA:RESult:FAILures:QTY? (Query Only)  
Returns the number of failures in the test.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Conditions  
Group  
Power  
POWer:SOA:RESult:FAILures:QTY?  
Syntax  
POWER:SOA:RESULT:FAILURES:QTY? might return  
:POWER:SOA:RESULT:FAILURES 0 indicating that the number of failures is 0.  
Examples  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-295  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
POWer:SOA:RESult:NUMACq? (Query Only)  
Returns the number of acquisitions in the test.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:SOA:RESult:NUMACq?  
Syntax  
POWER:SOA:RESULT:NUMACQ? might return :POWER:SOA:RESULT:NUMACQ  
10 indicating that the number of acquisitions is 10.  
Examples  
POWer:SOA:RESult:STATe? (Query Only)  
Returns the pass/fail state of the SOA test.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:SOA:RESult:STATe?  
Syntax  
PASS or FAIL.  
Returns  
POWER:SOA:RESULT:STATE? might return :POWER:SOA:MASK:STATE PASS  
indicating that the SOA test state is PASS.  
Examples  
POWer:STATIstics (No Query Form)  
Clears all the accumulated statistics of all measurements. Performs the same  
function as the MEASUrement:STATIstics command.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
2-296  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
POWer:STATIstics {RESET}  
Syntax  
RESET clears the measurement statistics.  
Arguments  
POWer:STATIstics:MODE  
Enables or disables the display of the measurement statistics. Performs the same  
function as the MEASUrement:STATIstics:MODE command.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:STATIstics:MODE {OFF|ALL}  
POWer:STATIstics:MODE?  
Syntax  
ALL turns on measurement statistics display.  
Arguments  
Examples  
OFF turns all measurements statistics off.  
POWER:STATISTICS:MODE OFF turns measurements statistics display off.  
POWER:STATISTICS:MODE? might return :MEASUREMENT:STATISTICS:MODE  
ALL indicating that measurement statistics are turned on and all statistics are  
being displayed for each measurement.  
POWer:STATIstics:WEIghting  
Sets the number of samples which are included for the statistics computations  
for mean and the standard deviation. Performs the same function as the  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:STATIstics:WEIghting <NR1>;Ranges {L,2,1000}  
POWer:STATIstics:WEIghting?  
Syntax  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-297  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
<NR1> is the number of samples used for the mean and standard deviation  
statistical accumulations  
Arguments  
Examples  
POWER:STATISTICS:WEIGHTING 4 sets statistical weighting to four samples.  
POWER:STATISTICS:WEIGHTING ? might return  
:POWER:STATISTICS:WEIGHTING 4 indicating that statistics weighting is  
currently set to 4 samples.  
POWer:SWLoss:CONDCALCmethod  
Sets or returns the power application switching loss conduction calculation  
method.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:SWLoss:CONDCALCmethod {VOLTage|RDSon|VCEsat}  
POWer:SWLoss:CONDCALCmethod?  
Syntax  
VOLTage sets voltage as the conduction calculation method.  
Arguments  
Examples  
RDSon sets RDSon as the conduction calculation method.  
VCEsat sets VCEsat as the conduction calculation method.  
POWER:SWLOSS:CONDCALCMETHOD RDSon sets the conduction calculation  
method to RDSon.  
POWER:SWLOSS:CONDCALCMETHOD ? might return  
:POWER:SWLOSS:CONDCALCMETHOD VOLT indicating that the conduction  
calculation method is set to Voltage.  
POWer:SWLoss:CONDuction:ENERGY:MAX? (Query Only)  
Returns the maximum conduction energy for switching loss calculation.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
2-298  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
POWer:SWLoss:CONDuction:ENERGY:MAX?  
Syntax  
POWER:SWLOSS:CONDUCTION:ENERGY:MAX? might return  
:POWER:SWLOSS:CONDUCTION:ENERGY:MAX 1 indicating that the  
maximum conduction energy switching loss calculation is set to 1 J.  
Examples  
POWer:SWLoss:CONDuction:ENERGY:MEAN? (Query Only)  
Returns the mean conduction energy in the conduction period for the switching  
loss calculation.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:SWLoss:CONDuction:ENERGY:MEAN?  
Syntax  
POWER:SWLOSS:CONDUCTION:ENERGY:MEAN? might return  
:POWER:SWLOSS:CONDUCTION:ENERGY:MEAN 1 indicating that the mean  
conduction energy switching loss calculation is set to 1 J.  
Examples  
POWer:SWLoss:CONDuction:ENERGY:MIN? (Query Only)  
Returns the minimum conduction energy for the switching loss calculation.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:SWLoss:CONDuction:ENERGY:MIN?  
Syntax  
POWER:SWLOSS:CONDUCTION:ENERGY:MIN? might return  
:POWER:SWLOSS:CONDUCTION:ENERGY:MIN 1 indicating that the  
minimum conduction energy switching loss calculation is set to 1 J.  
Examples  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-299  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
POWer:SWLoss:CONDuction:POWER:MAX? (Query Only)  
Returns the maximum conduction power for the switching loss calculation.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:SWLoss:CONDuction:POWER:MAX?  
Syntax  
POWER:SWLOSS:CONDUCTION:POWER:MAX? might return  
:POWER:SWLOSS:CONDUCTION:POWER:MAX 1 indicating that the  
maximum conduction power switching loss calculation is set to 1 W.  
Examples  
POWer:SWLoss:CONDuction:POWER:MEAN? (Query Only)  
Returns the mean conduction power for the switching loss calculation.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:SWLoss:CONDuction:POWER:MEAN?  
Syntax  
POWER:SWLOSS:CONDUCTION:POWER:MEAN? might return  
:POWER:SWLOSS:CONDUCTION:POWER:MEAN 1 indicating that the  
mean conduction power switching loss calculation is set to 1 W.  
Examples  
POWer:SWLoss:CONDuction:POWER:MIN? (Query Only)  
Returns the minimum conduction power for the switching loss calculation.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:SWLoss:CONDuction:POWER:MIN?  
Syntax  
2-300  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
POWER:SWLOSS:CONDUCTION:POWER:MIN? might return  
:POWER:SWLOSS:CONDUCTION:POWER:MIN 1 indicating that the  
Examples  
minimum conduction power switching loss calculation is set to 1 W.  
POWer:SWLoss:DISplay  
Sets or returns the display selection for switching loss results: All measurements,  
energy loss measurements or power loss measurements.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:SWLoss:DISplay {ALL|ENERGYLoss|POWERLoss}  
POWer:SWLoss:DISplay?  
Syntax  
ALL displays both energy and power loss measurements in the results.  
ENERGYLoss displays only energy loss measurements in the results.  
POWERLoss displays only power loss measurements in the results.  
Arguments  
Examples  
POWER:SWLOSS:DISPLAY ENERGYLoss displays only energy loss measurements  
in the results.  
POWER:SWLOSS:DISPLAY ? might return :POWER:SWLOSS:DISPLAY ALL  
indicating that the results displays both energy and power loss measurements.  
POWer:SWLoss:GATe:POLarity  
Sets or returns the switching loss gate polarity.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:SWLoss:GATe:POLarity {FALL|RISe}  
POWer:SWLoss:GATe:POLarity?  
Syntax  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-301  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
FALL sets falling edge as the switching loss gate polarity.  
Arguments  
Examples  
RISe sets rising edge as the switching loss gate polarity.  
POWER:SWLOSS:GATE:POLARITY FALL sets the gate polarity to Fall.  
POWER:SWLOSS:GATE:POLARITY ? might return  
:POWER:SWLOSS:GATE:POLARITY RISE indicating that the gate polarity  
is set to Rise.  
POWer:SWLoss:GATe:TURNON  
Sets or returns the gate turn on level for switching loss power measurements.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:SWLoss:GATe:TURNON <NR3>  
POWer:SWLoss:GATe:TURNON?  
Syntax  
POWER:SWLOSS:GATE:TURNON 3.5 sets the gate turn on level to 3.5000.  
Examples  
POWER:SWLOSS:GATE:TURNON ? might return :POWER:SWLOSS:GATE:TURNON  
1.5 indicating that the gating turn on level is set to 1.5.  
POWer:SWLoss:NUMCYCles? (Query Only)  
Returns the number of cycles counted for the switching loss calculation.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:SWLoss:NUMCYCles? <NR3>  
Syntax  
POWER:SWLOSS:NUMCYCLES? might return the number of cycles for  
switching loss calculation, if the POWer:TYPe is set to Switching Loss  
(POWer:TYPe:SWITCHingLoss). If the query times out with the Switching  
Examples  
2-302  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
Loss power enabled, it indicates the possibility of incorrect settings and might  
return the following :  
*ESR?  
20  
ALLEV?  
2202,"Measurement error, No period found;  
:power:swloss:numcycles?",410,"Query INTERRUPTED"  
POWer:SWLoss:RDSon  
Sets or returns the user RDSON value for use in switching loss calculations when  
the conduction calculation method is RDSON.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:SWLoss:RDSon <NR3>  
POWer:SWLoss:RDSon?  
Syntax  
<NR3> is the RDSON switching loss calculation.  
Arguments  
Examples  
POWER:SWLOSS:RDSON 30 sets the RDSon value to 30.0000.  
POWER:SWLOSS:RDSON ? might return :POWER:SWLOSS:RDSon 20.0000E-3  
indicating that the RDSon value is set to 20.0000E-3.  
POWer:SWLoss:REFLevel:ABSolute:GATEMid  
Sets or returns the mid voltage reference level used in switching loss power  
measurements in volts.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:SWLoss:REFLevel:ABSolute:GATEMid <NR3>  
POWer:SWLoss:REFLevel:ABSolute:GATEMid?  
Syntax  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-303  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
<NR3> is the mid voltage reference level in volts.  
Arguments  
Examples  
POWER:SWLOSS:REFLEVEL:ABSOLUTE:GATEMID 100 sets the absolute gate  
mid reference voltage to 100.0000 V.  
POWER:SWLOSS:REFLEVEL:ABSOLUTE:GATEMID ? might return  
:POWER:SWLOSS:REFLEVEL:ABSOLUTE:GATEMID 50.0000 indicating that  
the gate mid reference voltage is set to 50.0000 V.  
POWer:SWLoss:REFLevel:ABSolute:LOWCurrent  
Sets or returns the low current reference level used in switching loss power  
measurements in amperes.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:SWLoss:REFLevel:ABSolute:LOWCurrent <NR3>  
POWer:SWLoss:REFLevel:ABSolute:LOWCurrent?  
Syntax  
<NR3> is the low voltage current level in amperes.  
Arguments  
Examples  
POWER:SWLOSS:REFLEVEL:ABSOLUTE:LOWCURRENT 2.8 sets the absolute  
reference low current to 2.8000 A.  
POWER:SWLOSS:REFLEVEL:ABSOLUTE:LOWCURRENT ? might return  
:POWER:SWLOSS:REFLEVEL:ABSOLUTE:LOWCURRENT 5.0000 indicating that  
the absolute reference low current is set to 5.0000 A.  
POWer:SWLoss:REFLevel:ABSolute:LOWVoltage  
Sets or returns the low voltage reference level used in switching loss power  
measurements in volts.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
2-304  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
POWer:SWLoss:REFLevel:ABSolute:LOWVoltage <NR3>  
POWer:SWLoss:REFLevel:ABSolute:LOWVoltage?  
Syntax  
<NR3> is the low voltage reference level in volts.  
Arguments  
Examples  
POWER:SWLOSS:REFLEVEL:ABSOLUTE:LOWVOLTAGE 2.5 sets the absolute  
reference low voltage to 2.5000 V.  
POWER:SWLOSS:REFLEVEL:ABSOLUTE:LOWVOLTAGE ? might return  
:POWER:SWLOSS:REFLEVEL:ABSOLUTE:LOWVOLTAGE 5.0000 indicating that  
the absolute reference low voltage is set to 5.0000 V.  
POWer:SWLoss:REFLevel:PERCent:GATEMid  
Sets or returns the mid voltage reference level used in switching loss power  
measurements in percent.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:SWLoss:REFLevel:PERCent:GATEMid <NR3>  
POWer:SWLoss:REFLevel:PERCent:GATEMid?  
Syntax  
<NR3> is the mid voltage reference level in volts.  
Arguments  
Examples  
POWER:SWLOSS:REFLEVEL:PERCENT:GATEMID 30 sets the gate mid reference  
voltage to 30%.  
POWER:SWLOSS:REFLEVEL:PERCENT:GATEMID ? might return  
:POWER:SWLOSS:REFLEVEL:PERCENT:GATEMID 50.0000 indicating that the  
gate mid reference voltage is set to 50%.  
POWer:SWLoss:REFLevel:PERCent:LOWCurrent  
Sets or returns the low current reference level used in switching loss power  
measurements in percent.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Conditions  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-305  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
Power  
Group  
Syntax  
POWer:SWLoss:REFLevel:PERCent:LOWCurrent <NR3>  
POWer:SWLoss:REFLevel:PERCent:LOWCurrent?  
<NR3> is the low voltage reference level percent.  
Arguments  
Examples  
POWER:SWLOSS:REFLEVEL:PERCENT:LOWCURRENT 15 sets the reference low  
current to 15%.  
POWER:SWLOSS:REFLEVEL:PERCENT:LOWCURRENT ? might return  
:POWER:SWLOSS:REFLEVEL:PERCENT:LOWCURRENT 5.0000 indicating that  
the reference low current is set to 5%.  
POWer:SWLoss:REFLevel:PERCent:LOWVoltage  
Sets or returns the low voltage reference level used in switching loss power  
measurements in percent.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:SWLoss:REFLevel:PERCent:LOWVoltage <NR3>  
POWer:SWLoss:REFLevel:PERCent:LOWVoltage?  
Syntax  
<NR3> is the low voltage reference level in percent.  
Arguments  
Examples  
POWER:SWLOSS:REFLEVEL:PERCENT:LOWVOLTAGE 10 sets the reference low  
voltage to 10%.  
POWER:SWLOSS:REFLEVEL:PERCENT:LOWVOLTAGE ? might return  
:POWER:SWLOSS:REFLEVEL:PERCENT:LOWVOLTAGE 5.0000 indicating that  
the reference low voltage is set to 5%.  
POWer:SWLoss:TOFF:ENERGY:MAX? (Query Only)  
Returns the maximum Toff energy for the switching loss calculation.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Conditions  
2-306  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
Power  
Group  
Syntax  
POWer:SWLoss:TOFF:ENERGY:MAX?  
POWER:SWLOSS:TOFF:ENERGY:MAX? might return  
:POWER:SWLOSS:TON:ENERGY:MAX 1 indicating that the maximum Toff energy  
switching loss calculation is set to 1 J.  
Examples  
POWer:SWLoss:TOFF:ENERGY:MEAN? (Query Only)  
Returns the mean Toff energy for the switching loss calculation.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:SWLoss:TOFF:ENERGY:MEAN?  
Syntax  
POWER:SWLOSS:TOFF:ENERGY:MEAN? might return  
:POWER:SWLOSS:TON:ENERGY:MEAN 1 indicating that the mean Toff energy  
switching loss calculation is set to 1 J.  
Examples  
POWer:SWLoss:TOFF:ENERGY:MIN? (Query Only)  
Returns the minimum Toff energy for the switching loss calculation.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:SWLoss:TOFF:ENERGY:MIN?  
Syntax  
POWER:SWLOSS:TOFF:ENERGY:MIN? might return  
:POWER:SWLOSS:TON:ENERGY:MIN 1 indicating that the minimum Toff energy  
switching loss calculation is set to 1 J.  
Examples  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-307  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
POWer:SWLoss:TOFF:POWER:MAX? (Query Only)  
Returns the maximum Toff power for the switching loss calculation.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:SWLoss:TOFF:POWER:MAX?  
Syntax  
POWER:SWLOSS:TOFF:POWER:MAX? might return  
:POWER:SWLOSS:TON:POWER:MAX 1 indicating that the maximum Toff power  
switching loss calculation is set to 1 W.  
Examples  
POWer:SWLoss:TOFF:POWER:MEAN? (Query Only)  
Returns the mean Toff power for the switching loss calculation.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:SWLoss:TOFF:POWER:MEAN?  
Syntax  
POWER:SWLOSS:TOFF:POWER:MEAN? might return  
:POWER:SWLOSS:TON:POWER:MEAN 1 indicating that the mean Toff power  
switching loss calculation is set to 1 W.  
Examples  
POWer:SWLoss:TOFF:POWER:MIN? (Query Only)  
Returns the minimum Toff power for the switching loss calculation.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:SWLoss:TOFF:POWER:MIN?  
Syntax  
2-308  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
POWER:SWLOSS:TOFF:POWER:MIN? might return  
:POWER:SWLOSS:TON:POWER:MIN 1 indicating that the minimum Toff power  
Examples  
switching loss calculation is set to 1 W.  
POWer:SWLoss:TON:ENERGY:MAX? (Query Only)  
Returns the maximum Ton energy for the switching loss calculation.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:SWLoss:TON:ENERGY:MAX?  
Syntax  
POWER:SWLOSS:TON:ENERGY:MAX? might return  
:POWER:SWLOSS:TON:ENERGY:MAX 1 indicating that the maximum Ton energy  
switching loss calculation is set to 1 J.  
Examples  
POWer:SWLoss:TON:ENERGY:MEAN? (Query Only)  
Returns the mean Ton energy for the switching loss calculation.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:SWLoss:TON:ENERGY:MEAN?  
Syntax  
POWER:SWLOSS:TON:ENERGY:MEAN? might return  
:POWER:SWLOSS:TON:ENERGY:MEAN 1 indicating that the mean Ton energy  
switching loss calculation is set to 1 J.  
Examples  
POWer:SWLoss:TON:ENERGY:MIN? (Query Only)  
Returns the minimum Ton energy for the switching loss calculation.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Conditions  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-309  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
Power  
Group  
Syntax  
POWer:SWLoss:TON:ENERGY:MIN?  
POWER:SWLOSS:TON:ENERGY:MIN? might return  
:POWER:SWLOSS:TON:ENERGY:MIN 1 indicating that the minimum Ton energy  
switching loss calculation is set to 1 J.  
Examples  
POWer:SWLoss:TON:POWER:MAX? (Query Only)  
Returns the maximum Ton power for the switching loss calculation.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:SWLoss:TON:POWER:MAX?  
Syntax  
POWER:SWLOSS:TON:POWER:MAX? might return  
:POWER:SWLOSS:TON:POWER:MAX 1 indicating that the maximum Ton power  
switching loss calculation is set to 1 W.  
Examples  
POWer:SWLoss:TON:POWER:MEAN? (Query Only)  
Returns the mean Ton power for the switching loss calculation.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:SWLoss:TON:POWER:MEAN?  
Syntax  
POWER:SWLOSS:TON:POWER:MEAN? might return  
:POWER:SWLOSS:TON:POWER:MEAN 1 indicating that the mean Ton power  
switching loss calculation is set to 1 W.  
Examples  
2-310  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
POWer:SWLoss:TON:POWER:MIN? (Query Only)  
Returns the minimum Ton power for the switching loss calculation.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:SWLoss:TON:POWER:MIN?  
Syntax  
POWER:SWLOSS:TON:POWER:MIN? might return  
:POWER:SWLOSS:TON:POWER:MIN 1 indicating that the minimum Ton power  
switching loss calculation is set to 1 W.  
Examples  
POWer:SWLoss:TOTal:ENERGY:MAX? (Query Only)  
Returns the maximum total energy for the switching loss calculation.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:SWLoss:TOTal:ENERGY:MAX?  
Syntax  
POWER:SWLOSS:TOTAL:ENERGY:MAX? might return  
:POWER:SWLOSS:TOTAL:ENERGY:MAX 1 indicating that the maximum  
conduction energy switching loss calculation is set to 1 J.  
Examples  
POWer:SWLoss:TOTal:ENERGY:MEAN? (Query Only)  
Returns the mean total energy for the switching loss calculation.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:SWLoss:TOTal:ENERGY:MEAN?  
Syntax  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-311  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
POWER:SWLOSS:TOTAL:ENERGY:MEAN? might return  
:POWER:SWLOSS:TOTAL:ENERGY:MEAN 1 indicating that the mean conduction  
Examples  
energy switching loss calculation is set to 1 J.  
POWer:SWLoss:TOTal:ENERGY:MIN? (Query Only)  
Returns the minimum total energy for the switching loss calculation.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:SWLoss:TOTal:ENERGY:MIN?  
Syntax  
POWER:SWLOSS:TOTAL:ENERGY:MIN? might return  
:POWER:SWLOSS:TOTAL:ENERGY:MIN 1 indicating that the minimum  
conduction energy switching loss calculation is set to 1 J.  
Examples  
POWer:SWLoss:TOTal:POWER:MAX? (Query Only)  
Returns the maximum total power loss.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Conditions  
Group  
Power  
POWer:SWLoss:TOTal:POWER:MAX?  
Syntax  
POWER:SWLOSS:TOTAL:POWER:MAX? might return  
:POWER:SWLOSS:TOTAL:POWER:MAX 1 indicating that the maximum total  
power switching loss calculation is set to 1 W.  
Examples  
POWer:SWLoss:TOTal:POWER:MEAN? (Query Only)  
Returns the mean total power loss.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Conditions  
2-312  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
Power  
Group  
Syntax  
POWer:SWLoss:TOTal:POWER:MEAN?  
POWER:SWLOSS:TOTAL:POWER:MEAN? might return  
:POWER:SWLOSS:TOTAL:POWER:MEAN 1 indicating that the mean total power  
switching loss calculation is set to 1 W.  
Examples  
POWer:SWLoss:TOTal:POWER:MIN? (Query Only)  
Returns the minimum total power loss.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Conditions  
Group  
Power  
POWer:SWLoss:TOTal:POWER:MIN?  
Syntax  
POWER:SWLOSS:TOTAL:POWER:MIN? might return  
:POWER:SWLOSS:TOTAL:POWER:MIN 1 indicating that the minimum total  
power switching loss calculation is set to 1 W.  
Examples  
POWer:SWLoss:VCEsat  
Sets or returns VCESAT value for use in switching loss calculations when the  
conduction calculation method is VCESAT.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:SWLoss:VCEsat <NR3>  
POWer:SWLoss:VCEsat?  
Syntax  
<NR3> is the VCEsat switching loss calculation.  
Arguments  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-313  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
POWER:SWLOSS:VCESAT 5 sets the VCEsat value to 5.0000.  
Examples  
POWER:SWLOSS:VCESAT ? might return :POWER:SWLOSS:VCEsat 2.0000  
indicating that the VCEsat value is set to 2.0000.  
POWer:TYPe  
Sets or returns the power application measurement type.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:TYPe {NONe|QUALity|SWITCHingloss|SOA  
|HARMonics|RIPPle|MODULationanalysis|DESKew}  
POWer:TYPe?  
Syntax  
NONe Use to set the measurement type to None.  
Arguments  
QUALity Use the power quality functions to obtain measurements and statistics  
about the general power quality in your test circuit  
SWITCHingloss Use the switching loss functions to obtain the power loss and  
energy loss across the acquired waveform, including turn-on loss, turn-off loss,  
conduction loss, and total loss. Typically, use these functions to characterize  
losses in power supply switching devices, as they switch on and off.  
SOA Use the safe operating functions to obtain an X-Y display of the switching  
device-under-test’s voltage and current. Also use them to perform a mask test of  
the X-Y signal relative to the graphical X-Y description of the device specication  
table. The safe operating area is typically the voltage and current values that a  
semiconductor can operate without damaging itself.  
HARMonics Use the harmonics functions to obtain the frequency spectrum of the  
source waveform and associated measurement values. Harmonic measurements  
can help one perform in-depth troubleshooting of power quality problems.  
RIPPle Use the ripple functions to obtain measurements and statistics for the  
AC components of the acquired waveform. Ripples are often found on top of a  
large DC signal.  
MODULationanalysis Use the modulation functions to obtain a trend plot of a  
measurement value across the acquired waveform. This is useful for showing the  
variations in the modulated switching signal.  
DESKew Run the deskew procedure to match the delays through the probes.  
Different probes introduce different delays between the probe tip and the  
2-314  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
oscilloscope. Many oscilloscope users do not have to worry about this because  
they use the same type of probe on all channels. Power measurement users,  
however, frequently use both a voltage probe and a current probe. A current  
probe typically has a larger delay than a voltage probe, so setting deskew values  
becomes important.  
POWER:TYPE HARMonics sets the measurement type to Harmonics.  
Examples  
POWER:TYPE? might return POWER:TYPE NON indicating that no measurement  
type is set.  
POWer:VOLTAGESOurce  
Sets or returns the voltage source for the power application.  
This command requires a DPO4PWR application module.  
Power  
Conditions  
Group  
POWer:VOLTAGESOurce {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4|REF1|REF2|REF3|REF4}  
POWer:VOLTAGESOurce?  
Syntax  
CH1–CH4 or REF1–REF4 sets channel or ref as the voltage source.  
Arguments  
Examples  
POWER:VOLTAGESOURCE CH1 sets the voltage source as CH1.  
POWER:VOLTAGESOURCE? might return POWER:VOLTAGESOURCE CH1 indicating  
that the voltage source is set to CH1.  
*PSC  
Sets or returns the power-on status ag that controls the automatic power-on  
handling of the DESER, SRER, and ESER registers. When *PSC is true, the  
DESER register is set to 255 and the SRER and ESER registers are set to 0 at  
power-on. When *PSC is false, the current values in the DESER, SRER, and  
ESER registers are preserved in nonvolatile memory when power is shut off and  
are restored at power-on.  
Status and Error  
Group  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-315  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
*PSC {OFF|ON|NR1>}  
*PSC?  
Syntax  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
OFF sets the power-on status clear ag to false.  
ON sets the power-on status clear ag to true.  
<NR1> = 0 sets the power-on status clear ag to false. This disables the power-on  
clear allowing the oscilloscope to possibly assert SRQ after power-on; any other  
value sets the power-on status clear ag to true, enabling the power-on status clear  
preventing any SRQ assertion after power on.  
*PSC 0 sets the power-on status clear ag to false.  
Examples  
*PSC? might return 1 to indicate that the power-on status clear ag is set to true.  
*PUD  
Sets or returns a string of Protected User Data. This data is protected by the  
PASSWord command. You can modify it only by rst entering the correct  
password. This password is not necessary to query the data.  
Status and Error  
Group  
Syntax  
*PUD {<Block>|<QString>}  
*PUD?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
<Block> is a block containing up to 300 ASCII characters.  
<QString> is a string containing up to 300 ASCII characters.  
*PUD #229This oscilloscope belongs to me stores the string "This  
oscilloscope belongs to me" in the user protected data area.  
Examples  
*PUD? might return #221PROPERTY OF COMPANY X  
2-316  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
*RCL (No Query Form)  
This command restores the state of the oscilloscope from a copy of the settings  
stored in memory (The settings are stored using the *SAV command).  
Save and Recall  
Group  
Syntax  
*RCL <NR1>  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
<NR1> is a value in the range from 1 to 10, which species a saved setup storage  
location.  
*RCL 3 restores the oscilloscope from a copy of the settings stored in memory  
location 3.  
Examples  
RECAll:SETUp (No Query Form)  
Restores the state of the oscilloscope from a copy of the settings stored in memory.  
The settings are stored using the *SAV command.  
Save and Recall  
Group  
Syntax  
RECAll:SETUp {FACtory|<NR1>|<file path>}  
FACtory restores the factory setup.  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
<NR1> is a value in the range from 1 to 10, which species a saved setup storage  
location.  
<file path> species a location for an oscilloscope setup le. <le path> is  
a quoted string that denes the le name and path. Input the le path using the  
form <drive>:/<dir>/<filename>.<extension> and one or <dir>s are  
optional. If you do not specify them, the oscilloscope will read the le from the  
default directory (see FILESystem:CWD). <lename> stands for a lename; the  
use of wildcard characters in lenames is not supported. Filename extensions are  
not required, but highly recommended.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-317  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
RECALL:SETUP FACTORY recalls (and makes current) the oscilloscope setup  
to its factory defaults.  
Examples  
RECALL:SETUP 2 recalls the oscilloscope setup from setup storage location 2.  
RECALL:SETUP "TEK00000.SET" recalls the setup from the le TEK00000.SET  
in the current working directory.  
RECAll:WAVEform (No Query Form)  
This command (no query form) recalls a stored waveform to a reference location.  
Save and Recall  
Group  
Syntax  
RECAll:WAVEform <file path>,REF<x>  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
REF<x> species a location in internal reference memory. Reference memory  
location values range from 1 through 4.  
<file path> species a location for an oscilloscope setup le. <le path> is  
a quoted string that denes the le name and path. Input the le path using the  
form <drive>:/<dir>/<filename>.<extension> and one or <dir>s are  
optional. If you do not specify them, the oscilloscope will read the le from the  
default directory (see FILESystem:CWD). <lename> stands for a lename; the  
use of wildcard characters in lenames is not supported. Filename extensions are  
not required, but highly recommended.  
RECALL:WAVEFORM "TEK00000.ISF",REF1 recalls the waveform stored in  
the le named TEK00000.ISF from the current directory for waveforms to the  
reference location 1.  
Examples  
REF<x>? (Query Only)  
Returns reference waveform data for the channel specied by <x>, where x is  
the reference channel number.  
Vertical  
Group  
Syntax  
REF<x>?  
2-318  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
REF<x>:DATE? (Query Only)  
Returns the date that reference waveform data for channel <x> was copied into  
the internal reference memory, where x is the reference channel number.  
Vertical  
Group  
Syntax  
REF<x>:DATE?  
REF<x>:HORizontal:DELay:TIMe  
Sets or returns the horizontal delay time for reference waveform <x>, where x  
is the reference channel number. The delay time is expressed in seconds and is  
limited to ±5 times the reference horizontal scale.  
Vertical  
Group  
Syntax  
REF<x>:HORizontal:DELay:TIMe <NR3>  
REF<x>:HORizontal:DELay:TIMe?  
<NR3> is the delay time in seconds.  
Arguments  
Examples  
REF2:HORIZONTAL:DELAY:TIME 4.0E-6 sets the horizontal delay time for  
the REF2 waveform to 4 μs.  
REF<x>:HORizontal:SCAle  
Sets or returns the horizontal scale for reference waveform <x>, where x is the  
reference channel number.  
Vertical  
Group  
Syntax  
REF<x>:HORizontal:SCAle <NR3>  
REF<x>:HORizontal:SCAle?  
<NR3> is the horizontal scale in seconds.  
Arguments  
Examples  
REF1:HORIZONTAL:SCALE? might return REF1:HORIZONTAL:SCALE 4.0E-4.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-319  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
REF<x>:LABel  
Sets or returns the reference waveform label for the channel specied by <x>,  
where x is the reference channel number.  
Vertical  
Group  
Syntax  
REF<x>:LABel <Qstring>  
REF<x>:LABel?  
<Qstring> is an alphanumeric string of text, enclosed in quotes, that contains  
the label text for the reference channel <x> waveform. The text string is limited  
to 30 characters.  
Arguments  
Examples  
REF4:LABEL? might return :REF4:LABEL “Clk Wfm 2”.  
REF<x>:TIMe? (Query Only)  
Returns the time that reference waveform data was copied into the internal  
reference memory for reference channel <x>, where x is the reference channel  
number.  
Vertical  
Group  
Syntax  
REF<x>:TIMe?  
REF4:TIME? might return “16:54:05”.  
Examples  
REF<x>:VERTical:POSition  
Sets or returns the vertical position of the reference waveform specied by <x>,  
where x is the reference channel number.  
Increasing the position value of a waveform causes the waveform to move up,  
and decreasing the position value causes the waveform to move down. Position  
adjusts only the display position of a waveform. The position value determines the  
vertical graticule coordinate at which signal values are displayed. For example, if  
the position for Reference 3 is set to 2.0, the signal represented by that reference  
will be displayed at 2.0 divisions above the center of the screen.  
2-320  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
Vertical  
Group  
Syntax  
REF<x>:VERTical:POSition <NR3>  
REF<x>:VERTical:POSition?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
<NR3> is the desired position, in divisions from the center horizontal graticule.  
The range is from -5.0 to 5.0 divisions.  
REF2:VERTICAL:POSITION 1.3E+00 positions the Reference 2 input signal  
1.3 divisions above the center horizontal graticule.  
Examples  
REF1:VERTICAL:POSITION? might return :REF1:VERTICAL:POSITION  
-1.3000E+00 indicating that the current position of Reference 1 is 1.3 divisions  
below the center horizontal graticule.  
REF<x>:VERTical:SCAle  
Sets or returns the vertical scale for the reference waveform specied by <x>,  
where x is the reference channel number.  
Each waveform has a vertical scale parameter. For a signal with constant  
amplitude, increasing the Scale causes the waveform to be displayed smaller.  
Decreasing the scale causes the waveform to be displayed larger.  
Scale affects all waveforms, but affects reference and math waveforms differently  
from channel waveforms:  
For reference and math waveforms, this setting controls the display only,  
graphically scaling these waveforms and having no affect on the acquisition  
hardware.  
For channel waveforms, this setting controls the vertical size of the acquisition  
window as well as the display scale. The range and resolution of scale  
values depends on the probe attached and any other external factors you have  
specied.  
Vertical  
Group  
Syntax  
REF<x>:VERTical:SCAle <NR3>  
REF<x>:VERTical:SCAle?  
Related Commands  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-321  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
<NR3> is the gain in user units-per-division.  
Arguments  
Examples  
REF4:VERTICAL:SCALE 100E-03 sets the Reference 4 scale to 100 mV per  
division.  
REF4:VERTICAL:SCALE? might return :REF2:VERTICAL:SCALE  
1.0000e+00 indicating that the current vertical scale setting for Reference 2 is  
1 V per division.  
REM (No Query Form)  
Embeds a comment within programs as a means of internally documenting the  
programs. The oscilloscope ignores these embedded comment lines.  
Miscellaneous  
Group  
Syntax  
REM <QString>  
<QString> is a string that can contain a maximum of 80 characters.  
Arguments  
Examples  
REM "This is a comment" is a comment string that the oscilloscope will  
ignore.  
*RST (No Query Form)  
Resets the oscilloscope to the factory default settings. The *RST command does  
not alter the following:  
Calibration data that affect device specications  
The Output Queue  
The Service Request Enable Register setting  
The Power-on status clear ag setting  
Alias denitions  
Stored settings  
The *PUD? Response  
Any of the values associated with the DATA command.  
Oscilloscope password  
2-322  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
Status and Error  
Group  
Syntax  
*RST  
None  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
*RST resets the oscilloscope settings to factory defaults.  
Examples  
*SAV (No Query Form)  
Stores the state of the oscilloscope to a specied memory location. You can use  
the *RCL command to restore the oscilloscope to this saved state at a later time.  
Save and Recall  
Group  
Syntax  
*SAV <NR1>  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
<NR1> species a location in which to save the state of the oscilloscope. Location  
values range from 1 through 10. Using an out-of-range location value causes an  
execution error. Any settings that have been stored previously at this location  
will be overwritten.  
*SAV 2 saves the current oscilloscope state in memory location 2.  
Examples  
SAVe:ASSIgn:TYPe  
Sets or returns the assignment of the data to be saved when the front-panel Save  
button is pressed.  
Save and Recall  
Group  
Syntax  
SAVe:ASSIgn:TYPe {IMAGe|WAVEform|SETUp}  
SAVe:ASSIgn:TYPe?  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-323  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
IMAGe assigns the Save button to save screen images.  
Arguments  
WAVEform assigns the Save button to save waveforms.  
SETUp assigns the Save button to save setups.  
SAVe:EVENTtable:BUS<x> (No Query Form)  
Saves the data from bus<x> to a specied le and location; where x is the bus  
number  
Save and Recall  
Group  
Syntax  
SAVe:EVENTtable:BUS<x> <file path>  
<file path> is a quoted string that denes the le name and path location  
where the event table will be stored.  
Arguments  
NOTE. <lename> stands for a lename of up to 125 characters, followed by a  
period (".") and the three-character extension. Waveform les should have a .csv  
extension for comma-separated spreadsheet format les.  
SAVe:IMAGe (No Query Form)  
Saves a capture of the screen image into the specied le. Supported image  
formats are PNG, Windows Bitmap, and TIFF. If an extension for a supported le  
type is added to the le name, then the corresponding format will be used. If no  
supported extension is added to the le, the format to use will be determined by  
the value obtained from the :SAVe:IMAGe:FILEFormat? query.  
Save and Recall  
Group  
Syntax  
SAVe:IMAGe <file path>  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
<file path> is a lename, including path, where the image will be saved.  
If you do not specify a directory, the oscilloscope will store the le in the  
current working directory. File name extensions are not required but are highly  
2-324  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
recommended. The path “D:/foo.png” will save an image to the le “foo.png” on  
the Compact Flash card.  
SAVe:IMAGe:FILEFormat  
Sets or returns the le format to use for saving screen images.  
NOTE. The le format is not automatically determined by the le name extension.  
You need to choose a le format with an extension which is consistent with the  
selected le format.  
Save and Recall  
Group  
Syntax  
SAVe:IMAGe:FILEFormat {PNG|BMP|TIFf}  
SAVe:IMAGe:FILEFormat?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
PNG saves the le in Portable Network Graphics format.  
BMP saves the le in Microsoft Windows bitmap format.  
TIFf saves the le in Tagged Image File Format.  
SAVe:IMAGe:INKSaver  
Sets or returns the current ink saver setting for the SAVe:IMAGe command. If  
set to “ON” or “1”, images will be generated using the ink saver palette. If set to  
“OFF” or “0”, images will be generated using the standard palette.  
Save and Recall  
Group  
Syntax  
SAVe:IMAGe:INKSaver {OFF|ON|0|1}  
SAVe:IMAGe:INKSaver?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
OFF or 0 generates images from the Inksaver palette.  
ON or 1 generates images using the Standard palette.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-325  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
SAVe:IMAGe:LAYout  
Sets or returns the layout to use for saved screen images.  
Save and Recall  
Group  
Syntax  
SAVe:IMAGe:LAYout {LANdscape|PORTRait}  
SAVe:IMAGe:LAYout?  
LANdscape species that screen images are saved in landscape format.  
Arguments  
PORTRait species that screen images are saved in portrait format.  
SAVe:SETUp (No Query Form)  
Stores the state of the oscilloscope to a specied memory location. You can later  
use the *RCL command to restore the oscilloscope to this saved state.  
Save and Recall  
Group  
Syntax  
SAVe:SETUp {<file path>|<NR1>}  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
<file path> is the target location for storing the setup le. <le path> is a  
quoted string that denes the le name and path. Input the le path using the  
form <drive>:<dir>/<lename>. <extension> and one or <dir>s are optional.  
If you do not specify them, the oscilloscope will store the le in the current  
working directory. <lename> stands for a lename. (Use of wildcard characters  
in lenames is not supported.) Filename extensions are not required but are highly  
recommended. For setups, use the extension ".SET".  
<NR1> species a location for saving the current front-panel setup. The  
front-panel setup value ranges from 1 to 10. Using an out-of-range value causes  
an execution error. Any settings that have been stored previously at this location  
will be overwritten.  
SAVE:SETUP 5 saves the current oscilloscope setup in memory location 5.  
Examples  
SAVE:SETUP "TEK00000.SET" saves the current oscilloscope setup in the le  
TEK00000.SET in the current working directory.  
2-326  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
SAVe:WAVEform (No Query Form)  
This command saves a specied waveform or all displayed waveforms (excluding  
serial bus waveforms). Only individual analog waveforms (CH<x>, MATH and  
REF<x>) can be saved to reference memory locations.  
You can save all displayed waveforms, excluding serial bus waveforms, to a  
single CSV le when the SAVE:WAVEFORM:FILEFORMAT is set to SPREADSHEET.  
You can save all displayed waveforms, excluding serial bus waveforms and digital  
channels (MSO models) to consecutive ISF (internal save format) les when the  
SAVE:WAVEFORM:FILEFORMAT is set to INTERNAL.  
Save and Recall  
Group  
Syntax  
SAVe:WAVEform [<wfm>,{REF<x>}] | [<wfm>, <QString>] | [ALL,  
<QString>]  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
<wfm>, <REF<x>> saves the specied waveform to the specied reference  
memory location. <wfm> can be any live analog channel (where <x> is the  
channel number), the MATH1 waveform, or another reference waveform (such  
as REF1).  
<wfm>, <QString> saves the specied waveform to the le specied in the  
quoted string argument. Any live channel (such as CH1), the MATH1 waveform,  
any reference waveform, and, for MSO models, digital waveforms (such as  
D0) can be saved to a le. Digital waveforms can only be saved when the  
SAVE:WAVEFORM:FILEFORMAT is set to SPREADSHEET.  
ALL, <QString> saves all displayed waveforms, excluding serial bus  
waveforms, to a single CSV le specied by the quoted string argument when the  
SAVE:WAVEFORM:FILEFORMAT is set to SPREADSHEET, or saves all displayed  
waveforms, excluding serial bus waveforms and digital channel waveforms (MSO  
models), to individual ISF (internal save format) les with a le name prex  
specied by the argument with an underscore (_) and the waveform ID (such as  
CH1, REF1, MATH) appended to the le name(s).  
SAVE:WAVEFORM CH1,REF1 saves the CH1 waveform in reference memory  
location 1.  
Examples  
:SAVE:WAVEFORM:FILEFORMAT SPREADSHEET; :SAVE:WAVEFORM ALL,  
"D:/test_folder/test1_all.csv" saves all displayed waveforms  
(excluding serial bus waveforms) to D:/test_folder/test1_all.csv.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-327  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
:SAVe:WAVEform:FILEFormat INTERNal; :SAVe:WAVEform ALL,  
"D:/test_folder/test1" saves all displayed waveforms (excluding serial  
bus waveforms and digital channels for MSO models) to individual les named  
D:/test_folder/test1_<wfm>.isf (for example test1_CH1.isf).  
SAVe:WAVEform:FILEFormat  
Species or returns the le format for saved waveforms. Waveform header and  
timing information is included in the resulting le of non-internal formats.  
The oscilloscope saves DPO waveforms as a 500 x 200 matrix, with the rst  
row corresponding to the most recently acquired data. The values specied by  
DATa:STARt and DATa:STOP determine the range of waveform data to output.  
In the event that DATa:STOP value is greater than the current record length, the  
current record length determines the last output value.  
Save and Recall  
Group  
Syntax  
SAVe:WAVEform:FILEFormat {INTERNal|SPREADSheet}  
SAVe:WAVEform:FILEFormat?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
INTERNal species that waveforms are saved in an internal format, using a .isf  
lename extension. These les can be recalled as reference waveforms. When this  
argument is specied, the settings specied via the DATa:STARt and DATa:STOP  
commands have no meaning as the entire waveform is saved.  
SPREADSheet species that waveform data is saved in a format that contains  
comma delimited values. These waveform data les are named using the .csv  
lename extension. Saving waveforms in CSV format enables spreadsheet  
programs to import the data.  
SAVE:WAVEFORM:FILEFORMAT INTERNAL species that the internal le format  
is the format used for saving waveforms.  
Examples  
SAVE:WAVEFORM:FILEFORMAT? might return :SAVE:WAVEFORM:FILEFORMAT  
INTERNAL indicating that waveforms are saved using the internal format.  
SAVe:WAVEform:GATIng  
Species whether save waveform operations should save the entire waveform  
(NONe) or a specied portion of the waveform.  
2-328  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
Save and Recall  
Group  
Syntax  
SAVe:WAVEform:GATIng {NONe|CURSors|SCREEN}  
SAVe:WAVEform:GATIng?  
CURSors turns on cursors and the gates are the waveform record points at the  
cursor positions.  
Arguments  
NONe saves the entire waveform.  
SCREEN, if zoom is on, the gates are the start and end waveform record points of  
the zoom (upper) graticule, otherwise the gates are the start and end waveform  
record points of the main graticule.  
SAVE:WAVEFORM:GATING CURSors species that, when the waveform gating  
is set to cursors, save waveform operations should save the waveform points  
between the cursors. If cursors are turned off, waveform gating automatically  
reverts to NONE.  
Examples  
SEARCH? (Query Only)  
Returns all search-related settings.  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH?  
SEARCH? might return:  
Examples  
:SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIG:A:BUS:B1:SPI:COND SS;DAT:MOSI:VAL  
"XXXXXXXX";:SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIG:A:BUS:B1:SPI: DAT:MISO:VAL  
"XXXXXXXX";:SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIG:A:BUS:B1:SPI:DAT:SIZ  
1;:SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIG:A:BUS:B1:I2C:COND  
STAR;DAT:VAL "XXXXXXXX";SIZ 1;DIR  
NOCARE;:SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIG:A:BUS:B1:I2C:ADDR:MOD ADDR7;TYP  
USER;VAL "XXXXXXX";:SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIG:A:BUS:B1:CAN:COND  
SOF;FRAME DATA;DAT:VAL "XXXXXXXX";SIZ 1;D IR  
NOCARE;QUAL EQU;:SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIG:A:BUS:B1:CAN:ID:MOD  
ST;VAL "XXXXXXXXXXX";:SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRI  
G:A:BUS:B2:SPI:COND SS;DAT:MOSI:VAL  
"XXXXXXXX";:SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIG:A:BUS:B2:SPI:DAT:MISO:VAL  
"XXXXX XXX";:SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIG:A:BUS:B2:SPI:DAT:SIZ  
1;:SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIG:A:BUS:B2:I2C:COND  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-329  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
STAR;DAT:VAL "XXXXXXXX";SIZ 1;DIR  
NOCARE;:SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIG:A:BUS:B2:I2C:ADDR:MOD ADDR7;TYP  
USER;VAL "XXXXXXX" ;:SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIG:A:BUS:B2:CAN:COND  
SOF;FRAME DATA;DAT:VAL "XXXXXXXX";SIZ 1;DIR NOCARE;QUAL  
EQU; :SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIG:A:BUS:B2:CAN:ID:MOD ST;VAL  
"XXXXXXXXXXX";:SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIG:A:BUS:SOU B1;:SEA  
RCH:SEARCH1:TRIG:A:TYP EDG;LEV 0.0000;LEV:CH1  
0.0000;CH2 0.0000;CH3 0.0000;CH4 0.0000;MATH  
0.0000;RE F1 0.0000;REF2 0.0000;REF3 0.0000;REF4  
0.0000;:SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIG:A:UPP:CH1 800.0000E-3;CH2  
800.000 0E-3;CH3 800.0000E-3;CH4 800.0000E-3;MATH  
800.0000E-3;REF1 800.0000E-3;REF2 800.0000E-3;REF3 800.000  
0E-3;REF4 800.0000E-3;:SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIG:A:LOW:CH1  
0.0000;CH2 0.0000;CH3 0.0000;CH4 0.0000;MATH 0.  
0000;REF1 0.0000;REF2 0.0000;REF3 0.0000;REF4  
0.0000;:SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIG:A:EDGE:SOU CH1;SLO  
RIS;:SE ARCH:SEARCH1:TRIG:A:LOGI:FUNC AND;THR:CH1  
0.0000;CH2 0.0000;CH3 0.0000;CH4 0.0000;MATH  
0.0000;REF1 0 .0000;REF2 0.0000;REF3 0.0000;REF4  
0.0000;:SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIG:A:LOGI:INP:CH1 X;CH2 X;CH3  
X;CH4 X;MA TH X;REF1 X;REF2 X;REF3 X;REF4 X;CLOC:SOU  
NONE;EDGE RIS;:SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIG:A:LOGI:PAT:INP:CH1  
X;CH 2 X;CH3 X;CH4 X;MATH X;REF1 X;REF2 X;REF3 X;REF4  
X;:SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIG:A:LOGI:PAT:WHE TRU;WHE:LESSL  
8.0000E-9;L 8.0000E-9;:SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIG:A:PULSEW:SOU  
CH1;POL POS;WHE LESS;WID 8.0000E-9;:SEA  
RCH:SEARCH1:TRIG:A:RUNT:SOU CH1;POL POS;WHE OCCURS;WID  
8.0000E-9;:SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIG:A:TRAN:SOU CH1 ;POL POS;WHE  
SLOW;DELT 8.0000E-9;:SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIG:A:SETH:CLOC:SOU  
CH1;EDGE RIS;THR 0.0000;:SEARC H:SEARCH1:TRIG:A:SETH:DAT:SOU  
CH2;THR 0.0000;:SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIG:A:SETH:HOLDT  
8.0000E-9;SETT 8.0000 E-9;:SEARCH:SEARCH1:STATE 0  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:COPy (No Query Form)  
Copies the search criteria to the trigger, or the trigger criteria to a search. <x>  
is the search number.  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:COPy {SEARCHtotrigger|TRIGgertosearch}  
SEARCHtotrigger copies the search criteria to the trigger  
Arguments  
TRIGgertosearch copies the trigger criteria to the search  
2-330  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:STATE  
Sets the search state to on or off. <x> is the search number, which is always 1.  
The query form returns the search state.  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:STATE {<NR1>|OFF|ON}  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:STATE?  
OFF or <NR1> = 0 sets the search state to off.  
Arguments  
ON or <NR1> 0 sets the search state to on.  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TOTAL? (Query Only)  
Returns the total number of matches for the search. The total number of matches  
may be than the number of marks placed. <x> is the search number, which  
is always 1.  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TOTAL?  
<NR1> is the total number of matches.  
Returns  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS? (Query Only)  
Returns the serial search type. <x> is the search number, which is always 1. There  
are four serial buses, B1 through B4.  
This command requires a DPO4AUTO or DPO4EMBD application module.  
Search  
Conditions  
Group  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS?  
I2C species the Inter-IC bus.  
Syntax  
Returns  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-331  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
SPI species the Serial Peripheral Interface bus.  
CAN species the Controller Area Network bus.  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS? might return  
Examples  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:SPI:CONDITION  
SS;:SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:SPI:CONDITION  
SS;:SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:SPI:CONDITION  
SS;:SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:SPI:CONDITION  
SS;:SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:SPI:DATA:MOSI:VALUE "XX".  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:CONDition  
Sets or returns the search trigger condition for the AUDIO bus: Start of Frame  
or Data.  
This command requires DPO4AUDIO application module.  
Search  
Conditions  
Group  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:CONDition  
{SOF|DATA}  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:CONDition?  
SOF enables triggering at the start of frame for the audio bus.  
Arguments  
DATA enables triggering on matching data for the audio bus.  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:DATa:HIVALue  
Sets or returns the search trigger data upper word for the AUDIO bus.  
This command requires DPO4AUDIO application module.  
Search  
Conditions  
Group  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:DATa:HIVALue  
<String>  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:DATa:HIVALue?  
2-332  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
<String> species the search data trigger data upper word.  
Arguments  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:DATa:OFFSet  
Sets or returns the search trigger data offset for the AUDIO bus.  
This command requires DPO4AUDIO application module.  
Search  
Conditions  
Group  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:DATa:OFFSet  
<NR1>  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:DATa:OFFSet?  
<NR1> is the search trigger data offset value.  
Arguments  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:DATa:QUALier  
Sets or returns the search trigger data qualier for the AUDIO bus.  
This command requires DPO4AUDIO application module.  
Search  
Conditions  
Group  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:DATa:QUALifier  
{LESSThan|MOREThan|EQUal|UNEQual|LESSEQual|MOREEQual|INrange|OUTrange  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:DATa:QUALifier?  
Syntax  
LESSThan sets the search trigger data qualier to less than.  
MOREThan sets the search trigger data qualier to greater than.  
EQUal sets the search trigger data qualier to equal.  
Arguments  
UNEQual sets the search trigger data qualier to not equal.  
LESSEQual sets the search trigger data qualier to less than or equal.  
MOREEQual sets the search trigger data qualier to greater than or equal.  
INrange sets the search trigger data qualier to in range.  
OUTrange sets the search trigger data qualier to out of range.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-333  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:DATa:VALue  
Sets or returns the search trigger data lower word for the AUDIO bus.  
This command requires DPO4AUDIO application module.  
Search  
Conditions  
Group  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:DATa:VALue  
<String>  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:DATa:VALue?  
<String> is the search trigger data lower word.  
Arguments  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:DATa:WORD  
Sets or returns the search trigger data alignment for the AUDIO bus.  
This command requires DPO4AUDIO application module.  
Search  
Conditions  
Group  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:DATa:WORD  
{EITher|LEFt|RIGht}  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:DATa:WORD?  
EITher aligns the search trigger data to either left or right.  
LEFt aligns the search trigger data to the left.  
Arguments  
RIGht aligns the search trigger data to the right.  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:CAN:CONDition  
Sets or returns the search condition for a CAN trigger search. SEARCH<x> is the  
search number and B<x> is the bus number.  
This command requires a DPO4AUTO application module.  
Conditions  
2-334  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:CAN:CONDition  
{SOF|FRAMEtype|IDentifier|DATA|IDANDDATA|EOF|ACKMISS}  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:CAN:CONDition?  
SOF species a search based on the start of frame.  
Arguments  
FRAMEtype species a search based on the frame type.  
IDentifier species a search based on the frame identier.  
DATA species a search based on the frame data.  
IDANDDATA species a search based on the frame identier and data.  
EOF species a search base on the end of frame.  
ACKMISS species a search based on the missing ACK eld.  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:CAN:DATa:DIRection  
Sets or returns the CAN search to be valid for Read, Write, or Either condition if  
the criteria is IDentier. SEARCH<x> is the search number and B<x> is the bus  
number. This only applies if the search condition is IDentier.  
This command requires a DPO4AUTO application module.  
Search  
Conditions  
Group  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:CAN:DATa:DIRection  
{READ|WRITE|NOCARE}  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:CAN:DATa:DIRection?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
READ species the read condition.  
WRITE species the write condition.  
NOCARE species either a read or write condition.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-335  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:CAN:DATa:QUALier  
Sets or returns the CAN data qualier for a search. SEARCH<x> is the search  
number and B<x> is the bus number. This only applies if the trigger condition is  
IDANDDATA or DATA.  
This command requires a DPO4AUTO application module.  
Search  
Conditions  
Group  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:CAN:DATa:QUALifier  
{LESSThan|Than|EQUal|UNEQual|LESSEQual|EQual}  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:CAN:DATa:QUALifier?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
LESSThan searches for bus data less than the value specied by  
Than searches for bus data greater than the value specied by  
EQUal searches for bus data equal to the value specied by SEARCH:  
UNEQual searches for bus data not equal to the value specied by  
LESSEQual searches for bus data less equal to the value specied by  
EQual searches for bus data equal to the value specied by SEARCH:  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:CAN:DATa:SIZe  
Sets or returns the length of the data string in bytes to be used for a CAN search if  
the search condition is DATA or IDANDDATA. SEARCH<x> is the search number  
and B<x> is the bus number.  
This command requires a DPO4AUTO application module.  
Search  
Conditions  
Group  
2-336  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:CAN:DATa:SIZe <NR1>  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:CAN:DATa:SIZe?  
Syntax  
<NR1> is the data string length in bytes.  
Arguments  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:CAN:DATa:VALue  
Sets or returns the binary data string to be used for a CAN search if the search  
condition is ID or IDANDDATA. SEARCH<x> is the search number and B<x>  
is the bus number.  
This command requires a DPO4AUTO application module.  
Search  
Conditions  
Group  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:CAN:DATa:VALue <bin>  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:CAN:DATa:VALue?  
Syntax  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
<bin> is the data in binary format.  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:CAN:FRAMEtype  
Sets or returns the CAN Frame Type to be used if the trigger search condition is  
Frame Type. SEARCH<x> is the search number and B<x> is the bus number.  
This command requires a DPO4AUTO application module.  
Search  
Conditions  
Group  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:CAN:FRAMEtype  
{DATA|REMote|ERRor|OVERLoad}  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:CAN:FRAMEtype?  
DATA species a data frame.  
Arguments  
REMote species a remote frame.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-337  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
ERRor species an error frame.  
OVERLoad species an overload frame.  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:CAN{:IDentier|:ADDRess}:MODe  
Sets or returns the CAN addressing mode for a trigger search to a standard or  
extended format. SEARCH<x> is the search number and B<x> is the bus number.  
This command requires a DPO4AUTO application module.  
Search  
Conditions  
Group  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:CAN{:IDentifier|:  
ADDRess}:MODe {STandard|EXTended}  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:CAN{:IDentifier|:  
ADDRess}:MODe?  
STandard species an 11-bit identier eld.  
Arguments  
EXTended species a 29-bit identier eld.  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:CAN{:IDentier|:ADDRess}:VALue  
Sets or returns the binary address string to be used for a CAN trigger search if  
the search condition is ID or IDANDDATA. SEARCH<x> is the search number  
and B<x> is the bus number.  
This command requires a DPO4AUTO application module.  
Search  
Conditions  
Group  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:CAN{:IDentifier|:  
ADDRess}:VALue <bin>  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:CAN{:IDentifier|:  
ADDRess}:VALue?  
<bin> is the address in binary format.  
Arguments  
2-338  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:CONDition  
Sets or returns the trigger condition for FLEXRAY.  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:CONDition  
{SOF|FRAMETypeid|CYCLEcount|HEADer|DATA|IDANDDATA|EOF|ERROR}  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:CONDition?  
SOF sets the FLEXRAY trigger condition to start of frame.  
FRAMETypeid sets the FLEXRAY trigger condition to a frame type id.  
CYCLEcount sets the FLEXRAY trigger condition to cycle count.  
HEADer sets the FLEXRAY trigger condition to header.  
DATA sets the FLEXRAY trigger condition to data.  
Arguments  
IDANDDATA sets the FLEXRAY trigger condition to ID and data.  
EOF sets the FLEXRAY trigger condition to EOF.  
ERROR sets the FLEXRAY trigger condition to an error.  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:CONDITION ERROR sets  
the FLEXRAY condition to ERROR  
Examples  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:CONDITION? might  
return SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:CONDITION SOF  
indicating the FLEXRAY condition is start of frame.  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:CYCLEcount:HIVALue  
Sets or returns the binary data string to be used for FLEXRAY cycle count high  
value.  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:CYCLEcount:  
HIVALue <QString>  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:CYCLEcount:  
HIVALue?  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-339  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
<QString> is a quoted string that is the cycle count high value.  
Arguments  
Examples  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:CYCLECOUNT:HIVALUE  
“110010” sets the cycle count high value to 110010.  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:CYCLECOUNT:HIVALUE?  
might return  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:CYCLECOUNT:HIVALUE  
"XXXXXX" indicating the cycle count high value is set to don’t cares.  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:CYCLEcount:QUALier  
Sets or returns the FLEXRAY cycle count qualier.  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:  
B<x>:FLEXray:CYCLEcount:QUALifier  
{LESSThan|MOREThan|EQUal|UNEQual|LESSEQual|MOREEQual|INrange|OUTrange}  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:CYCLEcount:  
QUALifier?  
LESSThan sets the cycle count qualier to less than.  
MOREThan sets the cycle count qualier to greater than.  
EQUal sets the cycle count qualier to equal.  
Arguments  
UNEQual sets the cycle count qualier to not equal.  
LESSEQual sets the cycle count qualier to less than or equal.  
MOREEQual sets the cycle count qualier to greater than or equal.  
INrange sets the cycle count qualier to in range.  
OUTrange sets the cycle count qualier to out of range.  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:CYCLECOUNT:QUALIFIER  
LESSTHANsets the cycle count qualier to LESSTHAN.  
Examples  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:CYCLECOUNT:QUALIFIER?  
might return  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:CYCLECOUNT:QUALIFIER  
EQUAL indicating the cycle count qualier is set to EQUAL.  
2-340  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:CYCLEcount:VALue  
Sets or returns the binary data string to be used for FLEXRAY cycle count low  
value.  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:CYCLEcount:VALue  
<QString>  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:CYCLEcount:  
VALue?  
<QString> is a quoted string that is the binary cycle count value.  
Arguments  
Examples  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:CYCLECOUNT:VALUE  
“110010” sets the cycle count value to 110010.  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:CYCLECOUNT:VALUE?  
might return  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:CYCLECOUNT:VALUE  
"XXXXXX" indicating the cycle count value is don’t cares.  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:DATa:HIVALue  
Sets or returns the high binary data string used for FLEXRAY trigger if trigger  
condition is ID or IDANDDATA.  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:DATa:HIVALue  
<QString>  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:DATa:HIVALue?  
<QString> is a quoted string that is the binary high value.  
Arguments  
Examples  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:DATA:HIVALUE  
“11001010” sets the high value 11001010.  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:DATA:HIVALUE? might  
return SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:DATA:HIVALUE  
"XXXXXXXX" indicating the high value is don’t cares.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-341  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:DATa:OFFSet  
Sets or returns the offset of the data string in bytes to be used for FLEXRAY  
trigger.  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:DATa:OFFSet  
<NR1>  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:DATa:OFFSet?  
<NR1> is the FLEXRAY data offset in bytes. A byte offset of -1 signies don’t  
care, and no byte offset is used. The instrument will trigger or match any byte  
value that ts.  
Arguments  
Examples  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:DATA:OFFSET 10 sets  
the FLEXRAY data offset to 10 bytes.  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:DATA:OFFSET? might  
return SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:DATA:OFFSET 0  
indicating the offset is set to 0 bytes.  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:DATa:QUALier  
Sets or returns the FLEXRAY data qualier.  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:DATa:QUALifier  
{LESSThan|MOREThan|EQUal|UNEQual|LESSEQual|MOREEQual|  
INrange|OUTrange}  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:DATa:QUALifier?  
LESSThan sets the FLEXRAY data qualier to less than.  
MOREThan sets the FLEXRAY data qualier to greater than.  
EQUal sets the FLEXRAY data qualier to equal.  
Arguments  
UNEQual sets the FLEXRAY data qualier to not equal.  
LESSEQual sets the FLEXRAY data qualier to less than or equal.  
MOREEQual sets the FLEXRAY data qualier to greater than or equal.  
2-342  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
INrange sets the FLEXRAY data qualier to in range.  
OUTrange sets the FLEXRAY data qualier to out of range.  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:DATA:QUALIFIER  
Examples  
LESSTHAN sets the data qualier to LESSTHAN.  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:DATA:QUALIFIER? might  
return SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:DATA:QUALIFIER  
EQUAL indicating the data qualier is EQUAL.  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:DATa:SIZe  
Sets or returns the length of the data string in bytes to be used for FLEXRAY  
trigger.  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:DATa:SIZe <NR1>  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:DATa:SIZe?  
<NR1> is the length of the data string in bytes. Length range is 1 to 8.  
Arguments  
Examples  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:DATA:SIZE 8 sets the  
data size to 8 bytes.  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:DATA:SIZE? might return  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:DATA:SIZE 1 indicating  
the data size is 1 byte.  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:DATa:VALue  
Sets or returns the low binary data string used for FLEXRAY trigger condition if  
trigger condition is ID or IDANDDATA.  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:DATa:VALue  
<QString>  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:DATa:VALue?  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-343  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
<QString> is a quoted string that is the low binary data string to be used for  
FLEXRAY trigger condition if trigger condition is ID or IDANDDATA.  
Arguments  
Examples  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:DATA:VALUE  
“11001010” sets the binary data string to 11001010.  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:DATA:VALUE? might  
return SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:DATA:VALUE  
"XXXXXXXX" indicates the binary data string is don’t cares.  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:EOFTYPE  
Sets or returns the end of frame type used for FLEXRAY trigger.  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:EOFTYPE  
{STATic|DYNAMic|ANY}  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:EOFTYPE?  
STATic sets the FLEXRAY end of frame type to STATIC.  
DYNAMic sets the FLEXRAY end of frame type to DYNAMIC.  
ANY sets the FLEXRAY end of frame type to ANY type.  
Arguments  
Examples  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:EOFTYPE ANY sets the  
FLEXRAY end of frame type to any type.  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:EOFTYPE? might return  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:EOFTYPE STATIC  
indicating the FLEXRAY end of frame type is static.  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:ERRTYPE  
Sets or returns the error type be used for FLEXRAY trigger.  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:ERRTYPE  
{CRCHeader|CRCTrailer|SYNCFrame|STARTupnosync|NULLFRStatic|  
NULLFRDynamic}  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:ERRTYPE?  
2-344  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
CRCHeader sets the FLEXRAY error type to CRC header.  
Arguments  
CRCTrailer sets the FLEXRAY error type to CRC trailer.  
SYNCFrame sets the FLEXRAY error type to SYNC frame.  
STARTupnosync sets the FLEXRAY error type to start up with no sync.  
NULLFRStatic sets the FLEXRAY error type to null frame static.  
NULLFRDynamic sets the FLEXRAY error type to null frame dynamic.  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:ERRTYPE SYNCFRAME sets  
the FLEXRAY error type SYNCFRAME  
Examples  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:ERRTYPE? might return  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:ERRTYPE CRCHEADER  
indicating the FLEXRAY error type is CRCHEADER  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:FRAMEID:HIVALue  
Sets or returns the binary data string used for FLEXRAY frame ID high value.  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:FRAMEID:HIVALue  
<QString>  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:FRAMEID:HIVALue?  
<QString> is a quoted string representing the binary data string used for  
FLEXRAY frame ID high value.  
Arguments  
Examples  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:FRAMEID:HIVALUE  
“00101100101” sets the frame id high value to 00101100101.  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:FRAMEID:HIVALUE?  
might return  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:FRAMEID:HIVALUE  
"XXXXXXXXXXX" indicating the frame id high value is don’t cares.  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:FRAMEID:QUALier  
Sets or returns the FLEXRAY frame ID qualier.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-345  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:  
B<x>:FLEXray:FRAMEID:QUALifier  
{LESSThan|MOREThan|EQUal|UNEQual|LESSEQual|MOREEQual|  
INrange|OUTrange}  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:FRAMEID:  
QUALifier?  
LESSThan sets the frame id qualier to LESSThan  
MOREThan sets the frame id qualier to MOREThan  
QUal sets the frame id qualier to QUal  
Arguments  
UNEQual sets the frame id qualier to UNEQual  
LESSEQual sets the frame id qualier to LESSEQual  
MOREEQual sets the frame id qualier to MOREEQual  
INrange sets the frame id qualier to INrange  
OUTrange sets the frame id qualier to OUTrange  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:FRAMEID:QUALIFIER  
Examples  
OUTRANGE sets the frame id qualier to out of range.  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:FRAMEID:QUALIFIER?  
might return  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:FRAMEID:QUALIFIER  
EQUAL indicating the frame id qualier is EQUAL.  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:FRAMEID:VALue  
Sets or returns the binary data string to be used for FLEXRAY frame ID low value.  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:FRAMEID:VALue  
<QString>  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:FRAMEID:VALue?  
<QString> is a quoted string representing the binary data string used for  
FLEXRAY frame ID low value.  
Arguments  
2-346  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:FRAMEID:VALUE  
Examples  
“11001101010” sets the value of the frame id is 11001101010.  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:FRAMEID:VALUE? might  
return SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:FRAMEID:VALUE  
"10110010101" indicating the value of the frame id is 10110010101.  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:FRAMEType  
Sets or returns the frame type for FLEXRAY.  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:FRAMEType  
{NORMal|PAYLoad|NULL|SYNC|STARTup}  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:FRAMEType?  
NORMal sets the FLEXRAY frame type to normal.  
PAYLoad sets the FLEXRAY frame type to payload.  
NULL sets the FLEXRAY frame type to NULL.  
SYNC sets the FLEXRAY frame type to sync.  
STARTup sets the FLEXRAY frame type to start up.  
Arguments  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:FRAMETYPE STARTUP  
Examples  
sets the exray frame type to startup.  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:FRAMETYPE? might return  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:FRAMETYPE NORMAL  
indicating the exray frame type is normal.  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:HEADER:CRC  
Sets or returns the CRC portion of the binary header string to be used for  
FLEXRAY trigger.  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:HEADER:CRC  
<QString>  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:HEADER:CRC?  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-347  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
<QString> is a quoted string representing the CRC portion of the binary header  
string used for FLEXRAY trigger.  
Arguments  
Examples  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:CRC  
“00110010101” sets the CRC protion of the binary header string 00110010101.  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:CRC? might  
return SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:CRC  
"XXXXXXXXXXX" indicating the CRC protion of the binary header string is don’t  
cares.  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:HEADER:CYCLEcount  
Sets or returns the cycle count portion of the binary header string used for  
FLEXRAY trigger.  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:HEADER:  
CYCLEcount <QString>  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:HEADER:  
CYCLEcount?  
<QString> is a quoted string representing the cycle count portion of the binary  
header String used for FLEXRAY trigger.  
Arguments  
Examples  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:CYCLECOUNT  
“001101” sets the cycle count to 001101.  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:CYCLECOUNT?  
might return  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:CYCLECOUNT  
"XXXXXX" indicating the cycle count is don’t cares.  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:HEADER:FRAMEID  
Sets or returns the frame id portion of the binary header string used for FLEXRAY  
trigger.  
Search  
Group  
2-348  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:HEADER:FRAMEID  
<QString>  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:HEADER:FRAMEID?  
Syntax  
<QString> is a quoted string representing the frame id portion of the binary  
header string used for FLEXRAY trigger.  
Arguments  
Examples  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:FRAMEID  
“10110010101” sets the frame id portion of the binary header string to  
10110010101.  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:FRAMEID? might  
return SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:FRAMEID  
"XXXXXXXXXXX" indicating the frame id portion of the binary header string is  
don’t cares.  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:HEADER:INDBits  
Sets or returns the indicator bits portion of the binary header string used for  
FLEXRAY trigger.  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:HEADER:INDBits  
<QString>  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:HEADER:INDBits?  
<QString> is a quoted string representing the indicator bits portion of the binary  
header string used for FLEXRAY trigger.  
Arguments  
Examples  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:INDBITS  
”10100” sets the indicator bits of the header to 10100.  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:INDBITS? might  
return SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:INDBITS  
"XXXXX" indicating the indicator bits of the header are don’t cares.  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:HEADER:PAYLength  
Sets or returns the payload length portion of the binary header string used for  
FLEXRAY trigger.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-349  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:HEADER:PAYLength  
<QString>  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:HEADER:  
PAYLength?  
<QString> is a quoted string representing the payload length portion of the  
binary header string used for FLEXRAY trigger.  
Arguments  
Examples  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:PAYLENGTH  
“1001101” sets the payload length portion of the binary header string to 1001101.  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:PAYLENGTH?  
might return  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:PAYLENGTH  
"XXXXXXX" indicating the payload length portion of the binary header string  
is don’t cares.  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:I2C:ADDRess:MODe  
Sets or returns the I2C address mode to 7 or 10-Bit. SEARCH<x> is the search  
number and B<x> is the bus number.  
This command requires a DPO4EMBD application module.  
Search  
Conditions  
Group  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:I2C:ADDRess:MODe  
{ADDR7|ADDR10}  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:I2C:ADDRess:MODe?  
ADDR7 species 7-bit addresses.  
Arguments  
ADDR10 species 10-bit addresses.  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:I2C:ADDRess:TYPe  
Sets or returns the I2C address type. SEARCH<x> is the search number and B<x>  
is the bus number.  
2-350  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
This command requires a DPO4EMBD application module.  
Conditions  
Group  
Search  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:I2C:ADDRess:TYPe  
{GENeralcall|STARtbyte|HSmode|EEPROM|USER}  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:I2C:ADDRess:TYPe?  
GENeralcall species the GENeralcall address type.  
STARtbyte species the STARtbyte address type.  
HSmode species the HSmode address type  
EEPROM species the EEPROM address type.  
USER species a user address.  
Arguments  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:I2C:ADDRess:VALue  
Sets or returns the binary address string to be used for an I2C trigger search if  
the search condition is ADDR or ADDRANDDATA. SEARCH<x> is the search  
number and B<x> is the bus number.  
This command requires a DPO4EMBD application module.  
Search  
Conditions  
Group  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:I2C:ADDRess:VALue <bin>  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:I2C:ADDRess:VALue?  
Syntax  
<bin> is the address in binary format.  
Arguments  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:I2C:CONDition  
Sets or returns the search condition for an I2C trigger search. SEARCH<x> is the  
search number and B<x> is the bus number.  
This command requires a DPO4EMBD application module.  
Search  
Conditions  
Group  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-351  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:I2C:CONDition  
{STARt|STOP|REPEATstart|ACKMISS|ADDRess|DATA|ADDRANDDATA}  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:I2C:CONDition?  
Syntax  
STARt species a search based on a start condition.  
Arguments  
STOP species a search based on a stop condition.  
REPEATstart species a search based on a repeat of start condition.  
ACKMISS species a search based on a missing acknowledgement condition.  
ADDRess species a search based on an address.  
DATA species a search based on a data condition.  
ADDRANDDATA species a search based on an address and data condition.  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:I2C:DATa:DIRection  
Sets or returns the I2C search condition to be valid on a Read, Write, or Either  
condition. SEARCH<x> is the search number and B<x> is the bus number.  
This command requires a DPO4EMBD application module.  
Search  
Conditions  
Group  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:I2C:DATa:DIRection  
{READ|WRITE|NOCARE}  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:I2C:DATa:DIRection?  
READ species a read condition.  
Arguments  
WRITE species a write condition.  
NOCARE species either a read or write condition.  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:I2C:DATa:SIZe  
Sets or returns the length of the data string in bytes to be used for an I2C trigger  
search if the search condition is DATA or ADDRANDDATA. SEARCH<x> is the  
search number and B<x> is the bus number.  
This command requires a DPO4EMBD application module.  
Conditions  
2-352  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:I2C:DATa:SIZe <NR1>  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:I2C:DATa:SIZe?  
<NR1> is the data string length in bytes.  
Arguments  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:I2C:DATa:VALue  
Sets or returns the binary data string to be used for an I2C trigger search if the  
search condition is DATA or ADDRANDDATA. SEARCH<x> is the search  
number and B<x> is the bus number.  
This command requires a DPO4EMBD application module.  
Search  
Conditions  
Group  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:I2C:DATa:VALue <bin>  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:I2C:DATa:VALue?  
Syntax  
<bin> is the data in binary format.  
Arguments  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:LIN:CONDition  
Sets or returns the search condition for a LIN search.  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:LIN:CONDition  
{SYNCField|IDentifier|DATA|IDANDDATA|WAKEup|SLEEP|ERROR}  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:LIN:CONDition?  
SYNCField species to search on the sync eld.  
IDentier species to search on the identier.  
DATA species to search on the data.  
Arguments  
IDANDDATA species to search on the identier and the data.  
WAKEup species to search on wake up.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-353  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
SLEEP species to search on sleep.  
ERROR species to search on errors.  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:CONDITION? might return  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:CONDITION SYNCFIELD  
indicating a search on the sync eld.  
Examples  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:LIN:DATa:HIVALue  
Sets or returns the binary data string to be used for LIN searches if the search  
condition is ID or IDANDDATA.  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:LIN:DATa:HIVALue  
<QString>  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:LIN:DATa:HIVALue?  
<QString> is a quoted string of 1s, 0s, or Xs representing the binary data string  
to be used for LIN searches if the search condition is ID or IDANDDATA.  
Arguments  
Examples  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:HIVALUE? might  
return SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:HIVALUE  
"XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX  
XXXXXXXXXXXX" indicating the high value is don’t care.  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:LIN:DATa:QUALier  
Sets or returns the LIN data qualier. This only applies if the trigger condition is  
IDANDDATA or DATA.  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:LIN:DATa:QUALifier  
{LESSThan|MOREThan|EQUal|UNEQual|LESSEQual|MOREEQual|  
INrange|OUTrange}  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:LIN:DATa:QUALifier?  
2-354  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
LESSThan sets the LIN data qualier to less than.  
Arguments  
MOREThan sets the LIN data qualier to greater than.  
EQUal sets the LIN data qualier to equal.  
UNEQual sets the LIN data qualier to not equal.  
LESSEQual sets the LIN data qualier to less than or equal.  
MOREEQual sets the LIN data qualier to greater than or equal.  
INrange sets the LIN data qualier to in range.  
OUTrange sets the LIN data qualier to out of range.  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:QUALIFIER LESSThan  
Examples  
sets the data qualier to lessthan.  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:QUALIFIER? might return  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:QUALIFIER EQUAL  
indicating the data qualier is equal.  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:LIN:DATa:SIZe  
Sets or returns the length of the data string in bytes to be used for LIN Search, if  
search condition is DATA or IDANDDATA.  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:LIN:DATa:SIZe <NR1>  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:LIN:DATa:SIZe?  
<NR1> is the length of the data in bytes.  
Arguments  
Examples  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:SIZE 8 sets the LIN data  
size is 8 bytes.  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:SIZE? might return  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:SIZE 1 indicating that  
the LIN data size is 1 byte.  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:LIN:DATa:VALue  
Sets or returns the binary data string used for a LIN search if the search condition  
is ID or IDANDDATA.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-355  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:LIN:DATa:VALue <QString>  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:LIN:DATa:VALue?  
<QString> is the binary data string for the search.  
Arguments  
Examples  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:VALUE? might  
return SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:VALUE  
"XXXXXXXX" indicating the data value is don’t care.  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:LIN:ERRTYPE  
Sets or returns the error type used for a LIN Search.  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:LIN:ERRTYPE  
{SYNC|PARity|CHecksum|HEADertime|RESPtime|FRAMetime}  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:LIN:ERRTYPE?  
SYNC species a sync error type.  
Arguments  
PARity species a parity error type.  
CHecksum species a checksum error type.  
HEADertime species a header time error type.  
RESPtime species a response time error type.  
RAMetime species a frame time error type.  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:ERRTYPE? might return  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:ERRTYPE SYNC indicating a  
SYNC error type.  
Examples  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:LIN:IDentier:VALue  
Sets or returns the binary address string used for LIN search if search condition is  
ID or IDANDDATA.  
2-356  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:LIN:IDentifier:VALue  
<QString>  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:LIN:IDentifier:VALue?  
<QString> is a quoted string specifying the binary address string to be used for  
LIN search if search condition is ID or IDANDDATA.  
Arguments  
Examples  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:IDENTIFIER:VALUE? might  
return SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:IDENTIFIER:VALUE  
"XXXXXX" indicating the binary address is undened.  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:PARallel:VALue  
Sets or returns the binary data string to be used for a Parallel trigger search.  
SEARCH<x> is the search number and B<x> is the bus number.  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:PARallel:VALue <QString>  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:PARallel:VALue?  
<QString> is the binary data string.  
Arguments  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:RS232C:CONDition  
Sets or returns the condition for an RS-232 trigger search. SEARCH<x> is the  
search number and B<x> is the bus number.  
This command requires a DPO4COMP application module.  
Search  
Conditions  
Group  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:RS232C:CONDition  
{RXSTArt|RXDATA|RXENDPacket|TXSTArt|TXDATA|TXENDPacket}  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:RS232C:CONDition?  
Syntax  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-357  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
RXSTArt species a search based on the RX Start Bit.  
Arguments  
RXDATA species a search based on RX Data.  
RXENDPacket species a search based on the RX End of Packet condition.  
TXSTArt species a search base on the TX Start Bit.  
TXDATA species a search based on TX Data.  
TXENDPacket species a search based on the TX End of Packet condition.  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:RS232C:RX:DATa:SIZe  
Sets or returns the length of the data string for an RS-232 trigger search if the  
trigger condition is RX. SEARCH<x> is the search number and B<x> is the bus  
number.  
This command requires a DPO4COMP application module.  
Search  
Conditions  
Group  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:RS232C:RX:DATa:SIZe  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:RS232C:RX:DATa:SIZe?  
Syntax  
<NR1> is the length of the data string in Bytes.  
Arguments  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:RS232C:RX:DATa:VALue  
Sets or returns the binary data string for an RS-232 trigger search if the condition  
involves RX. SEARCH<x> is the search number and B<x> is the bus number.  
This command requires a DPO4COMP application module.  
Search  
Conditions  
Group  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:RS232C:RX:DATa:VALue  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:RS232C:RX:DATa:VALue?  
Syntax  
2-358  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:RS232C:TX:DATa:SIZe  
Sets or returns the length of the data string to be used for an RS-232 trigger search  
if the Trigger condition is TX. SEARCH<x> is the search number and B<x> is the  
bus number.  
This command requires a DPO4COMP application module.  
Search  
Conditions  
Group  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:RS232C:TX:DATa:SIZe  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:RS232C:TX:DATa:SIZe?  
Syntax  
<NR1> is the length of the data string in Bytes.  
Arguments  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:RS232C:TX:DATa:VALue  
Sets or returns the binary data string to be used for an RS-232 trigger search if  
the condition involves RX. SEARCH<x> is the search number and B<x> is the  
bus number.  
This command requires a DPO4COMP application module.  
Search  
Conditions  
Group  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:RS232C:TX:DATa:VALue  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:RS232C:TX:DATa:VALue?  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:SPI:CONDition  
Sets or returns the search condition for a SPI trigger search. SEARCH<x> is the  
search number and B<x> is the bus number.  
This command requires a DPO4EMBD application module.  
Search  
Conditions  
Group  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-359  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:SPI:CONDition  
{SS|STARTofframe|MISO|MOSI|MISOMOSI}  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:SPI:CONDition?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
SS species a search based on the Slave Selection condition.  
STARTofframe is applicable when BUS:B<x>:SPI:FRAMING is set to  
IDLEtime. When the trigger condition is set to STARTofframe, the instrument  
triggers on the rst SPI clock after an idle time when there are no clocks.  
MISO species a search based on the Master-In Slave-Out condition.  
MOSI species a search based on the Master-Out Slave-In condition.  
MISOMOSI species a search based on the Master-In Slave-Out and Master-Out  
Slave-In conditions.  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:SPI:DATa{:MISO|:IN}:VALue  
Sets or returns the binary data string for an SPI trigger search if the search  
condition is MISO or MISOMOSI. SEARCH<x> is the search number and B<x>  
is the bus number.  
This command requires a DPO4EMBD application module.  
Search  
Conditions  
Group  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:SPI:DATa{:MISO|:IN}:  
VALue <bin>  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:SPI:DATa{:MISO|:IN}:  
VALue?  
<bin> is the data string in binary format.  
Arguments  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:SPI:DATa{:MOSI|:OUT}:VALue  
Sets or returns the binary data string for an SPI trigger search if search the  
condition is MOSI, or MISOMOSI. SEARCH<x> is the search number and B<x>  
is the bus number.  
2-360  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
This command requires a DPO4EMBD application module.  
Conditions  
Group  
Search  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:SPI:DATa{:MOSI|:OUT}:  
VALue <bin>  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:SPI:DATa{:MOSI|:OUT}:  
VALue?  
<bin> is the data in binary format.  
Arguments  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:SPI:DATa:SIZe  
Sets or returns the length of the data string for an SPI trigger search if the search  
condition is MISO, MOSI, or MISOMOSI. SEARCH<x> is the search number  
and B<x> is the bus number.  
This command requires a DPO4EMBD application module.  
Search  
Conditions  
Group  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:SPI:DATa:SIZe <NR1>  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:SPI:DATa:SIZe?  
Syntax  
<NR1> is the data string length in bytes.  
Arguments  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:SOUrce  
Sets or returns a bus serial search. <x> is the search number.  
This command requires a DPO4AUTO or DPO4EMBD application module.  
Search  
Conditions  
Group  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:SOUrce {B1|B2|B3|B4}  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:BUS:SOUrce?  
Syntax  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-361  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
B1 species the Bus 1 source.  
Arguments  
B2 species the Bus 2 source.  
B3 species the Bus 3 source.  
B4 species the Bus 4 source.  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:EDGE:SLOpe  
Sets or returns the slope for an edge trigger search to determine where to place a  
mark. <x> is the search number.  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:EDGE:SLOpe {RISe|FALL}  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:EDGE:SLOpe?  
RISe species a rising edge.  
Arguments  
FALL species a falling edge.  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:EDGE:SOUrce  
Sets or returns the source waveform for an edge trigger search to determine where  
to place a mark. <x> is the search number.  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:EDGE:SOUrce  
{CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4|MATH}  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:EDGE:SOUrce?  
CH<x> species one input channel as the edge source, where <x> is the channel  
number.  
Arguments  
MATH species the math waveform as the search source.  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LEVel  
Sets or returns the level for an edge trigger search to determine where to place a  
mark. <x> is the search number.  
2-362  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LEVel {<NR3>|TTL}  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LEVel?  
<NR3> species the trigger level, in volts.  
Arguments  
TTL species a preset TTL high level of 1.4V.  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LEVel:CH<x>  
Sets or returns the level for an edge trigger search to determine where to place a  
mark. SEARCH<x> is the search number and CH<x> is the channel number. Each  
channel can have an independent level.  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LEVel:CH<x> {<NR3>|TTL}  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LEVel:CH<x>?  
<NR3> species the trigger level in volts.  
Arguments  
TTL species a preset TTL high level of 1.4 V.  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LEVel:MATH[1]  
Sets or returns the math waveform level for an edge trigger search to determine  
where to place a mark. <x> is the search number. The value of MATH is 1 for  
all oscilloscopes.  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LEVel:MATH {TTL}  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LEVel:MATH?  
TTL species a preset TTL high level of 1.4 V.  
Arguments  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-363  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LEVel:REF<x>  
Sets or returns the specied reference waveform level for an edge trigger search to  
determine where to place a mark. SEARCH<x> is the search number and REF<x>  
is the reference channel number.  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LEVel:REF<x> {TTL}  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LEVel:REF<x>?  
TTL species a preset TTL high level of 1.4 V.  
Arguments  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:FUNCtion  
Sets or returns the logic operator for a logic trigger search to determine where to  
place a mark. <x> is the search number.  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:FUNCtion {AND|NANd|NOR|OR}  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:FUNCtion?  
AND places a mark if all conditions are true.  
NANd places a mark if any of the conditions are false.  
NOR places a mark if all conditions are false.  
OR places a mark if any of the conditions are true.  
Arguments  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:CH<x>  
Sets or returns the Boolean logic criteria for a logic trigger search to determine  
where to place a mark. SEARCH<x> is the search number and CH<x> is the  
channel number.  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:CH<x> {HIGH|LOW|X}  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:CH<x>?  
2-364  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
HIGH species the logic high.  
LOW species the logic low.  
X species a "don’t care" state.  
Arguments  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:CLOCk:EDGE  
Sets or returns whether the clock edge is a rising or falling for a logic search to  
determine where to place a mark. <x> is the search number.  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:CLOCk:EDGE  
{FALL|RISe}  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:CLOCk:EDGE?  
RISe species a rising edge.  
Arguments  
FALL species a falling edge.  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:CLOCk:SOUrce  
Sets or returns the clock source denition for a logic trigger search. <x> is the  
search number. If a clock source is dened, then the logic search is determined by  
the state of the other inputs at the clock transition. If no clock source is dened,  
then the logic search is determined only by the state of the inputs.  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:CLOCk:SOUrce  
{CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4|MATH|REF|NONe}  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:CLOCk:SOUrce?  
CH<x> species a channel input as the clock source, where <x> = 1, 2, 3, or 4.  
MATH species the math waveform as the clock source.  
REF species the reference waveform as the clock source.  
NONe species no clock source.  
Arguments  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-365  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:D<x>  
Sets or returns the waveform logic criteria for a trigger search. SEARCH<x> is the  
search number and D<x> is the digital channel number.  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:D<x> {HIGH|LOW|X}  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:D<x>?  
HIGH species a high logic level.  
LOW species a low logic level.  
X species a “don’t care” condition.  
Arguments  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:MATH  
Sets or returns the Boolean logic criteria for a logic trigger search to determine  
where to place a mark. <x> is the search number.  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:MATH {HIGH|LOW|X}  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:MATH?  
HIGH species a high logic level.  
LOW species a low logic level.  
X species a “don’t care” condition.  
Arguments  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:REF<x>  
Sets or returns the Boolean logic criteria for a logic trigger search to determine  
where to place a mark. SEARCH<x> is the search number and REF<x> is the  
reference channel number.  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:REF<x> {HIGH|LOW|X}  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:REF<x>?  
2-366  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
HIGH species a high logic level.  
LOW species a low logic level.  
X species a “don’t care” condition.  
Arguments  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:INPut:CH<x>  
Sets or returns the logic criteria for a logic pattern trigger search to determine  
where to place a mark. SEARCH<x> is the search number and CH<x> is the  
channel number.  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:INPut:CH<x>  
{HIGH|LOW|X}  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:INPut:CH<x>?  
HIGH species a high logic level.  
LOW species a low logic level.  
X species a “don’t care” condition.  
Arguments  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:INPut:D<x>  
Sets or returns the logic criteria for a logic pattern search to determine where to  
place a mark. SEARCH<x> is the search number and D<x> is the digital channel  
number.  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:INPut:D<x>  
{HIGH|LOW|X}  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:INPut:D<x>?  
HIGH species a high logic level.  
LOW species a low logic level.  
X species a “don’t care” condition.  
Arguments  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-367  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:INPut:MATH  
Sets or returns the Boolean logic criteria for a logic pattern trigger search to  
determine where to place a mark. <x> is the search number.  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:INPut:MATH  
{HIGH|LOW|X}  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:INPut:MATH?  
HIGH species a high logic level.  
LOW species a low logic level.  
X species a “don’t care” condition.  
Arguments  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:INPut:REF<x>  
Sets or returns the Boolean logic criteria for a pattern trigger search to determine  
where to place a mark. SEARCH<x> is the search number and REF<x> is the  
reference channel number.  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:INPut:REF<x>  
{HIGH|LOW|X}  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:INPut:REF<x>?  
HIGH species a high logic level.  
LOW species a low logic level.  
X species a “don’t care” condition.  
Arguments  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:WHEn  
Sets or returns the condition for generating a logic pattern trigger search to  
determine where to place a mark. <x> is the search number.  
Search  
Group  
2-368  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:WHEn  
{TRUe|FALSe|LESSThan|Than|EQUal|UNEQual}  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:WHEn?  
TRUe places a mark when the pattern becomes true.  
Arguments  
FALSe places a mark when the pattern becomes false.  
LESSThan places a mark if the specic pattern is true less than the time set by  
command.  
Than places a mark if the specic pattern is true longer than the specied time set  
command.  
EQUal places a mark if the specic pattern is true longer than the time set by  
command, but less than the specied time set by the SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:  
UNEQual places a mark if the specic pattern is true less than the time set by  
command, or longer than the specied time set by the SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:WHEn:LESSLimit  
Sets or returns the maximum time that the selected pattern may be true and still  
generate an A logic pattern search to place a mark. <x> is the search number.  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:WHEn:LESSLimit  
<NR3>  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:WHEn:LESSLimit?  
<NR3> species the maximum amount of time to hold the pattern true.  
Arguments  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:WHEn:MORELimit  
Sets or returns the minimum time that the selected pattern may be true and still  
generate an A logic pattern search to place a mark. <x> is the search number.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-369  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:WHEn:MORELimit  
<NR3>  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:WHEn:MORELimit?  
<NR3> species the minimum amount of time to hold the pattern true.  
Arguments  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:THReshold:CH<x>  
Sets or returns the channel threshold level for a logic trigger search to determine  
where to place a mark. SEARCH<x> is the search number and CH<x> is the  
channel number.  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:THReshold:CH<x> {<NR3>|TTL}  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:THReshold:CH<x>?  
<NR3> species the trigger level, in volts.  
Arguments  
TTL species a preset TTL high level of 1.4 V.  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:THReshold:MATH  
Sets or returns the math waveform threshold level for a logic trigger search to  
determine where to place a mark. <x> is the search number.  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:THReshold:MATH {TTL}  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:THReshold:MATH?  
TTL species a preset TTL high level of 1.4 V.  
Arguments  
2-370  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:THReshold:REF<x>  
Sets or returns the reference waveform threshold level for a logic trigger search to  
determine where to place a mark. SEARCH<x> is the search number and REF<x>  
is the reference channel number.  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:THReshold:REF<x> {TTL}  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LOGIc:THReshold:REF<x>?  
TTL species a preset TTL high level of 1.4 V.  
Arguments  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LOWerthreshold:CH<x>  
Sets or returns the channel waveform lower threshold to determine where to place  
a mark. This setting is applied to all channel searches that use a lower threshold.  
SEARCH<x> is the search number and CH<x> is the channel number.  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LOWerthreshold:CH<x> {TTL}  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LOWerthreshold:CH<x>?  
TTL species a preset TTL high level of 1.4 V.  
Arguments  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LOWerthreshold:MATH  
Sets or returns the math waveform lower threshold to determine where to place a  
mark. This setting is applied to all math searches that use a lower threshold.  
<x> is the search number.  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LOWerthreshold:MATH {TTL}  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LOWerthreshold:MATH?  
TTL species a preset TTL high level of 1.4 V.  
Arguments  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-371  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LOWerthreshold:REF<x>  
Sets or returns the reference waveform lower threshold to determine where to  
place a mark. This setting is applied to all reference searches that use a lower  
threshold.  
SEARCH<x> is the search number and REF<x> is the reference channel number.  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LOWerthreshold:REF<x> {TTL}  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:LOWerthreshold:REF<x>?  
TTL species a preset TTL high level of 1.4 V.  
Arguments  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:POLarity  
Sets or returns the polarity for a pulse trigger search to determine where to place a  
mark. <x> is the search number.  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:POLarity  
{NEGative|POSitive}  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:POLarity?  
POSITIVe places a mark only when the polarity of the pulse is positive.  
Arguments  
NEGative places a mark only when the polarity of the pulse is negative.  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:SOUrce  
Sets or returns the source waveform for a pulse trigger search to determine where  
to place a mark. <x> is the search number.  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:SOUrce  
{CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4|MATH|REF}  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:SOUrce?  
2-372  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
CH<x> species one input channel as the edge source, where <x> = 1, 2, 3 or 4.  
MATH species the math waveform as the search source.  
Arguments  
REF species the reference waveform as the search source.  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:WHEn  
Sets or returns the condition for generating a pulse width search to determine  
where to place a mark. <x> is the search number.  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:WHEn  
{LESSthan|than|EQual|UNEQual}  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:WHEn?  
LESSThan places a mark if the pulse width is less than the time set by the  
Arguments  
Than places a mark if the pulse width is true longer than the specied time set by  
EQUal places a mark if the pulse width is equal to the time set by the  
tolerance of ±5%.  
UNEQual places a mark if the pulse width is unequal to the time the time set by  
tolerance of ±5%.  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:WIDth  
Sets or returns the pulse width setting for a pulse width trigger search to determine  
where to place a mark. <x> is the search number.  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:WIDth <NR3>  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:WIDth?  
<NR3> is the pulse width.  
Arguments  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-373  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:RUNT:POLarity  
Sets or returns the polarity setting for a runt trigger search to determine where to  
place a mark. <x> is the search number.  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:RUNT:POLarity  
{EITher|NEGative|POSitive}  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:RUNT:POLarity?  
POSitive places a mark when the rising edge crosses the low threshold and  
the falling edge re-crosses the low threshold without either edge ever crossing  
the high threshold.  
Arguments  
NEGative places a mark when the falling edge crosses the high threshold and  
the rising edge re-crosses the high threshold without either edge ever crossing  
the low threshold.  
EITher places a mark on a runt of either polarity.  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:RUNT:SOUrce  
Sets or returns the source setting for a runt trigger search to determine where to  
place a mark. <x> is the search number.  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:RUNT:SOUrce  
{CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4|MATH|REF}  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:RUNT:SOUrce?  
CH1–CH4 species an input channel as the edge source.  
MATH species the math waveform as the search source.  
REF species the reference waveform as the search source.  
Arguments  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:RUNT:WHEn  
Sets or returns the condition setting for a runt trigger search to determine where to  
place a mark. <x> is the search number.  
2-374  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:RUNT:WHEn  
{LESSthan|than|EQual|UNEQual|OCCURS}  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:RUNT:WHEn?  
OCCURS argument species a trigger event if a runt of any detectable width occurs.  
Arguments  
LESSthan argument sets the oscilloscope to trigger if the a runt pulse is detected  
with width less than the time set by the SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:  
RUNT:WIDth command.  
than argument sets the oscilloscope to trigger if the a runt pulse is detected with  
width than the time set by the SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:RUNT:WIDth  
command.  
EQUal argument sets the oscilloscope to trigger when the pattern is true for a time  
period equal to the time period specied in SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:  
RUNT:WIDth within a ±5% tolerance.  
NOTEQual argument sets the oscilloscope to trigger when the pattern is true for a  
time period greater than or less than (but not equal) the time period specied in  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:RUNT:WIDth within a ±5% tolerance.  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:RUNT:WIDth  
Sets or returns the width setting for a runt trigger search to determine where to  
place a mark. <x> is the search number.  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:RUNT:WIDth <NR3>  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:RUNT:WIDth?  
<NR3> species the minimum width, in seconds.  
Arguments  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:SETHold:CLOCk:EDGE  
Sets or returns the clock slope setting for a setup/hold trigger search to determine  
where to place a mark. <x> is the search number.  
Search  
Group  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-375  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:SETHold:CLOCk:EDGE {FALL|RISe}  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:SETHold:CLOCk:EDGE?  
Syntax  
FALL species polarity as the clock falling edge.  
Arguments  
RISe species polarity as the clock rising edge.  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:SETHold:CLOCk:SOUrce  
Sets or returns the clock source setting for an setup/hold trigger search to  
determine where to place a mark. <x> is the search number.  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:SETHold:CLOCk:SOUrce  
{CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4|MATH|REF}  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:SETHold:CLOCk:SOUrce?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
CH1–CH4 species an input channel as the edge source.  
MATH species the math waveform as the search source.  
REF species the reference waveform as the search source.  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:SETHold:CLOCk:THReshold  
Sets or returns the clock threshold setting for an setup/hold trigger search to  
determine where to place a mark. <x> is the search number.  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:SETHold:CLOCk:THReshold  
{<NR3>|TTL|ECL}  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:SETHold:CLOCk:THReshold?  
TTL species a preset TTL high level of 1.4 V.  
ECL species a preset ECL high level of -1.3V.  
<NR3> is the clock level, in volts.  
Arguments  
2-376  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:SETHold:DATa:SOUrce  
Sets or returns the data source setting for an setup/hold trigger search to determine  
where to place a mark. <x> is the search number. You cannot specify the same  
source for both clock and data.  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
DPO Models:  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:SETHold:DATa:SOUrce  
{CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4|MATH|REF}  
MSO Models:  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:SETHold:DATa:SOUrce <wfm>[,<wfm>]  
[,<wfm>] [,<wfm>] [,<wfm>] [,<wfm>] [,<wfm>] [,<wfm>]  
[,<wfm>] [,<wfm>] [,<wfm>] [,<wfm>] [,<wfm>] [,<wfm>]  
[,<wfm>] [,<wfm>] [,<wfm>] [,<wfm>]  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:SETHold:DATa:SOUrce?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
DPO Models:  
CH1–CH4 species an input channel as the search source.  
MATH species the math waveform as the search source.  
REF species the reference waveform as the search source.  
MSO Models:  
<wfm> can be any combination of the channel, math, reference, and digital  
waveforms.  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:SETHold:DATa:THReshold  
Sets or returns the data threshold setting for an setup/hold trigger search to  
determine where to place a mark. <x> is the search number.  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:SETHold:DATa:THReshold  
{<NR3>|TTL}  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:SETHold:DATa:THReshold?  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-377  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
TTL species a preset TTL high level of 1.4 V.  
<NR3> is the clock level, in volts.  
Arguments  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:SETHold:HOLDTime  
Sets or returns the hold time setting for an setup/hold trigger search to determine  
where to place a mark. <x> is the search number.  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:SETHold:HOLDTime <NR3>  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:SETHold:HOLDTime?  
<NR3> species the hold time setting in seconds. Positive values for hold time  
occur after the clock edge. Negative values occur before the clock edge.  
Arguments  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:SETHold:SETTime  
Sets or returns the setup time setting for an setup/hold trigger search to determine  
where to place a mark. <x> is the search number.  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:SETHold:SETTime <NR3>  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:SETHold:SETTime?  
<NR3> species the setup time for setup and hold violation triggering.  
Arguments  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:SETHold:THReshold:CH<x>  
Sets or returns the trigger search setup and hold lower threshold for the selected  
channel. This helps determine where to place search marks. Search<x> is the  
search number, which is always 1. CH<x> is the channel number.  
MSO oscilloscopes only.  
Search  
Conditions  
Group  
2-378  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:SETHold:THReshold:CH<x> <NR3>  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:SETHold:THReshold:CH<x>?  
Syntax  
<NR3> is the lower threshold in volts.  
Arguments  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:SETHold:THReshold{:MATH|:MATH1}  
Sets or returns the trigger search setup and hold threshold for the math waveform.  
This helps to determine where to place search marks. Search<x> is the search  
number, which is always 1.  
MSO oscilloscopes only.  
Search  
Conditions  
Group  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:SETHold:THReshold{:MATH|:MATH1}  
<NR3>  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:SETHold:THReshold{:MATH|:MATH1}?  
Syntax  
<NR3> is the lower threshold in volts.  
Arguments  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:SETHold:THReshold:REF<x>  
Sets or returns the trigger search setup and hold threshold for the selected reference  
waveform. This helps to determine where to place search marks. Search<x> is the  
search number, which is always 1. REF<x> is the reference waveform number.  
MSO oscilloscopes only.  
Search  
Conditions  
Group  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:SETHold:THReshold:REF<x> <NR3>  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:SETHold:THReshold:REF<x>?  
Syntax  
<NR3> is the lower threshold in volts.  
Arguments  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-379  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}:DELTatime  
Sets or returns the transition time setting for an transition trigger search to  
determine where to place a mark.<x> is the search number.  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}:DELTatime  
<NR3>  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}:DELTatime?  
<NR3> species the transition time, in seconds.  
Arguments  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}:POLarity  
Sets or returns the polarity setting for an transition trigger search to determine  
where to place a mark. <x> is the search number.  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}:POLarity  
{EITher|NEGative|POSitive}  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}:POLarity?  
POSitive species that a pulse edge must traverse from the lower (most  
negative) to higher (most positive) level for transition triggering to occur.  
Arguments  
NEGative species that a pulse edge must traverse from the upper (most positive)  
to lower (most negative) level for transition triggering to occur.  
EITher species either positive or negative polarity.  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}:SOUrce  
Sets or returns the source setting for an transition trigger search to determine  
where to place a mark. <x> is the search number.  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}:SOUrce  
{CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4|MATH}  
2-380  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}:SOUrce?  
CH1–CH4 species one input channel as the edge source.  
Arguments  
MATH species the math waveform as the search source.  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}:WHEn  
Sets or returns the condition setting for an transition trigger search to determine  
where to place a mark. <x> is the search number.  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}:WHEn  
{SLOWer|FASTer|EQual|UNEQual}  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}:WHEn?  
FASTer sets the trigger to occur when the transitioning signal is faster than the set  
volts/second rate.  
Arguments  
SLOWer sets the trigger to occur when the transitioning signal is slower than  
the set volts/second rate.  
EQual sets the trigger to occur when the transitioning signal is equal to the set  
volts/second rate within a ±5% tolerance.  
UNEQual sets the trigger to occur when the transitioning signal is not equal to  
the set volts/second rate ±5%.  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:TYPe  
Sets or returns the trigger type setting for a search to determine where to place a  
mark. <x> is the search number.  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:TYPe  
{EDGe|SETHold|PULSEWidth|RUNt|TRANsition|LOGIc|BUS (with the  
appropriate application module installed)}  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:TYPe?  
RUNt triggers when a pulse crosses the rst preset voltage threshold but does not  
cross the second preset threshold before recrossing the rst. The thresholds are  
Arguments  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-381  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
PULSEWIdth triggers when a pulse is found that has the specied  
polarity and is either inside or outside the limits as specied by  
The polarity is selected using the SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:RUNT:  
POLarity command.  
TRANsition triggers when a pulse crosses both thresholds in the same direction  
as the specied polarity and the transition time between the two threshold  
crossings is greater or less than the specied time delta.  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:UPPerthreshold:CH<x>  
Sets or returns the channel waveform upper threshold to determine where to  
place a mark. This setting is applied to all channel searches that uses an upper  
threshold.SEARCH<x> is the search number and CH<x> is the channel number.  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:UPPerthreshold:CH<x> {TTL}  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:UPPerthreshold:CH<x>?  
TTL species a preset TTL high level of 1.4 V.  
Arguments  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:UPPerthreshold:MATH  
Sets or returns the math waveform upper threshold to determine where to place a  
mark. This setting is applied to all math waveform searches that uses an upper  
threshold. <x> is the search number.  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:UPPerthreshold:MATH {TTL}  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:UPPerthreshold:MATH?  
TTL species a preset TTL high level of 1.4 V.  
Arguments  
2-382  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:UPPerthreshold:REF<x>  
Sets or returns the reference waveform upper threshold to determine where to  
place a mark. This setting is applied to all reference waveform searches that uses  
an upper threshold. SEARCH<x> is the search number and REF<x> is the reference  
channel number.  
Search  
Group  
Syntax  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:UPPerthreshold:REF<x> {TTL}  
SEARCH:SEARCH<x>:TRIGger:A:UPPerthreshold:REF<x>?  
TTL species a preset TTL high level of 1.4 V.  
Arguments  
SELect  
Sets or returns the selected waveform display (controlled by the front-panel)  
on or off.  
Vertical  
Group  
Syntax  
SELect {ON|OFF}  
ON turns the selected waveform display on.  
Arguments  
OFF turns the selected waveform display off.  
SELECT might return the following  
Examples  
:SELECT:BUS1 0;BUS2 0;CH1 1;CH2 0;CH3 0;CH4 0;MATH 0;REF1  
0;REF2 0;REF3 0;REF4 0;CONTROL CH1  
SELect:BUS<x>  
This command turns on and off the display of the waveform for <x>, where x is  
the bus number. The query returns whether the channel is on or off but does not  
indicate whether it is the selected waveform.  
Vertical  
Group  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-383  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
SELect:BUS<x> {<NR1>|OFF|ON}  
SELect:BUS<x>?  
Syntax  
SELect:CH<x>  
Turns the display of the channel <x> waveform on or off, where <x > is the  
channel number. This command also resets the acquisition. The query returns  
whether the channel is on or off but does not indicate whether it is the selected  
waveform.  
Vertical  
Group  
Syntax  
SELect:CH<x> {ON|OFF|<NR1>}  
SELect:CH<x>?  
ON turns on the display of the specied waveform. This waveform also becomes  
the selected waveform.  
Arguments  
OFF turns off the display of the specied waveform.  
<NR1> = 0 turns off the display of the specied waveform; any other value turns  
on the display of the specied waveform.  
SELECT:CH2 ON turns the channel 2 waveform display on, and selects channel 2.  
Examples  
SELECT:CH1? might return :SELECT:CH1 1 indicating that channel 1 is being  
displayed.  
SELect:CONTROl  
Sets or returns the waveform that is the recipient of future channel-related  
commands, for example, the cursor commands. The command form also performs  
the equivalent of a SELect:CH<x> ON command, as well as the Math, Reference,  
and Bus variations of that command.  
Vertical  
Group  
Syntax  
SELect:CONTROl {CH<x>|MATH|BUS<x>}  
SELect:CONTROl?  
CH<x> species a channel waveform as the waveform affected by the front-panel  
controls. <x> is the channel number.  
Arguments  
2-384  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
MATH species the math waveform as the waveform that is affected by the  
front-panel controls.  
BUS<x> species a bus waveform as the waveform affected by the front-panel  
controls. <x> species the bus number.  
NONE if all the channels are turned off. NONE is ignored on input.  
Returns  
SELECT:CONTROL CH2 resets acquisition displays on channel 2, and causes the  
selected waveform to be the implied object of waveform commands.  
Examples  
SELECT:CONTROL? might return :SELECT:CONTROL MATH indicating that math  
is the implied object of waveform commands.  
SELect:D<x>  
Turns on the display of the digital channel <x> and resets the acquisition. <x > is  
the channel number. The query returns whether the channel is on or off but does  
not indicate whether it is the selected waveform.  
Vertical  
Group  
Syntax  
SELect:D<x> {<NR1>|OFF|ON}  
SELect:D<x>?  
ON turns on the display of the specied waveform. This waveform also becomes  
the selected waveform.  
Arguments  
OFF turns off the display of the specied waveform.  
<NR1> = 0 turns off the display of the specied waveform; any other value turns  
on the display of the specied waveform.  
SELECT:D2 ON turns the digital channel 2 waveform display on, and selects  
digital channel 2.  
Examples  
SELECT:D2? might return :SELECT:D2 1 indicating that digital channel 2 is  
being displayed.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-385  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
SELect:MATH[1]  
Turns on and off the display of the math waveform. The query returns whether  
the math waveform is on or off but does not indicate whether it is the selected  
waveform.  
Vertical  
Group  
Syntax  
SELect:MATH[1] {ON|OFF|<NR1>}  
SELect:MATH[1]?  
ON turns on the display of the specied waveform. This waveform also becomes  
the selected waveform.  
Arguments  
OFF turns off the display of the specied waveform.  
<NR1> = 0 turns off the display of the specied waveform; any other value turns  
on the display of the specied waveform.  
SELECT:MATH ON turns the math waveform display on, and selects it.  
Examples  
SELECT:MATH? might return :SELECT:MATH 1 indicating that the math  
waveform is being displayed.  
SELect:REF<x>  
Turns on and off the display of the reference waveform <x>. The <x > variable  
represents the reference channel number. The query returns whether the channel  
is on or off.  
Vertical  
Group  
Syntax  
SELect:REF<x> {ON|OFF|<NR1>}  
SELect:REF<x>?  
ON turns on the display of the specied waveform. This waveform also becomes  
the selected waveform.  
Arguments  
OFF turns off the display of the specied waveform.  
<NR1> = 0 turns off the display of the specied waveform; any other value turns  
on the display of the specied waveform.  
2-386  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
SELECT:REF2 ON turns the channel 2 waveform display on, and selects reference  
waveform 2.  
Examples  
SELECT:REF2? might return :SELECT:REF2 1 indicating that reference  
waveform 2 is being displayed.  
SET? (Query Only)  
Returns the commands that list the oscilloscope settings except for conguration  
information for the calibration values, the WFMInpre? query, and the  
WFMOutpre? query. This query allows you to record or "learn" the current  
oscilloscope settings. You can use these commands to return the oscilloscope to  
the state it was in when you made the SET? query. The SET? query always returns  
command headers, regardless of the setting of the HEADer command. This is  
because the returned commands are intended to be sent back to the oscilloscope as  
a command string. The VERBose command can still be used to specify whether  
the returned headers should be abbreviated or full-length.  
This command is identical to the *LRN? command.  
Miscellaneous  
Group  
Syntax  
SET?  
Related Commands  
Examples  
SET? returns a long response, part of which could be as follows: :SET  
:ACQUIRE:STOPAFTER RUnsTOP;STATE 1;MODE SAMPLE;NUMENV  
INFINITE;NUMAVG 16;SAMPLINGMODE RT;:HEADER 1;:LOCK  
NONE;:LANGUAGE ENGLISH;:VERBOSE 1;:ALIAS:STATE 0;:  
DISPLAY:COLOR:PALETTE NORMAL;:DISPLAY:STYLE:DOTSONLY  
0;:DISPLAY:PERSISTENCE 0.0000;CLOCK 1;GRATICULE  
FULL;INTEnsITY:WAVEFORM 30;GRATICULE 75;BACKLIGHT  
HIGH;:HARDCOPY:INKSAVER OFF;LAYOUT LANDSCAPE;PREVIEW  
0; :SAVE:IMAGE:FILEFORMAT BMP;:SAVE:WAVEFORM:FILEFORMAT  
INTERNAL;:SAVE:ASSIGN:TYPE SETUP;:TRIGGER:A:MODE  
AUTO;TYPE EDGE;LEVEL 20.0000E-3;LEVEL:CH1 20.0000E-3;CH2  
0.0000;CH3 0.0000;CH4 0.0000;:TRIGGER:A:UPPERTHRESHOLD:CH1  
1.4000;CH2 800.0000E-3;CH3 800.0000E-3;CH4 800.0000E-3;:  
TRIGGER:A:LOWERTHRESHOLD:CH1 20.0000E-3;CH2  
0.0000;CH3 0.0000;CH4 0.0000;:TRIGGER:A:HOLDOFF:TIME  
20.0000E-9;:TRIGGER:A:EDGE:SOURCE CH1;COUPLING  
DC;SLOPE RISE;:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:CLASS SETHOLD;FUNCTION  
AND;THRESHOLD:CH1 20.0000E-3;CH2 0.0000;CH3  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-387  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
0.0000;CH4 0.0000;:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:CH1  
X;CH2 X;CH3 X;CH4 X;CLOCK:SOURCE NONE;EDGE  
RISE;:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:INPUT:CH1 X;CH2  
X;CH3 X;CH4 X;:TRIGGER:A :LOGIC:PATTERN:WHEN  
TRUE;WHEN:LESSLIMIT 4.0000E-9;LIMIT 4.0000E-9;:TRIGGER:A  
:SETHOLD:CLOCK:SOURCE CH1;EDGE RISE;THRESHOLD  
20.0000E-3;:TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:DATA:SOURCE CH2;  
SETUP<x>:DATE? (Query Only)  
Returns the date when the oscilloscope setup was saved for the specied channel  
<x>.  
Save and Recall  
Group  
Syntax  
SETUP<x>:DATE?  
SETUP4:DATE? might return SETUP4:DATE: 04–18–06 which is the setup  
date for channel 4.  
Examples  
SETUP<x>:LABEL  
Sets or returns the setup label for the specied channel <x>, where x can be  
1 through 10.  
Save and Recall  
Group  
Syntax  
SETUP<x>:LABEL <Qstring>  
<Qstring> is an alphanumeric string of characters, enclosed in quotes, that  
denes the label text for SETUP<x>. The length of the string is limited to 30  
characters.  
Arguments  
SETUP:LABEL? might return SETUP1:LABEL: TEST 2 which is the label setup  
for channel 1.  
Examples  
2-388  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
SETUP<x>:TIME? (Query Only)  
Returns the time when the oscilloscope setup was saved for the specied channel  
<x>.  
Save and Recall  
Group  
Syntax  
SETUP<x>:TIME?  
SETUP2:TIME? might return “SETUP2:TIME: 15:24:07 which is the setup  
time for channel 2.  
Examples  
*SRE  
The *SRE (Service Request Enable) command sets or returns the bits in the  
Service Request Enable Register. For information, refer to Registers.  
Status and Error  
Group  
Syntax  
*SRE <NR1>  
*SRE?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
<NR1> is a value in the range from 0 through 255. The binary bits of the SRER  
are set according to this value. Using an out-of-range value causes an execution  
error. The power-on default for SRER is 0 if *PSC is 1. If *PSC is 0, the SRER  
maintains the previous power cycle value through the current power cycle.  
*SRE 48 sets the bits in the SRER to binary 00110000.  
Examples  
*SRE? might return 32, showing that the bits in the SRER have the binary value  
of 00100000.  
*STB? (Query Only)  
*STB? (Read Status Byte) returns the contents of the Status Byte Register (SBR)  
using the Master Summary Status (MSS) bit. For information, refer to Registers.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-389  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
Status and Error  
Group  
Syntax  
*STB?  
<NR1>  
Related Commands  
Returns  
*STB? might return 96, showing that the SBR contains the binary value 01100000.  
Examples  
TEKSecure (No Query Form)  
This command initializes both waveform and setup memories, overwriting any  
previously stored data. These are the WFMInpre?, WFMOutpre?, and DATa  
command values after the TEKSecure operation.  
:WFMOUTPRE:BYT_NR 1 :WFMOUTPRE:BIT_NR 8 :WFMOUTPRE:ENCDG  
BIN :WFMOUTPRE:BN_FMT RI :WFMOUTPRE:BYT_OR MSB  
:WFMOUTPRE:WFID "Ch1, DC coupling, 100.0mV/div,  
4.000us/div, 10000 points, Sample mode" :WFMOUTPRE:NR_PT  
10000 :WFMOUTPRE:PT_FMT Y :WFMOUTPRE:XUNIT "s"  
:WFMOUTPRE:XINCR 4.0000E-9 :WFMOUTPRE:XZERO -20.0000E-6  
:WFMOUTPRE:PT_OFF 0 :WFMOUTPRE:YUNIT "V" :WFMOUTPRE:YMULT  
4.0000E-3 :WFMOUTPRE:YOFF 0.0000 :WFMOUTPRE:YZERO 0.0000  
:WFMINPRE:BYT_NR 1 :WFMINPRE:BIT_NR 8 :WFMINPRE:ENCDG  
BIN :WFMINPRE:BN_FMT RI :WFMINPRE:BYT_OR MSB  
:WFMINPRE:NR_PT 10000 :WFMINPRE:PT_FMT Y :WFMINPRE:XUNIT  
"s" :WFMINPRE:XINCR 4.0000E-9 :WFMINPRE:XZERO 0.0000  
:WFMINPRE:PT_OFF 0 :WFMINPRE:YUNIT "V" :WFMINPRE:YMULT  
4.0000E-3 :WFMINPRE:YOFF 0.0000 :WFMINPRE:YZERO 0.0000  
DATA:DESTINATION REF1 DATA:ENCDG RIBINARY DATA:SOURCE CH1  
DATA:START 1 DATA:STOP 10000 DATA:WIDTH 1  
NOTE. The TEKSecure command can take up to ve minutes to complete. The  
oscilloscope is inoperable during this period.  
Miscellaneous  
Group  
Syntax  
TEKSecure  
2-390  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
TEKSECURE initializes both waveform and setup memories.  
Examples  
This is a program example of how to generate an SRQ when TEKSECURE  
completes:  
# Bit 0 of the DESE (Device Event Status Enable Register)  
# enables OPC to be reported to the SESR (Standard Event  
# Status Register)  
DESE 255  
# Bit 0 of the ESER (Event Status Enable Register)  
# enables OPC to be summarized in the ESB (Event Status #  
Bit) of the SBR (Status Byte Register)  
*ESE 255  
# Bit 5 of the SRE (Service Request Enable Register)  
enables  
# the generation of SRQ when the ESB bit of the SBR  
becomes # TRUE  
*SRE 32  
TEKSECURE;*OPC  
When the TEKSECURE operation has completed, the OPC bit of the SESR will be  
TRUE and SRQ will have been generated.  
TIME  
Sets or returns the time that the oscilloscope displays.  
Miscellaneous  
Group  
Syntax  
TIME <QString>  
TIME?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
<QString> is a time in the form "hh:mm:ss" where hh refers to a two-digit hour  
number, mm refers to a two-digit minute number from 00 to 59, and ss refers to a  
two-digit second number from 00 to 59.  
TIME "14:00:00" sets the time to exactly 2:00 p.m.  
Examples  
TIME? might return :TIME "14:05:17” indicating the current time is set to 2:05  
p.m. and 17 seconds.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-391  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
TOTaluptime? (Query Only)  
This command returns the total number of hours that the oscilloscope has been  
powered on since the nonvolatile memory was last programmed (usually since the  
initial manufacturing process).  
Miscellaneous  
Group  
Syntax  
TOTaluptime?  
*TRG (No Query Form)  
Performs a group execute trigger on commands dened by *DDT.  
Miscellaneous  
Group  
Syntax  
*TRG  
Related Commands  
Examples  
*TRG immediately executes all commands that have been dened by *DDT.  
TRIGger (No Query Form)  
Forces a trigger event to occur.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger FORCe  
TRIGger?  
FORCe creates a trigger event. If TRIGger:STATE is set to READy, the acquisition  
will complete. Otherwise, this command will be ignored.  
Arguments  
Examples  
TRIGGER FORCE forces a trigger event to occur.  
2-392  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
TRIGger:A  
Sets the A trigger level automatically to 50% of the range of the minimum and  
maximum values of the trigger input signal. The query returns current A trigger  
parameters. The trigger level is the voltage threshold through which the trigger  
source signal must pass to generate a trigger event. This command works for the  
following cases: Edge Trigger (when source is Not Line), Logic Trigger (when  
Clock Source is not Off or Logic Pattern is Don’t Care), and Pulse Width Trigger.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A SETLevel  
TRIGger:A?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
SETLevel sets the A trigger level to 50% of the range of the minimum and  
maximum values of the trigger input signal.  
TRIGGER:A SETLEVEL sets the A trigger level to 50% of the range of the  
minimum and maximum values of the trigger input signal.  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A? might return a long response with A trigger parameters,  
some of which could be as follows: :TRIGGER:A:MODE AUTO;TYPE  
EDGE;LEVEL 20.0000E-3;LEVEL:CH1 20.0000E-3;CH2 0.0000;  
CH3 0.0000;CH4 0.0000;:TRIGGER:A:UPPERTHRESHOLD:CH1  
1.4000;CH2 800.0000E-3;CH3 8 00.0000E-3;CH4  
800.0000E-3;:TRIGGER:A:LOWERTHRESHOLD:CH1 20.0000E-3;CH2  
0.0000;CH3 0.0000;CH4 0.0000;:TRIGGER:A:HOLDOFF:TIME  
20.0000E-9;:TRIGGER:A:EDGE:SOURCE CH1;COUPLING  
DC;SLOPE RISE;:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:CLASS SETHOLD;FUNCTION  
AND;THRESHOLD: CH1 20.0000E-3;CH2 0.0000;CH3  
0.0000;CH4 0.0000;:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:CH1  
X;CH2 X;CH3 X;CH4 X;CLOCK:SOURCE NONE;EDGE  
RISE;:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:INPUT:CH1 X; CH2  
X;CH3 X;CH4 X;:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:WHEN  
TRUE;WHEN:LESSLIMIT 4.0000E-9;MO RELIMIT  
4.0000E-9;:TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:CLOCK:SOURCE CH1;EDGE  
RISE;THRESHOLD 20.000 0E-3;:TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:DATA:SOURCE  
CH2;THRESHOLD 0.0000;:TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:HOLD TIME  
4.0000E-9;SETTIME 4.0000E-9;:TRIGGER:A:PULSE:CLASS  
TRANSITION;:TRIGGER:A:PULSEWIDTH:SOURCE  
CH1;POLARITY POSITIVE;WHEN LESSTHAN;WIDTH  
4.0000E-9;:TRIGGER:A:RUNT:SOURCE CH1;POLARITY POSITIVE;WHEN  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-393  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
OCCURS;WIDTH 4.0000E-9;:TRIGGER:A:TRANSITION:SOURCE  
CH1;POLARITY POSITIVE;WHEN SLOWER;DELTATIME  
4.0000E-9;:TRIGGER:A:VIDEO :POLARITY POSITIVE;SOURCE  
CH1;STANDARD NTSC;SYNC ALLLINES;HOLDOFF:FIELD 0.0000;:  
TRIGGER:A:VIDEO:CUSTOM:FORMAT PROGRESSIVE;SCAN  
RATE15K;:TRIGGER:A:VIDEO:LINE 1;H DTV:FORMAT  
HD1080I60;:TRIGGER:A:BUS:SOURCE B1;B1:I2C:CONDITION  
START;DATA:VALUE "XXXXXXXX";SIZE 1;START 0.0000;DIRECTION  
NOCARE;:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:I2C:ADDRESS:MODE  
ADDR7;TYPE USER;VALUE  
"XXXXXXX";:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:SPI:CONDITION MOSI;DATA:OUT  
:VALUE "XXXXXXXX";:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:SPI:DATA:IN:VALUE  
"XXXXXXXX";:TRIGGER:A:BUS: B1:SPI:DATA:SIZE 1;START 0.0000;:  
TRIGger:A:BUS  
Sets or returns the trigger type: I2C, CAN, SPI, RS-232, or Parallel. There are up  
to four serial buses, B1–B4, depending on your instrument model. Each can be  
independently set to one of the serial trigger types. The serial parameters related  
to the trigger are broken into two sections: Trigger:A:SERIAL xxx, consisting  
of parameters the user will change frequently, and BUS:B1:xxx, consisting of  
parameters the user will specify once (bus denition).  
Requires a DPO4AUTO, DPO4EMBD, or DPO4COMP application module.  
Trigger  
Conditions  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:BUS {I2C|SPI|CAN|RS232|PARallel}  
TRIGger:A:BUS?  
I2C species the Inter-IC bus.  
Arguments  
SPI species the Serial Peripheral Interface bus.  
CAN species the Controller Area Network bus.  
PARallel species the Parallel bus.  
NOTE. Parallel bus commands work with MSO4000 Series oscilloscopes only.  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:CONDition  
Sets or returns the trigger condition for the AUDIO bus: Start of Frame or Data.  
2-394  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
This command requires DPO4AUDIO application module.  
Conditions  
Group  
Trigger  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:CONDition {SOF|DATA}  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:CONDition?  
Syntax  
SOF enables triggering on the start of frame.  
Arguments  
DATA enables triggering on matching data.  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:DATa:HIVALue  
Sets or returns the trigger data upper word for the AUDIO bus.  
This command requires DPO4AUDIO application module.  
Trigger  
Conditions  
Group  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:DATa:HIVALue <String>  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:DATa:HIVALue?  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:DATa:OFFSet  
Sets or returns the trigger data offset for the AUDIO bus.  
This command requires DPO4AUDIO application module.  
Trigger  
Conditions  
Group  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:DATa:OFFSet <NR1>  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:DATa:OFFSet?  
Syntax  
<NR1> is the trigger data offset value.  
Arguments  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-395  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:DATa:QUALier  
Sets or returns the trigger data qualier for the AUDIO bus.  
This command requires DPO4AUDIO application module.  
Trigger  
Conditions  
Group  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:DATa:QUALifier  
{LESSThan|MOREThan|EQUal|UNEQual|LESSEQual|MOREEQual|INrange|OUTrange}  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:DATa:QUALifier?  
Syntax  
LESSThan sets the Audio data qualier to less than.  
MOREThan sets the Audio data qualier to greater than.  
EQUal sets the Audio data qualier to equal.  
Arguments  
UNEQual sets the Audio data qualier to not equal.  
LESSEQual sets the Audio data qualier to less than or equal.  
MOREEQual sets the Audio data qualier to greater than or equal.  
INrange sets the Audio data qualier to in range.  
OUTrange sets the Audio data qualier to out of range.  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:DATa:VALue  
Sets or returns the trigger data lower word for the AUDIO bus.  
This command requires DPO4AUDIO application module.  
Trigger  
Conditions  
Group  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:DATa:VALue <String>  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:DATa:VALue?  
Syntax  
<String> species the trigger data lower word.  
Arguments  
2-396  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:DATa:WORD  
Sets or returns the trigger data alignment for the AUDIO bus.  
This command requires DPO4AUDIO application module.  
Trigger  
Conditions  
Group  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:DATa:WORD {EITher|LEFt|RIGht}  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<1-4>:AUDio:DATa:WORD?  
Syntax  
EITher aligns the trigger data to either left or right.  
LEFt aligns the trigger data to the left.  
Arguments  
RIGht aligns the trigger data to the right.  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:CAN:CONDition  
Sets or returns the CAN trigger condition for bus <x>, where x is the bus number.  
Requires a DPO4AUTO application module.  
Trigger  
Conditions  
Group  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:CAN:CONDition  
{SOF|FRAMEtype|IDentifier|DATA|IDANDDATA|EOF|ACKMISS}  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:CAN:CONDition?  
Syntax  
SOF enables triggering on the start of frame.  
Arguments  
FRAMEtype enables triggering on the type of frame.  
IDentifier enables triggering on a matching identier.  
DATA enables triggering on matching data.  
IDANDDATA enables triggering on a matching identier and matching data.  
EOF enables triggering on the end of frame.  
ACKMISS enables triggering on a missing acknowledge.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-397  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:CONDITION? might return :TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:  
CAN:CONDITION EOF indicating an end of le condition.  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:CONDITION DATA enables triggering on matching  
CAN data.  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:CAN:DATa:DIRection  
Sets or returns the CAN trigger data direction to be valid on a Read, Write,  
or Either condition for bus <x>, where x is the bus number. This applies only,  
if the trigger condition is ID.  
Requires a DPO4AUTO application module.  
Trigger  
Conditions  
Group  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:CAN:DATa:DIRection {READ|WRITE|NOCARE}  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:CAN:DATa:DIRection?  
Syntax  
READ sets the CAN data direction to READ.  
WRITE sets the CAN data direction to WRITE.  
NOCARE sets the CAN data direction to either.  
Arguments  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:DATA:DIRECTION WRITE sets the CAN data  
direction to Write.  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:CAN:DATa:QUALier  
Sets or returns the CAN data qualier for bus <x>, where x is the bus number.  
This applies only, if the trigger condition is IDANDDATA or DATA.  
Requires a DPO4AUTO application module.  
Trigger  
Conditions  
Group  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:CAN:DATa:QUALifier  
{LESSThan|Than|EQUal|UNEQual|LESSEQual|EQual}  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:CAN:DATa:QUALifier?  
Syntax  
2-398  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
LESSThan sets the oscilloscope to trigger when the data is less than the qualier  
value.  
Arguments  
Than sets the oscilloscope to trigger when the data is than the qualier value.  
EQUal sets the oscilloscope to trigger when the data is equal to the qualier value.  
UNEQual sets the oscilloscope to trigger when the data is not equal to the qualier  
value.  
LESSEQual sets the oscilloscope to trigger when the data is less than or equal  
to the qualier value.  
EQual sets the oscilloscope to trigger when the data is than or equal to the  
qualier value.  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:DATA:QUALIFIER LESSTHAN sets the oscilloscope  
to trigger when the data is less than the qualier value.  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:DATA:QUALIFIER? might return  
:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:DATA:QUALIFIER THAN, indicating that the  
oscilloscope is set to trigger when the data is than the qualier value.  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:CAN:DATa:SIZe  
Sets or returns the length of the data string in bytes for a CAN trigger if the  
condition is DATA or IDANDDATA. Applies to bus <x>, where x is the bus  
number.  
This command requires a DPO4AUTO application module.  
Trigger  
Conditions  
Group  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:CAN:DATa:SIZe <NR1>  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:CAN:DATa:SIZe?  
Syntax  
<NR1> is the length of the data string in bytes.  
Arguments  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:CAN:DATa:VALue  
Sets or returns the binary data string to be used for a CAN trigger if the trigger  
condition is ID or IDANDDATA. Applies to bus <x>, where x is the bus number.  
This command requires a DPO4AUTO application module.  
Conditions  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-399  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:CAN:DATa:VALue <QString>  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:CAN:DATa:VALue?  
<QString> is the CAN data value in binary format. The only allowed characters  
in the QString are 0, 1, and X.  
Arguments  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:DATA:VALUE 1011 sets the CAN data value to 1011.  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:CAN:FRAMEtype  
Sets or returns the frame type for a CAN FRAMEType trigger. Applies to bus  
<x>, where x is the bus number.  
This command requires a DPO4AUTO application module. This command is  
only valid when the TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:CAN:CONDition is FRAMETYPE.  
Conditions  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:CAN:FRAMEtype  
{DATA|REMote|ERRor|OVERLoad}  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:CAN:FRAMEtype?  
DATA species a data frame type.  
Arguments  
REMote species a remote frame type.  
ERRor species an error frame type.  
OVERLold species an overload frame type.  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:FRAMETYPE DATA sets the CAN trigger frame type  
to DATA.  
Examples  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:CAN{:IDentier|:ADDRess}:MODe  
Sets or returns the CAN addressing mode for bus <x>, where x is the bus number.  
Use this command to do the following:  
2-400  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
Trigger on ID  
Trigger in IDANDDATA  
This command requires a DPO4AUTO application module.  
Trigger  
Conditions  
Group  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:CAN{:IDentifier|:ADDRess}:MODe  
{STandard|EXTended}  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:CAN{:IDentifier|:ADDRess}:MODe?  
STandard species the standard addressing mode.  
Arguments  
EXTended species the extended addressing mode.  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:CAN{:IDentier|:ADDRess}:VALue  
Sets or returns the binary address string used for a CAN trigger if the trigger  
condition is ID or IDANDDATA. Applies to bus <x>, where x is the bus number.  
This command requires a DPO4AUTO application module.  
Trigger  
Conditions  
Group  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:CAN{:IDentifier|:ADDRess}:VALue <QString>  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:CAN{:IDentifier|:ADDRess}:VALue?  
Syntax  
<QString> is up to 29 bits specifying the binary CAN identier value. The only  
allowed characters in the QString are 0, 1, and X.  
Arguments  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:IDENTIFIER:VALUE 1011 sets the CAN trigger  
identier value to 1011.  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:CONDition  
Sets or returns the trigger condition for FLEXRAY.  
Trigger  
Group  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-401  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:CONDition  
{SOF|FRAMEType|IDentifier|CYCLEcount|HEADer|DATA|IDANDDATA|EOF|ERROR}  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:CONDition?  
Syntax  
SOF sets the FLEXRAY trigger condition to start of frame.  
FRAMEType sets the FLEXRAY trigger condition to frame type.  
IDentifier sets the FLEXRAY trigger condition to identier.  
CYCLEcount sets the FLEXRAY trigger condition to cycle count.  
HEADer sets the FLEXRAY trigger condition to header.  
DATA sets the FLEXRAY trigger condition to data.  
Arguments  
IDANDDATA sets the FLEXRAY trigger condition to id and data.  
EOF sets the FLEXRAY trigger condition to end of frame.  
ERROR sets the FLEXRAY trigger condition to error.  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:CONDITION? might return  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:CONDITION SOF indicating the  
GLEXRAY condition is start of frame.  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:CONDITION? might return  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:CONDITION SOF indicating the  
GLEXRAY condition is start of frame.  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:CYCLEcount:HIVALue  
Sets or returns the binary data string to be used for FLEXRAY cycle count high  
value.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:CYCLEcount:HIVALue <QString>  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:CYCLEcount:HIVALue?  
<QString> is a quoted string that is the cycle count high value.  
Arguments  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:CYCLECOUNT:HIVALUE “110010” sets the  
cycle count high value to 110010.  
2-402  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:CYCLECOUNT:HIVALUE? might return  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:CYCLECOUNT:HIVALUE "XXXXXX" indicating  
the cycle count high value is don’t care.  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:CYCLEcount:QUALier  
Sets or returns the FLEXRAY cycle count qualier.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:CYCLEcount:QUALifier  
{LESSThan|MOREThan|EQUal|UNEQual|LESSEQual|MOREEQual|  
INrange|OUTrange}  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:CYCLEcount:QUALifier?  
LESSThan sets the FLEXRAY cycle count qualier to less than.  
MOREThan sets the FLEXRAY cycle count qualier to more than.  
EQUal sets the FLEXRAY cycle count qualier to equal.  
Arguments  
UNEQual sets the FLEXRAY cycle count qualier to not equal.  
LESSEQual sets the FLEXRAY cycle count qualier to less than or equal.  
MOREEQual sets the FLEXRAY cycle count qualier to greater than or equal.  
INrange sets the FLEXRAY cycle count qualier to in range.  
OUTrange sets the FLEXRAY cycle count qualier to out of range.  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:CYCLECOUNT:QUALIFIER LESSTHAN sets the  
cycle count qualier to LESSTHAN.  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:CYCLECOUNT:QUALIFIER? might return  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:CYCLECOUNT:QUALIFIER EQUAL indicating  
that the cycle count qualier is set to EQUAL.  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:CYCLEcount:VALue  
Sets or returns the binary data string to be used for FLEXRAY cycle count low  
value.  
Trigger  
Group  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-403  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:CYCLEcount:VALue <QString>  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:CYCLEcount:VALue?  
Syntax  
Arguments  
Examples  
<QString> is a quoted string that is the FLEXRAY binary data string that is the  
cycle count low value.  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:CYCLECOUNT:VALUE “11001101” sets the  
cycle count value to 11001101.  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:CYCLECOUNT:VALUE? might return  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:CYCLECOUNT:VALUE "XXXXXX" indicating the  
cycle count value is don’t care.  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:DATa:HIVALue  
Sets or returns the high binary data string to be used for FLEXRAY trigger if  
trigger condition is ID or IDANDDATA.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:DATa:HIVALue <QString>  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:DATa:HIVALue?  
<QString> is a quoted string that is the FLEXRAY binary data high value.  
Arguments  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:DATA:HIVALUE  
"11001101XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX  
XXXXXXX1" sets the binary data string high value to  
"11001101XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX  
XXXXXXX1".  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:DATA:HIVALUE? might  
return TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:DATA:HIVALUE  
"XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX  
XXXXXXXX" indicating the binary data string high value is don’t care.  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:DATa:OFFSet  
Sets or returns the offset of the data string in bytes to be used for FLEXRAY  
trigger.  
2-404  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:DATa:OFFSet <NR1>  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:DATa:OFFSet?  
<NR1> is the offset of the data string in bytes. A byte offset of -1 signies don’t  
care, and no byte offset is used. The instrument will trigger or match any byte  
value that ts.  
Arguments  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:DATA:OFFSET? might return  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:DATA:OFFSET 0 indicating that a data offset  
of 0.  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:DATA:OFFSET? might return  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:DATA:OFFSET 0 indicating that a data offset  
of 0.  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:DATa:QUALier  
Sets or returns the FLEXRAY data qualier.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:DATa:QUALifier  
{LESSThan|MOREThan|EQUal|UNEQual|LESSEQual|MOREEQual|  
INrange|OUTrange}  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:DATa:QUALifier?  
LESSThan sets the FLEXRAY data qualier to less than.  
MOREThan sets the FLEXRAY data qualier to greater than.  
EQUal sets the FLEXRAY data qualier to eqaual.  
Arguments  
UNEQual sets the FLEXRAY data qualier to not equal.  
LESSEQual sets the FLEXRAY data qualier to less than or equal.  
MOREEQual sets the FLEXRAY data qualier to greater than or equal.  
INrange sets the FLEXRAY data qualier to in range.  
OUTrange sets the FLEXRAY data qualier to out of range.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-405  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:DATA:QUALIFIER LESSTHAN sets the data  
qualier to LESSTHAN.  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:DATA:QUALIFIER? might return  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:DATA:QUALIFIER EQUAL indicating the data  
qualier is EQUAL.  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:DATa:SIZe  
Sets or returns the length of the data string in bytes to be used for FLEXRAY  
trigger.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:DATa:SIZe <NR1>  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:DATa:SIZe?  
<NR1> is the FLEXRAY data string length in bytes.  
Arguments  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:DATA:SIZE 8 sets the data string size to 8  
bytes.  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:DATA:SIZE? might return  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:DATA:SIZE 1 indicating the data  
size is 1 byte.  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:DATa:VALue  
Sets or returns the low binary data string to be used for FLEXRAY trigger  
condition if trigger condition is ID or IDANDDATA.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:DATa:VALue <QString>  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:DATa:VALue?  
<QString> is a quoted string that is the binary data string for a FLEXRAY  
trigger if the trigger condition is ID or IDANDDATA.  
Arguments  
2-406  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:DATA:VALUE “11001101” sets the FLEXRAY  
data value for triggering to 11001101.  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:DATA:VALUE? might return  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:DATA:VALUE "XXXXXXXX" indicating the  
FLEXRAY data value is don’t care.  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:EOFTYPE  
Sets or returns the end of le type used for FLEXRAY trigger.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:EOFTYPE {STATic|DYNAMic|ANY}  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:EOFTYPE?  
STATic species triggering on the STATIC end of le type.  
Arguments  
Examples  
DYNAMic species triggering on the DYNAMIC end of le type.  
ANY species triggering on a STATIC or DYNAMIC end of le type.  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:EOFTYPE ANY sets the FLEXRAY end of le  
type to ANY.  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:EOFTYPE? might return  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:EOFTYPE STATIC indicating the  
FLEXRAY end of le type is STATIC  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:ERRTYPE  
Sets or returns the error type be used for FLEXRAY trigger.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:ERRTYPE  
{CRCHeader|CRCTrailer|SYNCFrame|STARTupnosync|NULLFRStatic|  
NULLFRDynamic}  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:ERRTYPE?  
CRCHeader sets the FLEXRAY error type for a trigger to CRCHeader.  
Arguments  
CRCTrailer sets the FLEXRAY error type for a trigger to CRCTrailer.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-407  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
SYNCFrame sets the FLEXRAY error type for a trigger to SYNCFrame.  
STARTupnosync sets the FLEXRAY error type for a trigger to STARTupnosync.  
NULLFRStatic sets the FLEXRAY error type for a trigger to NULLFRStatic.  
NULLFRDynamic sets the FLEXRAY error type for a trigger to NULLFRDynamic.  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:ERRTYPE SYNCFRAME sets the FLEXRAY  
trigger type is SYNCFRAME.  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:ERRTYPE? might return  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:ERRTYPE CRCHEADER indicating the  
FLEXRAY trigger type is CRCHeader.  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:FRAMEID:HIVALue  
Sets or returns the binary data string to be used for FLEXRAY frame ID high  
value.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:FRAMEID:HIVALue <QString>  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:FRAMEID:HIVALue?  
<QString> is a quoted string that is the binary frame id high value.  
Arguments  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:FRAMEID:HIVALUE “11001100101” sets the  
frame id high value to 11001100101.  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:FRAMEID:HIVALUE? might return  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:FRAMEID:HIVALUE "XXXXXXXXXXX"  
indicating the frame id high value is don’t care.  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:FRAMEID:QUALier  
Sets or returns the FLEXRAY frame ID qualier.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:FRAMEID:QUALifier  
{LESSThan|MOREThan|EQUal|UNEQual|LESSEQual|MOREEQual|  
INrange|OUTrange}  
2-408  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:FRAMEID:QUALifier?  
LESSThan sets the frame id qualier to less than.  
MOREThan sets the frame id qualier to greater than.  
EQUal sets the frame id qualier to equal.  
Arguments  
UNEQual sets the frame id qualier to not equal.  
LESSEQual sets the frame id qualier to less than or equal.  
MOREEQual sets the frame id qualier to greater than or equal.  
INrange sets the frame id qualier to in range.  
OUTrange sets the frame id qualier to out of range.  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:FRAMEID:QUALIFIER LESSTHAN sets the  
frame id qualier to less than.  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:FRAMEID:QUALIFIER? might return  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:FRAMEID:QUALIFIER EQUAL indicating the  
frame id qualier is set to equal.  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:FRAMEID:VALue  
Sets or returns the binary data string to be used for FLEXRAY frame ID low value.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:FRAMEID:VALue <QString>  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:FRAMEID:VALue?  
<QString> is a quoted string that is the FLEXRAY frame ID low value.  
Arguments  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:FRAMEID:VALUE “11001100101” sets the  
frame id value to 11001100101.  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:FRAMEID:VALUE? might return  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:FRAMEID:VALUE "XXXXXXXXXXX" indicating  
the frame id value is don’t care.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-409  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:FRAMEType  
Sets or returns the frame type for FLEXRAY.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:FRAMEType  
{NORMal|PAYLoad|NULL|SYNC|STARTup}  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:FRAMEType?  
NORMal species the normal frame type.  
PAYLoad species the payload frame type.  
NULL species the null frame type.  
Arguments  
SYNC species the sync frame type.  
STARTup species the startup frame type.  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:FRAMETYPE PAYLOAD sets the frame type to  
payload.  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:FRAMETYPE? might return  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:FRAMETYPE NORMAL indicating the  
frame type is set to normal.  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:HEADER:CRC  
Sets or returns the CRC portion of the binary header string to be used for  
FLEXRAY trigger.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:HEADER:CRC <QString>  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:HEADER:CRC?  
<QString> is a quoted string that is the CRC portion of the binary header string.  
Arguments  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:CRC “11001100101” sets the CRC  
portion of the binary header string to 11001100101.  
2-410  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:CRC? might return  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:CRC "XXXXXXXXXXX" indicating the  
CRC portion of the binary header string is don’t care.  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:HEADER:CYCLEcount  
Sets or returns the cycle count portion of the binary header string to be used for  
FLEXRAY trigger.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:HEADER:CYCLEcount <QString>  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:HEADER:CYCLEcount?  
<QString> is a quoted string that is the cycle count portion of the binary header  
string.  
Arguments  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:CYCLECOUNT “110010”sets the  
cycle count to 110010.  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:CYCLECOUNT? might return  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:CYCLECOUNT "XXXXXX" indicating  
the cycle count is don’t care.  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:HEADER:FRAMEID  
Sets or returns the frame id portion of the binary header string to be used for  
FLEXRAY trigger.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:HEADER:FRAMEID <QString>  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:HEADER:FRAMEID?  
<QString> is a quoted string that is the frame id portion of the binary header  
string.  
Arguments  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:FRAMEID “11001100101”sets the  
frame id portion of the binary header string to 11001100101.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-411  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:FRAMEID? might return  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:FRAMEID "XXXXXXXXXXX"  
indicating the frame id portion of the binary header string are don’t cares.  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:HEADER:INDBits  
Sets or returns the indicator bits portion of the binary header string to be used  
for FLEXRAY trigger.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:HEADER:INDBits <QString>  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:HEADER:INDBits?  
<QString> is a quoted string that is the indicator bits portion of the binary  
header string.  
Arguments  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:INDBITS “11001 sets the indicator  
bits portion of the header string to 11001.  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:INDBITS? might return  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:INDBITS "XXXXX" indicating that  
the indicator bits portion of the header string are don’t cares.  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:HEADER:PAYLength  
Sets or returns the payload length portion of the binary header string to be used  
for FLEXRAY trigger.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:HEADER:PAYLength <QString>  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:FLEXray:HEADER:PAYLength?  
<QString> is the length of the payload portion of the Binary header string.  
Arguments  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:PAYLENGTH “1100101" sets the  
FLEXRAY header paylength to 1100101.  
2-412  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:PAYLENGTH? might return  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:PAYLENGTH "XXXXXXX" indicating  
the FLEXRAY header paylength is don’t care.  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:I2C:ADDRess:MODe  
Sets or returns the I2C address mode to 7 or 10-bit. Applies to bus <x>, where x  
is the bus number.  
This command requires a DPO4EMBD application module.  
Trigger  
Conditions  
Group  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:I2C:ADDRess:MODe {ADDR7|ADDR10}  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:I2C:ADDRess:MODe?  
Syntax  
ADDR7 species the 7-bit I2C address mode.  
Arguments  
Examples  
ADDR10 species the 10-bit I2C address mode.  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:I2C:ADDRESS:MODE ADDR10 sets the I2C address mode  
to 10-bit.  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:I2C:ADDRess:TYPe  
Sets or returns the I2C address type. The only supported address type is USER.  
Applies to bus <x>, where x is the bus number.  
This command requires a DPO4EMBD application module.  
Trigger  
Conditions  
Group  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:I2C:ADDRess:TYPe  
{GENeralcall|STARtbyte|HSmode|EEPROM|USER}  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:I2C:ADDRess:TYPe?  
Syntax  
GENeralcall species a general call address.  
Arguments  
STARtbyte species a start byte address.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-413  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
HSmode species a high-speed mode address.  
EEPROM species an EEPROM address.  
USER species a user address.  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:I2C:ADDRess:VALue  
Sets or returns the binary address string used for the I2C trigger if the trigger  
condition is ADDRESS or ADDRANDDATA. Applies to bus <x>, where x is the  
bus number.  
This command requires a DPO4EMBD application module.  
Trigger  
Conditions  
Group  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:I2C:ADDRess:VALue <QString>  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:I2C:ADDRess:VALue?  
Syntax  
<QString> is up to 7 or 10-bits depending on the address mode that species the  
address. The only allowed characters in the QString are 0, 1, and X.  
Arguments  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:I2C:ADDRESS:VALUE 1011 sets the I2C address value  
to XXX1011.  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:I2C:CONDition  
Sets or returns the trigger condition for an I2C trigger. Applies to bus <x>, where  
x is the bus number.  
This command requires a DPO4EMBD application module.  
Trigger  
Conditions  
Group  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:I2C:CONDition  
{STARt|STOP|REPEATstart|ACKMISS|ADDRess|DATA|ADDRANDDATA}  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:I2C:CONDition?  
Syntax  
2-414  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
STARt species a search based on start condition.  
Arguments  
STOP species a search based on stop condition.  
REPEATstart species a search based on repeat of start condition.  
ACKMISS species a search based on missing acknowledgement condition.  
ADDRess species a search based on address.  
DATA species a search based on data.  
ADDRANDDATA species a search based on address and data.  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:I2C:CONDITION START species start as the I2C trigger  
condition.  
Examples  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:I2C:DATa:DIRection  
Sets or returns the I2C trigger type to be valid on a Read, Write, or Either  
condition. Read or write is indicated by the R/W bit in the I2C protocol. Applies  
to bus <x>, where x is the bus number.  
This command requires a DPO4EMBD application module.  
Trigger  
Conditions  
Group  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:I2C:DATa:DIRection {READ|WRITE|NOCARE}  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:I2C:DATa:DIRection?  
Syntax  
READ species read as the data direction.  
WRITE species write as the data direction.  
NOCARE species either as the data direction.  
Arguments  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:I2C:DATA:DIRECTION WRITE species write as the  
I2C data direction.  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:I2C:DATa:SIZe  
Sets or returns the length of the data string in bytes to be used for an I2C trigger if  
the trigger condition is DATA or ADDRANDDATA. Applies to bus <x>, where x  
is the bus number.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-415  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
This command requires a DPO4EMBD application module.  
Conditions  
Group  
Trigger  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:I2C:DATa:SIZe <NR1>  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:I2C:DATa:SIZe?  
Syntax  
<NR1> is the length of the data string in bytes.  
Arguments  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:I2C:DATa:VALue  
Sets or returns the binary data string used for I2C triggering if the trigger condition  
is DATA or ADDRANDDATA. Applies to bus <x>, where x is the bus number.  
This command requires a DPO4EMBD application module.  
Trigger  
Conditions  
Group  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:I2C:DATa:VALue <QString>  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:I2C:DATa:VALue?  
Syntax  
<QString> is the binary data string, where the number of bits is 8 times the  
number of bytes specied. The only allowed characters in the string are 0, 1,  
and X.  
Arguments  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:LIN:CONDition  
Sets or returns the trigger condition for LIN.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:LIN:CONDition  
{SYNCField|IDentifier|DATA|IDANDDATA|WAKEup|SLEEP|ERROR}  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:LIN:CONDition?  
SYNCField sets the LIN trigger condition to sync eld.  
Arguments  
IDentifier sets the LIN trigger condition to identier.  
2-416  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
DATA sets the LIN trigger condition to data.  
IDANDDATA sets the LIN trigger condition to id and data.  
WAKEup sets the LIN trigger condition to wake up.  
SLEEP sets the LIN trigger condition to sleep.  
ERROR sets the LIN trigger condition to error.  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:CONDITION ERROR sets the LIN trigger condition  
to error.  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:CONDITION? might return  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:CONDITION SYNCFIELD indicating the LIN trigger  
condition is sync eld.  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:LIN:DATa:HIVALue  
Sets or returns the binary data string to be used for LIN trigger if trigger condition  
is ID or IDANDDATA.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:LIN:DATa:HIVALue <QString>  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:LIN:DATa:HIVALue?  
<QString> is a quoted string that is the binary data string used for LIN trigger if  
the trigger condition is ID or IDANDDATA.  
Arguments  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:HIVALUE "11001010" sets the high value  
to 11001010.  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:HIVALUE? might return  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:HIVALUE "XXXXXXXX"indicating  
the high value is don’t care.  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:LIN:DATa:QUALier  
Sets or returns the LIN data qualier. This only applies if the trigger condition is  
IDANDDATA or DATA.  
Trigger  
Group  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-417  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:LIN:DATa:QUALifier  
{LESSThan|MOREThan|EQUal|UNEQual|LESSEQual|MOREEQual|  
INrange|OUTrange}  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:LIN:DATa:QUALifier?  
LESSThan sets the LIN data qualier to less than.  
MOREThan sets the LIN data qualier to greater than.  
EQUal sets the LIN data qualier to equal.  
Arguments  
UNEQual sets the LIN data qualier to not equal.  
LESSEQual sets the LIN data qualier to less than or equal.  
MOREEQual sets the LIN data qualier to greater than or equal.  
INrange sets the LIN data qualier to in range.  
OUTrange sets the LIN data qualier to out of range.  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:QUALIFIER OUTRANGE sets the data qualier  
to out of range.  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:QUALIFIER? might return  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:QUALIFIER EQUAL indicating the data  
qualier is set to equal.  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:LIN:DATa:SIZe  
Sets or returns the length of the data string in bytes to be used for LIN trigger.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:LIN:DATa:SIZe <NR1>  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:LIN:DATa:SIZe?  
<NR1> is the size of the data string in bytes.  
Arguments  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:SIZE 8 sets the data size to 8 bytes.  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:SIZE? might return  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:SIZE 1 indicating the data size is 1 byte.  
2-418  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:LIN:DATa:VALue  
Sets or returns the binary data string to be used for LIN trigger condition if trigger  
condition is ID or IDANDDATA.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:LIN:DATa:VALue <QString>  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:LIN:DATa:VALue?  
<QString> is a quoted string that is the LIN trigger data value.  
Arguments  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:VALUE “11001101”sets the data value to  
11001101.  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:VALUE? might return  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:VALUE "XXXXXXXX" indicating the  
data value is don’t care.  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:LIN:ERRTYPE  
Sets or returns the error type be used for LIN trigger.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:LIN:ERRTYPE  
{SYNC|PARity|CHecksum|HEADertime|RESPtime|FRAMetime}  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:LIN:ERRTYPE?  
SYNC sets the LIN error type to SYNC.  
Arguments  
PARity sets the LIN error type to parity.  
CHecksum sets the LIN error type to checksum.  
HEADertime sets the LIN error type to header time.  
RESPtime sets the LIN error type to response time.  
FRAMetime sets the LIN error type to frame time.  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:ERRTYPE CHECKSUM sets the LIN error type to  
checksum.  
Examples  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-419  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:ERRTYPE? might return  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:ERRTYPE SYNC indicating the LIN error type  
is SYNC.  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:LIN:IDentier:VALue  
Sets or returns the binary address string used for LIN trigger if the trigger  
condition is ID or IDANDDATA.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:LIN:IDentifier:VALue <QString>  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:LIN:IDentifier:VALue?  
<QString> is the binary address string used for LIN trigger if the trigger  
condition is ID or IDANDDATA.  
Arguments  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:IDENTIFIER:VALUE "110010" sets the identier  
value to 110010.  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:IDENTIFIER:VALUE? might return  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:IDENTIFIER:VALUE "XXXXXX" indicating the  
identier value is XXXXXX.  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:PARallel:VALue  
Sets or returns the binary data string to be used for a Parallel trigger. Applies to  
bus <x>, where x is the bus number.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:PARallel:VALue <QString>  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:PARallel:VALue?  
<QString> is the binary data string.  
Arguments  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:RS232C:CONDition  
Sets or returns the condition for an RS-232C trigger, where x is the bus number.  
2-420  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
This command requires a DPO4COMP application module.  
Conditions  
Group  
Trigger  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:RS232C:CONDition  
{RXSTArt|RXDATA|RXENDPacket|TXSTArt|TXDATA|TXENDPacket}  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:RS232C:CONDition?  
Syntax  
RXSTArt species a search based on the RX Start Bit.  
RXDATA species a search based on RX Data.  
Arguments  
RXENDPacket species a search based on the RX End of Packet condition.  
TXSTArt species a search base on the TX Start Bit.  
TXDATA species a search based on TX Data.  
TXENDPacket species a search based on the TX End of Packet condition.  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:RS232C:RX:DATa:SIZe  
Sets or returns the length of the data string in Bytes for an RS-232 Trigger if the  
trigger condition is RXDATA. Applies to bus <x>, where x is the bus number.  
This command requires a DPO4COMP application module.  
Trigger  
Conditions  
Group  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:RS232C:RX:DATa:SIZe <NR1>  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:RS232C:RX:DATa:SIZe?  
Syntax  
<NR1> is the length of the data string in bytes.  
Arguments  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:RS232C:RX:DATa:VALue  
Sets or returns the binary data string for an RS-232 trigger if the trigger condition  
involves RX. Applies to bus <x>, where x is the bus number.  
This command requires a DPO4COMP application module.  
Conditions  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-421  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:RS232C:RX:DATa:VALue  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:RS232C:RX:DATa:VALue?  
<Qstring> is the binary data string to be used for the trigger.  
Arguments  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:RS232C:TX:DATa:SIZe  
Sets or returns the length of the data string for an RS-232 trigger if the trigger  
condition is TXDATA. Applies to bus <x>, where x is the bus number.  
This command requires a DPO4COMP application module.  
Trigger  
Conditions  
Group  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:RS232C:TX:DATa:SIZe <NR1>  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:RS232C:TX:DATa:SIZe?  
Syntax  
<NR1> is the length of the data string in Bytes.  
Arguments  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:RS232C:TX:DATa:VALue  
Sets or returns the binary data string for an RS-232 trigger if the condition  
involves TX. Applies to bus <x>, where x is the bus number.  
This command requires a DPO4COMP application module.  
Trigger  
Conditions  
Group  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:RS232C:TX:DATa:VALue  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:RS232C:TX:DATa:VALue?  
Syntax  
<Qstring> is the binary data string to be used for the trigger.  
Arguments  
2-422  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:SPI:CONDition  
Sets or returns the trigger condition for a SPI trigger. Applies to bus <x>, where x  
is the bus number.  
This command requires a DPO4EMBD application module.  
Trigger  
Conditions  
Group  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:SPI:CONDition  
{SS|STARTofframe|MISO|MOSI|MISOMOSI}  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:SPI:CONDition?  
Syntax  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
SS species the Slave Selection condition.  
STARTofframe is applicable when BUS:B<x>:SPI:FRAMING is set to  
IDLEtime. When the trigger condition is set to STARTofframe, the instrument  
triggers on the rst SPI clock after an idle time when there are no clocks.  
MISO species the Master-In Slave-Out condition.  
MOSI species the Master-Out Slave-In condition.  
MISOMOSI species the Master-In Slave-Out and Master-Out Slave-In conditions.  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:SPI:DATa{:IN|:MISO}:VALue  
Sets or returns the binary data string to be used for a SPI trigger if the trigger  
condition is MISO or MISOMOSI. Applies to bus <x>, where x is the bus number.  
This command requires a DPO4EMBD application module.  
Trigger  
Conditions  
Group  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:SPI:DATa{:IN|:MISO}:VALue <QString>  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:SPI:DATa{:IN|:MISO}:VALue?  
Syntax  
<QString> is the binary data string, where the number of bits is 8 times the  
number of bytes specied. The only allowed characters in the string are 0, 1,  
and X.  
Arguments  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-423  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:SPI:DATa{:OUT|:MOSI}:VALue  
Sets or returns the binary data string to be used for a SPI trigger if the trigger  
condition is MOSI or MISOMOSI. Applies to bus <x>, where x is the bus number.  
This command requires a DPO4EMBD application module.  
Trigger  
Conditions  
Group  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:SPI:DATa{:OUT|:MOSI}:VALue <QString>  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:SPI:DATa{:OUT|:MOSI}:VALue?  
Syntax  
<QString> is the binary data string with the number of bits specied by the  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:SPI:DATa:SIZe command. The only allowed characters  
in the QString are 0, 1, and X.  
Arguments  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:SPI:DATa:SIZe  
Sets or returns the length of the data string to be used for a SPI trigger if the  
trigger condition is MISO, MOSI, or MISOMOSI. Applies to bus <x>, where x  
is the bus number.  
This command requires a DPO4EMBD application module.  
Trigger  
Conditions  
Group  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:SPI:DATa:SIZe <NR1>  
TRIGger:A:BUS:B<x>:SPI:DATa:SIZe?  
Syntax  
<NR1> is the length of the data string in bytes.  
Arguments  
TRIGger:A:BUS:SOUrce  
Sets or returns the source for a Serial bus trigger.  
This command requires a DPO4AUTO or DPO4EMBD application module.  
Trigger  
Conditions  
Group  
2-424  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
TRIGger:A:BUS:SOUrce {B1|B2|B3|B4}  
TRIGger:A:BUS:SOUrce?  
Syntax  
B1 species the Bus 1 source.  
B2 species the Bus 2 source.  
B3 species the Bus 3 source.  
B4 species the Bus 4 source.  
Arguments  
TRIGger:A:EDGE? (Query Only)  
Returns the trigger source, coupling, and slope for the A edge trigger.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:EDGE?  
Related Commands  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A:EDGE? might return :TRIGGER:A:EDGE:SOURCE CH1;COUPLING  
DC; SLOPE RISE indicating the trigger source, coupling, and slope for the A  
edge trigger.  
TRIGger:A:EDGE:COUPling  
Sets or returns the type of coupling for the A edge trigger.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:EDGE:COUPling {DC|HFRej|LFRej|NOISErej}  
TRIGger:A:EDGE:COUPling?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
DC species DC trigger coupling, which passes all input signals to the trigger  
circuitry.  
HFRej species high-frequency rejection coupling, which attenuates signals  
above 50 kHz before passing the signals to the trigger circuitry.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-425  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
LFRej species low-frequency rejection coupling, which attenuates signals below  
50 kHz before passing the signals to the trigger circuitry.  
NOISErej species noise-rejection coupling, which provides stable triggering  
by increasing the trigger hysteresis. Increased hysteresis reduces the trigger  
sensitivity to noise but may require greater trigger signal amplitude.  
TRIGGER:A:EDGE:COUPLING DC sets the A edge trigger coupling to DC.  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A:EDGE:COUPLING? might return :TRIGGER:A:EDGE:COUPLING  
DC indicating that the A edge trigger coupling is set to DC.  
TRIGger:A:EDGE:SLOpe  
Sets or returns the slope for the A edge trigger.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:EDGE:SLOpe {RISe|FALL}  
TRIGger:A:EDGE:SLOpe?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
RISe species to trigger on the rising or positive edge of a signal.  
FALL species to trigger on the falling or negative edge of a signal.  
TRIGGER:A:EDGE:SLOPE RISE sets the A edge trigger slope to positive, which  
triggers on the rising edge of the signal.  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A:EDGE:SLOPE? might return :TRIGGER:A:EDGE:SLOPE FALL  
indicating that the A edge trigger slope is negative.  
TRIGger:A:EDGE:SOUrce  
Sets or returns the source for the A edge trigger.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:EDGE:SOUrce {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4|  
D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15|  
EXT|LINE|AUX}  
2-426  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
TRIGger:A:EDGE:SOUrce?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
CH1–CH4 species an analog input channel as the A edge trigger source.  
D0–D15 species a digital channel as the source (MSO models only).  
EXT species an external trigger using the Aux In connector located on the front  
panel of the oscilloscope.  
LINE species the AC line as the trigger source.  
AUX species the Auxiliary Input as the trigger source (if available on your  
oscilloscope).  
TRIGGER:A:EDGE:SOURCE CH1 sets channel 1 as the A edge trigger source.  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A:EDGE:SOURCE? might return :TRIGGER:A:EDGE:SOURCE CH1  
indicating that channel 1 is the A edge trigger source.  
TRIGger:A:HOLDoff? (Query Only)  
Returns the A trigger holdoff parameters. These parameters specify the time  
period during which the trigger circuitry is not looking to generate a trigger event.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:HOLDoff?  
Related Commands  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A:HOLDOFF? might return :TRIGGER:A:HOLDOFF:TIME  
900.0000E-09;BY DEFAULT indicating that the A edge trigger holdoff time  
(by default) is 900 ns.  
TRIGger:A:HOLDoff:TIMe  
Sets or returns the A trigger holdoff time.  
Trigger  
Group  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-427  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
TRIGger:A:HOLDoff:TIMe <NR3>  
TRIGger:A:HOLDoff:TIMe?  
Syntax  
<NR3> species the holdoff time in seconds. The range is from 20 ns through 8.0 s.  
Arguments  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A:HOLDOFF:TIME ? might return :TRIGGER:A:HOLDOFFTIME  
1.2000E-06 indicating that the A trigger holdoff time is set to 1.2 µs.  
TRIGGER:A:HOLDOFF:TIME 10 sets the A trigger holdoff time to 10 s.  
TRIGger:A:LEVel  
Sets or returns the trigger level for the A trigger.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:LEVel {ECL|TTL|<NR3>}  
TRIGger:A:LEVel?  
ECL species a preset ECL high level of –1.3V.  
TTL species a preset TTL high level of 1.4V.  
Arguments  
<NR3> species the trigger level in user units (usually volts).  
TRIGGER:A:LEVEL? might return :TRIGGER:A:LEVel 1.3000E+00  
indicating that the A edge trigger is set to 1.3 V.  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A:LEVEL TTL sets the A edge trigger to TTL high level, which is 1.4 V.  
TRIGger:A:LEVel:AUXin  
Sets or returns the trigger level for the AUXIN port.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:LEVel:AUXin {<NR3>|ECL|TTL}  
TRIGger:A:LEVel:AUXin?  
2-428  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
<NR3> species the trigger level, in volts.  
Arguments  
Examples  
ECL species a preset ECL trigger level of –1.3V.  
TTL species a preset TTL trigger level of 1.4V.  
TRIGGER:A:LEVEL:AUXIN ECL sets the auxiliary input trigger level to -1.3  
volts.  
TRIGGER:A:LEVEL:AUXIN? might return TRIGGER:A:LEVEL:AUXIN 0.0E+0  
indicating the auxiliary input trigger level is 0.0 volts.  
TRIGger:A:LEVel:CH<x>  
Sets or returns the trigger level for the specied channel. Each channel can have  
an independent level.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:LEVel:CH<x> {<NR3>|TTL|ECL}  
TRIGger:A:LEVel:CH<x>?  
<NR3> species the trigger level in user units (usually volts).  
TTL species a preset TTL high level of 1.4V.  
Arguments  
Examples  
ECL species a preset ECL high level of –1.3V.  
TRIGGER:A:LEVEL:CH2? might return :TRIGGER:A:LEVEL:CH2  
1.3000E+00 indicating that the A edge trigger is set to 1.3 V for channel 2.  
TRIGGER:A:LEVEL:CH3 TTL sets the A edge trigger to TTL high level for  
channel 3.  
TRIGger:A:LEVel:D<x>  
Sets or returns the trigger level for the specied digital channel <x>, where x is  
the channel number. Each digital channel can have an independent level.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:LEVel:D<x> {<NR3>|ECL|TTL}  
TRIGger:A:LEVel:D<x>?  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-429  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
ECL species a preset ECL high level of –1.3V.  
Arguments  
TTL species a preset TTL high level of 1.4V.  
<NR3> species the trigger level in volts.  
TRIGger:A:LOGIc? (Query Only)  
Returns all of the A logic trigger parameters.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:LOGIc?  
Related Commands  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A:LOGIC? might return :TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:CLASS  
SETHOLD;FUNCTION AND;THRESHOLD:CH1 20.0000E-3;CH2 0.0000;  
CH3 0.0000;CH4 0.0000;:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:CH1  
X;CH2 X;CH3 X;CH4 X;CLOCK:SOURCE NONE;EDGE  
RISE;:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:INPUT:CH1 X;CH2 X;CH3  
X;CH4 X;:TRIGGER :A:LOGIC:PATTERN:WHEN TRUE;WHEN:LESSLIMIT  
4.0000E-9;LIMIT 4.0000E-9;:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:DELTATIME  
4.0000E-9  
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:CLAss  
Sets or returns the class of the Logic Trigger. This command is used in conjunction  
with the TRIGger:A:TYPe command.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:CLAss {LOGIC|SETHold}  
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:CLAss?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
LOGIC sets the oscilloscope to trigger on logical combinations of the channels.  
When the TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:CLOCk:SOUrce is NONE, LOGIC sets the  
oscilloscope to trigger when the specied logical combinations of channels 1, 2,  
2-430  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
3, and 4 are met on four-channel oscilloscopes. On two-channel oscilloscopes,  
only channel 1 and channel 2 are available.  
When the TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:CLOCk:SOUrce is set to one of the channels,  
LOGIC sets the oscilloscope to trigger when the specied logical combinations of  
the remaining channels is true during a transition on the clock channel.  
SETHold sets the oscilloscope to trigger on setup and hold violations between a  
data source and a clock source. Use one channel input as the clock signal and a  
second channel input as the data input. The clocking and data levels are used to  
determine if a clock or data transition has occurred.  
TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:CLASS? might return :TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:CLASS LOGIC  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:CLASS LOGIC sets the trigger A logic class to LOGIc, which  
causes the oscilloscope to trigger when the specied logical combinations of  
channels 1, 2, 3, and 4 are met.  
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:FUNCtion  
Sets or returns the logical combination of the input channels for the A pattern and  
A state logic triggers.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:FUNCtion {AND|NANd|NOR|OR}  
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:FUNCtion?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
AND species to trigger if all conditions are true.  
NANd species to trigger if any of the conditions is false.  
NOR species to trigger if all conditions are false.  
OR species to trigger if any of the conditions is true.  
TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:FUNCTION? might return :TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:FUNCTION  
NAND  
Examples  
which indicates that the oscilloscope will trigger if the AND logic conditions  
are false.  
TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:FUNCTION AND sets the logical combination of channels to  
be true when all conditions are true.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-431  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut? (Query Only)  
Returns the logic input values for all channels. If a clock channel is dened,  
it returns the clock source and edge.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut?  
TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT? might return :TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:CH1  
HIGH;CH2 X;CH3 X indicating that a logic high is expected on channel 1 while  
channel 2 and channel three are “don’t care.”  
Examples  
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:CH<x>  
Sets or returns the logical input condition for the channel specied by <x>.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:CH<x> {HIGH|LOW|X}  
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:CH<x>?  
HIGH species the logic high.  
LOW species the logic low.  
X species a "don’t care" state.  
Arguments  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:CH1? might return :TRIGGER:LOGIC:INPUT:CH1  
X indicating that the setting for the A logic trigger input to channel 1 does not  
matter.  
TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:CH2 HIGH sets the A logic trigger input to logic  
HIGH for channel 2.  
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:CLOCk:EDGE  
Sets the polarity of the clock channel.  
Trigger  
Group  
2-432  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:CLOCk:EDGE {FALL|RISe}  
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:CLOCk:EDGE?  
Syntax  
RISe species to trigger on the rising or positive edge of a signal.  
Arguments  
FALL species to trigger on the falling or negative edge of a signal.  
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:CLOCk:SOUrce  
Sets or returns the channel to use as the clock source. The clock can be selected as  
NONE. A selection of None implies pattern trigger. Any other selection implies  
state trigger.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:CLOCk:SOUrce {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4|  
D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15|NONE}  
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:CLOCk:SOUrce?  
CH1–CH4 species the analog input channel source.  
D0–D15 species the digital input channel source.  
NONE species a Pattern trigger.  
Arguments  
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:D<x>  
Sets or returns the logic pattern for a trigger on digital channel <x>, where x  
is the channel number.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:D<x> {HIGH|LOW|X}  
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:INPut:D<x>?  
High species the logic high state.  
Low species the logic low state.  
X species a "don’t care" state.  
Arguments  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-433  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern? (Query Only)  
Returns the conditions used for generating an A logic pattern trigger, with respect  
to the dened input pattern, and identies the time that the selected pattern may  
be true and still generate the trigger.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern?  
TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN? might return  
Examples  
:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:INPUT:CH1 HIGH;CH2  
LOW;CH3 X;CH4 X;:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:WHEN  
LESSTHAN;WHEN:LESSLIMIT 16.0000E-9;LIMIT  
16.0000E-9;:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:DELTATIME 16.0000E-9  
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:DELTatime  
Sets or returns the pattern trigger delta time value. The time value is used as part  
of the pattern trigger condition to determine if the duration of a logic pattern  
meets the specied time constraints.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:DELTatime <NR3>  
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:DELTatime?  
<NR3> is a oating point value with exponent that sets the pattern trigger time  
value. This argument has a range of 39.6E–9 (39.6 ns) to 10.0E0 (10 s), in  
increments of 13.2 ns. Values that are not an increment of 13.2 ns are rounded to  
the nearest correct value.  
Arguments  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:DELTATIME 71.28E-8 sets the pattern trigger  
delta time value to 712.8 ns.  
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:INPut:D<x>  
Sets or returns the A logic trigger input for the specied digital channel <x>,  
where x is the channel number. This command species the logic value used when  
the pattern trigger detects the threshold level.  
2-434  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:INPut:D<x> {HIGH|LOW|X}  
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:INPut:D<x>?  
HIGH species a logic high.  
LOW species a logic low.  
Arguments  
X species a “do not care” state.  
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:WHEn  
Sets or returns the pattern logic condition on which to trigger the oscilloscope.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:WHEn  
{TRUe|FALSe|LESSThan|MOREThan|EQUal|UNEQual}  
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:WHEn?  
TRUE triggers the oscilloscope when the pattern becomes true.  
Arguments  
FALSE triggers the oscilloscope when the pattern becomes false.  
LESSTHAN triggers the oscilloscope when the input pattern is true for a time period  
less than the time period specied in TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:DELTATIME.  
MORETHAN triggers the oscilloscope when the input pattern is true  
for a time period more (greater) than the time period specied in  
TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:DELTATIME.  
EQUAL triggers the oscilloscope when the input pattern is true for a time period  
equal to the time period specied in TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:DELTATIME,  
within a ±5% tolerance.  
UNEQUAL triggers the oscilloscope when the input pattern is true for a time  
period greater than or less than (not equal to) the time period specied in  
TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:DELTATIME, within a ±5% tolerance.  
TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:WHEN LESSTHAN sets the oscilloscope to trigger  
when the pattern is true for a time period less than the pattern trigger delta time  
setting.  
Examples  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-435  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:WHEn:LESSLimit  
Sets or returns the maximum time that the selected pattern may be true and still  
generate an A logic pattern trigger.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:WHEn:LESSLimit <NR3>  
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:WHEn:LESSLimit?  
<NR3> species the maximum amount of time to hold the pattern true.  
Arguments  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:WHEN:LESSLIMIT 10.0E+00 sets the  
maximum time that the selected pattern may hold true (and generate an A logic  
pattern trigger) to 10 s.  
TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:WHEN:LESSLIMIT? might return  
TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:WHEN:LESSLIMIT 8.0000E-9 indicating that  
the selected pattern may hold true for up to 8 ns and still generate an A logic  
pattern trigger.  
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:WHEn:MORELimit  
Sets or returns the minimum time that the selected pattern may be true and still  
generate an A logic pattern trigger.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:WHEn:MORELimit <NR3>  
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:PATtern:WHEn:MORELimit?  
<NR3> species the minimum amount of time to hold the pattern true.  
Arguments  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:WHEN:MORELIMIT 10.0E+00 sets the minimum  
time that the selected pattern may hold true (and generate an A logic pattern  
trigger) to 10 s.  
TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:WHEN:MORELIMIT? might return  
TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:WHEN:MORELIMIT 8.0000E-9 indicating that  
the selected pattern must hold true for at least 8 ns to generate an A logic pattern  
trigger.  
2-436  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:THReshold:CH<x>  
This command sets or queries the trigger A logic threshold voltage for the  
specied channel x.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:THReshold:CH<x> {<NR3>|ECL|TTL}  
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:THReshold:CH<x>?  
<NR3> species the threshold voltage, in volts.  
ECL species a preset ECL high level of –1.3V.  
TTL species a preset TTL high level of 1.4V.  
Arguments  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:THRESHOLD:CH2 3.0E-3 sets the A logic trigger threshold  
voltage for Channel 2 to 3 mV.  
TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:THRESHOLD:CH3? might return  
:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:THRESHOLD:CH3 1.2000E+00, indicating that the A  
logic trigger threshold voltage for Channel 3 is 1.2 V.  
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:THReshold:D<x>  
Sets or returns the trigger A logic threshold level for the specied digital channel  
<x>. This commands affects all trigger types using the digital channel.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:THReshold:D<x> {<NR3>|ECL|TTL}  
TRIGger:A:LOGIc:THReshold:D<x>?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
<NR3> species the threshold level in volts.  
ECL species a preset ECL high level of –1.3V.  
TTL species a preset TTL high level of 1.4V.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-437  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
TRIGger:A:LOWerthreshold:CH<x>  
Sets or returns the lower threshold for the channel selected. Each channel can  
have an independent level. Used in Runt and Slew Rate triggers as the lower  
threshold. Used for all other trigger types as the single level/threshold.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:LOWerthreshold:CH<x> {ECL|TTL|<NR3>}  
TRIGger:A:LOWerthreshold:CH<x>?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
ECL species a preset ECL high level of –1.3V.  
TTL species a preset TTL high level of 1.4V.  
<NR3> is the clock level, in volts.  
TRIGGER:A:LOWERTHRESHOLD:CH2 50E-3 sets the lower limit threshold for  
CH2 of the pulse runt trigger to 50 mV.  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A:LOWERTHRESHOLD:CH2? might return :TRIGGER:A:  
LOWERTHRESHOLD:CH2 1.2000E-01 indicating that the lower limit threshold  
for CH2 of the pulse runt trigger is set to 120 mV.  
TRIGger:A:LOWerthreshold:D<x>  
Sets the lower threshold for the digital channel selected. Each channel can have  
an independent level. Used in runt and slew rate as the lower threshold. Used for  
all other trigger types as the single level/threshold.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:LOWerthreshold:D<x> {<NR3>|ECL|TTL}  
TRIGger:A:LOWerthreshold:D<x>?  
<NR3> species the threshold voltage, in volts.  
ECL species a preset ECL high level of –1.3V.  
TTL species a preset TTL high level of 1.4V.  
Arguments  
2-438  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
TRIGGER:A:LOWERTHRESHOLD:D1 0.5 sets the lower threshold to 0.5 volts.  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A:LOWERTHRESHOLD:D1? might return  
TRIGGER:A:LOWERTHRESHOLD:D1 -1.3000 indicating the lower threshold  
is set to -1.3 volts.  
TRIGger:A:LOWerthreshold{:EXT|:AUX}  
Sets or returns the lower threshold for the Auxiliary Input. Used for the following  
trigger types: Runt, Slew Rate.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:LOWerthreshold{:EXT|:AUX} {<NR3>|ECL|TTL}  
TRIGger:A:LOWerthreshold{:EXT|:AUX}?  
ECL species a preset ECL high level of –1.3V.  
TTL species a preset TTL high level of 1.4V.  
<NR3> species the threshold level in volts.  
Arguments  
TRIGger:A:MODe  
Sets or returns the A trigger mode.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:MODe {AUTO|NORMal}  
TRIGger:A:MODe?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
AUTO generates a trigger if one is not detected within a specied time period.  
NORMal waits for a valid trigger event.  
TRIGGER:A:MODE NORMAL species that a valid trigger event must occur before  
a trigger is generated.  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A:MODE ? might return :TRIGGER:A:MODE NORMAL indicating that a  
valid trigger event must occur before a trigger is generated.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-439  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
TRIGger:A:PULse? (Query Only)  
Returns the A pulse trigger parameters.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:PULse?  
Related Commands  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A:PULSE? might return :TRIGGER:A:PULSE:CLASS TRANSITION  
TRIGger:A:PULse:CLAss  
Sets or returns the type of pulse on which to trigger.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:PULse:CLAss {RUNt|WIDth|TRANsition}  
TRIGger:A:PULse:CLAss?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
RUNt triggers when a pulse crosses the rst preset voltage threshold but does not  
cross the second preset threshold before recrossing the rst.  
WIDth triggers when a pulse is found that has the specied polarity and is either  
inside or outside the specied time limits.  
TRANsition triggers when a pulse crosses both thresholds in the same direction  
as the specied polarity and the transition time between the two threshold  
crossings is greater or less than the specied time delta.  
TRIGGER:A:PULSE:CLASS WIDTH species a width pulse for the A trigger.  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A:PULSE:CLASS? might return :TRIGGER:A:PULSE:CLASS WIDTH  
indicating that a pulse was found that is of the specied polarity and width.  
2-440  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
TRIGger:A:PULSEWIDth? (Query Only)  
Returns the width parameters for the pulse width trigger.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:PULSEWIDth?  
TRIGGER:A:PULSEWIDTH? might return  
Examples  
:TRIGGER:A:PULSEWIDTH:POLARITY POSITIVE;WHEN LESSTHAN;WIDTH  
8.0000E-9  
TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:POLarity  
Sets or returns the polarity for the width trigger.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:POLarity {NEGative|POSitive}  
TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:POLarity?  
NEGative species a negative pulse.  
Arguments  
Examples  
POSitive species a positive pulse.  
TRIGGER:A:PULSEWIDTH:POLARITY NEGATIVE sets the pulse polarity to  
negative.  
TRIGGER:A:PULSEWIDTH:POLARITY? might return  
:TRIGGER:A:WIDTH:POLARITY POSITIVE indicating a positive pulse.  
TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:SOUrce  
Sets or returns the source for the pulse-width trigger.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:SOUrce {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4|LINE|EXT}  
TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:SOUrce?  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-441  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
CH1–CH4 species an analog input channel as the A edge trigger source.  
Arguments  
EXT species an external trigger using the Aux In connector located on the front  
panel of the oscilloscope.  
LINE species AC line voltage.  
TRIGGER:A:PULSEWIDTH:SOURCE CH1 sets channel 1 as the pulse width source.  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A:PULSEWIDTH:SOURCE? might return :TRIGGER:A:PULSEWIDTH:  
SOURCE CH1 indicating that channel 1 is the pulse width source.  
TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:WHEn  
Sets or returns whether to trigger on a pulse that meets, falls outside, or within  
the specied range of limits.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:WHEn {LESSthan|than|EQual|UNEQual}  
TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:WHEn?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
LESSthan argument sets the oscilloscope to trigger if a pulse is detected with  
width less than the time set by the TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:WIDth command.  
than argument sets the oscilloscope to trigger if a pulse is detected with width  
than the time set by the TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:WIDth command.  
EQUal argument sets the oscilloscope to trigger if a pulse is detected with width  
equal to the time period specied in TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:WIDth within  
a ±5% tolerance.  
NOTEQual argument sets the oscilloscope to trigger if a pulse is detected with  
width greater than or less than (but not equal) the time period specied in  
TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:WIDth within a ±5% tolerance.  
TRIGGER:A:PULSEWIDTH:WHEN LESSTHAN species that the duration of the A  
pulse will fall within dened high and low limits.  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A:PULSEWIDTH:WHEN? might return :TRIGGER:A:PULSEWIDTH:  
WHEN THAN indicating the conditions for generating a width trigger.  
2-442  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:WIDth  
Sets or returns the width setting for the pulse width trigger.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:WIDth <NR3>  
TRIGger:A:PULSEWidth:WIDth?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
<NR3> species the pulse width in seconds.  
TRIGGER:A:PULSEWIDTH:WIDTH 5.0E-6 sets the pulse width to 5 µs.  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A:PULSEWIDTH:WIDTH? might return :TRIGGER:A:PULSEWIDTH:  
WIDTH 2.0000E-9 indicating that the pulse width is set to 2 ns.  
TRIGger:A:RUNT? (Query Only)  
Returns the current A runt trigger parameters.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:RUNT?  
TRIGGER:A:RUNT? might return :TRIGGER:A:RUNT:SOURCE CH1;POLARITY  
POSITIVE;WHEN OCCURS;WIDTH 4.0000E-9.  
Examples  
TRIGger:A:RUNT:POLarity  
Sets or returns the polarity for the runt trigger.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:RUNT:POLarity {EITher|NEGative|POSitive}  
TRIGger:A:RUNT:POLarity?  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-443  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
POSitive indicates that the rising edge crosses the low threshold and the falling  
edge recrosses the low threshold without either edge ever crossing the high  
threshold.  
Arguments  
NEGative indicates that the falling edge crosses the high threshold and the  
rising edge recrosses the high threshold without either edge ever crossing the  
low threshold.  
EITher triggers on a runt of either polarity.  
TRIGGER:A:RUNT:POLARITY NEGATIVE species that the polarity of the A  
pulse runt trigger is negative.  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A:RUNT:POLARITY? might return :TRIGGER:A:RUNT:POLARITY  
POSITIVE indicating that the polarity of the A pulse runt trigger is positive.  
TRIGger:A:RUNT:SOUrce  
Sets or returns the source for the A runt trigger.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:RUNT:SOUrce {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4}  
TRIGger:A:RUNT:SOUrce?  
CH1–CH4 species the input channel number, depending on the model of the  
oscilloscope.  
Arguments  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A:RUNT:SOURCE CH4 sets channel 4 as the source for the A pulse  
trigger.  
TRIGGER:A:RUNT:SOURCE? might return :TRIGGER:A:RUNT:SOURCE CH2  
indicating that channel 2 is the source for the A pulse trigger.  
TRIGger:A:RUNT:WHEn  
Sets or returns the type of pulse width the trigger checks for when it detects a runt.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:RUNT:WHEn {LESSthan|than|EQual|UNEQual|OCCURS}  
TRIGger:A:RUNT:WHEn?  
2-444  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
OCCURS argument species a trigger event if a runt of any detectable width occurs.  
LESSthan argument sets the oscilloscope to trigger if the a runt pulse is detected  
with width less than the time set by the TRIGger:A:RUNT:WIDth command.  
than argument sets the oscilloscope to trigger if the a runt pulse is detected with  
width than the time set by the TRIGger:A:RUNT:WIDth command.  
EQUal argument sets the oscilloscope to trigger if a runt pulse is detected with  
width equal to the time period specied in TRIGger:A:RUNT:WIDth within  
a ±5% tolerance.  
NOTEQual argument sets the oscilloscope to trigger if a runt pulse is detected with  
width greater than or less than (but not equal to) the time period specied in  
TRIGger:A:RUNT:WIDth within a ±5% tolerance.  
TRIGGER:A:RUNT:WHEN THAN sets the runt trigger to occur when the  
oscilloscope detects a runt in a pulse wider than the specied width.  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A:RUNT:WHEN? might return :TRIGGER:A:PULSE:RUNT:WHEN  
OCCURS indicating that a runt trigger will occur if the oscilloscope detects a runt  
of any detectable width.  
TRIGger:A:RUNT:WIDth  
Sets or returns the width for a runt trigger.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:RUNT:WIDth <NR3>  
TRIGger:A:RUNT:WIDth?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
<NR3> species the minimum width, in seconds.  
TRIGGER:A:RUNT:WIDTH 15E-6 sets the minimum width of the pulse runt  
trigger to 15 µs.  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A:RUNT:WIDTH? might return :TRIGGER:A:PULSE:RUNT:WIDTH  
2.0000E-09 indicating that the minimum width of a pulse runt trigger is 2 ns.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-445  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
TRIGger:A:SETHold? (Query Only)  
Returns the clock edge polarity, voltage threshold and source input; data voltage  
threshold and source; and both setup and hold times for setup and hold violation  
triggering.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:SETHold?  
TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD? might return  
Examples  
:TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:CLOCK:SOURCE CH1;EDGE RISE;THRESHOLD  
100.0000E-3;:TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:DATA:SOURCE CH2;THRESHOLD  
80.0000E-3;:TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:HOLDTIME 20.0000E-9;SETTIME  
8.0000E-9  
TRIGger:A:SETHold:CLOCk? (Query Only)  
Returns the clock edge polarity, voltage threshold, and source input for setup  
and hold triggering.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:SETHold:CLOCk?  
TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:CLOCK? might return  
:TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:CLOCK:SOURCE EXT;EDGE FALL;THRESHOLD  
1.4000  
Examples  
TRIGger:A:SETHold:CLOCk:EDGE  
Sets or returns the clock edge polarity for setup and hold triggering.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:SETHold:CLOCk:EDGE {FALL|RISe}  
TRIGger:A:SETHold:CLOCk:EDGE?  
2-446  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
FALL species polarity as the clock falling edge.  
Arguments  
Examples  
RISe species polarity as the clock rising edge.  
TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:CLOCK:EDGE RISE species the polarity as the clock  
rising edge.  
TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:CLOCK:EDGE? might return :TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:  
CLOCK:EDGE RISE indicating that polarity is specied as the clock rising edge.  
TRIGger:A:SETHold:CLOCk:SOUrce  
Sets or returns the clock source for the setup and hold triggering.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:SETHold:CLOCk:SOUrce  
{CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4|D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D1  
TRIGger:A:SETHold:CLOCk:SOUrce?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
CH1–CH4 or D0–D15 species the input channel number. D0–D15 is only for  
MSO models.  
AUX or EXT species an external trigger using the Aux Input connector located  
on the front panel of the oscilloscope.  
TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:CLOCK:SOURCE CH1 species channel 1 as the clock  
input for setup and hold input.  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:CLOCK:SOURCE? might return :TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:  
CLOCK:SOURCE CH4 indicating that channel 4 is the clock source for the setup  
and hold trigger input.  
TRIGger:A:SETHold:CLOCk:THReshold  
Sets or returns the clock voltage threshold for the setup and hold trigger.  
Trigger  
Group  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-447  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
TRIGger:A:SETHold:CLOCk:THReshold {<NR3>|TTL}  
TRIGger:A:SETHold:CLOCk:THReshold?  
Syntax  
TTL species a preset TTL high level of 1.4 V.  
Arguments  
<NR3> is the clock level, in volts.  
TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:CLOCK:THRESHOLD TTL species the preset TTL value  
of 1.4 V as the clock threshold for the setup and hold trigger.  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:CLOCK:THRESHOLD? might return  
:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:SETHOLD:CLOCK:THRESHOLD 1.2000E+00  
indicating that the clock threshold for the setup and hold trigger is 1.2 V.  
TRIGger:A:SETHold:DATa? (Query Only)  
Returns the voltage threshold and data source for the setup and hold trigger.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:SETHold:DATa?  
Related Commands  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:DATA? might return  
:TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:DATA:SOURCE CH2;THRESHOLD 80.0000E-3  
TRIGger:A:SETHold:DATa:SOUrce  
Sets or returns the data source for the setup and hold trigger. You cannot specify  
the same source for both clock and data.  
For DPO models, you can specify only a single data source. Data sources for DPO  
models may be one of CH1-CH4 or the Auxin port (EXT or AUX).  
For MSO models, you can specify any combination of CH1-CH4 and D0-D15 as  
the data sources.  
Trigger  
Group  
2-448  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
DPO Models:  
TRIGger:A:SETHold:DATa:SOUrce <wfm>  
Syntax  
MSO Models:  
TRIGger:A:SETHold:DATa:SOUrce <wfm>[,<wfm>] [,<wfm>]  
[,<wfm>] [,<wfm>] [,<wfm>] [,<wfm>] [,<wfm>] [,<wfm>]  
[,<wfm>] [,<wfm>] [,<wfm>] [,<wfm>] [,<wfm>] [,<wfm>]  
[,<wfm>] [,<wfm>] [,<wfm>]  
TRIGger:A:SETHold:DATa:SOUrce?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
DPO Models:  
<wfm> species the source channel number and is one of CH1-CH4, EXT or  
AUX. You can specify only one waveform on a DPO.  
MSO Models:  
<wfm> species the source channel numbers. Each <wfm> can be one of  
CH1-CH4 or D0-D15. Auxin (EXT or AUX) is not valid as a data source.  
TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:DATA:SOURCE CH1 sets channel 1 as the data source  
for the setup and hold trigger.  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:DATA:SOURCE? might return  
:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:SETHOLD:DATA:SOURCE CH2 indicating that channel 2 is  
the current data source for the setup and hold trigger.  
TRIGger:A:SETHold:DATa:THReshold  
Sets or returns the data voltage threshold for setup and hold trigger.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:SETHold:DATa:THReshold {<NR3>|TTL}  
TRIGger:A:SETHold:DATa:THReshold?  
TTL species the preset TTL high level of 1.4 V.  
Arguments  
Examples  
<NR3> is the setup and hold data level, in V.  
TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:DATA:THRESHOLD TTL species the preset high level of  
1.4 V as the current data voltage level for the setup and hold trigger.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-449  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:DATA:THRESHOLD? might return  
:TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:DATA:THRESHOLD 1.2000E+00 indicating  
that 1.2 V is the current data voltage level for the setup and hold trigger.  
TRIGger:A:SETHold:HOLDTime  
Sets or returns the hold time for setup and hold violation triggering.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:SETHold:HOLDTime <NR3>  
TRIGger:A:SETHold:HOLDTime?  
<NR3> species the hold time setting in seconds. Positive values for hold time  
occur after the clock edge. Negative values occur before the clock edge.  
Arguments  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:HOLDTIME 3.0E-3 sets the hold time for the setup and  
hold trigger to 3 ms.  
TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:HOLDTIME? might return  
:TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:HOLDTIME 2.0000E-09 indicating that the current  
hold time for the setup and hold trigger is 2 ns.  
TRIGger:A:SETHold:SETTime  
Sets or returns the setup time for setup and hold violation triggering.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:SETHold:SETTime <NR3>  
TRIGger:A:SETHold:SETTime?  
<NR3> species the setup time for setup and hold violation triggering.  
Arguments  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:SETTIME 3.0E-6 species that the current setup time for  
setup and hold trigger is 3 µs.  
TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:SETTIME? might return  
:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:SETHOLD:SETTIME 2.0000E-09 indicating that the  
current setup time for setup and hold trigger is 2 ns.  
2-450  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
TRIGger:A:SETHold:THReshold:CH<x>  
Sets or queries the threshold for the channel specied by x. Affects all trigger  
types using the channel.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:SETHold:THReshold:CH<x> {<NR3>|ECL|TTL}  
TRIGger:A:SETHold:THReshold:CH<x>?  
<NR3> species the threshold voltage, in volts.  
ECL species a preset ECL high level of –1.3V.  
TTL species a preset TTL high level of 1.4V.  
Arguments  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:THRESHOLD:CH1 1.5 sets the channel 1 threshold  
to 1.5 volts.  
TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:THRESHOLD:CH1? might return  
TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:THRESHOLD:CH1 0.0E+0 indicating the  
channel 1 threshold is set to 0.0 volts.  
TRIGger:A:SETHold:THReshold:D<x>  
Sets the threshold for the selected digital channel. Affects all trigger types using  
the digital channel.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:SETHold:THReshold:D<x> {<NR3>|ECL|TTL}  
TRIGger:A:SETHold:THReshold:D<x>?  
<NR3> species the threshold voltage, in volts.  
ECL species a preset ECL high level of –1.3V.  
TTL species a preset TTL high level of 1.4V.  
Arguments  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-451  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:THRESHOLD:D1 ECL sets the threshold to ECL levels.  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:THRESHOLD:D1? might return  
TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:THRESHOLD:D1 -1.3000 indicating the  
threshold is set to -1.3 volts.  
TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}? (Query Only)  
Returns transition time trigger parameters.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}?  
Related Commands  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A::TRANSITION? might return  
:TRIGGER:A:TRANSITION:POLARITY POSITIVE;WHEN  
SLOWER;DELTATIME 8.0000E-9  
TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}:DELTatime  
Sets or returns the delta time used in calculating the transition value for the  
transition trigger.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}:DELTatime <NR3>  
TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}:DELTatime?  
<NR3> species the delta time, in seconds.  
Arguments  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A:TRANSITION:DELTATIME 15E-6 sets the delta time of the  
transition trigger to 15 µs.  
TRIGGER:A:TRANSITION:DELTATIME? might return :TRIGGER:A  
:TRANSITION:DELTATIME 2.0000E-09 indicating that the delta time of the  
transition trigger is set to 2 ns.  
2-452  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}:POLarity  
Sets or returns the polarity for the transition trigger.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}:POLarity  
{EITher|NEGative|POSitive}  
TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}:POLarity?  
POSitive indicates that a pulse edge must traverse from the lower (most  
negative) to higher (most positive) level for transition triggering to occur.  
Arguments  
Examples  
NEGative indicates that a pulse edge must traverse from the upper (most positive)  
to lower (most negative) level for transition triggering to occur.  
EITher indicates either positive or negative polarity.  
TRIGGER:A:TRANSITION:POLARITY NEGATIVE sets the transition polarity to  
negative.  
TRIGGER:A:TRANSITION:POLARITY? might return :TRIGGER:A:  
TRANSITION:POLARITY EITHER indicating that the polarity can be either  
positive or negative.  
TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}:SOUrce  
Sets or returns the source for transition trigger.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}:SOUrce {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4}  
TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}:SOUrce?  
CH1–CH4 species one of the input channels.  
Arguments  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A:TRANSITION:SOURCE CH4 sets channel 4 as the source for the  
transition trigger.  
TRIGGER:A:TRANSITION:SOURCE? might return :TRIGGER:A:TRANSITION:  
SOURCE CH2 indicating that channel 2 is the source for the A transition trigger.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-453  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}:WHEn  
Sets or returns whether to check for a transitioning signal that is faster or slower  
than the specied delta time.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}:WHEn  
{SLOWer|FASTer|EQual|UNEQual}  
TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}:WHEn?  
FASTer sets the trigger to occur when the signal transition time is faster than the  
time set by TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}:DELTatime.  
Arguments  
SLOWer sets the trigger to occur when the signal transition time is slower than the  
time set by.TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}:DELTatime.  
EQual sets the trigger to occur when the signal transition time is equal to the time  
set by TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}:DELTatime.  
UNEQual sets the trigger to occur when the signal transition time is not equal to  
the time set by TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}:DELTatime.  
TRIGGER:A:TRANSITION:WHEN SLOWER sets the trigger to occur  
when the signal transition time is slower than the time set by the  
TRIGger:A{:TRANsition|:RISEFall}:DELTatime command.  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A:TRANSITION:WHEN? might return :TRIGGER:A:TRANSITION:  
WHEN FASTER  
TRIGger:A:TYPe  
Sets or returns the type of A trigger. Once you have set the trigger type,  
you may also need to identify the associated trigger class. For details on  
selecting Logic and Pulse trigger classes, see TRIGger:A:LOGIc:CLAss and  
TRIGger:A:PULse:CLAss respectively.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:TYPe {EDGe|LOGic|PULSe|BUS|VIDeo}  
TRIGger:A:TYPe?  
Related Commands  
2-454  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
EDGe is the default trigger. A trigger event occurs when a signal passes through  
a specied voltage level in a specied direction and is controlled by the  
TRIGger:A:EDGE? commands.  
Arguments  
LOGic species that a trigger occurs when specied conditions are met and is  
controlled by the TRIGger:A:LOGIc? commands. This trigger type is equivalent  
to the logic trigger and to the setup and hold trigger found in the user interface.  
PULSe species that a trigger occurs when a specied pulse is found and is  
controlled by the TRIGger:A:PULse? commands. This trigger type is equivalent  
to the pulse width, runt, and rise/fall time triggers found in the user interface.  
BUS species that a trigger occurs when a communications signal is found.  
Supports CAN, I2C, SPI, and RS-232 communications signals.  
VIDeo species that the trigger occurs when a video signal is found.  
TRIGGER:A:TYPE EDGE sets the A trigger type to EDGE.  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A:TYPE? might return :TRIGGER:A:TYPE PULSE indicating that the  
A trigger type is a pulse trigger.  
TRIGger:A:UPPerthreshold:CH<x>  
Sets the upper threshold for channel <x>, where x is the channel number. Each  
channel can have an independent level. Used only for runt and slew rate trigger  
types.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:UPPerthreshold:CH<x> {<NR3>|ECL|TTL}  
TRIGger:A:UPPerthreshold:CH<x>?  
<NR3> is the threshold level in volts.  
Arguments  
Examples  
ECL species a preset ECL high level of –1.3V.  
TTL species a preset TTL high level of 1.4V.  
TRIGGER:A:UPPERTHRESHOLD:CH2 50E-3 sets the upper limit of the pulse  
runt trigger to 50 mV for channel 2.  
TRIGGER:A:UPPERTHRESHOLD:CH2? might return :TRIGGER:A:  
UPPERTHRESHOLD:CH2 1.2000E-01 indicating that the upper limit of the pulse  
runt trigger is set to 120 mV.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-455  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
TRIGger:A:VIDeo? (Query Only)  
Returns the A trigger video parameters.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:VIDeo?  
TRIGGER:A:VIDEO? might return :TRIGGER:A:VIDEO:POLARITY  
POSITIVE;SOURCE CH1;STANDARD NTSC;SYNC  
Examples  
ALLLINES;HOLDOFF:FIELD 0.0000;:TRIGGER:A:VIDEO:CUSTOM:FORMAT  
PROGRESSIVE;SCANRATE15K;:TRIGGER: A:VIDEO:LINE 1;HDTV:FORMAT  
HD1080I60  
TRIGger:A:VIDeo:CUSTom{:FORMat|:TYPE}  
Sets or returns the video trigger format. Use this command only when the video  
format is set to custom.  
This command requires a DPO4VID application module.  
Trigger  
Conditions  
Group  
TRIGger:A:VIDeo:CUSTom{:FORMat|:TYPE}  
{INTERLAced|PROGressive}  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:VIDeo:CUSTom{:FORMat|:TYPE}?  
INTERLAced argument sets the format for interlaced video lines.  
Arguments  
Examples  
PROGressive argument sets the format for progressive video lines.  
TRIGGER:A:VIDEO:CUSTOM:FORMAT PROGRESSIVE sets the custom format for  
the A video trigger to progressive lines.  
TRIGGER:A:VIDEO:CUSTOM:FORMAT? might return :TRIGGER:A:VIDEO:  
CUSTOM:FORMAT INTERLACED indicating that interlaced is selected as the  
custom format for the A video trigger.  
2-456  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
TRIGger:A:VIDeo:CUSTom:LINEPeriod  
Sets or queries the line period for the standard under test. Use this command only  
when the video format is set to custom.  
This command requires a DPO4VID application module.  
Trigger  
Conditions  
Group  
TRIGger:A:VIDeo:CUSTom:LINEPeriod <NR3>  
TRIGger:A:VIDeo:CUSTom:LINEPeriod?  
Syntax  
<NR3> is the custom video line period.  
Arguments  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A:VIDEO:CUSTOM:LINEPERIOD 50.5E-6 sets the video line period  
to 50.5 μs.  
TRIGGER:A:VIDEO:CUSTOM:LINEPERIOD? might return  
TRIGGER:A:VIDEO:CUSTOM:LINEPERIOD 63.5600E-6 indicating  
the video line period is set to 63.56 μs.  
TRIGger:A:VIDeo:CUSTom:SCAN  
Sets or returns the horizontal line scan rate of the A video trigger. Use this  
command only when the video format is set to custom.  
This command requires a DPO4VID application module.  
Trigger  
Conditions  
Group  
TRIGger:A:VIDeo:CUSTom:SCAN  
{RATE15K|RATE20K|RATE25K|RATE35K|RATE50K}  
TRIGger:A:VIDeo:CUSTom:SCAN?  
Syntax  
RATE15 sets the range of the video line scan rate to 15 kHz through 20 kHz. This  
is the standard broadcast rate.  
Arguments  
RATE20 sets the range of the video line scan rate to 20 kHz through 25 kHz.  
RATE25 sets the range of the video line scan rate to 25 kHz through 35 kHz  
RATE35 sets the range of the video line scan rate to 35 kHz through 50 kHz  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-457  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
RATE50 sets the range of the video line scan rate to 50 kHz through 65 kHz  
TRIGGER:A:VIDEO:CUSTOM:SCAN RATE15 sets the scan rate of the A trigger  
custom video to Rate 1, which is 15 kHz to 20 kHz (standard broadcast rate).  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A:VIDEO:CUSTOM:SCAN? might return :TRIGGER:A:VIDEO:  
CUSTOM:SCAN RATE20 indicating that the video line rate for the A trigger custom  
video is set to Rate20, which is 20 kHz to 25 kHz.  
TRIGger:A:VIDeo:CUSTom:SYNCInterval  
Sets or queries the sync interval for the standard under test. This is only required  
for BiLevel Custom. Use this command only when the video format is set to  
custom.  
This command requires a DPO4VID application module.  
Trigger  
Conditions  
Group  
TRIGger:A:VIDeo:CUSTom:SYNCInterval <NR3>  
TRIGger:A:VIDeo:CUSTom:SYNCInterval?  
Syntax  
<NR3> is the sync interval.  
Arguments  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A:VIDEO:CUSTOM:SYNCINTERVAL 4.0E-6 sets the sync interval is  
set to 4.0 μs.  
TRIGGER:A:VIDEO:CUSTOM:SYNCINTERVAL? might return  
TRIGGER:A:VIDEO:CUSTOM:SYNCINTERVAL 4.7200E-6 indicating the sync  
interval is set to 4.72 μs.  
TRIGger:A:VIDeo:HDtv:FORMat  
Sets or returns the HDTV video signal format on which to trigger.  
This command requires a DPO4VID application module.  
Trigger  
Conditions  
Group  
2-458  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
TRIGger:A:VIDeo:HDtv:FORMat  
{HD1080P24|HD720P60|HD480P60|HD1080I50|HD1080P25|  
HD1080I60|HD1080PSF24}  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:VIDeo:HDtv:FORMat?  
Table 2-42: Available HDTV formats  
Arguments  
HDTV format  
Description  
1080i50  
1125 Lines (1080 active), 1920 x 1080 pixel,  
interlaced, 60 fps  
1080i60  
1080p24  
1080p25  
1080sf24  
720p60  
1125 lines (1080 active), 1920 x 1080 pixel,  
interlaced, 50 fps  
1125 lines (1080 active), 1920 x 1080 pixel,  
progressive, 24 fps  
1125 lines (1080 active), 1920 x 1080 pixel,  
progressive, 25 fps  
1125 Lines (1080 active), 1920 x 1080 pixel,  
progressive (sF), 24 fps  
750 lines (720 active), 1280 x 720 pixel,  
progressive, 60 fps  
480p60  
525 lines (480 active), 640 or 704 x 480  
pixel, progressive, 60 fps  
TRIGger:A:VIDeo:HOLDoff:FIELD  
Sets or returns the video trigger holdoff in terms of video elds.  
This command requires a DPO4VID application module.  
Trigger  
Conditions  
Group  
TRIGger:A:VIDeo:HOLDoff:FIELD <NR3>  
TRIGger:A:VIDeo:HOLDoff:FIELD?  
Syntax  
<NR3> argument is a real number from 0.0 to 8.5 in increments of 0.5. The  
argument sets the number of elds that the oscilloscope waits before rearming  
the video trigger.  
Arguments  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A:VIDEO:HOLDOFF:FIELD? might return  
:TRIGger:A:VIDeo:HOLdoff:FIELD 5 indicating that the oscilloscope is set  
to wait 5 video elds before rearming the trigger.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-459  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
TRIGGER:A:VIDEO:HOLDOFF:FIELD 4.5 sets the oscilloscope to wait 4.5 video  
elds before rearming the trigger.  
TRIGger:A:VIDeo:LINE  
Sets or returns the video line number on which the oscilloscope triggers. Use the  
TRIGger:A:VIDeo{:SYNC|:FIELD} command to actually trigger the oscilloscope  
on the line that you specify with this command.  
This command requires a DPO4VID application module.  
Trigger  
Conditions  
Group  
TRIGger:A:VIDeo:LINE <NR1>  
TRIGger:A:VIDeo:LINE?  
Syntax  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
<NR1> argument is an integer that sets the video line number on which the  
oscilloscope triggers. The following table lists the valid choices, depending on the  
active video standard.  
Table 2-43: Video Line Numbering Ranges  
Video Standard  
525/NTSC  
Line Number Range  
1–525  
1–625  
1–625  
625/PAL, SECAM  
SECAM  
TRIGGER:A:VIDEO:LINE 23 sets the oscilloscope to trigger on the line 23.  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A:VIDEO:LINE ? might return :TRIGger:A:VIDeo:LINE 10  
indicating that the oscilloscope is set to trigger on line 10.  
TRIGger:A:VIDeo:POLarity  
Sets or returns the polarity of the A video trigger.  
This command requires a DPO4VID application module.  
Conditions  
2-460  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:VIDeo:POLarity {NEGative|POSitive}  
TRIGger:A:VIDeo:POLarity?  
POSitive argument sets the oscilloscope to trigger on a positive video sync pulse.  
Arguments  
Examples  
NEGative argument sets the oscilloscope to trigger on a negative video sync  
pulse.  
TRIGGER:A:VIDEO:POLARITY NEGATIVE sets the oscilloscope to trigger on a  
negative video pulse.  
TRIGGER:A:VIDEO:POLARITY? might return :TRIGger:A:VIDeo:POLARITY  
POSITIVE indicating that the oscilloscope is set to trigger on a positive video  
sync pulse.  
TRIGger:A:VIDeo:SOUrce  
Sets or returns the source for the A video trigger.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:VIDeo:SOUrce {CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4|  
D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15}  
TRIGger:A:VIDeo:SOUrce?  
CH1–CH4 or D0–D15 species the input channel to use as the A video trigger.  
Arguments  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A:VIDEO:SOURCE CH1 sets the source for A video trigger to Channel 1.  
TRIGGER:A:VIDEO:SOURCE? might return :TRIGger:A:VIDeo:SOURCE CH2  
indicating that the source for the A video trigger is set to Channel 2.  
TRIGger:A:VIDeo:STANdard  
Sets or returns the standard for the video trigger.  
Trigger  
Group  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-461  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
TRIGger:A:VIDeo:STANdard {NTSc|PAL|SECAM|CUSTom|HDtv}  
TRIGger:A:VIDeo:STANdard?  
Syntax  
NTSc sets the oscilloscope to trigger on video signals that meet the NTSC  
525/60/2:1 standard (a line rate of 525 lines per frame and a eld rate of 60 Hz).  
Arguments  
PAL sets the oscilloscope to trigger on video signals that meet the NTSC  
625/50/2:1 standard (a line rate of 625 lines per frame and a eld rate of 50 Hz).  
SECAM sets the oscilloscope to trigger on video signals that meet the SECAM  
standard.  
CUSTom sets the oscilloscope to trigger on video horizontal scan rate parameters  
dened by TRIGger:A:VIDeo:CUSTom:SCAN command.  
HDtv sets the oscilloscope to trigger on HDTV video signals that meet standards  
dened by the TRIGger:A:VIDeo:HDtv:FORMat command.  
TRIGGER:A:VIDEO:STANDARD NTSC sets the oscilloscope to trigger on  
NTSC-standard video signals.  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A:VIDEO:STANDARD? might return :TRIGger:A:VIDeo:STANDARD  
HDTV indicating that the oscilloscope is set to trigger on an HDTV format.  
TRIGger:A:VIDeo{:SYNC|:FIELD}  
Sets or returns the video eld or line that the trigger detects.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:A:VIDeo{:SYNC|:FIELD}  
{ODD|EVEN|ALLFields|ALLLines|NUMERic}  
TRIGger:A:VIDeo{:SYNC|:FIELD}?  
ODD argument sets the oscilloscope to trigger on interlaced video odd elds.  
EVEN argument sets the oscilloscope to trigger on interlaced video even elds.  
ALLFields argument sets the oscilloscope to trigger on all elds.  
ALLLines argument sets the oscilloscope to trigger on all video lines.  
Arguments  
NUMERic argument sets the oscilloscope to trigger on the video signal line  
specied by the TRIGger:A:VIDeo:LINE command.  
2-462  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
TRIGGER:A:VIDEO:FIELD EVEN sets the A video trigger so that it will trigger  
on even elds.  
Examples  
TRIGGER:A:VIDEO:FIELD? might return :TRIGGER:A:VIDEO:FIELD  
ALLFIELDS indicating that the A video will trigger on all video elds.  
TRIGger:B  
Sets the B trigger level to 50% of minimum and maximum. The query form  
of this command returns the B trigger parameters. This command is similar to  
selecting B Event (Delayed) Trigger Setup from the Trig menu and then viewing  
the current setups.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:B SETLevel  
TRIGger:B?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
SETLevel sets the B trigger level to 50% of MIN and MAX.  
TRIGGER:B SETLEVEL sets the B trigger level to 50% of MIN and MAX.  
Examples  
TRIGGER:B? might return the following B trigger parameters:  
:TRIGGER:B:STATE 0;TYPE EDGE; LEVEL -220.0000E-3;BY  
TIME;EDGE:SOURCE CH1;SLOPE RISE;COUPLING DC; :TRIGGER:B:TIME  
16.0000E-9;EVENTS:COUNT 2  
TRIGger:B:BY  
Selects or returns whether the B trigger occurs after a specied number of events  
or a specied period of time after the A trigger.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:B:BY {EVENTS|TIMe}  
TRIGger:B:BY?  
Related Commands  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-463  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
EVENTS sets the B trigger to take place following a set number of trigger  
events after the A trigger occurs. The number of events is specied by  
Arguments  
TRIGger:B:EVENTS:COUNt.  
TIMe sets the B trigger to occur a set time after the A trigger event. The time  
period is specied by TRIGger:B:TIMe.  
TRIGGER:B:BY TIME sets the B trigger to occur at a set time after the A trigger  
event.  
Examples  
TRIGGER:B:BY? might return :TRIGGER:B:BY EVENTS indicating that the B  
trigger takes place following a set number of trigger events after the A trigger  
occurs.  
TRIGger:B:EDGE? (Query Only)  
Returns the source, slope, and coupling for B trigger.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:B:EDGE?  
Related Commands  
TRIGGER:B:EDGE? might return :TRIGGER:B:EDGE:SOURCE CH1; SLOPE  
RISE;COUPLING DC  
Examples  
TRIGger:B:EDGE:COUPling  
Sets or returns the type of coupling for the B trigger.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:B:EDGE:COUPling {DC|HFRej|LFRej|NOISErej}  
TRIGger:B:EDGE:COUPling?  
Related Commands  
2-464  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
DC selects DC trigger coupling.  
Arguments  
Examples  
HFRej selects high-frequency reject coupling.  
LFRej selects low-frequency reject coupling.  
NOISErej selects DC low sensitivity.  
TRIGGER:B:EDGE:COUPLING DC selects DC for the B trigger coupling.  
TRIGGER:B:EDGE:COUPLING? might return :TRIGGER:B:EDGE:COUPLING  
ATRIGGER for the B trigger coupling.  
TRIGger:B:EDGE:SLOpe  
Sets or returns the slope for the B trigger.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:B:EDGE:SLOpe {RISe|FALL}  
TRIGger:B:EDGE:SLOpe?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
RISe triggers on the rising or positive edge of a signal.  
FALL triggers on the falling or negative edge of a signal.  
TRIGGER:B:EDGE:SLOPE FALL sets the B edge trigger to occur on the falling  
slope.  
Examples  
TRIGGER:B:EDGE:SLOPE? might return :TRIGGER:B:EDGE:SLOPE RISE  
indicating that the B edge trigger occurs on the rising slope.  
TRIGger:B:EDGE:SOUrce  
Sets or returns the source for the B trigger.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:B:EDGE:SOUrce {CH<x>|EXT|LINE}  
TRIGger:B:EDGE:SOUrce?  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-465  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
CH<x> species one of the input channels as the B trigger source.  
EXT species an external trigger (using the Aux In connector, located on the front  
panel of the oscilloscope) as the B trigger source.  
LINE species the power line as the B trigger source.  
TRIGGER:B:EDGE:SOURCE CH4 sets channel 4 as the input source for the B  
trigger.  
Examples  
TRIGGER:B:EDGE:SOURCE? might return :TRIGGER:B:EDGE:SOURCE CH1  
indicating that the current input source for the B trigger is channel 1.  
TRIGger:B:EVENTS? (Query Only)  
Returns the current B trigger events parameter.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:B:EVENTS?  
TRIGGER:B:EVENTS? might return  
Related Commands  
Examples  
:TRIGGER:B:EVENTS:COUNT 2  
indicating that 2 events must occur before the B trigger occurs.  
TRIGger:B:EVENTS:COUNt  
Sets or returns the number of events that must occur before the B trigger (when  
TRIG:DELay:BY is set to EVENTS).  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:B:EVENTS:COUNt <NR1>  
TRIGger:B:EVENTS:COUNt?  
2-466  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
<NR1> is the number of B trigger events, which can range from 1 to 10,000,000.  
TRIGGER:B:EVENTS:COUNT 4 species that the B trigger will occur four trigger  
events after the A trigger.  
Examples  
TRIGGER:B:EVENTS:COUNT? might return :TRIGGER:B:EVENTS:COUNT 2  
indicating that two events must occur after the A trigger before the B trigger  
can occur.  
TRIGger:B:LEVel  
Sets or returns the level for the B trigger.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:B:LEVel {TTL|<NR3>}  
TRIGger:B:LEVel?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
TTL species a preset TTL high level of 1.4 V.  
<NR3> is the B trigger level, in volts.  
TRIGGER:B:LEVEL TTL sets the B trigger level to 1.4 V.  
Examples  
TRIGGER:B:LEVEL? might return :TRIGGER:B:LEVEL 173.0000E-03  
indicating that the B trigger level is currently set at 173 mV.  
TRIGger:B:LEVel:CH<x>  
Sets or returns the B trigger level for channel <x>, where x is the channel number.  
Each Channel can have an independent Level.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:B:LEVel:CH<x> {ECL|TTL|<NR3>}  
TRIGger:B:LEVel:CH<x>?  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-467  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
ECL species a preset ECL high level of –1.3V.  
Arguments  
Examples  
TTL species a preset TTL high level of 1.4V.  
<NR3> species the trigger level in user units (usually volts).  
TRIGGER:B:LEVEL:CH2? might return :TRIGGER:B:LEVEL:CH2  
1.3000E+00 indicating that the B edge trigger is set to 1.3 V for channel 2.  
TRIGGER:B:LEVEL:CH3 TTL sets the B edge trigger to TTL high level for  
channel 3.  
TRIGger:B:LEVel:D<x>  
Sets or returns the B trigger level for digital channel <x>, where x is the channel  
number. Each channel can have an independent level.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:B:LEVel:D<x> {ECL|TTL|<NR3>}  
TRIGger:B:LEVel:D<x>?  
ECL species a preset ECL high level of –1.3V.  
TTL species a preset TTL high level of 1.4V.  
Arguments  
<NR3> species the trigger level in user units (usually volts).  
TRIGger:B:LOWerthreshold:CH<x>  
Sets or returns the B trigger lower threshold for the channel <x>, where x is the  
channel number. Each channel can have an independent level. Used in runt and  
slew rate triggers as the lower threshold. Used for all other trigger types as the  
single level/threshold.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:B:LOWerthreshold:CH<x> {ECL|TTL|<NR3>}  
TRIGger:B:LOWerthreshold:CH<x>?  
ECL species a preset ECL high level of –1.3V.  
Arguments  
TTL species a preset TTL high level of 1.4V.  
2-468  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
<NR3> is the threshold level, in volts.  
TRIGger:B:LOWerthreshold:D<x>  
Sets or queries the lower threshold for the digital channel selected. Each channel  
can have an independent level. Used in runt and slew rate as the lower threshold.  
Used for all other trigger types as the single level/threshold.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:B:LOWerthreshold:D<x> {<NR3>|ECL|TTL}  
TRIGger:B:LOWerthreshold:D<x>?  
<NR3> species the threshold in volts.  
Arguments  
Examples  
ECL species a preset ECL high level of -1.3V.  
TTL species a preset TTL high level of 1.4V.  
TRIGGER:B:LOWERTHRESHOLD:D1? might return  
TRIGGER:B:LOWERTHRESHOLD:D1 1.4000 indicating the threshold is set to  
1.4 volts.  
TRIGger:B:STATE  
Sets or returns the state of B trigger activity. If the B trigger state is on, the B  
trigger is part of the triggering sequence. If the B trigger state is off, then only  
the A trigger causes the trigger event.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:B:STATE {ON|OFF|<NR1>}  
TRIGger:B:STATE?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
ON species that the B trigger is active and in causes trigger events conjunction  
with the A trigger.  
OFF species that only the A trigger causes trigger events.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-469  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
<NR1> a 0 turns off the B trigger; any other value activates the B trigger.  
TRIGGER:B:STATE ON sets the B trigger to active, making it capable of causing  
trigger events.  
Examples  
TRIGGER:B:STATE? might return :TRIGGER:B:STATE 0indicating that the B  
trigger is inactive and that only the A trigger causes trigger events.  
TRIGger:B:TIMe  
Sets or returns B trigger delay time. The B Trigger time applies only if  
TRIGger:B:BY is set to TIMe.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:B:TIMe <NR3>  
TRIGger:B:TIMe?  
<NR3> is the B trigger delay time in seconds.  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
TRIGGER:B:TIME 4E-6 sets the B trigger delay time to 4 µs.  
Examples  
TRIGGER:B:TIME? might return :TRIGGER:B:TIME 16.0000E-9 indicating  
that the B trigger time is set to 16 ns.  
TRIGger:B:TYPe  
Sets or returns the type of B trigger. The only supported B trigger type is EDGE.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:B:TYPe EDGE  
TRIGger:B:TYPe?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
EDGE sets the B trigger type to edge.  
2-470  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
TRIGGER:B:TYPE EDGE sets the B trigger type to edge.  
TRIGGER:B:TYPE? might return :TRIGGER:B:TYPE EDGE.  
Examples  
TRIGger:B:UPPerthreshold:CH<x>  
Sets the upper threshold for the channel selected. Each channel can have an  
independent level.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:B:UPPerthreshold:CH<x> {<NR3>|TTL}  
TRIGger:B:UPPerthreshold:CH<x>?  
TTL species a preset TTL high level of 1.4 V.  
Arguments  
<NR3> is the clock level, in volts.  
TRIGger:EXTernal? (Query Only)  
Returns all external trigger parameters.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:EXTernal?  
TRIGger:EXTernal:PRObe  
Sets or returns the attenuation factor value of the external probe connector.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:EXTernal:PRObe <NR3>  
TRIGger:EXTernal:PRObe?  
<NR3> is the attenuation factor of the probe.  
Arguments  
Examples  
TRIGGER:EXTERNAL:PROBE? might return :TRIGGER:EXTERNAL:PROBE  
1.0E1 for a 10X probe.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-471  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
TRIGger:EXTernal:YUNIts? (Query Only)  
Returns the external trigger vertical (Y) units value.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:EXTernal:YUNIts?  
TRIGGER:EXTERNAL:YUNITS? might return TRIGGER:EXTERNAL:YUNITS  
“V” if the vertical unit is volts.  
Examples  
TRIGger:FREQuency? (Query Only)  
Returns the trigger frequency in hertz if available. If the trigger frequency is  
not currently available, the IEEE Not A Number (NaN = 99.10E+36) value is  
returned. The maximum precision of the returned frequency is 12 digits.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:FREQuency?  
TRIGGER:FREQUENCY? might return TRIGGER:FREQUENCY 99.10+36  
indicating that the trigger frequency is not available.  
Examples  
TRIGger:STATE? (Query Only)  
Returns the current state of the triggering system.  
Trigger  
Group  
Syntax  
TRIGger:STATE?  
Related Commands  
Returns  
ARMED indicates that the oscilloscope is acquiring pretrigger information.  
AUTO indicates that the oscilloscope is in the automatic mode and acquires data  
even in the absence of a trigger.  
2-472  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
READY indicates that all pretrigger information has been acquired and that the  
oscilloscope is ready to accept a trigger.  
SAVE indicates that the oscilloscope is in save mode and is not acquiring data.  
TRIGGER indicates that the oscilloscope triggered and is acquiring the post trigger  
information.  
TRIGGER:STATE? might return :TRIGGER:STATE ARMED indicating that the  
pretrigger data is being acquired.  
Examples  
*TST? (Query Only)  
Tests (self-test) the interface and returns a 0.  
Miscellaneous  
Group  
Syntax  
*TST?  
*TST? always returns 0.  
Examples  
UNLock (No Query Form)  
Unlocks the front panel. The command is equivalent to LOCk NONe.  
Miscellaneous  
Group  
Syntax  
UNLock ALL  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
ALL species that all front-panel buttons and knobs are unlocked.  
UNLOCK ALL unlocks all front-panel buttons and knobs.  
Examples  
USBDevice:CONFigure  
Enables or disables the rear USB port for use with Pictbridge printers.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-473  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
PictBridge  
Group  
Syntax  
USBDevice:CONFigure {DISabled|IMAge|USBTmc}  
USBDevice:CONFigure?  
DISabled disables the rear USB port.  
Arguments  
Examples  
IMAge enables the rear USB port as an SIC device.  
USBTmc enables the rear USB port as a USBTMC device.  
USBDEVICE:CONFIGURE IMAGE enables the rear USB port as an SIC device  
USBDEVICE:CONFIGURE ? might return USBDEVICE:CONFIGURE USBT  
indicating a USBTMC device.  
USBTMC? (Query Only)  
Returns the USBTMC information used by the USB hosts to determine the  
instrument interfaces.  
Miscellaneous  
Group  
Syntax  
USBTMC?  
USBTMC:PRODUCTID:DECimal? (Query Only)  
This query to returns the USBTMC product ID. The product ID numbers vary  
for each instrument family and model.  
Miscellaneous  
Group  
Syntax  
USBTMC:PRODUCTID:DECimal?  
Related Commands  
USBTMC:PRODUCTID:DECIMAL? might return USBTMC:PRODUCTID:DECIMAL  
1025, indicating the product ID in decimal is 1025.  
Examples  
2-474  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
USBTMC:PRODUCTID:HEXadecimal? (Query Only)  
This query to returns the USBTMC product ID. The product ID numbers vary  
for each instrument family and model.  
Miscellaneous  
Group  
Syntax  
USBTMC:PRODUCTID:HEXadecimal?  
Related Commands  
USBTMC:PRODUCTID:HEXADECIMAL? might return  
USBTMC:PRODUCTID:HEXADECIMAL 0x0401, indicating the product ID  
in hexadecimal is 0x0401.  
Examples  
USBTMC:SERIALnumber? (Query Only)  
This query returns the instrument serial number.  
Miscellaneous  
Group  
Syntax  
USBTMC:SERIALnumber?  
Related Commands  
USBTMC:SERIALNUMBER? might return USBTMC:SERIALNUMBER PQ30003,  
indicating the product serial number is PQ30003.  
Examples  
USBTMC:VENDORID:DECimal? (Query Only)  
This query returns the USBTMC vendor ID. The Vendor ID for Tektronix is  
0x699 or 1689 decimal.  
Miscellaneous  
Group  
Syntax  
USBTMC:VENDORID:DECimal?  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-475  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
Related Commands  
Examples  
USBTMC:VENDORID:DECIMAL? might return USBTMC:VENDORID:DECIMAL  
1689, indicating the vendor ID in decimal is 1689.  
USBTMC:VENDORID:HEXadecimal? (Query Only)  
This query returns the USBTMC vendor ID. The Vendor ID for Tektronix is  
0x699 or 1689 decimal.  
Miscellaneous  
Group  
Syntax  
USBTMC:VENDORID:HEXadecimal?  
Related Commands  
USBTMC:VENDORID:HEXADECIMAL? might return  
USBTMC:VENDORID:HEXADECIMAL 0x0699, indicating the vendor ID in  
hexadecimal is 0x0699.  
Examples  
VERBose  
Sets or returns the Verbose state that controls the length of keywords on query  
responses. Keywords can be both headers and arguments.  
NOTE. This command does not affect IEEE Std 488.2-1987 Common Commands  
(those starting with an asterisk). This command does affect the verbose state  
of both the USBTMC and VXI-11 interfaces. Refer to the Introduction for  
information.  
Miscellaneous  
Group  
Syntax  
VERBose {OFF|ON|<NR1>}  
Related Commands  
2-476  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
OFF sets the Verbose state to false, which returns minimum-length keywords  
for applicable setting queries.  
Arguments  
ON sets the Verbose state to true, which returns full-length keywords for applicable  
setting queries.  
<NR1> a 0 returns minimum-length keywords for applicable setting queries; any  
other value returns full-length keywords.  
VERBOSE ON enables the Verbose state.  
Examples  
VERBOSE ? might return :VERB 0 indicating that the Verbose state is disabled.  
*WAI (No Query Form)  
Prevents the oscilloscope from executing further commands or queries until all  
pending commands that generate an OPC message are complete. This command  
allows you to synchronize the operation of the oscilloscope with your application  
Status and Error  
*WAI  
Group  
Syntax  
Related Commands  
Examples  
*WAI prevents the oscilloscope from executing any further commands or queries  
until all pending commands that generate an OPC message are complete.  
WAVFrm? (Query Only)  
Returns WFMOutpre? and CURVe? data for the waveform as specied by  
the DATA:SOUrce command. This command is equivalent to sending both  
WFMOutpre? and CURVe?, with the additional provision that the response to  
WAVFrm? is guaranteed to provide a synchronized preamble and curve. The  
source waveform, as specied by :DATA:SOURCE, must be active or the query  
will not return any data and will generate an error indicator.  
Waveform Transfer  
Group  
Syntax  
WAVFrm?  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-477  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
Related Commands  
Examples  
WAVFRM? might return the waveform data as: :WFMOUTPRE:BYT_NR  
1;BIT_NR 8;ENCDG ASCII;BN_FMT RI;BYT_OR MSB;WFID  
“Ch1, DC coupling, 100.0mV/div, 4.000us/div,  
10000 points, Sample mode”;NR_PT 20;PT_FMT Y;XUNIT  
“s”;XINCR 4.0000E-9;XZERO -20.0000E-6;PT_OFF 0;YUNIT  
“V”;YMULT 4.0000E-3;YOFF 0.0000;YZERO 0.0000;:CURVE  
2,1,4,2,4,3,0,3,3,3,3,3,3,4,3,5,6,6,7,3  
WFMInpre? (Query Only)  
Returns the waveform formatting and scaling specications to be applied to the  
next incoming CURVe command data.  
Waveform Transfer  
WFMInpre?  
Group  
Syntax  
Related Commands  
Examples  
WFMINPRE? might return the waveform formatting as :WFMINPRE:BIT_NR  
8;BN_FMT RI;BYT_NR 1; BYT_OR MSB;ENCDG BIN;NR_PT 500;PT_FMT  
Y; PT_OFF 0;XINCR 2.0000E-6;XZERO 1.7536E-6; XUNIT "s";YMULT  
1.0000E-3;YOFF 0.0000; YZERO 0.0000;YUNIT "V"  
WFMInpre:BIT_Nr  
Sets or returns the number of bits per binary waveform point for the incoming  
waveform. Changing the value of WFMInpre:BIT_Nr also changes the value of  
Waveform Transfer  
Group  
Syntax  
WFMInpre:BIT_Nr <NR1>  
WFMInpre:BIT_Nr?  
Related Commands  
2-478  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
<NR1> number of bits per data point can be 8 or 16.  
Arguments  
Examples  
WFMINPRE:BIT_NR 16 sets the number of bits per waveform point to 16, for  
incoming data.  
WFMINPRE:BIT_NR? might return :WFMINPRE:BIT_NR 8 indicating that  
incoming waveform data uses 8 bits per waveform point.  
WFMInpre:BN_Fmt  
Sets or returns the format of binary data for incoming waveforms.  
Waveform Transfer  
Group  
Syntax  
WFMInpre:BN_Fmt {RI|RP}  
WFMInpre:BN_Fmt?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
RI species signed integer data point representation.  
RP species positive integer data point representation.  
WFMINPRE:BN_FMT RP species positive integer data point representation.  
Examples  
WFMINPRE:BN_FMT? might return :WFMINPRE:BN_FMT RI indicating that the  
incoming data is currently interpreted as signed integers.  
WFMInpre:BYT_Nr  
Sets or returns the data width for the incoming waveform. Changing the value of  
WFMInpre:BYT_Nr also changes the value of WFMInpre:BIT_Nr.  
Waveform Transfer  
Group  
Syntax  
WFMInpre:BYT_Nr <NR1>  
WFMInpre:BYT_Nr?  
Related Commands  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-479  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
<NR1> is the number of bytes per data point and can be 1 or 2.  
Arguments  
Examples  
WFMINPRE:BYT_NR 1 sets the number of bytes per incoming waveform data  
point to 1, which is the default setting.  
WFMINPRE:BYT_NR? might return :WFMINPRE:BYT_NR 2 indicating that there  
are 2 bytes per incoming waveform data point.  
WFMInpre:BYT_Or  
Sets or returns which byte of binary waveform data is expected rst for incoming  
waveform data when data points require than one byte. This specication only has  
meaning when WFMInpre:ENCdg is set to BIN and WFMInpre:BYT_Nr is 2.  
Waveform Transfer  
Group  
Syntax  
WFMInpre:BYT_Or {LSB|MSB}  
WFMInpre:BYT_Or?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
LSB species that the least signicant byte will be expected rst.  
MSB species that the most signicant byte will be expected rst.  
WFMINPRE:BYT_OR MSB sets the most signicant incoming byte of incoming  
waveform data to be expected rst.  
Examples  
WFMINPRE:BYT_OR? might return :WFMINPRE:BYT_OR LSB indicating that the  
least signicant incoming CURVe data byte will be expected rst.  
WFMInpre:ENCdg  
Sets or returns the type of encoding for incoming waveform data.  
Waveform Transfer  
Group  
Syntax  
WFMInpre:ENCdg {ASCii|BINary}  
WFMInpre:ENCdg?  
2-480  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
ASCii species that the incoming data is in ASCII format.  
BINary species that the incoming data is in a binary format whose further  
interpretation requires knowledge of BYT_NR, BIT_NR, BN_FMT, and  
BYT_OR.  
WFMINPRE:ENCDG ASC sets the format of incoming waveform data to ASCII  
format.  
Examples  
WFMINPRE:ENCDG ? might return :WFMINPRE:ENCDG BIN indicating that the  
incoming waveform data is in binary format.  
WFMInpre:NR_Pt  
Sets or returns the number of data points that are in the incoming waveform record.  
Waveform Transfer  
Group  
Syntax  
WFMInpre:NR_Pt <NR1>  
WFMInpre:NR_Pt?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
<NR1> is the number of data points if WFMInpre:PT_Fmt is set to Y. It is the  
number of min-max pairs if WFMInpre:PT_Fmt is set to ENV.  
WFMINPRE:NR_PT 10000 species that 10000 data points will be expected.  
Examples  
WFMINPRE:NR_PT ? might return :WFMINPRE:NR_PT 10000 indicating that  
there are 10000 data points in the expected incoming waveform record.  
WFMInpre:PT_Fmt  
Sets or returns the point format of the incoming waveform data. Regardless of  
the argument used, the scale, offset, and so on are interpreted similarly. When  
ENV is used, waveform data is interpreted over the min-max pair; when Y is  
used, it is interpreted over a single point.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-481  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
Waveform Transfer  
Group  
Syntax  
WFMInpre:PT_Fmt {ENV|Y}  
WFMInpre:PT_Fmt?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
ENV species that the waveform is transmitted in envelope mode as maximum  
and minimum point pairs. Only Y values are explicitly transmitted. Absolute  
coordinates are given by:  
Xn = XZEro + XINcr (n - PT_Off)  
Ynmax = YZEro + YMUlt (ynmax - YOFf)  
Ynmin = YZEro + YMUlt (ynmin - YOFf)  
Y species a normal waveform where one ASCII or binary data point is  
transmitted for each point in the waveform record. Only Y values are explicitly  
transmitted. Absolute coordinates are given by:  
Xn = XZEro + XINcr (n - PT_Off)  
Yn = YZEro + YMUlt (yn - YOFf)  
WFMINPRE:PT_FMT ENV sets the incoming waveform data point format to  
enveloped.  
Examples  
WFMINPRE:PT_FMT? might return :WFMINPRE:PT_FMT ENV indicating that the  
waveform is transmitted as maximum and minimum point pairs.  
WFMInpre:PT_Off  
The set form of this command is ignored. The query form always returns a 0. This  
command is listed for compatibility with other Tektronix oscilloscopes.  
Waveform Transfer  
Group  
Syntax  
WFMInpre:PT_Off <NR1>  
WFMInpre:PT_Off?  
Arguments are ignored.  
Arguments  
2-482  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
WFMInpre:XINcr  
Sets or returns the horizontal interval between incoming waveform points in  
units specied by WFMInpre:XUNit.  
Waveform Transfer  
Group  
WFMInpre:XINcr <NR3>  
WFMInpre:XINcr?  
Syntax  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
<NR3> is the horizontal interval representation.  
WFMINPRE:XINCR 3E-3 sets the interval between incoming waveform points  
to 3 ms.  
Examples  
WFMINPRE:XINCR ? might return :WFMINPRE:XINCR 1.0000E-3 indicating  
that if WFMInpre:XUNit is set to "s", there is a 1 ms interval between incoming  
waveform points.  
WFMInpre:XUNit  
Sets or returns the horizontal units of the incoming waveform.  
Supported units are:  
%, /Hz, A, A/A, A/V, A/W, A/dB, A/s, AA, AW, AdB, As, B, Hz, IRE, S/s, V,  
V/A, V/V, V/W, V/dB, V/s, VV, VW, VdB, Volts, Vs, W, W/A, W/V, W/W, W/dB,  
W/s, WA, WV, WW, WdB, Ws, dB, dB/A, dB/V, dB/W, dB/dB, dBA, dBV, dBW,  
dBdB, day, degrees, div, hr, min, ohms, percent, s  
Waveform Transfer  
Group  
Syntax  
WFMInpre:XUNit <QString>  
WFMInpre:XUNit?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
<QString> contains a maximum of three alpha characters that represent the  
horizontal unit of measure for the incoming waveform.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-483  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
WFMINPRE:XUNIT "HZ" species that the horizontal units for the incoming  
waveform are hertz.  
Examples  
WFMINPRE:XUNIT? might return :WFMINPRE:XUNIT "s" indicating that the  
horizontal units for the incoming waveform are seconds.  
WFMInpre:XZEro  
Sets or returns the position value, in XUNits, of the rst sample of the incoming  
waveform.  
Waveform Transfer  
Group  
Syntax  
WFMInpre:XZEro <NR3>  
WFMInpre:XZEro?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
<NR3> argument is the oating point value of the position, in XUNits, of the rst  
sample in the incoming waveform. If XUNits is “s”, <NR3> is the time of the  
rst sample in the incoming waveform.  
WFMINPRE:XZERO 5.7E-6, which indicates the trigger occurred 5.7 µs before the  
rst sample in the waveform.  
Examples  
WFMINPRE:XZERO? might return :WFMINPRE:XZEro –7.5000E-6 indicating  
that the trigger occurs 7.5 µs after the rst sample in the waveform.  
WFMInpre:YMUlt  
Sets or returns the vertical scale factor of the incoming waveform, expressed in  
YUNits per waveform data point level. For one byte waveform data, there are 256  
data point levels. For two byte waveform data there are 65,536 data point levels.  
YMUlt, YOFf, and YZEro are used to convert waveform record values to YUNit  
values using the following formula (where dl is the data level; curve_in_dl is a  
data point in CURVe):  
value_in_units = ((curve_in_dl - YOFf_in_dl) * YMUlt) + YZEro_in_units  
NOTE. For a given waveform record, YMUlt, YOFf, and YZEro have to be a  
consistent set, otherwise vertical cursor readouts and vertical measurements may  
give incorrect results.  
2-484  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
Waveform Transfer  
Group  
Syntax  
WFMInpre:YMUlt <NR3>  
WFMInpre:YMUlt?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
<NR3> is the vertical scale factor per digitizing level of the incoming waveform  
points.  
WFMINPRE:YMULT? might return :WFMINPRE:YMULT 40.0000E-3, which (if  
YUNit is “V”) indicates that the vertical scale is 40 mV/digitizing level (1V/div  
for 8-bit data).  
Examples  
WFMINPRE:YMULT 20E-3 species that (if WFMInpre:YUNit is "V" and  
WFMInpre:BYT_Nr is 1), the vertical scale is 20 mV/digitizing level  
(500 mV/div).  
WFMInpre:YOFf  
Sets or returns the vertical position of the incoming waveform in digitizing levels.  
Variations in this number are analogous to changing the vertical position of the  
waveform.  
YMUlt, YOFf, and YZEro are used to convert waveform record values to YUNit  
values using the following formula (where dl is the data level; curve_in_dl is a  
data point in CURVe):  
value_in_units = ((curve_in_dl - YOFf_in_dl) * YMUlt) + YZEro_in_units  
NOTE. For a given waveform record, YMUlt, YOFf, and YZEro have to be a  
consistent set, otherwise vertical cursor readouts and vertical measurements may  
give incorrect results.  
Waveform Transfer  
Group  
Syntax  
WFMInpre:YOFf <NR3>  
WFMInpre:YOFf?  
Related Commands  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-485  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
<NR3> is the vertical offset in digitizing levels.  
Arguments  
Examples  
WFMINPRE:YOFF 50 species that the zero reference point for the incoming  
waveform is 50 digitizing levels (2 divisions, for 8-bit data) above the center  
of the data range.  
WFMINPRE:YOFF? might return :WFMINPRE:YOFF 25 indicating the vertical  
position of the incoming waveform in digitizing levels.  
WFMInpre:YUNit  
Sets or returns the vertical units of the incoming waveform.  
Supported units are: %, /Hz, A, A/A, A/V, A/W, A/dB, A/s, AA, AW, AdB, As,  
B, Hz, IRE, S/s, V, V/A, V/V, V/W, V/dB, V/s, VV, VW, VdB, Volts, Vs, W,  
W/A, W/V, W/W, W/dB, W/s, WA, WV, WW, WdB, Ws, dB, dB/A, dB/V, dB/W,  
dB/dB, dBA, dBV, dBW, dBdB, day, degrees, div, hr, min, ohms, percent, s  
Waveform Transfer  
Group  
Syntax  
WFMInpre:YUNit <QString>  
WFMInpre:YUNit?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
<QString> contains a maximum of three alpha characters that represent the  
vertical unit of measure for the incoming waveform.  
WFMINPRE:YUNIT? might return :WFMINPRE:YUNIT "V" indicating the vertical  
units for the incoming waveform are volts.  
Examples  
WFMINPRE:YUNIT "A" species that the vertical units for the incoming waveform  
are Amperes.  
WFMInpre:YZEro  
Sets or returns the vertical offset of the incoming waveform in units specied  
by WFMInpre:YUNit. Variations in this number are analogous to changing the  
vertical offset of the waveform.  
YMUlt, YOFf, and YZEro are used to convert waveform record values to YUNit  
values using the following formula (where dl is the data level; curve_in_dl is a  
data point in CURVe):  
2-486  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
value_in_units = ((curve_in_dl - YOFf_in_dl) * YMUlt) + YZEro_in_units  
NOTE. For a given waveform record, YMUlt, YOFf, and YZEro have to be a  
consistent set, otherwise vertical cursor readouts and vertical measurements may  
give incorrect results.  
Waveform Transfer  
Group  
Syntax  
WFMInpre:YZEro <NR3>  
WFMInpre:YZEro?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
<NR3> is the offset in YUNits.  
WFMINPRE:YZERO 1.5E+0 species that the zero reference point for the  
incoming waveform is 1.5 V below the center of the data range (given that  
WFMInpre:YUNit is set to V).  
Examples  
WFMINPRE:YZERO? might return :WFMINPRE:YZEro 7.5000E-6 indicating  
that the zero reference for the incoming waveform is 7.5 µV below the center of  
the data range (given that WFMInpre:YUNit is set to V).  
WFMOutpre? (Query Only)  
Returns waveform transmission and formatting parameters for the waveform  
specied by DATa:SOUrce command. If the waveform specied by the  
DATa:SOUrce command is not displayed, the oscilloscope returns only the  
waveform transmission parameters (BYT_Nr, BIT_Nr, ENCdg, BN_Fmt,  
BYT_Or).  
Waveform Transfer  
Group  
Syntax  
WFMOutpre?  
WFMOUTPRE? ? might return the waveform formatting data as:  
Examples  
:WFMOUTPRE:BYT_NR 2;BIT_NR 16;ENCDG ASCII;BN_FMT RI;BYT_OR  
MSB;WFID “Ch1, DC coupling, 100.0mV/div, 4.000us/div, 10000  
points, Sample mode”;NR_PT 10000;PT_FMT Y;XUNIT “s”;XINCR  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-487  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
4.0000E-9;XZERO - 20.0000E-6;PT_OFF 0;YUNIT “V”;YMULT  
15.6250E-6;YOFF :”6.4000E+3;YZERO 0.0000  
WFMOutpre:BIT_Nr  
Sets and returns the number of bits per waveform point that outgoing waveforms  
contain, as specied by the DATa:SOUrce command. Changing the value of  
WFMOutpre:BIT_Nr also changes the values of WFMOutpre:BYT_Or and .  
Waveform Transfer  
Group  
Syntax  
WFMOutpre:BIT_Nr <NR1>  
WFMOutpre:BIT_Nr?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
<NR1> is the number of bits per data point and can be 8 or 16.  
WFMOUTPRE:BIT_NR 16 sets the number of bits per waveform point to 16 for  
outgoing waveforms.  
Examples  
WFMOUTPRE:BIT_NR? might return :WFMOUTPRE:BIT_NR 8 indicating that  
outgoing waveforms use 8 bits per waveform point.  
WFMOutpre:BN_Fmt  
Sets or returns the format of binary data for outgoing waveforms specied by  
the DATa:SOUrce command. Changing the value of WFMOutpre:BN_Fmt also  
changes the value of DATa:ENCdg.  
Waveform Transfer  
Group  
Syntax  
WFMOutpre:BN_Fmt {RI|RP}  
WFMOutpre:BN_Fmt?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
RI species signed integer data point representation.  
RP species positive integer data point representation.  
2-488  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
WFMOUTPRE:BN_FMT RP species that outgoing waveform data will be in positive  
integer format.  
Examples  
WFMOUTPRE:BN_FMT? might return :WFMOUTPRE:BN_FMT RI indicating that  
the outgoing waveform data is currently in signed integer format.  
WFMOutpre:BYT_Nr  
Sets or returns the data width for the outgoing waveform specied by the  
DATa:SOUrce command. Changing WFMOutpre:BYT_Nr also changes  
Waveform Transfer  
Group  
Syntax  
WFMOutpre:BYT_Nr <NR1>  
WFMOutpre:BYT_Nr?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
<NR1> is the number of bytes per data point and can be 1 or 2.  
WFMOUTPRE:BYT_NR 1 sets the number of bytes per outgoing waveform data  
point to 1, which is the default setting.  
Examples  
WFMOUTPRE:BYT_NR? might return :WFMOUTPRE:BYT_NR 2 indicating that  
there are 2 bytes per outgoing waveform data point.  
WFMOutpre:BYT_Or  
Sets or returns which byte of binary waveform data is transmitted rst, during  
a waveform data transfer, when data points require than one byte. This  
specication only has meaning when WFMOutpre:ENCdg is set to BIN and  
WFMOutpre:BYT_Nr is 2. Changing WFMOutpre:BYT_Or also changes  
DATa:ENCdg (if DATa:ENCdg is not ASCIi).  
Waveform Transfer  
Group  
Syntax  
WFMOutpre:BYT_Or {LSB|MSB}  
WFMOutpre:BYT_Or?  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-489  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
LSB species that the least signicant byte will be transmitted rst.  
MSB species that the most signicant byte will be transmitted rst.  
WFMOUTPRE:BYT_OR MSB sets the most signicant outgoing byte of waveform  
data to be transmitted rst.  
Examples  
WFMOUTPRE:BYT_OR? might return :WFMOUTPRE:BYT_OR LSB indicating that  
the least signicant data byte will be transmitted rst.  
WFMOutpre:ENCdg  
Sets and queries the type of encoding for outgoing waveforms.  
Waveform Transfer  
Group  
Syntax  
WFMOutpre:ENCdg {ASCii|BINary}  
WFMOutpre:ENCdg?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
ASCii species that the outgoing data is to be in ASCII format. Waveforms  
will be sent as <NR1> numbers.  
BINary species that outgoing data is to be in a binary format whose further  
specication is determined by WFMOutpre:BYT_Nr, WFMOutpre:BIT_Nr,  
WFMOUTPRE:ENCDG? might return :WFMOUTPRE:ENCDG BIN indicating that  
outgoing waveform data will be sent in binary format.  
Examples  
WFMOUTPRE:ENCDG ASC species that the outgoing waveform data will be sent  
in ASCII format.  
WFMOutpre:FRACTional? (Query Only)  
The set form of this command is ignored. The query form always returns a 0, if  
the waveform specied by DATA:SOUrce is on or displayed. If the waveform  
2-490  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
is not displayed, the query form generates an error and returns event code 2244.  
This command is for compatibility with other Tektronix oscilloscopes.  
Waveform Transfer  
Group  
Syntax  
WFMOutpre:FRACTional?  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
Arguments are ignored.  
WFMOutpre:NR_Pt? (Query Only)  
Returns the number of points for the DATa:SOUrce waveform that will be  
transmitted in response to a CURVe? query. The query command will time  
out and an error will be generated if the waveform specied by DATa:SOUrce  
is not turned on.  
Waveform Transfer  
Group  
Syntax  
WFMOutpre:NR_Pt?  
Related Commands  
WFMOUTPRE:NR_PT? might return :WFMOUTPRE:NR_PT 10000 indicating that  
there are 10000 data points to be sent.  
Examples  
WFMOutpre:PT_Fmt? (Query Only)  
Returns the point format for the outgoing waveform specied by the DATa:SOUrce  
command. Returned values are either ENV, which indicates envelope mode  
format in which the data is returned as a series of min/max pairs, or Y, which  
indicates normal waveform points. The query command will time out and an error  
will be generated if the waveform specied by DATa:SOUrce is not turned on.  
Waveform Transfer  
Group  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-491  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
WFMOutpre:PT_Fmt?  
Syntax  
Related Commands  
Examples  
WFMOUTPRE:PT_FMT? might return :WFMOutpre:PT_Fmt ENV indicating that  
the waveform data is a series of min-max pairs.  
WFMOutpre:PT_Off? (Query Only)  
The set form of this command is ignored. The query form always returns a 0, if  
the waveform specied by DATA:SOUrce is on or displayed. If the waveform  
is not displayed, the query form generates an error and returns event code 2244.  
This command is for compatibility with other Tektronix oscilloscopes.  
Waveform Transfer  
WFMOutpre:PT_Off?  
Group  
Syntax  
Related Commands  
Arguments  
Arguments are ignored.  
WFMOUTPRE:PT_OFF? might return WFMOUTPRE:PT_OFF 0 indicating that the  
waveform specied by DATA:SOURCE is on or displayed.  
Examples  
WFMOutpre:PT_ORder? (Query Only)  
This query is for compatibility with other Tektronix oscilloscopes and always  
returns LINEAR.  
Waveform Transfer  
Group  
Syntax  
WFMOutpre:PT_ORder?  
Related Commands  
Examples  
WFMOUTPRE:PT_ORDER? returns :WFMOUTPRE:PT_ORDER LINEAR.  
2-492  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
WFMOutpre:WFId? (Query Only)  
Returns a string describing several aspects of the acquisition parameters for the  
waveform specied by the DATa:SOUrce command. The query command will  
time out and an error will be generated if the waveform specied by DATa:SOUrce  
is not turned on.  
Waveform Transfer  
WFMOutpre:WFId?  
Group  
Syntax  
Related Commands  
Returns  
<QString> comprises the following comma-separated elds documented in  
the tables below:  
Table 2-44: Waveform Sufxes  
Field  
Description  
Examples  
Source  
The source identication string as it appears in  
the front-panel scale factor readouts.  
“CH1–4”  
“Math1  
“Ref1–4"  
Coupling  
A string describing the vertical coupling of the  
waveform (the Source1 waveform in the case of  
Dual Waveform Math).  
“AC coupling”  
“DC couplng”  
“GND coupling”  
Vert Scale  
A string containing the vertical scale factor of  
the unzoomed waveform. The numeric portion  
will always be four digits. The examples cover  
all known internal units.  
“100.0 mV/div”  
“20.00 dB/div”  
“45.00 deg/div”  
“785.4 mrad/div”  
“500.0 μVs/div”  
“10.00 kV/s/div”  
“200.0 mV/div”  
“50.00 unk/div”  
Horiz Scale  
A string containing the horizontal scale factor of  
the unzoomed waveform. The numeric portion  
will always be four digits. The examples cover  
all known internal units.  
“100 ms/div”  
“10.00 kHz/div”  
Record Length  
A string containing the number of waveform  
points available in the entire record. The  
numeric portion is given as an integer.  
“1000 points”  
“1000000 points”  
Acquisition Mode  
A string describing the mode used to acquire  
the waveform.  
“Sample mode”  
“Pk Detect mode”  
“Envelope mode”  
“Average mode”  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-493  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
WFMOUTPRE:WFID? might return :WFMOUTPRE:WFID "Ch1, DC  
coupling,100.0mVolts/div,500.0µs/div, 1000 points, Sample  
mode"  
Examples  
WFMOutpre:XINcr? (Query Only)  
Returns the horizontal point spacing in units of WFMOutpre:XUNit for the  
waveform specied by the DATa:SOUrce command. This value corresponds to  
the sampling interval. The query command will time out and an error will be  
generated if the waveform specied by DATa:SOUrce is not turned on.  
Waveform Transfer  
Group  
Syntax  
WFMOutpre:XINcr?  
Related Commands  
Examples  
WFMOUTPRE:XINCR? might return :WFMOUTPRE:XINCR 10.0000E-6  
indicating that the horizontal sampling interval is 10 µs/point.  
WFMOutpre:XUNit? (Query Only)  
Returns the horizontal units for the waveform specied by the DATa:SOUrce  
command. The query command will time out and an error will be generated if the  
waveform specied by DATa:SOUrce is not turned on.  
Waveform Transfer  
WFMOutpre:XUNit?  
Group  
Syntax  
Related Commands  
Examples  
WFMOUTPRE:XUNIT? might return :WFMOUTPRE:XUNIT "HZ" indicating that  
the horizontal units for the waveform are in Hertz.  
WFMOutpre:XZEro? (Query Only)  
Returns the time coordinate of the rst point in the outgoing waveform.  
2-494  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
This value is in units of WFMOutpre:XUNit?. The query command will time  
out and an error will be generated if the waveform specied by DATa:SOUrce  
is not turned on.  
Waveform Transfer  
Group  
Syntax  
WFMOutpre:XZEro?  
Related Commands  
Examples  
WFMOUTPRE:XZERO? might return :WFMOUTPRE:XZERO 5.6300E-9 indicating  
that the trigger occurred 5.63 ns before the rst sample in the waveform record.  
WFMOutpre:YMUlt? (Query Only)  
Returns the vertical scale factor per digitizing level in units specied by  
WFMOutpre:YUNit for the waveform specied by the DATa:SOUrce command.  
The query command will time out and an error is generated if the waveform  
specied by DATa:SOUrce is not turned on.  
See the description of WFMInpre:YMUlt to see how this scale factor is used to  
convert waveform sample values to volts.  
Waveform Transfer  
Group  
Syntax  
WFMOutpre:YMUlt?  
Related Commands  
Examples  
WFMOUTPRE:YMULT? might return :WFMOUTPRE:YMULT 4.0000E-3 indicating  
that the vertical scale for the corresponding waveform is 100 mV/div (for 8-bit  
waveform data).  
WFMOutpre:YOFf? (Query Only)  
Returns the vertical position in digitizing levels for the waveform specied by the  
DATa:SOUrce command. The query command will time out and an error will be  
generated if the waveform specied by DATa:SOUrce is not turned on.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-495  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
See the description of WFMInpre:YOFf to see how this position is used to convert  
waveform sample values to volts.  
Waveform Transfer  
Group  
Syntax  
WFMOutpre:YOFf?  
Related Commands  
Examples  
WFMOUTPRE:YOFF? might return :WFMOUTPRE:YOFF -50.0000E+0 indicating  
that the position indicator for the waveform was 50 digitizing levels (2 divisions)  
below center screen (for 8-bit waveform data).  
WFMOutpre:YUNit? (Query Only)  
Returns the vertical units for the waveform specied by the DATa:SOUrce  
command. The query command will time out and an error will be generated if the  
waveform specied by DATa:SOUrce is not turned on.  
Waveform Transfer  
WFMOutpre:YUNit?  
Group  
Syntax  
Related Commands  
Examples  
WFMOUTPRE:YUNIT? might return :WFMOUTPRE:YUNIT "dB" indicating that  
the vertical units for the waveform are measured in decibels.  
WFMOutpre:YZEro? (Query Only)  
Returns the vertical offset in units specied by WFMOutpre:YUNit? for the  
waveform specied by the DATa:SOUrce command. The query command will  
time out and an error will be generated if the waveform specied by DATa:SOUrce  
is not turned on.  
See the description of WFMInpre:YZEro to see how this offset is used to convert  
waveform sample values to volts.  
Waveform Transfer  
Group  
2-496  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
WFMOutpre:YZEro?  
Syntax  
Related Commands  
Examples  
WFMOUTPRE:YZERO? might return :WFMOUTPRE:YZERO -100.0000E-3  
indicating that vertical offset is set to -100 mV.  
ZOOm? (Query Only)  
Returns the current vertical and horizontal positioning and scaling of the display.  
Zoom  
Group  
Syntax  
ZOOm?  
ZOOM? might return :ZOOM:MODE 1;GRATICULE:SIZE  
80;SPLIT EIGHTYTWENTY;:ZOOM:ZOOM1:STATE  
Examples  
1;SCALE 400. 0000E-12;POSITION 46.8986;FACTOR  
50.0000E+3;HORIZONTAL:POSITION 46.8986;SCALE 40 0.0000E-12  
ZOOm:MODe  
Turns Zoom mode on or off. The Zoom query returns the current state of Zoom  
mode. This command is equivalent to pressing the zoom button located on the  
front panel.  
Zoom  
Group  
Syntax  
ZOOm:MODe {ON|OFF|<NR1>}  
ZOOm:MODe  
ON turns on Zoom mode.  
Arguments  
OFF turns off Zoom mode.  
<NR1> = 0 turns off Zoom mode; any other value turns on Zoom mode.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-497  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
ZOOM:MODE OFF turns off Zoom mode.  
Examples  
ZOOM:MODE? might return :ZOOM:MODE 1 indicating that Zoom mode is  
currently turned on.  
ZOOm:ZOOM<x>? (Query Only)  
Returns the current vertical and horizontal positioning and scaling of the display.  
<x> can only be 1.  
Zoom  
Group  
Syntax  
ZOOm:ZOOM<x>?  
ZOOM:ZOOM1? might return :ZOOM:ZOOM1:STATE 1;SCALE  
400.0000E-12;POSITION 46.8986;FACTOR 50.0000E+3;HORIZO  
NTAL:POSITION 46.8986;SCALE 400.0000E-12.  
Examples  
ZOOm:ZOOM<x>:FACtor? (Query Only)  
Returns the zoom factor of a particular zoom box. <x> can only be 1.  
Zoom  
Group  
Syntax  
ZOOm:ZOOM<x>:FACtor?  
<NR1> is the zoom factor of a zoom box.  
Returns  
ZOOm:ZOOM<x>:POSition  
Sets the horizontal position of the zoom box, in terms of 0 to 100.0% of upper  
window. <x> can only be 1.  
Zoom  
Group  
Syntax  
ZOOm:ZOOM<x>:POSition <NR3>  
ZOOm:ZOOM<x>:POSition?  
2-498  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
<NR3> is the horizontal position as a percent of the upper window.  
Arguments  
ZOOm:ZOOM<x>:SCAle  
Sets or returns the horizontal scale of the zoom box. <x> can only be 1.  
Zoom  
Group  
Syntax  
ZOOm:ZOOM<x>:SCAle <NR3>  
ZOOm:ZOOM<x>:SCAle?  
<NR3> is the horizontal scale of the zoom box.  
Arguments  
ZOOm:ZOOM<x>:STATE  
Sets or returns the specied zoom on or off, where x is the integer 1 representing  
the single zoom window. <x> can only be 1.  
Zoom  
Group  
Syntax  
ZOOm:ZOOM<x>:STATE {ON|OFF|<NR1>}  
ZOOm:ZOOM<x>:STATE?  
ON turns Zoom 1 on.  
Arguments  
OFF turns Zoom 1 off.  
<NR1> = 0 disables the specied zoom; any other value enables the specied  
zoom.  
ZOOM:ZOOM1:STATE ON turns Zoom1 on.  
Examples  
ZOOM:ZOOM1:STATE? might return :ZOOM:ZOOM1:STATE 1 indicating that  
Zoom1 is on.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
2-499  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Commands Listed in Alphabetical Order  
2-500  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Status and Events  
The oscilloscope provides a status and event reporting system for the Ethernet,  
GPIB (with the TEK-USB-488 Adapter), and USB interfaces. This system  
informs you of certain signicant events that occur within the oscilloscope.  
The oscilloscope status handling system consists of ve 8-bit registers and two  
queues for each interface. The remaining Status subtopics describe these registers  
and components. They also explain how the event handling system operates.  
Registers  
The registers in the event handling system fall into two functional groups:  
Overview  
Status Registers contain information about the status of the oscilloscope.  
They include the Standard Event Status Register (SESR).  
Enable Registers determine whether selected types of events are reported to  
the Status Registers and the Event Queue. They include the Device Event  
Status Enable Register (DESER), the Event Status Enable Register (ESER),  
and the Service Request Enable Register (SRER).  
The Standard Event Status Register (SESR) and the Status Byte Register (SBR)  
record certain types of events that may occur while the oscilloscope is in use.  
IEEE Std 488.2-1987 denes these registers.  
Status Registers  
Each bit in a Status Register records a particular type of event, such as an execution  
error or message available. When an event of a given type occurs, the oscilloscope  
sets the bit that represents that type of event to a value of one. (You can disable  
bits so that they ignore events and remain at zero. See Enable Registers). Reading  
the status registers tells you what types of events have occurred.  
The Standard Event Status Register (SESR). The SESR records eight types of  
events that can occur within the oscilloscope. Use the *ESR? query to read the  
SESR register. Reading the register clears the bits of the register so that the  
register can accumulate information about new events.  
NOTE. TekVISA applications use SESR bit 6 to respond to any of several events,  
including some front panel actions.  
Figure 3-1: The Standard Event Status Register (SESR)  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
3-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Status and Events  
Table 3-1: SESR Bit Functions  
Bit  
Function  
7 (MSB)  
PON  
Power On. Shows that the oscilloscope was powered on.  
On completion, the diagnostic self tests also set this bit.  
6
5
4
URQ  
CME  
EXE  
User Request. Indicates that an application event has  
occurred. *See note.  
Command Error. Shows that an error occurred while  
the oscilloscope was parsing a command or query.  
Execution Error. Shows that an error executing a  
command or query.  
3
2
DDE  
QYE  
Device Error. Shows that a device error occurred.  
Query Error. Either an attempt was made to read the  
Output Queue when no data was present or pending, or that  
data in the Output Queue was lost.  
1
RQC  
OPC  
Request Control. This is not used.  
0 (LSB)  
Operation Complete. Shows that the operation  
is complete. This bit is set when all pending operations  
complete following an *OPC command.  
The Status Byte Register (SBR). Records whether output is available in the Output  
Queue, whether the oscilloscope requests service, and whether the SESR has  
recorded any events.  
Use a Serial Poll or the *STB? query to read the contents of the SBR. The bits in  
the SBR are set and cleared depending on the contents of the SESR, the Event  
Status Enable Register (ESER), and the Output Queue. When you use a Serial  
Poll to obtain the SBR, bit 6 is the RQS bit. When you use the *STB? query to  
obtain the SBR, bit 6 is the MSS bit. Reading the SBR does not clear the bits.  
Figure 3-2: The Status Byte Register (SBR)  
Table 3-2: SBR Bit Functions  
Bit  
Function  
————  
7 (MSB)  
6
Not used.  
RQS  
Request Service. Obtained from a serial poll. Shows  
that the oscilloscope requests service from the GPIB  
controller.  
6
5
MSS  
ESB  
Master Status Summary. Obtained from *STB?  
query. Summarizes the ESB and MAV bits in the SBR.  
Event Status Bit. Shows that status is enabled and  
present in the SESR.  
3-2  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Status and Events  
Table 3-2: SBR Bit Functions (cont.)  
Bit  
Function  
4
MAV  
Message Available. Shows that output is available  
in the Output Queue.  
————  
————  
————  
3
Not used.  
2
Not used.  
1–0  
Not used.  
DESER, ESER, and SRER allow you to select which events are reported to the  
Status Registers and the Event Queue. Each Enable Register acts as a lter to a  
Status Register (the DESER also acts as a lter to the Event Queue) and can  
prevent information from being recorded in the register or queue.  
Enable Registers  
Each bit in an Enable Register corresponds to a bit in the Status Register it  
controls. In order for an event to be reported to a bit in the Status Register, the  
corresponding bit in the Enable Register must be set to one. If the bit in the Enable  
Register is set to zero, the event is not recorded.  
Various commands set the bits in the Enable Registers. The Enable Registers and  
the commands used to set them are described below.  
The Device Event Status Enable Register (DESER). This register controls which  
types of events are reported to the SESR and the Event Queue. The bits in the  
DESER correspond to those in the SESR.  
Use the DESE command to enable and disable the bits in the DESER. Use the  
DESE? query to read the DESER.  
Figure 3-3: The Device Event Status Enable Register (DESER)  
The Event Status Enable Register (ESER). This register controls which types of  
events are summarized by the Event Status Bit (ESB) in the SBR. Use the *ESE  
command to set the bits in the ESER. Use the *ESE? query to read it.  
Figure 3-4: The Event Status Enable Register (ESER)  
The Service Request Enable Register (SRER). This register controls which bits  
in the SBR generate a Service Request and are summarized by the Master Status  
Summary (MSS) bit.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
3-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Status and Events  
Use the *SRE command to set the SRER. Use the *SRE? query to read the  
register. The RQS bit remains set to one until either the Status Byte Register is  
read with a Serial Poll or the MSS bit changes back to a zero.  
Figure 3-5: The Service Request Enable Register (SRER)  
The *PSC command controls the Enable Registers contents at power-on. Sending  
*PSC 1 sets the Enable Registers at power on as follows:  
*PSC Command  
DESER 255 (equivalent to a DESe 255 command)  
ESER 0 (equivalent to an *ESE 0 command)  
SRER 0 (equivalent to an *SRE 0 command)  
Sending *PSC 0 lets the Enable Registers maintain their values in nonvolatile  
memory through a power cycle.  
NOTE. To enable the PON (Power On) event to generate a Service Request, send  
*PSC 0, use the DESe and *ESE commands to enable PON in the DESER and  
ESER, and use the *SRE command to enable bit 5 in the SRER. Subsequent  
power-on cycles will generate a Service Request.  
Queues  
The *PSC command controls the Enable Registers contents at power-on. Sending  
*PSC 1 sets the Enable Registers at power on as follows:  
The oscilloscope stores query responses in the Output Queue and empties this  
queue each time it receives a new command or query message after an <EOM>.  
The controller must read a query response before it sends the next command (or  
query) or it will lose responses to earlier queries.  
Output Queue  
CAUTION. When a controller sends a query, an <EOM>, and a second query,  
the oscilloscope normally clears the rst response and outputs the second while  
reporting a Query Error (QYE bit in the ESER) to indicate the lost response. A  
fast controller, however, may receive a part or all of the rst response as well. To  
avoid this situation, the controller should always read the response immediately  
after sending any terminated query message or send a DCL (Device Clear) before  
sending the second query.  
3-4  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Status and Events  
The Event Queue stores detailed information on up to 33 events. If than 32  
events stack up in the Event Queue, the 32nd event is replaced by event code  
Event Queue  
350, "Queue Overow."  
Read the Event Queue with the EVENT? query (which returns only the event  
number), with the EVMSG? query (which returns the event number and a text  
description of the event), or with the ALLEV? query (which returns all the event  
numbers along with a description of the event). Reading an event removes it  
from the queue.  
Before reading an event from the Event Queue, you must use the *ESR? query to  
read the summary of the event from the SESR. This makes the events summarized  
by the *ESR? read available to the EVENT? and EVMSG? queries, and empties  
the SESR.  
Reading the SESR erases any events that were summarized by previous *ESR?  
reads but not read from the Event Queue. Events that follow an *ESR? read are  
put in the Event Queue but are not available until *ESR? is used again.  
Event Handling Sequence  
The gure below shows how to use the status and event handling system. In the  
explanation that follows, numbers in parentheses refer to numbers in the gure.  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
3-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Status and Events  
Figure 3-6: Status and Event Handling Process  
When an event occurs, a signal is sent to the DESER (1). If that type of event  
is enabled in the DESER (that is, if the bit for that event type is set to 1), the  
appropriate bit in the SESR is set to one, and the event is recorded in the Event  
Queue (2). If the corresponding bit in the ESER is also enabled (3), then the  
ESB bit in the SBR is set to one (4).  
When output is sent to the Output Queue, the MAV bit in the SBR is set to one (5).  
When a bit in the SBR is set to one and the corresponding bit in the SRER  
is enabled (6), the MSS bit in the SBR is set to one and a service request is  
generated (7).  
3-6  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Status and Events  
Synchronization Methods  
Although most commands are completed almost immediately after being received  
by the oscilloscope, some commands start a process that requires time. For  
example, once a single sequence acquisition command is executed, depending  
upon the applied signals and trigger settings, it may take a few seconds before the  
acquisition is complete. Rather than remain idle while the operation is in process,  
the oscilloscope will continue processing other commands. This means that some  
operations will not be completed in the order that they were sent.  
Overview  
Sometimes the result of an operation depends on the result of an earlier operation.  
A rst operation must complete before the next one is processed. The oscilloscope  
status and event reporting system is designed to accommodate this process.  
The Operation Complete (OPC) bit of the Standard Event Status Register (SESR)  
can be programmed to indicate when certain oscilloscope operations have  
completed and, by setting the Event Status Enable Register (ESER) to report  
OPC in the Event Status Bit (ESB) of the Status Byte Register (SBR) and setting  
the Service Request Enable Register (SRER) to generate service request upon a  
positive transition of the ESB, a service request (SRQ) interrupt can be generated  
when certain operations complete as described in this section.  
The following oscilloscope operations can generate an OPC:  
:ACQuire:STATE <non-zero nr1> | ON | only when in single sequence  
acquisition mode  
:CALibrate:FACtory STARt  
:CALibrate:FACtory CONTinue  
:CALibrate:FACtory PREVious  
:HARDCopy  
:HARDCopy START  
:DIAg:STATE EXECute  
:SAVe:IMAGe <le as quoted string>  
:SAVe:SETUp <le as quoted string>  
:RECAll:SETUp <le as quoted string>  
:SAVe:WAVEform <le as quoted string>  
:RECAll:WAVEform <le as quoted string>  
:CH<x>:PRObe:DEGAUss EXECute  
:AUXin:PRObe:DEGAUss EXECute  
TEKSecure  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
3-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Status and Events  
For example, a typical application might involve acquiring a single-sequence  
waveform and then taking a measurement on the acquired waveform. You could  
use the following command sequence to do this:  
/** Set up conditional acquisition **/  
ACQUIRE:STATE OFF  
SELECT:CH1 ON  
HORIZONTAL:RECORDLENGTH 1000  
ACQUIRE:MODE SAMPLE  
ACQUIRE:STOPAFTER SEQUENCE  
/** Acquire waveform data **/  
ACQUIRE:STATE ON  
/** Set up the measurement parameters **/  
MEASUREMENT:IMMED:TYPE AMPLITUDE  
MEASUREMENT: IMMED:SOURCE CH1  
/** Take amplitude measurement **/  
MEASUREMENT: MEAS1:VALUE  
The acquisition of the waveform requires extended processing time. It may not  
nish before the oscilloscope takes an amplitude measurement (see the following  
gure). This can result in an incorrect amplitude value.  
Figure 3-7: Command Processing Without Using Synchronization  
To ensure the oscilloscope completes waveform acquisition before taking the  
measurement on the acquired data, you can synchronize the program.  
Figure 3-8: Processing Sequence With Synchronization  
You can use four commands to synchronize the operation of the oscilloscope with  
your application program: *WAI, BUSY, *OPC, and *OPC  
The *WAI command forces completion of previous commands that generate  
an OPC message. No commands after the *WAI are processed before the OPC  
message(s) are generated  
Using the *WAI Command  
3-8  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Status and Events  
The same command sequence using the *WAI command for synchronization  
looks like this:  
/* Set up conditional acquisition */  
ACQUIRE:STATE OFF  
SELECT:CH1 ON  
HORIZONTAL:RECORDLENGTH 1000  
ACQUIRE:MODE SAMPLE  
ACQUIRE:STOPAFTER SEQUENCE  
/* Acquire waveform data */  
ACQUIRE:STATE ON  
/* Set up the measurement parameters */  
MEASUREMENT:IMMED:TYPE AMPLITUDE  
MEASUREMENT:IMMED:SOURCE CH1  
/* Wait until the acquisition is complete before taking  
the measurement*/  
*/  
*WAI  
/* Take amplitude measurement */  
MEASUREMENT:IMMED:VALUE  
The controller can continue to write commands to the input buffer of the  
oscilloscope, but the commands will not be processed by the oscilloscope until  
all in-process OPC operations are complete. If the input buffer becomes full,  
the controller will be unable to write commands to the buffer. This can cause a  
time-out.  
The BUSY? query allows you to nd out whether the oscilloscope is  
busy processing a command that has an extended processing time such as  
single-sequence acquisition.  
Using the BUSY Query  
The same command sequence, using the BUSY? query for synchronization, looks  
like this:  
/* Set up conditional acquisition */  
ACQUIRE:STATE OFF  
SELECT:CH1 ON  
HORIZONTAL:RECORDLENGTH 1000  
ACQUIRE:MODE SAMPLE  
ACQUIRE:STOPAFTER SEQUENCE  
/* Acquire waveform data */  
ACQUIRE:STATE ON  
/* Set up the measurement parameters */  
MEASUREMENT:IMMED:TYPE AMPLITUDE  
MEASUREMENT:IMMED:SOURCE CH1  
/* Wait until the acquisition is complete before taking  
the measurement */  
While BUSY keep looping  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
3-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Status and Events  
/* Take amplitude measurement */  
MEASUREMENT:IMMED:VALUE  
This sequence lets you create your own wait loop rather than using the *WAI  
command. The BUSY? query helps you avoid time-outs caused by writing too  
many commands to the input buffer. The controller is still tied up though, and  
the repeated BUSY? query will result in bus trafc.  
If the corresponding status registers are enabled, the *OPC command sets the  
OPC bit in the Standard Event Status Register (SESR) when an operation is  
complete. You achieve synchronization by using this command with either a  
serial poll or service request handler.  
Using the *OPC Command  
Serial Poll Method: Enable the OPC bit in the Device Event Status Enable  
Register (DESER) and the Event Status Enable Register (ESER) using the DESE  
and *ESE commands.  
When the operation is complete, the OPC bit in the Standard Event Status Register  
(SESR) will be enabled and the Event Status Bit (ESB) in the Status Byte Register  
will be enabled.  
The same command sequence using the *OPC command for synchronization with  
serial polling looks like this:  
/* Set up conditional acquisition */  
ACQUIRE:STATE OFF  
SELECT:CH1 ON  
HORIZONTAL:RECORDLENGTH 1000  
ACQUIRE:MODE SAMPLE  
ACQUIRE:STOPAFTER SEQUENCE  
/* Enable the status registers */  
DESE 1  
*ESE 1  
*SRE 0  
/* Acquire waveform data */  
ACQUIRE:STATE ON  
/* Set up the measurement parameters */  
MEASUREMENT:IMMED:TYPE AMPLITUDE  
MEASUREMENT:IMMED:SOURCE CH1  
/* Wait until the acquisition is complete before taking the  
measurement.*/  
*OPC  
While serial poll = 0, keep looping  
/* Take amplitude measurement */  
MEASUREMENT:IMMED:VALUE  
This technique requires less bus trafc than did looping on BUSY.  
3-10  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Status and Events  
Service Request Method: Enable the OPC bit in the Device Event Status Enable  
Register (DESER) and the Event Status Enable Register (ESER) using the DESE  
and *ESE commands.  
You can also enable service requests by setting the ESB bit in the Service Request  
Enable Register (SRER) using the *SRE command. When the operation is  
complete, the oscilloscope will generate a Service Request.  
The same command sequence using the *OPC command for synchronization  
looks like this  
/* Set up conditional acquisition */  
ACQUIRE:STATE OFF  
SELECT:CH1 ON  
HORIZONTAL:RECORDLENGTH 1000  
ACQUIRE:MODE SAMPLE  
ACQUIRE:STOPAFTER SEQUENCE  
/* Enable the status registers */  
DESE 1  
*ESE 1  
*SRE 32  
/* Acquire waveform data */  
ACQUIRE:STATE ON  
/* Set up the measurement parameters */  
MEASUREMENT:IMMED:TYPE AMPLITUDE  
MEASUREMENT:IMMED:SOURCE CH1  
/* Wait until the acquisition is complete before taking the  
measurement*/  
*OPC  
The program can now do different tasks such as talk to other devices. The SRQ,  
when it comes, interrupts those tasks and returns control to this task.  
/* Take amplitude measurement */  
MEASUREMENT:IMMED:VALUE  
This technique is efcient but requires sophisticated programming.  
The *OPC? query places a 1 in the Output Queue once an operation that generates  
an OPC message is complete. A time out could occur if you try to read the output  
queue before there is any data in it.  
Using the *OPC? Query  
The same command sequence using the *OPC? query for synchronization looks  
like this:  
/* Set up conditional acquisition */  
ACQUIRE:STATE OFF  
SELECT:CH1 ON  
HORIZONTAL:RECORDLENGTH 1000  
ACQUIRE:MODE SAMPLE  
ACQUIRE:STOPAFTER SEQUENCE  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
3-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Status and Events  
/* Acquire waveform data */  
ACQUIRE:STATE ON  
/* Set up the measurement parameters */  
MEASUREMENT:IMMED:TYPE AMPLITUDE  
MEASUREMENT:IMMED:SOURCE CH1  
/* Wait until the acquisition is complete before taking the  
measurement*/  
*OPC  
Wait for read from Output Queue.  
/* Take amplitude measurement */  
MEASUREMENT:IMMED:VALUE  
This is the simplest approach. It requires no status handling or loops. However,  
you must set the controller time-out for longer than the acquisition operation.  
The information contained in the topic tabs above covers all the programming  
interface messages the oscilloscope generates in response to commands and  
queries.  
Messages  
For most messages, a secondary message from the oscilloscope gives detail about  
the cause of the error or the meaning of the message. This message is part of the  
message string and is separated from the main message by a semicolon.  
Each message is the result of an event. Each type of event sets a specic bit in the  
SESR and is controlled by the equivalent bit in the DESER. Thus, each message  
is associated with a specic SESR bit. In the message tables, the associated SESR  
bit is specied in the table title, with exceptions noted with the error message text.  
The following table shows the messages when the system has no events or status  
to report. These have no associated SESR bit.  
No Event  
Table 3-3: No Event Messages  
Code  
Message  
0
1
No events to report; queue empty  
No events to report; new events pending *ESR?  
The following table shows the command error messages generated by improper  
syntax. Check that the command is properly formed and that it follows the rules  
in the section on command Syntax.  
Command Error  
Table 3-4: Command Error Messages (CME Bit 5)  
Code  
100  
Message  
Command error  
Invalid character  
101  
3-12  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Status and Events  
Table 3-4: Command Error Messages (CME Bit 5) (cont.)  
Code  
102  
103  
104  
105  
108  
109  
110  
112  
113  
120  
121  
123  
124  
130  
131  
134  
140  
141  
144  
150  
151  
152  
160  
161  
170  
171  
Message  
Syntax error  
Invalid separator  
Data type error  
GET not allowed  
Parameter not allowed  
Missing parameter  
Command header error  
Program mnemonic too long  
Undened header  
Numeric data error  
Invalid character in numeric  
Exponent too large  
Too many digits  
Sufx error  
Invalid sufx  
Sufx too long  
Character data error  
Invalid character data  
Character data too long  
String data error  
Invalid string data  
String data too long  
Block data error  
Invalid block data  
Command expression error  
Invalid expression  
The following table lists the execution errors that are detected during execution of  
a command.  
Execution Error  
Table 3-5: Execution Error Messages (EXE Bit 4)  
Code  
200  
221  
Message  
Execution error  
Settings conict  
Data out of range  
Illegal parameter value  
222  
224  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
3-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Status and Events  
Table 3-5: Execution Error Messages (EXE Bit 4) (cont.)  
Code  
241  
Message  
Hardware missing  
250  
Mass storage error  
251  
Missing mass storage  
252  
Missing media  
253  
Corrupt media  
254  
Media full  
255  
Directory full  
256  
File name not found  
257  
File name error  
258  
Media protected  
259  
File name too long  
270  
Hardcopy error  
271  
Hardcopy device not responding  
Hardcopy is busy  
272  
273  
Hardcopy aborted  
274  
Hardcopy conguration error  
Program error  
280  
282  
Insufcient network printer information  
Network printer not responding  
Network printer server not responding  
Program runtime error  
283  
284  
286  
287  
Print server not found  
2200  
2201  
2202  
2203  
2204  
2205  
2206  
2207  
2208  
2209  
2210  
2211  
2212  
2213  
2214  
Measurement error, Measurement system error  
Measurement error, Zero period  
Measurement error, No period, second waveform  
Measurement error, No period, second waveform  
Measurement error, Low amplitude, second waveform  
Measurement error, Low amplitude, second waveform  
Measurement error, Invalid gate  
Measurement error, Measurement overow  
Measurement error, No backwards Mid Ref crossing  
Measurement error, No second Mid Ref crossing  
Measurement error, No Mid Ref crossing, second waveform  
Measurement error, No backwards Mid Ref crossing  
Measurement error, No negative crossing  
Measurement error, No positive crossing  
Measurement error, No crossing, target waveform  
3-14  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Status and Events  
Table 3-5: Execution Error Messages (EXE Bit 4) (cont.)  
Code  
2215  
2216  
2217  
2219  
2220  
2221  
2222  
2223  
2224  
2225  
2226  
2227  
2228  
2229  
2230  
2231  
2233  
2235  
2240  
2241  
2244  
2245  
2250  
2253  
2254  
2259  
2270  
2271  
2273  
2276  
2277  
2278  
2285  
2286  
2500  
2501  
2620  
Message  
Measurement error, No crossing, second waveform  
Measurement error, No crossing, target waveform  
Measurement error, Constant waveform  
Measurement error, No valid edge - No arm sample  
Measurement error, No valid edge - No arm cross  
Measurement error, No valid edge - No trigger cross  
Measurement error, No valid edge - No second cross  
Measurement error, Waveform mismatch  
Measurement error, WAIT calculating  
Measurement error, No waveform to measure  
Measurement error, Null Waveform  
Measurement error, Positive and Negative Clipping  
Measurement error, Positive Clipping  
Measurement error, Negative Clipping  
Measurement error, High Ref < Low Ref  
Measurement error, No statistics available  
Requested waveform is temporarily unavailable  
Math error, invalid math description  
Invalid password  
Waveform requested is invalid  
Source waveform is not active  
Saveref error, selected channel is turned off  
Reference error, the reference waveform le is invalid  
Reference error, too many points received  
Reference error, too few points received  
File too big  
Alias error  
Alias syntax error  
Illegal alias label  
Alias expansion error  
Alias redenition not allowed  
Alias header not found  
TekSecure(R) Pass  
TekSecure(R) Fail  
Setup error, le does not look like a setup le  
Setup warning, could not recall all values from external setup  
Mask error, too few points received  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
3-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Status and Events  
Table 3-5: Execution Error Messages (EXE Bit 4) (cont.)  
Code  
2760  
2761  
2762  
Message  
Mark limit reached  
No mark present  
Search copy failed  
The following table lists the device errors that can occur during oscilloscope  
operation. These errors may indicate that the oscilloscope needs repair.  
Device Error  
Table 3-6: Device Error Messages (DDE Bit 3)  
Code  
310  
311  
Message  
System error  
Memory error  
312  
314  
PUD memory lost  
Save/recall memory lost  
The following table lists the system event messages. These messages are  
generated whenever certain system conditions occur.  
System Event  
Table 3-7: System Event Messages  
Code  
400  
401  
402  
403  
404  
405  
410  
420  
430  
440  
468  
472  
Message  
Query event  
Power on (PON bit 7 set)  
Operation complete (OPC bit 0 set)  
User request (URQ bit 6 set)  
Power fail (DDE bit 3 set)  
Request control  
Query INTERRUPTED (QYE bit 2 set)  
Query UNTERMINATED (QYE bit 2 set)  
Query DEADLOCKED (QYE bit 2 set)  
Query UNTERMINATED after indenite response (QYE bit 2 set)  
Knob/Keypad value changed  
Application variable changed  
The following table lists warning messages that do not interrupt the ow of  
command execution. They also notify you of a possible unexpected results.  
Execution Warning  
3-16  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Status and Events  
Table 3-8: Execution Warning Messages (EXE Bit 4)  
Code  
528  
532  
533  
540  
541  
542  
543  
544  
545  
546  
547  
548  
549  
Message  
Parameter out of range  
Curve data too long, Curve truncated  
Curve error, Preamble values are inconsistent  
Measurement warning, Uncertain edge  
Measurement warning, Low signal amplitude  
Measurement warning, Unstable histogram  
Measurement warning, Low resolution  
Measurement warning, Uncertain edge  
Measurement warning, Invalid in minmax  
Measurement warning, Need 3 edges  
Measurement warning, Clipping positive/negative  
Measurement warning, Clipping positive  
Measurement warning, Clipping negative  
Table 3-9: Execution Warning Messages (EXE Bit 4)  
Code  
540  
541  
542  
543  
544  
545  
546  
547  
548  
549  
Message  
Measurement warning  
Measurement warning, Low signal amplitude  
Measurement warning, Unstable histogram  
Measurement warning, Low resolution  
Measurement warning, Uncertain edge  
Measurement warning, Invalid min max  
Measurement warning, Need 3 edges  
Measurement warning, Clipping positive/negative  
Measurement warning, Clipping positive  
Measurement warning, Clipping negative  
The following table shows internal errors that indicate an internal fault in the  
oscilloscope.  
Internal Warning  
Table 3-10: Internal Warning Messages  
Code  
Message  
630  
Internal warning, 50overload  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
3-17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Status and Events  
3-18  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix A: Character Set  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
A-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Appendix A: Character Set  
A-2  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix B: Reserved Words  
This is a list of reserved words for your instrument. Capital letters identify the  
required minimum spelling.  
*CAL  
*CLS  
*DDT  
*ESE  
*ESR  
*IDN  
*LRN  
*OPC  
*PSC  
*PUD  
*RCL  
*RST  
*SAV  
*SRE  
*STB  
*TRG  
*TST  
*WAI  
0
1
CHx  
1NR3  
7
8
A
A0  
A1  
A2  
A3  
A4  
A5  
A6  
A7  
A8  
ADDR7  
ADDRANDDATA  
ADDRess  
ADDress  
ADVanced  
ALIas  
ALIas[  
ALL  
ALLEv  
ALLFields  
ALLLines  
ALLQString  
ALWAYS  
AMPLitude  
AND  
BANdwidth  
BASE  
CLEAR  
CLEARMenu  
CLEARSNapshot  
CLEar  
CLOCK  
CLOCk  
CM10BY15  
CM13BY18  
CM15BY21  
CM18BY24  
CM6BY8  
CM7BY10  
CM9BY13  
CMEan  
BDIFFBP  
BINary  
BITDelay  
BITOrder  
BITRate  
BIT_Nr  
BLAckmanharris  
BM  
BMP  
BN_Fmt  
BOTh  
BOX  
BTRIGger  
BURst  
BUS  
BUSY  
BUSx  
BY  
BYPass  
BYT_Nr  
BYT_Or  
Block  
Bx  
COLUMN  
ANY  
COMMAND  
CONDCALCmethod  
CONDition  
CONDuction  
CONFigure  
CONTROl  
CONTinue  
COPy  
APPKey  
APPpwr  
AREa  
ASCII  
ASCIi  
ASCii  
ASSIgn  
ATRIGger  
AUDio  
AUTO  
AUTOSet  
AUTOZero  
AUX  
AUXOut  
AUXin  
AVErage  
Auto  
B
B0  
B1  
B2  
B3  
B4  
B5  
B6  
COUNt  
COUPling  
CPU  
CR  
C1  
C2  
C3  
CRC  
CALCmethod  
CALibrate  
CAN  
CANH  
CANL  
CARD  
CARea  
CATalog  
CH1  
CH2  
CH3  
CRCHeader  
CRCTrailer  
CREATE  
CRMs  
CROSSHair  
CURRENTSOurce  
CURRent  
CURSor  
CURSors  
CURVe  
CURrent  
CUSTom  
CWD  
CYCLEcount  
D
D0  
A9  
ABORt  
ABOrt  
ABSolute  
AC  
ACKMISS  
ACQ  
ACQLENGTH  
ACQuire  
ACTIVeprinter  
ADD  
CH4  
CHANnel  
CHannel  
CHecksum  
CHx  
CLASSALIMit  
CLAss  
B7  
B8  
B9  
BACKLight  
BACKWards  
D1  
D10  
ADDR10  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
B-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Appendix B: Reserved Words  
D11  
D12  
D13  
D14  
D15  
D2  
D3  
D4  
D5  
D6  
D7  
D8  
D9  
DATA  
DATABits  
DATE  
DRAFT  
DUAL  
DUmp  
DYNAMic  
Dx  
E
ECL  
EDGE  
EEPROM  
EITher  
ENAble  
ENCdg  
FIVEdivs  
FIXEDFREQValue  
FIXEDFREQuency  
FLAg  
FLEXray  
FOCUS  
FOLder  
FORCEDRange  
FORCe  
FORMAt  
FORMat  
FORWards  
FPAnel  
HARMSOURce  
HARMonics  
HBArs  
HD1080I50  
HD1080I60  
HD1080P24  
HD1080P25  
HD1080PSF24  
HD480P60  
HD720P60  
HDtv  
HEADER  
HEADer  
HEADertime  
HEIght  
HERtz  
END  
ENERGY  
ENERGYLoss  
ENET  
FRACTional  
FRAME  
FRAMEID  
DATEPrint  
DATa  
DAll  
DB  
DC  
ENGLish  
ENV  
ENVelope  
EOF  
EOFTYPE  
EQUal  
ERROR  
ERRTYPE  
ERRlog  
ETHERnet  
EVEN  
EVENTS  
EVENTtable  
EVMsg  
EVQty  
EXECute  
EXT  
EXTended  
EXTernal  
FACtor  
FACtory  
FAIL  
FAILures  
FALL  
FALSe  
FALling  
FASTPHOTO  
FASTer  
FAStest  
FFT  
FIELD  
FIFty  
FILEFormat  
FILESystem  
FILter  
FINE  
FRAMESync  
FRAMEType  
FRAMETypeid  
FRAMEtype  
FRAMING  
FRAMetime  
FRAme  
FREE  
FREESpace  
FRENch  
FREQREFerence  
FREQRef  
HEXadecimal  
HFRej  
HIGH  
HIGHLimit  
HIRes  
HIStogram  
HIVALue  
HOLDTime  
HOLDoff  
HORizontal  
HSmode  
HTTPPort  
HYSTeresis  
I2C  
I2S  
ICRESTfactor  
ID  
IDANDDATA  
IDFORmat  
IDLETime  
IDLEtime  
IDPrint  
IDentifier  
IEC  
DDT  
DECimal  
DEFLT  
DEFault  
DEFine  
DEGAUss  
DEGrees  
DELEte  
DELIMiter  
DELTa  
DELTatime  
DELay  
DELayed  
DELete  
DELta  
DESE  
DESKew  
DESTination  
DESkew  
DHCPbootp  
DIAg  
DIFFerential  
DIGital  
DIR  
FREQuency  
FUNCtion  
FUNDamental  
GAIN  
GATEMid  
GATESOurce  
GATEWay  
GATIng  
GATe  
GATing  
GENeralcall  
GERMan  
GND  
GPIBUsb  
GRAph  
GRAticule  
GRId  
GROUPing  
HAGAKIPCARD  
HAGAKIPcard  
HAMming  
IECMAX  
IMAGESize  
IMAGe  
IMAge  
IMMed  
IMPedance  
IN  
IN11BY17  
IN2P5BY3P25  
IN4BY6  
IN8BY10  
INDBits  
INDICators  
DIRection  
DISPlay  
DISabled  
DISplaymode  
DNS  
DOMAINname  
DOTsonly  
DPOModels  
HANning  
HARDCopy  
HARM3ALTernate  
HARM5ALTernate  
FIRst  
B-2  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix B: Reserved Words  
INDIvidual  
INDependent  
INFInite  
INIT  
INKSaver  
INPUTPOWer  
INPut  
INTENSITy  
INTERLAced  
INTERNal  
INVERTed  
INVert  
INVerted  
INrange  
IO  
LOWCurrent  
LOWLimit  
LOWVoltage  
LOWerthreshold  
LSB  
NANd  
NDUty  
NEGative  
NEWpass  
NEXT  
PASSFail  
PASSWord  
PATtern  
PAYLength  
PAYLoad  
PDUty  
PEAKdetect  
PERCent  
PERIod  
PERSistence  
PERcent  
PHASEangle  
PHASe  
PHAse  
PHOTO  
MAG  
NO  
MAGnivu  
MAIN  
MARK  
MARKSINCOLumn  
MASK  
MATH  
NOCARE  
NOISErej  
NONE  
NONe  
NOPARity  
NOR  
NORMAL  
NOTCOMPuted  
NR1  
NR3  
NR_HARMonics  
NR_PT  
MATH1  
MATHVAR  
MATH[1]  
MAX  
MAXAmps  
MAXSamplerate  
MAXVolts  
MAXWatts  
MAXimum  
MEAN  
MEAS  
MEASUrement  
MEASx  
MEDium  
MEG  
MESSage  
METHod  
MID  
MID2  
MIL  
MIN  
MINImum  
MINMax  
MISO  
MISOMOSI  
MIXed  
MKDir  
IPADDress  
IRMS  
PICTBridge  
PING  
PK2Pk  
ISCLOCKed  
ITALian  
JAPAnese  
KOREan  
L
L2  
L4  
LABEL  
LABel  
LANGuage  
LANdscape  
LARge  
LAYout  
LEFt  
LESSEQual  
LESSLimit  
LESSThan  
LETTER  
LEVel  
NTIMES  
NTSc  
NULL  
PLAIN  
PLOTTYPe  
PNG  
POHC  
POHCLIMit  
POHL  
POINTS  
POLARCord  
POLARity  
POLar  
POLarity  
PORTRait  
PORTUguese  
POSition  
POSitive  
POVershoot  
POWER  
NULLFRDynamic  
NULLFRStatic  
NUMACq  
NUMAVg  
NUMCYCles  
NUMENTries  
NUMERic  
NUMEnv  
NUMHORZ  
NUMVERT  
NWIdth  
OBSPERiod  
OCCURS  
ODD  
OFF  
POWERFACtor  
POWERFactor  
POWERLEVel  
POWERLoss  
POWer  
LF  
LFRej  
LIMITS  
LIMit  
LIN  
OFFSet  
ON  
ONCE  
ONFAIL  
OPTion  
OR  
MM100BY150  
MM54BY86  
MODE  
POWerupstatus  
PRESS  
LINE  
LINEAr  
LINEFREQuency  
LINEPeriod  
LINear  
LIST  
LJ  
LOCk  
LOG  
LOGIC  
MODULationanalysis  
MODe  
MODel  
MODulation  
MOREEQual  
MORELimit  
MOREThan  
MOREthan  
MOSI  
OUT  
PREVIEW  
PREViewstate  
PREVious  
PRINTQual  
PRINTer  
PRODDELta  
PRODUCT  
PRODUCTID  
PRODuct  
PROGressive  
PROPDELay  
OUTrange  
OVERLoad  
OWNer  
PACKET  
PAL  
PAPERSize  
PAPERType  
PARallel  
PARity  
PASS  
LOOP  
LOW  
MSB  
NAME  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
B-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix B: Reserved Words  
PRObe  
PT_Fmt  
PT_ORder  
PT_Off  
PULSEWIDth  
PULSEWidth  
PULSe  
PULse  
PWIdth  
QString  
QTY  
QUALifier  
QUALity  
Qstring  
RADIUS  
RATDELta  
RATE15K  
RATE1M  
RATE20K  
RATE25K  
RATE35K  
RATE50K  
RATE800K  
RATIO  
RATio  
RDELta  
RDSon  
REACTpwr  
READ  
READFile  
READOUT  
RECAll  
RECDESkew  
RECOrdlength  
RECTangular  
REF  
REF1  
REF2  
REF3  
REF4  
REFLevel  
REFlt;x>  
REFx  
REM  
REMote  
RESults  
RI  
RIBinary  
RIGht  
RIPPle  
RISEFall  
RISe  
RISing  
RJ  
RMDir  
SETTime  
SETUp  
SHOW  
SIGNEDDECimal  
SIGnal  
SIMPlifiedchinese  
SIZe  
SLEEP  
SLEWRate  
SLOWer  
SLOpe  
String  
TABle  
TDM  
TEKSecure  
TEMPerature  
TERmination  
TEST  
TESTnumber  
THDELta  
THDF  
THDR  
THETA  
THREshold  
TIFf  
TIME  
TIMe  
TOFF  
TON  
TOTAL  
TOTaluptime  
TRACk  
TRADitionalchinese  
TRANsition  
TRIGger  
TRIGgertosearch  
TRUEpwr  
TRUe  
TTL  
TURN  
TURNON  
TWEnty  
TWOfifty  
TX  
TXDATA  
TXENDPacket  
TXRX  
TXSTArt  
TYPE  
TYPe  
Than  
UNDo  
UNEQual  
UNIts  
RMS  
ROLL100MM  
ROLL127MM  
ROLL210MM  
ROLL89MM  
ROM  
RP  
RPBinary  
RS232  
RS232C  
RUN  
RUNSTop  
RUNT  
RUNt  
RUSSian  
RWINClude  
RX  
RXDATA  
RXENDPacket  
RXSTArt  
SAMPLERate  
SAMPLEpoint  
SAMple  
SAVe  
SCAN  
SCAle  
SCLK  
SCREEN  
SCREen  
SDATA  
SMAll  
SNAPShot  
SNAp  
SOA  
SOF  
SOURCE2  
SOURCE[1]  
SPANish  
SPC  
SPECTral  
SPI  
SPREADSheet  
SPace  
SRIbinary  
SRPbinary  
SS  
STANDard  
START  
STARTofframe  
STARTup  
STARt  
STARtbyte  
STATE  
STATIstics  
STATUS  
STATe  
STATic  
STATus  
STDdev  
STOP  
STOPAfter  
STOPOnviol  
STRing  
SEARCH  
SEARCHtotrigger  
SECAM  
SEConds  
SELect  
SELected  
SEQuence  
SERIALnumber  
SERnumber  
SET  
UNLock  
UPPerthreshold  
USBDevice  
USBTMC  
USBTmc  
USE  
USER  
V1X  
V2X  
VALue  
STYle  
REName  
REPEATstart  
RESET  
RESOlution  
RESPtime  
RESUlt  
STandard  
SUBNETMask  
SWITCHingloss  
SWLoss  
SYNC  
SETHold  
SETLevel  
SETTODEFaults  
SYNCField  
SYNCFrame  
SYNCInterval  
RESistance  
RESult  
B-4  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix B: Reserved Words  
VBArs  
VCEsat  
VCRESTfactor  
VDELTa  
VENDORID  
VERBose  
VERTAUTOset  
VERTDEFault  
VERTical  
VIDeo  
VRMS  
WRITE  
WRITEFile  
X
X1Y1X2Y2  
XDELta  
XFF  
XINcr  
XMAX  
XMIN  
XUNit  
XY  
YDELta  
YES  
YMAX  
WAKEup  
WAVEform  
WAVFrm  
WEIghting  
WFId  
WFMInpre  
WFMOutpre  
WHEn  
YMIN  
YMUlt  
YOFf  
YT  
YUNIts  
YUNit  
YUNits  
YZEro  
ZOOM  
WIDth  
VOLTAGESOurce  
VOLTage  
VOLts  
WINdow  
WORD  
WORDSel  
XZEro  
Y
ZOOm  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
B-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix B: Reserved Words  
B-6  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix C: Factory Defaults  
Default Setup  
The following table lists the default values for each command.  
NOTE. Find the most up-to-date default values for your instrument and software  
by performing a TekSecure command, saving the instrument setup and looking  
at the instrument or setup le.  
Table C-1: Default values  
Command  
Default value  
ACQUIRE:MAGNIVU  
0
ACQUIRE:MODE  
SAMPLE  
ACQUIRE:NUMAVG  
16  
ACQUIRE:NUMENV  
INFINITE  
ACQUIRE:SAMPLINGMODE  
ACQUIRE:STATE  
RT  
1
ACQUIRE:STOPAFTER  
ALIAS:STATE  
RUNSTOP  
0
AUXIN:PROBE:FORCEDRANGE  
AUXIN:PROBE:GAIN  
0.00E+00  
1
BUS:B1:CAN:BITRATE  
BUS:B1:CAN:PROBE  
500000  
CANH  
50  
BUS:B1:CAN:SAMPLEPOINT  
BUS:B1:CAN:SOURCE  
BUS:B1:DISPLAY:FORMAT  
BUS:B1:DISPLAY:TYPE  
BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:BITRATE  
BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:CHANNEL  
BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:SIGNAL  
BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:SOURCE  
BUS:B1:I2C:ADDRESS:RWINCLUDE  
BUS:B1:I2C:CLOCK:SOURCE  
BUS:B1:I2C:DATA:SOURCE  
BUS:B1:LABEL  
CH1  
HEXADECIMAL  
BUS  
10000000  
A
BDIFFBP  
CH1  
0
CH1  
CH2  
Parallel  
19200  
NOPARITY  
14  
BUS:B1:LIN:BITRATE  
BUS:B1:LIN:IDFORMAT  
BUS:B1:LIN:MAXBYTEDELIM  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
C-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Appendix C: Factory Defaults  
Table C-1: Default values (cont.)  
Command  
Default value  
NORMAL  
50  
BUS:B1:LIN:POLARITY  
BUS:B1:LIN:SAMPLEPOINT  
BUS:B1:LIN:SOURCE  
CH1  
V2X  
D0  
BUS:B1:LIN:STANDARD  
BUS:B1:PARALLEL:BIT0:SOURCE  
BUS:B1:PARALLEL:BIT1:SOURCE  
BUS:B1:PARALLEL:BIT10:SOURCE  
BUS:B1:PARALLEL:BIT11:SOURCE  
BUS:B1:PARALLEL:BIT12:SOURCE  
BUS:B1:PARALLEL:BIT13:SOURCE  
BUS:B1:PARALLEL:BIT14:SOURCE  
BUS:B1:PARALLEL:BIT15:SOURCE  
BUS:B1:PARALLEL:BIT16:SOURCE  
BUS:B1:PARALLEL:BIT17:SOURCE  
BUS:B1:PARALLEL:BIT2:SOURCE  
BUS:B1:PARALLEL:BIT3:SOURCE  
BUS:B1:PARALLEL:BIT4:SOURCE  
BUS:B1:PARALLEL:BIT5:SOURCE  
BUS:B1:PARALLEL:BIT6:SOURCE  
BUS:B1:PARALLEL:BIT7:SOURCE  
BUS:B1:PARALLEL:BIT8:SOURCE  
BUS:B1:PARALLEL:BIT9:SOURCE  
BUS:B1:PARALLEL:CLOCK:EDGE  
BUS:B1:PARALLEL:CLOCK:ISCLOCKED  
BUS:B1:PARALLEL:CLOCK:SOURCE  
BUS:B1:PARALLEL:WIDTH  
D1  
D10  
D11  
D12  
D13  
D14  
D15  
CH1  
CH2  
D2  
D3  
D4  
D5  
D6  
D7  
D8  
D9  
RISING  
NO  
CH1  
16  
BUS:B1:POSITION  
0.00E+00  
9600  
8
BUS:B1:RS232C:BITRATE  
BUS:B1:RS232C:DATABITS  
BUS:B1:RS232C:DELIMITER  
BUS:B1:RS232C:DISPLAYMODE  
BUS:B1:RS232C:PARITY  
LF  
FRAME  
NONE  
NORMAL  
OFF  
CH1  
MSB  
RISE  
BUS:B1:RS232C:POLARITY  
BUS:B1:RS232C:RX:SOURCE  
BUS:B1:RS232C:TX:SOURCE  
BUS:B1:SPI:BITORDER  
BUS:B1:SPI:CLOCK:POLARITY  
C-2  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix C: Factory Defaults  
Table C-1: Default values (cont.)  
Command  
Default value  
CH1  
BUS:B1:SPI:CLOCK:SOURCE  
BUS:B1:SPI:DATA:IN:POLARITY  
BUS:B1:SPI:DATA:IN:SOURCE  
BUS:B1:SPI:DATA:OUT:POLARITY  
BUS:B1:SPI:DATA:OUT:SOURCE  
BUS:B1:SPI:DATA:SIZE  
HIGH  
OFF  
HIGH  
CH2  
8
BUS:B1:SPI:FRAMING  
SS  
BUS:B1:SPI:IDLETIME  
1.00E-07  
LOW  
BUS:B1:SPI:SELECT:POLARITY  
BUS:B1:SPI:SELECT:SOURCE  
BUS:B1:STATE  
CH2  
0
BUS:B1:TYPE  
PARALLEL  
500000  
CANH  
50  
BUS:B2:CAN:BITRATE  
BUS:B2:CAN:PROBE  
BUS:B2:CAN:SAMPLEPOINT  
BUS:B2:CAN:SOURCE  
CH1  
BUS:B2:DISPLAY:FORMAT  
BUS:B2:DISPLAY:TYPE  
HEXADECIMAL  
BUS  
BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:BITRATE  
BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:CHANNEL  
BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:SIGNAL  
BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:SOURCE  
BUS:B2:I2C:ADDRESS:RWINCLUDE  
BUS:B2:I2C:CLOCK:SOURCE  
BUS:B2:I2C:DATA:SOURCE  
BUS:B2:LABEL  
10000000  
A
BDIFFBP  
CH1  
0
CH1  
CH2  
Parallel  
19200  
NOPARITY  
14  
BUS:B2:LIN:BITRATE  
BUS:B2:LIN:IDFORMAT  
BUS:B2:LIN:MAXBYTEDELIM  
BUS:B2:LIN:POLARITY  
NORMAL  
50  
BUS:B2:LIN:SAMPLEPOINT  
BUS:B2:LIN:SOURCE  
CH1  
BUS:B2:LIN:STANDARD  
BUS:B2:PARALLEL:CLOCK:EDGE  
BUS:B2:PARALLEL:CLOCK:ISCLOCKED  
BUS:B2:PARALLEL:CLOCK:SOURCE  
BUS:B2:PARALLEL:WIDTH  
V2X  
RISING  
NO  
CH1  
16  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
C-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix C: Factory Defaults  
Table C-1: Default values (cont.)  
Command  
Default value  
0.00E+00  
9600  
BUS:B2:POSITION  
BUS:B2:RS232C:BITRATE  
BUS:B2:RS232C:DATABITS  
BUS:B2:RS232C:DELIMITER  
BUS:B2:RS232C:DISPLAYMODE  
BUS:B2:RS232C:PARITY  
BUS:B2:RS232C:POLARITY  
BUS:B2:RS232C:RX:SOURCE  
BUS:B2:RS232C:TX:SOURCE  
BUS:B2:SPI:BITORDER  
8
LF  
FRAME  
NONE  
NORMAL  
OFF  
CH1  
MSB  
BUS:B2:SPI:CLOCK:POLARITY  
BUS:B2:SPI:CLOCK:SOURCE  
BUS:B2:SPI:DATA:IN:POLARITY  
BUS:B2:SPI:DATA:IN:SOURCE  
BUS:B2:SPI:DATA:OUT:POLARITY  
BUS:B2:SPI:DATA:OUT:SOURCE  
BUS:B2:SPI:DATA:SIZE  
RISE  
CH1  
HIGH  
OFF  
HIGH  
CH2  
8
BUS:B2:SPI:FRAMING  
SS  
BUS:B2:SPI:IDLETIME  
1.00E-07  
LOW  
BUS:B2:SPI:SELECT:POLARITY  
BUS:B2:SPI:SELECT:SOURCE  
BUS:B2:STATE  
CH2  
0
BUS:B2:TYPE  
PARALLEL  
500000  
CANH  
50  
BUS:B3:CAN:BITRATE  
BUS:B3:CAN:PROBE  
BUS:B3:CAN:SAMPLEPOINT  
BUS:B3:CAN:SOURCE  
CH1  
BUS:B3:DISPLAY:FORMAT  
BUS:B3:DISPLAY:TYPE  
HEXADECIMAL  
BUS  
BUS:B3:FLEXRAY:BITRATE  
BUS:B3:FLEXRAY:CHANNEL  
BUS:B3:FLEXRAY:SIGNAL  
BUS:B3:FLEXRAY:SOURCE  
BUS:B3:I2C:ADDRESS:RWINCLUDE  
BUS:B3:I2C:CLOCK:SOURCE  
BUS:B3:I2C:DATA:SOURCE  
BUS:B3:LABEL  
10000000  
A
BDIFFBP  
CH1  
0
CH1  
CH2  
Parallel  
C-4  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix C: Factory Defaults  
Table C-1: Default values (cont.)  
Command  
Default value  
19200  
NOPARITY  
14  
BUS:B3:LIN:BITRATE  
BUS:B3:LIN:IDFORMAT  
BUS:B3:LIN:MAXBYTEDELIM  
BUS:B3:LIN:POLARITY  
NORMAL  
50  
BUS:B3:LIN:SAMPLEPOINT  
BUS:B3:LIN:SOURCE  
CH1  
BUS:B3:LIN:STANDARD  
V2X  
BUS:B3:PARALLEL:CLOCK:EDGE  
BUS:B3:PARALLEL:CLOCK:ISCLOCKED  
BUS:B3:PARALLEL:CLOCK:SOURCE  
BUS:B3:PARALLEL:WIDTH  
BUS:B3:POSITION  
RISING  
NO  
CH1  
16  
0.00E+00  
9600  
BUS:B3:RS232C:BITRATE  
BUS:B3:RS232C:DATABITS  
BUS:B3:RS232C:DELIMITER  
BUS:B3:RS232C:DISPLAYMODE  
BUS:B3:RS232C:PARITY  
BUS:B3:RS232C:POLARITY  
BUS:B3:RS232C:RX:SOURCE  
BUS:B3:RS232C:TX:SOURCE  
BUS:B3:SPI:BITORDER  
8
LF  
FRAME  
NONE  
NORMAL  
OFF  
CH1  
MSB  
BUS:B3:SPI:CLOCK:POLARITY  
BUS:B3:SPI:CLOCK:SOURCE  
BUS:B3:SPI:DATA:IN:POLARITY  
BUS:B3:SPI:DATA:IN:SOURCE  
BUS:B3:SPI:DATA:OUT:POLARITY  
BUS:B3:SPI:DATA:OUT:SOURCE  
BUS:B3:SPI:DATA:SIZE  
RISE  
CH1  
HIGH  
OFF  
HIGH  
CH2  
8
BUS:B3:SPI:FRAMING  
SS  
BUS:B3:SPI:IDLETIME  
1.00E-07  
LOW  
CH2  
BUS:B3:SPI:SELECT:POLARITY  
BUS:B3:SPI:SELECT:SOURCE  
BUS:B3:STATE  
0
BUS:B3:TYPE  
PARALLEL  
500000  
CANH  
50  
BUS:B4:CAN:BITRATE  
BUS:B4:CAN:PROBE  
BUS:B4:CAN:SAMPLEPOINT  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
C-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix C: Factory Defaults  
Table C-1: Default values (cont.)  
Command  
Default value  
CH1  
BUS:B4:CAN:SOURCE  
BUS:B4:DISPLAY:FORMAT  
BUS:B4:DISPLAY:TYPE  
HEXADECIMAL  
BUS  
BUS:B4:FLEXRAY:BITRATE  
BUS:B4:FLEXRAY:CHANNEL  
BUS:B4:FLEXRAY:SIGNAL  
BUS:B4:FLEXRAY:SOURCE  
BUS:B4:I2C:ADDRESS:RWINCLUDE  
BUS:B4:I2C:CLOCK:SOURCE  
BUS:B4:I2C:DATA:SOURCE  
BUS:B4:LABEL  
10000000  
A
BDIFFBP  
CH1  
0
CH1  
CH2  
Parallel  
19200  
NOPARITY  
14  
BUS:B4:LIN:BITRATE  
BUS:B4:LIN:IDFORMAT  
BUS:B4:LIN:MAXBYTEDELIM  
BUS:B4:LIN:POLARITY  
NORMAL  
50  
BUS:B4:LIN:SAMPLEPOINT  
BUS:B4:LIN:SOURCE  
CH1  
BUS:B4:LIN:STANDARD  
V2X  
BUS:B4:PARALLEL:CLOCK:EDGE  
BUS:B4:PARALLEL:CLOCK:ISCLOCKED  
BUS:B4:PARALLEL:CLOCK:SOURCE  
BUS:B4:PARALLEL:WIDTH  
BUS:B4:POSITION  
RISING  
NO  
CH1  
16  
0.00E+00  
9600  
BUS:B4:RS232C:BITRATE  
BUS:B4:RS232C:DATABITS  
BUS:B4:RS232C:DELIMITER  
BUS:B4:RS232C:DISPLAYMODE  
BUS:B4:RS232C:PARITY  
8
LF  
FRAME  
NONE  
NORMAL  
OFF  
BUS:B4:RS232C:POLARITY  
BUS:B4:RS232C:RX:SOURCE  
BUS:B4:RS232C:TX:SOURCE  
BUS:B4:SPI:BITORDER  
CH1  
MSB  
BUS:B4:SPI:CLOCK:POLARITY  
BUS:B4:SPI:CLOCK:SOURCE  
BUS:B4:SPI:DATA:IN:POLARITY  
BUS:B4:SPI:DATA:IN:SOURCE  
BUS:B4:SPI:DATA:OUT:POLARITY  
RISE  
CH1  
HIGH  
OFF  
HIGH  
C-6  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix C: Factory Defaults  
Table C-1: Default values (cont.)  
Command  
Default value  
CH2  
BUS:B4:SPI:DATA:OUT:SOURCE  
BUS:B4:SPI:DATA:SIZE  
BUS:B4:SPI:FRAMING  
BUS:B4:SPI:IDLETIME  
BUS:B4:SPI:SELECT:POLARITY  
BUS:B4:SPI:SELECT:SOURCE  
BUS:B4:STATE  
8
SS  
1.00E-07  
LOW  
CH2  
0
BUS:B4:TYPE  
PARALLEL  
0.00E+00  
0.00E+00  
8.00E-01  
8.00E-01  
3.50E+08  
DC  
BUS:LOWERTHRESHOLD:CH1  
BUS:LOWERTHRESHOLD:CH2  
BUS:UPPERTHRESHOLD:CH1  
BUS:UPPERTHRESHOLD:CH2  
CH1:BANDWIDTH  
CH1:COUPLING  
CH1:DESKEW  
0.00E+00  
0
CH1:INVERT  
CH1:LABEL  
CH1:OFFSET  
0.00E+00  
0.00E+00  
0.00E+00  
1
CH1:POSITION  
CH1:PROBE:FORCEDRANGE  
CH1:PROBE:GAIN  
CH1:SCALE  
1.00E-01  
1.00E+06  
V
CH1:TERMINATION  
CH1:YUNITS  
CH2:BANDWIDTH  
CH2:COUPLING  
3.50E+08  
DC  
CH2:DESKEW  
0.00E+00  
0
CH2:INVERT  
CH2:LABEL  
CH2:OFFSET  
0.00E+00  
0.00E+00  
0.00E+00  
1
CH2:POSITION  
CH2:PROBE:FORCEDRANGE  
CH2:PROBE:GAIN  
CH2:SCALE  
1.00E-01  
1.00E+06  
V
CH2:TERMINATION  
CH2:YUNITS  
CURSOR:FUNCTION  
OFF  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
C-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix C: Factory Defaults  
Table C-1: Default values (cont.)  
Command  
Default value  
0.00E+00  
0.00E+00  
BASE  
CURSOR:HBARS:POSITION1  
CURSOR:HBARS:POSITION2  
CURSOR:HBARS:UNITS  
CURSOR:MODE  
INDEPENDENT  
-1.20E-05  
1.20E-05  
CURSOR:VBARS:POSITION1  
CURSOR:VBARS:POSITION2  
CURSOR:VBARS:UNITS  
CURSOR:XY:RECTANGULAR:X:POSITION1  
CURSOR:XY:RECTANGULAR:X:POSITION2  
CURSOR:XY:RECTANGULAR:Y:POSITION1  
CURSOR:XY:RECTANGULAR:Y:POSITION2  
D0:LABEL  
SECONDS  
0.00E+00  
0.00E+00  
0.00E+00  
0.00E+00  
D0:POSITION  
6.00E-02  
1.4  
D0:THRESHOLD  
D1:LABEL  
D1:POSITION  
6.00E-02  
1.4  
D1:THRESHOLD  
D10:LABEL  
D10:POSITION  
6.00E-02  
1.4  
D10:THRESHOLD  
D11:LABEL  
D11:POSITION  
6.00E-02  
1.4  
D11:THRESHOLD  
D12:LABEL  
D12:POSITION  
6.00E-02  
1.4  
D12:THRESHOLD  
D13:LABEL  
D13:POSITION  
6.00E-02  
1.4  
D13:THRESHOLD  
D14:LABEL  
D14:POSITION  
6.00E-02  
1.4  
D14:THRESHOLD  
D15:LABEL  
D15:POSITION  
6.00E-02  
1.4  
D15:THRESHOLD  
D2:LABEL  
D2:POSITION  
6.00E-02  
C-8  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix C: Factory Defaults  
Table C-1: Default values (cont.)  
Command  
Default value  
D2:THRESHOLD  
D3:LABEL  
1.4  
D3:POSITION  
6.00E-02  
1.4  
D3:THRESHOLD  
D4:LABEL  
D4:POSITION  
6.00E-02  
1.4  
D4:THRESHOLD  
D5:LABEL  
D5:POSITION  
6.00E-02  
1.4  
D5:THRESHOLD  
D6:LABEL  
D6:POSITION  
6.00E-02  
1.4  
D6:THRESHOLD  
D7:LABEL  
D7:POSITION  
6.00E-02  
1.4  
D7:THRESHOLD  
D8:LABEL  
D8:POSITION  
6.00E-02  
1.4  
D8:THRESHOLD  
D9:LABEL  
D9:POSITION  
6.00E-02  
1.4  
D9:THRESHOLD  
DATA:DESTINATION  
DATA:ENCDG  
REF1  
RIBINARY  
CH1  
DATA:SOURCE  
DATA:START  
1
DATA:STOP  
10000  
1
DISPLAY:CLOCK  
DISPLAY:COLOR:PALETTE  
DISPLAY:DIGITAL:HEIGHT  
DISPLAY:FORMAT  
DISPLAY:GRATICULE  
DISPLAY:INTENSITY:BACKLIGHT  
DISPLAY:INTENSITY:GRATICULE  
DISPLAY:INTENSITY:WAVEFORM  
DISPLAY:PERSISTENCE  
DISPLAY:STYLE:DOTSONLY  
NORMAL  
MEDIUM  
YT  
FULL  
HIGH  
75  
35  
0.00E+00  
0
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
C-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix C: Factory Defaults  
Table C-1: Default values (cont.)  
Command  
Default value  
HARDCOPY:INKSAVER  
1
HARDCOPY:LAYOUT  
LANDSCAPE  
HARDCOPY:PREVIEW  
0
HEADER  
1
HORIZONTAL:DELAY:MODE  
HORIZONTAL:DELAY:TIME  
HORIZONTAL:POSITION  
HORIZONTAL:RECORDLENGTH  
HORIZONTAL:SCALE  
1
0.00E+00  
50  
10000  
4.00E-06  
NONE  
CH1+CH2  
50  
LOCK  
MATH:DEFINE  
MATH:HORIZONTAL:POSITION  
MATH:HORIZONTAL:SCALE  
MATH:HORIZONTAL:UNITS  
MATH:LABEL  
4.00E-06  
s
MATH:SPECTRAL:MAG  
DB  
MATH:SPECTRAL:WINDOW  
MATH:TYPE  
HANNING  
DUAL  
MATH:VERTICAL:POSITION  
MATH:VERTICAL:SCALE  
MATH:VERTICAL:UNITS  
0.00E+00  
1.00E-01  
V
MATHVAR:VAR1  
0.00E+00  
0.00E+00  
SCREEN  
FORWARDS  
RISE  
MATHVAR:VAR2  
MEASUREMENT:GATING  
MEASUREMENT:IMMED:DELAY:DIRECTION  
MEASUREMENT:IMMED:DELAY:EDGE1  
MEASUREMENT:IMMED:DELAY:EDGE2  
MEASUREMENT:IMMED:SOURCE1  
MEASUREMENT:IMMED:SOURCE2  
MEASUREMENT:IMMED:TYPE  
MEASUREMENT:INDICATORS:STATE  
MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:DELAY:DIRECTION  
MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:DELAY:EDGE1  
MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:DELAY:EDGE2  
MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:SOURCE1  
MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:SOURCE2  
MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:STATE  
RISE  
CH1  
CH2  
PERIOD  
OFF  
FORWARDS  
RISE  
RISE  
CH1  
CH2  
0
C-10  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix C: Factory Defaults  
Table C-1: Default values (cont.)  
Command  
Default value  
PERIOD  
FORWARDS  
RISE  
MEASUREMENT:MEAS1:TYPE  
MEASUREMENT:MEAS2:DELAY:DIRECTION  
MEASUREMENT:MEAS2:DELAY:EDGE1  
MEASUREMENT:MEAS2:DELAY:EDGE2  
MEASUREMENT:MEAS2:SOURCE1  
MEASUREMENT:MEAS2:SOURCE2  
MEASUREMENT:MEAS2:STATE  
RISE  
CH1  
CH2  
0
MEASUREMENT:MEAS2:TYPE  
PERIOD  
FORWARDS  
RISE  
MEASUREMENT:MEAS3:DELAY:DIRECTION  
MEASUREMENT:MEAS3:DELAY:EDGE1  
MEASUREMENT:MEAS3:DELAY:EDGE2  
MEASUREMENT:MEAS3:SOURCE1  
MEASUREMENT:MEAS3:SOURCE2  
MEASUREMENT:MEAS3:STATE  
RISE  
CH1  
CH2  
0
MEASUREMENT:MEAS3:TYPE  
PERIOD  
FORWARDS  
RISE  
MEASUREMENT:MEAS4:DELAY:DIRECTION  
MEASUREMENT:MEAS4:DELAY:EDGE1  
MEASUREMENT:MEAS4:DELAY:EDGE2  
MEASUREMENT:MEAS4:SOURCE1  
MEASUREMENT:MEAS4:SOURCE2  
MEASUREMENT:MEAS4:STATE  
RISE  
CH1  
CH2  
0
MEASUREMENT:MEAS4:TYPE  
PERIOD  
FORWARDS  
RISE  
MEASUREMENT:MEAS5:DELAY:DIRECTION  
MEASUREMENT:MEAS5:DELAY:EDGE1  
MEASUREMENT:MEAS5:DELAY:EDGE2  
MEASUREMENT:MEAS5:SOURCE1  
MEASUREMENT:MEAS5:SOURCE2  
MEASUREMENT:MEAS5:STATE  
RISE  
CH1  
CH2  
0
MEASUREMENT:MEAS5:TYPE  
PERIOD  
FORWARDS  
RISE  
MEASUREMENT:MEAS6:DELAY:DIRECTION  
MEASUREMENT:MEAS6:DELAY:EDGE1  
MEASUREMENT:MEAS6:DELAY:EDGE2  
MEASUREMENT:MEAS6:SOURCE1  
MEASUREMENT:MEAS6:SOURCE2  
MEASUREMENT:MEAS6:STATE  
RISE  
CH1  
CH2  
0
MEASUREMENT:MEAS6:TYPE  
PERIOD  
FORWARDS  
MEASUREMENT:MEAS7:DELAY:DIRECTION  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
C-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix C: Factory Defaults  
Table C-1: Default values (cont.)  
Command  
Default value  
RISE  
MEASUREMENT:MEAS7:DELAY:EDGE1  
MEASUREMENT:MEAS7:DELAY:EDGE2  
MEASUREMENT:MEAS7:SOURCE1  
MEASUREMENT:MEAS7:SOURCE2  
MEASUREMENT:MEAS7:STATE  
MEASUREMENT:MEAS7:TYPE  
RISE  
CH1  
CH2  
0
PERIOD  
FORWARDS  
RISE  
MEASUREMENT:MEAS8:DELAY:DIRECTION  
MEASUREMENT:MEAS8:DELAY:EDGE1  
MEASUREMENT:MEAS8:DELAY:EDGE2  
MEASUREMENT:MEAS8:SOURCE1  
MEASUREMENT:MEAS8:SOURCE2  
MEASUREMENT:MEAS8:STATE  
MEASUREMENT:MEAS8:TYPE  
RISE  
CH1  
CH2  
0
PERIOD  
AUTO  
0.00E+00  
0.00E+00  
0.00E+00  
0.00E+00  
PERCENT  
90  
MEASUREMENT:METHOD  
MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL:ABSOLUTE:HIGH  
MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL:ABSOLUTE:LOW  
MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL:ABSOLUTE:MID1  
MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL:ABSOLUTE:MID2  
MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL:METHOD  
MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL:PERCENT:HIGH  
MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL:PERCENT:LOW  
MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL:PERCENT:MID1  
MEASUREMENT:REFLEVEL:PERCENT:MID2  
MEASUREMENT:STATISTICS:MODE  
MEASUREMENT:STATISTICS:WEIGHTING  
MESSAGE:BOX  
10  
50  
50  
ALL  
32  
271,82,292,114  
MESSAGE:SHOW  
MESSAGE:STATE  
0
REF1:HORIZONTAL:DELAY:TIME  
REF1:HORIZONTAL:SCALE  
0.00E+00  
4.00E-06  
0.00E+00  
1.00E-01  
0.00E+00  
4.00E-06  
0.00E+00  
1.00E-01  
IMAGE  
REF1:VERTICAL:POSITION  
REF1:VERTICAL:SCALE  
REF2:HORIZONTAL:DELAY:TIME  
REF2:HORIZONTAL:SCALE  
REF2:VERTICAL:POSITION  
REF2:VERTICAL:SCALE  
SAVE:ASSIGN:TYPE  
C-12  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix C: Factory Defaults  
Table C-1: Default values (cont.)  
Command  
Default value  
PNG  
SAVE:IMAGE:FILEFORMAT  
SAVE:IMAGE:LAYOUT  
LANDSCAPE  
INTERNAL  
NONE  
SAVE:WAVEFORM:FILEFORMAT  
SAVE:WAVEFORM:GATING  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:STATE  
0
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:CONDITION  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:DATA:DIRECTION  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:DATA:QUALIFIER  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:DATA:SIZE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:DATA:VALUE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:FRAMETYPE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:IDENTIFIER:MODE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:IDENTIFIER:VALUE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:CONDITION  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:CYCLECOUNT:HIVALUE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:CYCLECOUNT:QUALIFIER  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:CYCLECOUNT:VALUE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:DATA:HIVALUE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:DATA:OFFSET  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:DATA:QUALIFIER  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:DATA:SIZE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:DATA:VALUE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:EOFTYPE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:ERRTYPE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:FRAMEID:HIVALUE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:FRAMEID:QUALIFIER  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:FRAMEID:VALUE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:FRAMETYPE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:CRC  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:CYCLECOUNT  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:FRAMEID  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:INDBITS  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:PAYLENGTH  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:I2C:ADDRESS:MODE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:I2C:ADDRESS:TYPE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:I2C:ADDRESS:VALUE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:I2C:CONDITION  
SOF  
NOCARE  
EQUAL  
1
XXXXXXXX  
DATA  
STANDARD  
XXXXXXXXXXX  
SOF  
XXXXXX  
EQUAL  
XXXXXX  
XXXXXXXX  
-1  
EQUAL  
1
XXXXXXXX  
STATIC  
CRCHEADER  
XXXXXXXXXXX  
EQUAL  
XXXXXXXXXXX  
NORMAL  
XXXXXXXXXXX  
XXXXXX  
XXXXXXXXXXX  
XXXXX  
XXXXXXX  
ADDR7  
USER  
XXXXXXX  
START  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
C-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix C: Factory Defaults  
Table C-1: Default values (cont.)  
Command  
Default value  
NOCARE  
1
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:I2C:DATA:DIRECTION  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:I2C:DATA:SIZE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:I2C:DATA:VALUE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:CONDITION  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:HIVALUE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:QUALIFIER  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:SIZE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:VALUE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:ERRTYPE  
XXXXXXXX  
SYNCFIELD  
XXXXXXXX  
EQUAL  
1
XXXXXXXX  
SYNC  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:IDENTIFIER:VALUE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:PARALLEL:VALUE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:RS232C:CONDITION  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:RS232C:RX:DATA:SIZE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:RS232C:RX:DATA:VALUE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:RS232C:TX:DATA:SIZE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:RS232C:TX:DATA:VALUE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:SPI:CONDITION  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:SPI:DATA:MISO:VALUE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:SPI:DATA:MOSI:VALUE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:SPI:DATA:SIZE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:CAN:CONDITION  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:CAN:DATA:DIRECTION  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:CAN:DATA:QUALIFIER  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:CAN:DATA:SIZE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:CAN:DATA:VALUE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:CAN:FRAMETYPE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:CAN:IDENTIFIER:MODE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:CAN:IDENTIFIER:VALUE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:CONDITION  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:CYCLECOUNT:HIVALUE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:CYCLECOUNT:QUALIFIER  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:CYCLECOUNT:VALUE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:DATA:HIVALUE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:DATA:OFFSET  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:DATA:QUALIFIER  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:DATA:SIZE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:DATA:VALUE  
XXXXXX  
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX  
TXSTART  
1
XXXXXXXX  
1
XXXXXXXX  
SS  
XXXXXXXX  
XXXXXXXX  
1
SOF  
NOCARE  
EQUAL  
1
XXXXXXXX  
DATA  
STANDARD  
XXXXXXXXXXX  
SOF  
XXXXXX  
EQUAL  
XXXXXX  
XXXXXXXX  
-1  
EQUAL  
1
XXXXXXXX  
C-14  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix C: Factory Defaults  
Table C-1: Default values (cont.)  
Command  
Default value  
STATIC  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:EOFTYPE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:ERRTYPE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:FRAMEID:HIVALUE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:FRAMEID:QUALIFIER  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:FRAMEID:VALUE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:FRAMETYPE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:HEADER:CRC  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:HEADER:CYCLECOUNT  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:HEADER:FRAMEID  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:HEADER:INDBITS  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:HEADER:PAYLENGTH  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:I2C:ADDRESS:MODE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:I2C:ADDRESS:TYPE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:I2C:ADDRESS:VALUE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:I2C:CONDITION  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:I2C:DATA:DIRECTION  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:I2C:DATA:SIZE  
CRCHEADER  
XXXXXXXXXXX  
EQUAL  
XXXXXXXXXXX  
NORMAL  
XXXXXXXXXXX  
XXXXXX  
XXXXXXXXXXX  
XXXXX  
XXXXXXX  
ADDR7  
USER  
XXXXXXX  
START  
NOCARE  
1
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:I2C:DATA:VALUE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:LIN:CONDITION  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:LIN:DATA:HIVALUE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:LIN:DATA:QUALIFIER  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:LIN:DATA:SIZE  
XXXXXXXX  
SYNCFIELD  
XXXXXXXX  
EQUAL  
1
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:LIN:DATA:VALUE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:LIN:ERRTYPE  
XXXXXXXX  
SYNC  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:LIN:IDENTIFIER:VALUE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:PARALLEL:VALUE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:RS232C:CONDITION  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:RS232C:RX:DATA:SIZE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:RS232C:RX:DATA:VALUE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:RS232C:TX:DATA:SIZE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:RS232C:TX:DATA:VALUE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:SPI:CONDITION  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:SPI:DATA:MISO:VALUE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:SPI:DATA:MOSI:VALUE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:SPI:DATA:SIZE  
XXXXXX  
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX  
TXSTART  
1
XXXXXXXX  
1
XXXXXXXX  
SS  
XXXXXXXX  
XXXXXXXX  
1
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:CAN:CONDITION  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:CAN:DATA:DIRECTION  
SOF  
NOCARE  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
C-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix C: Factory Defaults  
Table C-1: Default values (cont.)  
Command  
Default value  
EQUAL  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:CAN:DATA:QUALIFIER  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:CAN:DATA:SIZE  
1
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:CAN:DATA:VALUE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:CAN:FRAMETYPE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:CAN:IDENTIFIER:MODE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:CAN:IDENTIFIER:VALUE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:FLEXRAY:CONDITION  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:FLEXRAY:CYCLECOUNT:HIVALUE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:FLEXRAY:CYCLECOUNT:QUALIFIER  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:FLEXRAY:CYCLECOUNT:VALUE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:FLEXRAY:DATA:HIVALUE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:FLEXRAY:DATA:OFFSET  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:FLEXRAY:DATA:QUALIFIER  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:FLEXRAY:DATA:SIZE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:FLEXRAY:DATA:VALUE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:FLEXRAY:EOFTYPE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:FLEXRAY:ERRTYPE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:FLEXRAY:FRAMEID:HIVALUE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:FLEXRAY:FRAMEID:QUALIFIER  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:FLEXRAY:FRAMEID:VALUE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:FLEXRAY:FRAMETYPE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:FLEXRAY:HEADER:CRC  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:FLEXRAY:HEADER:CYCLECOUNT  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:FLEXRAY:HEADER:FRAMEID  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:FLEXRAY:HEADER:INDBITS  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:FLEXRAY:HEADER:PAYLENGTH  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:I2C:ADDRESS:MODE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:I2C:ADDRESS:TYPE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:I2C:ADDRESS:VALUE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:I2C:CONDITION  
XXXXXXXX  
DATA  
STANDARD  
XXXXXXXXXXX  
SOF  
XXXXXX  
EQUAL  
XXXXXX  
XXXXXXXX  
-1  
EQUAL  
1
XXXXXXXX  
STATIC  
CRCHEADER  
XXXXXXXXXXX  
EQUAL  
XXXXXXXXXXX  
NORMAL  
XXXXXXXXXXX  
XXXXXX  
XXXXXXXXXXX  
XXXXX  
XXXXXXX  
ADDR7  
USER  
XXXXXXX  
START  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:I2C:DATA:DIRECTION  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:I2C:DATA:SIZE  
NOCARE  
1
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:I2C:DATA:VALUE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:LIN:CONDITION  
XXXXXXXX  
SYNCFIELD  
XXXXXXXX  
EQUAL  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:LIN:DATA:HIVALUE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:LIN:DATA:QUALIFIER  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:LIN:DATA:SIZE  
1
C-16  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix C: Factory Defaults  
Table C-1: Default values (cont.)  
Command  
Default value  
XXXXXXXX  
SYNC  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:LIN:DATA:VALUE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:LIN:ERRTYPE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:LIN:IDENTIFIER:VALUE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:PARALLEL:VALUE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:RS232C:CONDITION  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:RS232C:RX:DATA:SIZE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:RS232C:RX:DATA:VALUE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:RS232C:TX:DATA:SIZE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:RS232C:TX:DATA:VALUE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:SPI:CONDITION  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:SPI:DATA:MISO:VALUE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:SPI:DATA:MOSI:VALUE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:SPI:DATA:SIZE  
XXXXXX  
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX  
TXSTART  
1
XXXXXXXX  
1
XXXXXXXX  
SS  
XXXXXXXX  
XXXXXXXX  
1
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:CAN:CONDITION  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:CAN:DATA:DIRECTION  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:CAN:DATA:QUALIFIER  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:CAN:DATA:SIZE  
SOF  
NOCARE  
EQUAL  
1
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:CAN:DATA:VALUE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:CAN:FRAMETYPE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:CAN:IDENTIFIER:MODE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:CAN:IDENTIFIER:VALUE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:FLEXRAY:CONDITION  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:FLEXRAY:CYCLECOUNT:HIVALUE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:FLEXRAY:CYCLECOUNT:QUALIFIER  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:FLEXRAY:CYCLECOUNT:VALUE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:FLEXRAY:DATA:HIVALUE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:FLEXRAY:DATA:OFFSET  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:FLEXRAY:DATA:QUALIFIER  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:FLEXRAY:DATA:SIZE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:FLEXRAY:DATA:VALUE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:FLEXRAY:EOFTYPE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:FLEXRAY:ERRTYPE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:FLEXRAY:FRAMEID:HIVALUE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:FLEXRAY:FRAMEID:QUALIFIER  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:FLEXRAY:FRAMEID:VALUE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:FLEXRAY:FRAMETYPE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:FLEXRAY:HEADER:CRC  
XXXXXXXX  
DATA  
STANDARD  
XXXXXXXXXXX  
SOF  
XXXXXX  
EQUAL  
XXXXXX  
XXXXXXXX  
-1  
EQUAL  
1
XXXXXXXX  
STATIC  
CRCHEADER  
XXXXXXXXXXX  
EQUAL  
XXXXXXXXXXX  
NORMAL  
XXXXXXXXXXX  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
C-17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix C: Factory Defaults  
Table C-1: Default values (cont.)  
Command  
Default value  
XXXXXX  
XXXXXXXXXXX  
XXXXX  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:FLEXRAY:HEADER:CYCLECOUNT  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:FLEXRAY:HEADER:FRAMEID  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:FLEXRAY:HEADER:INDBITS  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:FLEXRAY:HEADER:PAYLENGTH  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:I2C:ADDRESS:MODE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:I2C:ADDRESS:TYPE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:I2C:ADDRESS:VALUE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:I2C:CONDITION  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:I2C:DATA:DIRECTION  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:I2C:DATA:SIZE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:I2C:DATA:VALUE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:LIN:CONDITION  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:LIN:DATA:HIVALUE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:LIN:DATA:QUALIFIER  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:LIN:DATA:SIZE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:LIN:DATA:VALUE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:LIN:ERRTYPE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:LIN:IDENTIFIER:VALUE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:PARALLEL:VALUE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:RS232C:CONDITION  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:RS232C:RX:DATA:SIZE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:RS232C:RX:DATA:VALUE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:RS232C:TX:DATA:SIZE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:RS232C:TX:DATA:VALUE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:SPI:CONDITION  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:SPI:DATA:MISO:VALUE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:SPI:DATA:MOSI:VALUE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:SPI:DATA:SIZE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:BUS:SOURCE  
XXXXXXX  
ADDR7  
USER  
XXXXXXX  
START  
NOCARE  
1
XXXXXXXX  
SYNCFIELD  
XXXXXXXX  
EQUAL  
1
XXXXXXXX  
SYNC  
XXXXXX  
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX  
TXSTART  
1
XXXXXXXX  
1
XXXXXXXX  
SS  
XXXXXXXX  
XXXXXXXX  
1
B1  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:EDGE:SLOPE  
RISE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:EDGE:SOURCE  
CH1  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LEVEL  
0.00E+00  
0.00E+00  
0.00E+00  
0.00E+00  
0.00E+00  
0.00E+00  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LEVEL:CH1  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LEVEL:CH2  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LEVEL:MATH  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LEVEL:REF1  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LEVEL:REF2  
C-18  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix C: Factory Defaults  
Table C-1: Default values (cont.)  
Command  
Default value  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:FUNCTION  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:CH1  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:CH2  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:CLOCK:EDGE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:CLOCK:SOURCE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:D0  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:D1  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:D10  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:D11  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:D12  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:D13  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:D14  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:D15  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:D2  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:D3  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:D4  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:D5  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:D6  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:D7  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:D8  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:D9  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:MATH  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:REF1  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:REF2  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:INPUT:CH1  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:INPUT:CH2  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:INPUT:D0  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:INPUT:D1  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:INPUT:D10  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:INPUT:D11  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:INPUT:D12  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:INPUT:D13  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:INPUT:D14  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:INPUT:D15  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:INPUT:D2  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:INPUT:D3  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:INPUT:D4  
AND  
X
X
RISE  
NONE  
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
C-19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix C: Factory Defaults  
Table C-1: Default values (cont.)  
Command  
Default value  
X
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:INPUT:D5  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:INPUT:D6  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:INPUT:D7  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:INPUT:D8  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:INPUT:D9  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:INPUT:MATH  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:INPUT:REF1  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:INPUT:REF2  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:WHEN  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:WHEN:LESSLIMIT  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:WHEN:MORELIMIT  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:THRESHOLD:CH1  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:THRESHOLD:CH2  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:THRESHOLD:MATH  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:THRESHOLD:REF1  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:THRESHOLD:REF2  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOWERTHRESHOLD:CH1  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOWERTHRESHOLD:CH2  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOWERTHRESHOLD:MATH  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOWERTHRESHOLD:REF1  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:LOWERTHRESHOLD:REF2  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:PULSEWIDTH:POLARITY  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:PULSEWIDTH:WHEN  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:PULSEWIDTH:WIDTH  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:RUNT:POLARITY  
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
TRUE  
8.00E-09  
8.00E-09  
0.00E+00  
0.00E+00  
0.00E+00  
0.00E+00  
0.00E+00  
0.00E+00  
0.00E+00  
0.00E+00  
0.00E+00  
0.00E+00  
POSITIVE  
LESSTHAN  
8.00E-09  
POSITIVE  
OCCURS  
8.00E-09  
RISE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:RUNT:WHEN  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:RUNT:WIDTH  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:CLOCK:EDGE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:CLOCK:SOURCE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:CLOCK:THRESHOLD  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:DATA:SOURCE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:DATA:THRESHOLD  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:HOLDTIME  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:SETTIME  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:THRESHOLD:CH1  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:THRESHOLD:CH2  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:THRESHOLD:MATH  
CH1  
0.00E+00  
NONE  
9.91E+37  
8.00E-09  
8.00E-09  
0.00E+00  
0.00E+00  
0.00E+00  
C-20  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix C: Factory Defaults  
Table C-1: Default values (cont.)  
Command  
Default value  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:THRESHOLD:REF1  
0.00E+00  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:THRESHOLD:REF2  
0.00E+00  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:TRANSITION:DELTATIME  
8.00E-09  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:TRANSITION:POLARITY  
POSITIVE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:TRANSITION:WHEN  
SLOWER  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:TYPE  
EDGE  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:UPPERTHRESHOLD:CH1  
8.00E-01  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:UPPERTHRESHOLD:CH2  
8.00E-01  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:UPPERTHRESHOLD:MATH  
8.00E-01  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:UPPERTHRESHOLD:REF1  
8.00E-01  
SEARCH:SEARCH1:TRIGGER:A:UPPERTHRESHOLD:REF2  
SELECT:BUS1  
SELECT:BUS2  
SELECT:BUS3  
SELECT:BUS4  
SELECT:CH1  
8.00E-01  
0
0
0
0
1
SELECT:CH2  
0
SELECT:CONTROL  
SELECT:D0  
CH1  
0
SELECT:D1  
0
SELECT:D10  
0
SELECT:D11  
0
SELECT:D12  
0
SELECT:D13  
0
SELECT:D14  
0
SELECT:D15  
0
SELECT:D2  
0
SELECT:D3  
0
SELECT:D4  
0
SELECT:D5  
0
SELECT:D6  
0
SELECT:D7  
0
SELECT:D8  
0
SELECT:D9  
0
SELECT:DALL  
SELECT:MATH  
SELECT:REF1  
0
0
0
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
C-21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix C: Factory Defaults  
Table C-1: Default values (cont.)  
Command  
Default value  
0
SELECT:REF2  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:CONDITION  
SOF  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:DATA:DIRECTION  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:DATA:QUALIFIER  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:DATA:SIZE  
NOCARE  
EQUAL  
1
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:DATA:START  
0.00E+00  
XXXXXXXX  
DATA  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:DATA:VALUE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:FRAMETYPE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:IDENTIFIER:MODE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:CAN:IDENTIFIER:VALUE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:CONDITION  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:CYCLECOUNT:HIVALUE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:CYCLECOUNT:QUALIFIER  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:CYCLECOUNT:VALUE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:DATA:HIVALUE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:DATA:OFFSET  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:DATA:QUALIFIER  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:DATA:SIZE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:DATA:VALUE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:EOFTYPE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:ERRTYPE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:FRAMEID:HIVALUE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:FRAMEID:QUALIFIER  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:FRAMEID:VALUE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:FRAMETYPE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:CRC  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:CYCLECOUNT  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:FRAMEID  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:INDBITS  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:FLEXRAY:HEADER:PAYLENGTH  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:I2C:ADDRESS:MODE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:I2C:ADDRESS:TYPE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:I2C:ADDRESS:VALUE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:I2C:CONDITION  
STANDARD  
XXXXXXXXXXX  
SOF  
XXXXXX  
EQUAL  
XXXXXX  
XXXXXXXX  
-1  
EQUAL  
1
XXXXXXXX  
STATIC  
CRCHEADER  
XXXXXXXXXXX  
EQUAL  
XXXXXXXXXXX  
NORMAL  
XXXXXXXXXXX  
XXXXXX  
XXXXXXXXXXX  
XXXXX  
XXXXXXX  
ADDR7  
USER  
XXXXXXX  
START  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:I2C:DATA:DIRECTION  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:I2C:DATA:SIZE  
NOCARE  
1
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:I2C:DATA:START  
0.00E+00  
C-22  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix C: Factory Defaults  
Table C-1: Default values (cont.)  
Command  
Default value  
XXXXXXXX  
SYNCFIELD  
XXXXXXXX  
EQUAL  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:I2C:DATA:VALUE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:CONDITION  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:HIVALUE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:QUALIFIER  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:SIZE  
1
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:DATA:VALUE  
XXXXXXXX  
SYNC  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:ERRTYPE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:LIN:IDENTIFIER:VALUE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:PARALLEL:VALUE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:RS232C:CONDITION  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:RS232C:RX:DATA:SIZE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:RS232C:RX:DATA:VALUE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:RS232C:TX:DATA:SIZE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:RS232C:TX:DATA:VALUE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:SPI:CONDITION  
XXXXXX  
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX  
TXSTART  
1
XXXXXXXX  
1
XXXXXXXX  
SS  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:SPI:DATA:IN:VALUE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:SPI:DATA:OUT:VALUE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:SPI:DATA:SIZE  
XXXXXXXX  
XXXXXXXX  
1
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B1:SPI:DATA:START  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:CAN:CONDITION  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:CAN:DATA:DIRECTION  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:CAN:DATA:QUALIFIER  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:CAN:DATA:SIZE  
0.00E+00  
SOF  
NOCARE  
EQUAL  
1
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:CAN:DATA:START  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:CAN:DATA:VALUE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:CAN:FRAMETYPE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:CAN:IDENTIFIER:MODE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:CAN:IDENTIFIER:VALUE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:CONDITION  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:CYCLECOUNT:HIVALUE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:CYCLECOUNT:QUALIFIER  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:CYCLECOUNT:VALUE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:DATA:HIVALUE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:DATA:OFFSET  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:DATA:QUALIFIER  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:DATA:SIZE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:DATA:VALUE  
0.00E+00  
XXXXXXXX  
DATA  
STANDARD  
XXXXXXXXXXX  
SOF  
XXXXXX  
EQUAL  
XXXXXX  
XXXXXXXX  
-1  
EQUAL  
1
XXXXXXXX  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
C-23  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix C: Factory Defaults  
Table C-1: Default values (cont.)  
Command  
Default value  
STATIC  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:EOFTYPE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:ERRTYPE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:FRAMEID:HIVALUE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:FRAMEID:QUALIFIER  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:FRAMEID:VALUE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:FRAMETYPE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:HEADER:CRC  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:HEADER:CYCLECOUNT  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:HEADER:FRAMEID  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:HEADER:INDBITS  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:FLEXRAY:HEADER:PAYLENGTH  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:I2C:ADDRESS:MODE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:I2C:ADDRESS:TYPE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:I2C:ADDRESS:VALUE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:I2C:CONDITION  
CRCHEADER  
XXXXXXXXXXX  
EQUAL  
XXXXXXXXXXX  
NORMAL  
XXXXXXXXXXX  
XXXXXX  
XXXXXXXXXXX  
XXXXX  
XXXXXXX  
ADDR7  
USER  
XXXXXXX  
START  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:I2C:DATA:DIRECTION  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:I2C:DATA:SIZE  
NOCARE  
1
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:I2C:DATA:START  
0.00E+00  
XXXXXXXX  
SYNCFIELD  
XXXXXXXX  
EQUAL  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:I2C:DATA:VALUE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:LIN:CONDITION  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:LIN:DATA:HIVALUE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:LIN:DATA:QUALIFIER  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:LIN:DATA:SIZE  
1
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:LIN:DATA:VALUE  
XXXXXXXX  
SYNC  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:LIN:ERRTYPE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:LIN:IDENTIFIER:VALUE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:PARALLEL:VALUE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:RS232C:CONDITION  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:RS232C:RX:DATA:SIZE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:RS232C:RX:DATA:VALUE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:RS232C:TX:DATA:SIZE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:RS232C:TX:DATA:VALUE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:SPI:CONDITION  
XXXXXX  
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX  
TXSTART  
1
XXXXXXXX  
1
XXXXXXXX  
SS  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:SPI:DATA:IN:VALUE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:SPI:DATA:OUT:VALUE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:SPI:DATA:SIZE  
XXXXXXXX  
XXXXXXXX  
1
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B2:SPI:DATA:START  
0.00E+00  
C-24  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix C: Factory Defaults  
Table C-1: Default values (cont.)  
Command  
Default value  
SOF  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:CAN:CONDITION  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:CAN:DATA:DIRECTION  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:CAN:DATA:QUALIFIER  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:CAN:DATA:SIZE  
NOCARE  
EQUAL  
1
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:CAN:DATA:START  
0.00E+00  
XXXXXXXX  
DATA  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:CAN:DATA:VALUE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:CAN:FRAMETYPE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:CAN:IDENTIFIER:MODE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:CAN:IDENTIFIER:VALUE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:FLEXRAY:CONDITION  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:FLEXRAY:CYCLECOUNT:HIVALUE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:FLEXRAY:CYCLECOUNT:QUALIFIER  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:FLEXRAY:CYCLECOUNT:VALUE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:FLEXRAY:DATA:HIVALUE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:FLEXRAY:DATA:OFFSET  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:FLEXRAY:DATA:QUALIFIER  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:FLEXRAY:DATA:SIZE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:FLEXRAY:DATA:VALUE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:FLEXRAY:EOFTYPE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:FLEXRAY:ERRTYPE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:FLEXRAY:FRAMEID:HIVALUE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:FLEXRAY:FRAMEID:QUALIFIER  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:FLEXRAY:FRAMEID:VALUE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:FLEXRAY:FRAMETYPE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:FLEXRAY:HEADER:CRC  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:FLEXRAY:HEADER:CYCLECOUNT  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:FLEXRAY:HEADER:FRAMEID  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:FLEXRAY:HEADER:INDBITS  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:FLEXRAY:HEADER:PAYLENGTH  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:I2C:ADDRESS:MODE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:I2C:ADDRESS:TYPE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:I2C:ADDRESS:VALUE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:I2C:CONDITION  
STANDARD  
XXXXXXXXXXX  
SOF  
XXXXXX  
EQUAL  
XXXXXX  
XXXXXXXX  
-1  
EQUAL  
1
XXXXXXXX  
STATIC  
CRCHEADER  
XXXXXXXXXXX  
EQUAL  
XXXXXXXXXXX  
NORMAL  
XXXXXXXXXXX  
XXXXXX  
XXXXXXXXXXX  
XXXXX  
XXXXXXX  
ADDR7  
USER  
XXXXXXX  
START  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:I2C:DATA:DIRECTION  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:I2C:DATA:SIZE  
NOCARE  
1
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:I2C:DATA:START  
0.00E+00  
XXXXXXXX  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:I2C:DATA:VALUE  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
C-25  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix C: Factory Defaults  
Table C-1: Default values (cont.)  
Command  
Default value  
SYNCFIELD  
XXXXXXXX  
EQUAL  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:LIN:CONDITION  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:LIN:DATA:HIVALUE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:LIN:DATA:QUALIFIER  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:LIN:DATA:SIZE  
1
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:LIN:DATA:VALUE  
XXXXXXXX  
SYNC  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:LIN:ERRTYPE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:LIN:IDENTIFIER:VALUE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:PARALLEL:VALUE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:RS232C:CONDITION  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:RS232C:RX:DATA:SIZE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:RS232C:RX:DATA:VALUE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:RS232C:TX:DATA:SIZE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:RS232C:TX:DATA:VALUE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:SPI:CONDITION  
XXXXXX  
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX  
TXSTART  
1
XXXXXXXX  
1
XXXXXXXX  
SS  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:SPI:DATA:IN:VALUE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:SPI:DATA:OUT:VALUE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:SPI:DATA:SIZE  
XXXXXXXX  
XXXXXXXX  
1
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B3:SPI:DATA:START  
0.00E+00  
SOF  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:CAN:CONDITION  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:CAN:DATA:DIRECTION  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:CAN:DATA:QUALIFIER  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:CAN:DATA:SIZE  
NOCARE  
EQUAL  
1
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:CAN:DATA:START  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:CAN:DATA:VALUE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:CAN:FRAMETYPE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:CAN:IDENTIFIER:MODE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:CAN:IDENTIFIER:VALUE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:FLEXRAY:CONDITION  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:FLEXRAY:CYCLECOUNT:HIVALUE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:FLEXRAY:CYCLECOUNT:QUALIFIER  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:FLEXRAY:CYCLECOUNT:VALUE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:FLEXRAY:DATA:HIVALUE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:FLEXRAY:DATA:OFFSET  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:FLEXRAY:DATA:QUALIFIER  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:FLEXRAY:DATA:SIZE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:FLEXRAY:DATA:VALUE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:FLEXRAY:EOFTYPE  
0.00E+00  
XXXXXXXX  
DATA  
STANDARD  
XXXXXXXXXXX  
SOF  
XXXXXX  
EQUAL  
XXXXXX  
XXXXXXXX  
-1  
EQUAL  
1
XXXXXXXX  
STATIC  
C-26  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix C: Factory Defaults  
Table C-1: Default values (cont.)  
Command  
Default value  
CRCHEADER  
XXXXXXXXXXX  
EQUAL  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:FLEXRAY:ERRTYPE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:FLEXRAY:FRAMEID:HIVALUE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:FLEXRAY:FRAMEID:QUALIFIER  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:FLEXRAY:FRAMEID:VALUE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:FLEXRAY:FRAMETYPE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:FLEXRAY:HEADER:CRC  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:FLEXRAY:HEADER:CYCLECOUNT  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:FLEXRAY:HEADER:FRAMEID  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:FLEXRAY:HEADER:INDBITS  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:FLEXRAY:HEADER:PAYLENGTH  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:I2C:ADDRESS:MODE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:I2C:ADDRESS:TYPE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:I2C:ADDRESS:VALUE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:I2C:CONDITION  
XXXXXXXXXXX  
NORMAL  
XXXXXXXXXXX  
XXXXXX  
XXXXXXXXXXX  
XXXXX  
XXXXXXX  
ADDR7  
USER  
XXXXXXX  
START  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:I2C:DATA:DIRECTION  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:I2C:DATA:SIZE  
NOCARE  
1
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:I2C:DATA:START  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:I2C:DATA:VALUE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:LIN:CONDITION  
0.00E+00  
XXXXXXXX  
SYNCFIELD  
XXXXXXXX  
EQUAL  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:LIN:DATA:HIVALUE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:LIN:DATA:QUALIFIER  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:LIN:DATA:SIZE  
1
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:LIN:DATA:VALUE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:LIN:ERRTYPE  
XXXXXXXX  
SYNC  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:LIN:IDENTIFIER:VALUE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:PARALLEL:VALUE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:RS232C:CONDITION  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:RS232C:RX:DATA:SIZE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:RS232C:RX:DATA:VALUE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:RS232C:TX:DATA:SIZE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:RS232C:TX:DATA:VALUE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:SPI:CONDITION  
XXXXXX  
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX  
TXSTART  
1
XXXXXXXX  
1
XXXXXXXX  
SS  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:SPI:DATA:IN:VALUE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:SPI:DATA:OUT:VALUE  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:SPI:DATA:SIZE  
XXXXXXXX  
XXXXXXXX  
1
TRIGGER:A:BUS:B4:SPI:DATA:START  
TRIGGER:A:BUS:SOURCE  
0.00E+00  
B1  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
C-27  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix C: Factory Defaults  
Table C-1: Default values (cont.)  
Command  
Default value  
TRIGGER:A:EDGE:COUPLING  
TRIGGER:A:EDGE:SLOPE  
TRIGGER:A:EDGE:SOURCE  
TRIGGER:A:HOLDOFF:TIME  
TRIGGER:A:LEVEL  
DC  
RISE  
CH1  
2.00E-08  
0.00E+00  
0.00E+00  
0.00E+00  
0.00E+00  
1.4  
TRIGGER:A:LEVEL:AUXIN  
TRIGGER:A:LEVEL:CH1  
TRIGGER:A:LEVEL:CH2  
TRIGGER:A:LEVEL:D0  
TRIGGER:A:LEVEL:D1  
1.4  
TRIGGER:A:LEVEL:D10  
1.4  
TRIGGER:A:LEVEL:D11  
1.4  
TRIGGER:A:LEVEL:D12  
1.4  
TRIGGER:A:LEVEL:D13  
1.4  
TRIGGER:A:LEVEL:D14  
1.4  
TRIGGER:A:LEVEL:D15  
1.4  
TRIGGER:A:LEVEL:D2  
1.4  
TRIGGER:A:LEVEL:D3  
1.4  
TRIGGER:A:LEVEL:D4  
1.4  
TRIGGER:A:LEVEL:D5  
1.4  
TRIGGER:A:LEVEL:D6  
1.4  
TRIGGER:A:LEVEL:D7  
1.4  
TRIGGER:A:LEVEL:D8  
1.4  
TRIGGER:A:LEVEL:D9  
1.4  
TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:CLASS  
TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:FUNCTION  
TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:CH1  
TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:CH2  
TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:CLOCK:EDGE  
TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:CLOCK:SOURCE  
TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:D0  
TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:D1  
TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:D10  
TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:D11  
TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:D12  
TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:D13  
TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:D14  
LOGIC  
AND  
X
X
RISE  
NONE  
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
C-28  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix C: Factory Defaults  
Table C-1: Default values (cont.)  
Command  
Default value  
TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:D15  
X
TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:D2  
X
TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:D3  
X
TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:D4  
X
TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:D5  
X
TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:D6  
X
TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:D7  
X
TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:D8  
X
TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:INPUT:D9  
X
TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:DELTATIME  
TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:WHEN  
TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:WHEN:LESSLIMIT  
TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:PATTERN:WHEN:MORELIMIT  
TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:THRESHOLD:CH1  
TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:THRESHOLD:CH2  
TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:THRESHOLD:D0  
TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:THRESHOLD:D1  
TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:THRESHOLD:D10  
TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:THRESHOLD:D11  
TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:THRESHOLD:D12  
TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:THRESHOLD:D13  
TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:THRESHOLD:D14  
TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:THRESHOLD:D15  
TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:THRESHOLD:D2  
TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:THRESHOLD:D3  
TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:THRESHOLD:D4  
TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:THRESHOLD:D5  
TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:THRESHOLD:D6  
TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:THRESHOLD:D7  
TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:THRESHOLD:D8  
TRIGGER:A:LOGIC:THRESHOLD:D9  
TRIGGER:A:LOWERTHRESHOLD:CH1  
TRIGGER:A:LOWERTHRESHOLD:CH2  
TRIGGER:A:LOWERTHRESHOLD:D0  
TRIGGER:A:LOWERTHRESHOLD:D1  
TRIGGER:A:LOWERTHRESHOLD:D10  
TRIGGER:A:LOWERTHRESHOLD:D11  
8.00E-09  
TRUE  
8.00E-09  
8.00E-09  
0.00E+00  
0.00E+00  
1.4  
1.4  
1.4  
1.4  
1.4  
1.4  
1.4  
1.4  
1.4  
1.4  
1.4  
1.4  
1.4  
1.4  
1.4  
1.4  
0.00E+00  
0.00E+00  
1.4  
1.4  
1.4  
1.4  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
C-29  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix C: Factory Defaults  
Table C-1: Default values (cont.)  
Command  
Default value  
1.4  
TRIGGER:A:LOWERTHRESHOLD:D12  
TRIGGER:A:LOWERTHRESHOLD:D13  
TRIGGER:A:LOWERTHRESHOLD:D14  
TRIGGER:A:LOWERTHRESHOLD:D15  
TRIGGER:A:LOWERTHRESHOLD:D2  
TRIGGER:A:LOWERTHRESHOLD:D3  
TRIGGER:A:LOWERTHRESHOLD:D4  
TRIGGER:A:LOWERTHRESHOLD:D5  
TRIGGER:A:LOWERTHRESHOLD:D6  
TRIGGER:A:LOWERTHRESHOLD:D7  
TRIGGER:A:LOWERTHRESHOLD:D8  
TRIGGER:A:LOWERTHRESHOLD:D9  
TRIGGER:A:LOWERTHRESHOLD:EXT  
TRIGGER:A:MODE  
1.4  
1.4  
1.4  
1.4  
1.4  
1.4  
1.4  
1.4  
1.4  
1.4  
1.4  
0.00E+00  
AUTO  
WIDTH  
POSITIVE  
LESSTHAN  
8.00E-09  
POSITIVE  
OCCURS  
8.00E-09  
RISE  
TRIGGER:A:PULSE:CLASS  
TRIGGER:A:PULSEWIDTH:POLARITY  
TRIGGER:A:PULSEWIDTH:WHEN  
TRIGGER:A:PULSEWIDTH:WIDTH  
TRIGGER:A:RUNT:POLARITY  
TRIGGER:A:RUNT:WHEN  
TRIGGER:A:RUNT:WIDTH  
TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:CLOCK:EDGE  
TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:CLOCK:SOURCE  
TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:CLOCK:THRESHOLD  
TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:DATA:SOURCE  
TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:DATA:THRESHOLD  
TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:HOLDTIME  
TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:SETTIME  
CH1  
0.00E+00  
NONE  
9.91E+37  
8.00E-09  
8.00E-09  
0.00E+00  
0.00E+00  
1.4  
TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:THRESHOLD:CH1  
TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:THRESHOLD:CH2  
TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:THRESHOLD:D0  
TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:THRESHOLD:D1  
TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:THRESHOLD:D10  
TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:THRESHOLD:D11  
TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:THRESHOLD:D12  
TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:THRESHOLD:D13  
TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:THRESHOLD:D14  
1.4  
1.4  
1.4  
1.4  
1.4  
1.4  
C-30  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix C: Factory Defaults  
Table C-1: Default values (cont.)  
Command  
Default value  
1.4  
TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:THRESHOLD:D15  
TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:THRESHOLD:D2  
TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:THRESHOLD:D3  
TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:THRESHOLD:D4  
TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:THRESHOLD:D5  
TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:THRESHOLD:D6  
TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:THRESHOLD:D7  
TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:THRESHOLD:D8  
TRIGGER:A:SETHOLD:THRESHOLD:D9  
TRIGGER:A:TRANSITION:DELTATIME  
TRIGGER:A:TRANSITION:POLARITY  
TRIGGER:A:TRANSITION:WHEN  
TRIGGER:A:TYPE  
1.4  
1.4  
1.4  
1.4  
1.4  
1.4  
1.4  
1.4  
8.00E-09  
POSITIVE  
SLOWER  
EDGE  
8.00E-01  
8.00E-01  
PROGRESSIVE  
6.36E-05  
4.72E-06  
0.00E+00  
1
TRIGGER:A:UPPERTHRESHOLD:CH1  
TRIGGER:A:UPPERTHRESHOLD:CH2  
TRIGGER:A:VIDEO:CUSTOM:FORMAT  
TRIGGER:A:VIDEO:CUSTOM:LINEPERIOD  
TRIGGER:A:VIDEO:CUSTOM:SYNCINTERVAL  
TRIGGER:A:VIDEO:HOLDOFF:FIELD  
TRIGGER:A:VIDEO:LINE  
TRIGGER:A:VIDEO:POLARITY  
TRIGGER:A:VIDEO:STANDARD  
TRIGGER:A:VIDEO:SYNC  
POSITIVE  
NTSC  
ALLLINES  
TIME  
TRIGGER:B:BY  
TRIGGER:B:EDGE:COUPLING  
TRIGGER:B:EDGE:SLOPE  
DC  
RISE  
TRIGGER:B:EDGE:SOURCE  
TRIGGER:B:EVENTS:COUNT  
TRIGGER:B:LEVEL  
CH1  
1
0.00E+00  
0.00E+00  
0.00E+00  
1.4  
TRIGGER:B:LEVEL:CH1  
TRIGGER:B:LEVEL:CH2  
TRIGGER:B:LEVEL:D0  
TRIGGER:B:LEVEL:D1  
1.4  
TRIGGER:B:LEVEL:D10  
1.4  
TRIGGER:B:LEVEL:D11  
1.4  
TRIGGER:B:LEVEL:D12  
1.4  
TRIGGER:B:LEVEL:D13  
1.4  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
C-31  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix C: Factory Defaults  
Table C-1: Default values (cont.)  
Command  
Default value  
TRIGGER:B:LEVEL:D14  
1.4  
TRIGGER:B:LEVEL:D15  
1.4  
TRIGGER:B:LEVEL:D2  
1.4  
TRIGGER:B:LEVEL:D3  
1.4  
TRIGGER:B:LEVEL:D4  
1.4  
TRIGGER:B:LEVEL:D5  
1.4  
TRIGGER:B:LEVEL:D6  
1.4  
TRIGGER:B:LEVEL:D7  
1.4  
TRIGGER:B:LEVEL:D8  
1.4  
TRIGGER:B:LEVEL:D9  
1.4  
TRIGGER:B:LOWERTHRESHOLD:CH1  
TRIGGER:B:LOWERTHRESHOLD:CH2  
TRIGGER:B:LOWERTHRESHOLD:D0  
TRIGGER:B:LOWERTHRESHOLD:D1  
TRIGGER:B:LOWERTHRESHOLD:D10  
TRIGGER:B:LOWERTHRESHOLD:D11  
TRIGGER:B:LOWERTHRESHOLD:D12  
TRIGGER:B:LOWERTHRESHOLD:D13  
TRIGGER:B:LOWERTHRESHOLD:D14  
TRIGGER:B:LOWERTHRESHOLD:D15  
TRIGGER:B:LOWERTHRESHOLD:D2  
TRIGGER:B:LOWERTHRESHOLD:D3  
TRIGGER:B:LOWERTHRESHOLD:D4  
TRIGGER:B:LOWERTHRESHOLD:D5  
TRIGGER:B:LOWERTHRESHOLD:D6  
TRIGGER:B:LOWERTHRESHOLD:D7  
TRIGGER:B:LOWERTHRESHOLD:D8  
TRIGGER:B:LOWERTHRESHOLD:D9  
TRIGGER:B:STATE  
0.00E+00  
0.00E+00  
1.4  
1.4  
1.4  
1.4  
1.4  
1.4  
1.4  
1.4  
1.4  
1.4  
1.4  
1.4  
1.4  
1.4  
1.4  
1.4  
0
TRIGGER:B:TIME  
8.00E-09  
TRIGGER:B:TYPE  
EDGE  
TRIGGER:B:UPPERTHRESHOLD:CH1  
TRIGGER:B:UPPERTHRESHOLD:CH2  
TRIGGER:EXTERNAL:PROBE  
VERBOSE  
8.00E-01  
8.00E-01  
1
1
ZOOM:GRATICULE:SIZE  
80  
ZOOM:GRATICULE:SPLIT  
EIGHTYTWENTY  
C-32  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix C: Factory Defaults  
Table C-1: Default values (cont.)  
Command  
Default value  
ZOOM:MODE  
0
ZOOM:ZOOM1:HORIZONTAL:POSITION  
ZOOM:ZOOM1:HORIZONTAL:SCALE  
ZOOM:ZOOM1:POSITION  
ZOOM:ZOOM1:SCALE  
ZOOM:ZOOM1:STATE  
50  
4.00E-06  
50  
4.00E-06  
0
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
C-33  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix C: Factory Defaults  
C-34  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix D: Programming Example  
The following series of commands and queries illustrate many of the most  
common commands and techniques. In this example, data sent from the controller  
computer to the oscilloscope is prefaced with the > symbol. Replies from the  
oscilloscope have no preface.  
> rem “Check for any messages, and clear them from the queue.”  
> *esr?  
128  
> allev?  
:ALLEV 401,”Power on; “  
> rem “Set the scope to the default state.”  
> factory  
> rem “Set the scope parameters that differ from the defaults.”  
> ch1:scale 2.0  
> hor:m:scale 100e-6  
> trig:a:level 2.4  
> rem “Start a single sequence acquisition.”  
> acquire:stopafter sequence  
> acquire:state on  
> rem “Wait for the acquisition to complete.”  
> rem “Note: your controller program time-out must be set long enough to handle  
the wait.”  
> *opc?  
1
> rem “Use the oscilloscope built-in measurements to measure the waveform  
you acquired.”  
> measu:immed:type mean  
> measu:immed:value?  
:MEASUREMENT:IMMED:VALUE 1.2767  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
D-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Appendix D: Programming Example  
> rem “Be sure to use the *esr? query to check for measurement errors.”  
> measu:immed:type freq  
> measu:immed:value  
:MEASUREMENT:IMMED:VALUE 9.9100E+37  
> *esr?  
16  
> allev?  
:ALLEV 2202,”Measurement error, No period found “  
> rem “Query out the waveform points, for later analysis on your controller  
computer.”  
> data:encdg ascii  
> curve?  
:CURVE 7,6,5,5,5,6,6,6,8 [...]  
> rem “Query out the parameters used for calculating the times and voltages of  
the waveform points.”  
> wfmpre?  
:WFMPRE:BYT_NR 1;BIT_NR 8;ENCDG ASCII;BN_FMT RI;BYT_OR  
MSB;NR_PT 10000; [...]  
D-2  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Index  
A
B
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Index-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Index  
C
Index-2  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Index  
D
F
G
H
E
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Index-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Index  
I
L
M
Index-4  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Index  
N
O
P
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Index-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Index  
Index-6  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Index  
S
R
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Index-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Index  
Index-8  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Index  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Index-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Index  
T
Index-10  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Index  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Index-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Index  
W
U
Z
V
Index-12  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Index  
MSO4000 and DPO4000 Series Programmer Manual  
Index-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  

Teac Stereo Amplifier Network USB DAC Integrated Amplifier User Manual
Toshiba CRT Television 32AF62 User Manual
Toshiba Universal Remote GMAA00221011 User Manual
Turtle Beach Computer Hardware DSS User Manual
VDO Dayton MP3 Player MS 4150 RS User Manual
Verizon Modem UM150 User Manual
Vestax DJ Equipment PCV 002 User Manual
Viking Cooktop VGSC487 4G User Manual
Vivitar Camera Flash VIV PRO 648 User Manual
Wayne Dalton Thermometer 9200 Foamcore User Manual